San Bernardino County Grand Jury

1999-2000

33 reports

From the annual report
The consolidated year-end volume. The individual investigations it contains are listed separately below.
📑 Year-End Report
The full consolidated volume; individual reports are listed below.
Individual reports (33)
Findings & Recommendations 40 findings
F1: Many roads in the area were not identified by street signs or addresses. h No firebreaks were visible in the area. h Roads in many areas lacked proper maintenance. h Some standpipes were not easily located. The area observed varied from complete devastation to properties suffering little or no damage. Most of the dwellings spared by the fire had been cleared of debris surrounding the buildings, in accordance with local abatement programs. Some roads in the area were too narrow to allow safe passage of automobiles or fire engines, endangering firefighters and causing potential loss of equipment. Some of the strike teams were comprised of city fire engines designed primarily for use on paved roads. The engines with four-wheel drive and off- road capabilities were suited for mountain terrain. Water availability was a critical issue in this fire. A review of several areas revealed that their systems are 40 years old, with many having water access from standpipes, not fire hydrants. Standpipes have to be accessed through a street valve that is located in a main line several feet into the roadway. Water is released into the standpipe when a special long-handled tool is used to open a valve below the surface of the ground. In areas where hydrants have replaced standpipes, water is turned on at the top of the hydrant with a special standard wrench used by all fire departments. The out-of-area fire departments do not routinely carry the special tool used to turn on the standpipes. Some units could not access the water and replenish their tankers or engine tanks. Fifty percent (50%) of all County fire engines have exceeded the recommended operational life. Statements were made to the Grand Jury that the optimum operating life of engines is 15 to 20 years. Some vehicles in the County have been in operation for 30 years.
F2: There is no Countywide information technology plan that addresses the County’s requirements for equipment, software, and technical personnel for the next three to five years.
F3: There is no Countywide computer training program, facility, or staff to train County personnel in basic computer systems and/or departmental software systems.
F4: There is no Countywide standardized equipment-purchasing plan to ensure the lowest price per unit costs are obtained when purchasing equipment and/or software.
F5: There is no Countywide data information access security plan. Most departments have their own computer personnel that have no direct reporting responsibility to the Information Services Department. They do participate with ISD technical personnel on a given project. Of the 40-plus County departments, there are three that are mostly independent of ISD – the Sheriff’s Department, Arrowhead Regional Medical Center and Human Services System.
F6: The suggestion form is date stamped.
F7: A letter is sent to the suggestor acknowledging receipt of the suggestion.
F8: Pertinent data is entered into a self-developed computer- tracking program by the staff support person.
F9: The suggestion is sent to the affected department for evaluation, analysis, and comment. The bylaws say the suggestion is to be evaluated within three months, but this isn’t always followed.
F10: The affected department evaluates the suggestion and, if it is recommended for approval, the Suggestion Awards Committee meets and takes an action. If not recommended for approval, action will be postponed until there are other matters for consideration. Sometimes the Suggestion Awards Committee will request that the suggestion be sent back to the department for further evaluation.
F11: Meetings of the Suggestion Awards Committee are to be held on a quarterly basis (currently calendared monthly) to determine the suggestion’s eligibility/ awards based on their evaluation, and/or to hear appeals of suggestion award decisions. The amount of awards in fiscal year 1999 totaled between $20,000 and $25,000; one of the awards was for $5,000. The bylaws state that the award for a suggestion is ten percent (10%) of the total net savings and/or revenue of County, State and/or Federal funds for the first year’s projection, with a minimum award of $100 and a maximum of $5,000. A random selection of Suggestion Award files was reviewed to observe how the program was being administered. Three files from fiscal year 1997 and three files from fiscal year 1999 were selected. The program was under different staff support during these two periods. Each of the six files demonstrated serious weaknesses in program administration. The findings can be summarized as follows:
F12: A suggestion was received on May 5, 1997. Requests for evaluations were sent to two separate departments on May 13 and responses were received on June 13 and June 19. The letter to the suggestor notifying him that the suggestion was not going to be implemented was dated August 24, 1998. This was 14 months after the departments had responded.
F13: A suggestion was received August 13, 1997. Requests for evaluations to two separate departments were sent on August 19. One evaluator returned the completed form on September 11, 1997 but the other department never completed the evaluation. No suggestion was awarded because the estimated annual tangible savings was less than $1,000 so the award would have been less than the minimum $100. There is no evidence in the file to indicate that the suggestor was ever informed of the final disposition.
F14: A suggestion was received on March 4, 1998. A request for evaluation was sent on May 29, nearly three months later. The evaluator completed the form on June 9, but the department head did not sign off until October 26, four and one-half months later. The letter from the department head to the Suggestion Awards Program staff support person stating the reasons for not recommending approval, was inappropriately sent to the suggestor directly by the department head. On February 18, 1999 the program staff support person notified the suggestor by letter that his suggestion had not been recommended and on February 17, 1999, the suggestor appealed the decision. In light of the appeal, on February 23, 1999 the staff support person requested the department head complete a reevaluation of the suggestion no later than March 23, 1999. More than 12 months had passed without a response from the department head. The program staff support person sent a follow-up request on March 1, 2000. A response from the department was received on March 22, 2000 and the suggestor was notified on April 7, 2000 that the appeal was denied.
F15: A suggestion was received on February 3, 1999. The suggestor was notified of receipt of the suggestion on February 9 and the evaluation by the department head was requested on the same date. The department head responded with a negative
F16: A suggestion was received on June 28, 1999. The suggestor was notified of receipt of the suggestion on June 28 and the evaluation by the department head was requested on the same date. Nine months later the department head still has not responded, in violation of the written procedures.
F17: A suggestion was received September 23, 1999. The suggestor was notified of receipt of the suggestion on September 27, and the evaluation by the department head was requested on the same date. Six months later the department head still has not responded, in violation of the written procedures. In addition to the above examples, it was reported that many old files lack sufficient documentation to accurately determine the final disposition. Some files dating back to 1994 have never been closed out. In the past, some requests to department heads for evaluations were never answered and any follow-up by support staff was sporadic, if at all. Currently the program receives only 50 to 60 suggestions per year, which means less than 0.5 percent of the approximate 15,000 County employees submit suggestions. The Suggestion Awards Program has sound written procedures that were last updated in March, 1994, but program management has failed to comply with these procedures. Without adequate staff support, routine tasks such as timely responses and follow up to suggestions are often left undone.
F18: A teacher position became vacant in September 1999 and was filled in March 2000. Requests to fill the position were made by telephone and through personal conversation with the area coordinator.
F19: One site was short one clerk and one teacher and in October another teacher resigned. The clerk position was filled in November and both teaching positions were filled in January. The site supervisor notified her supervisor of the vacancy three times – once by phone and twice with written memos.
F20: At another site a teaching position had been vacant since January and was not filled as of March 31, 2000. Applicants who live in outlying areas can apply for positions by mail. However, they must report to San Bernardino for testing and interview.
F21: EW Trainee - Approximate monthly salary of $1,387. Requires high school diploma or GED, plus 2 years full- time public contact employment. Following completion of an 8-week orientation/training class, the entry level Trainee advances to the next level.
F22: EW I - Approximate monthly salary of $1,726. Requires completion of a 6-month, closely supervised on-the-job training program, and requires a passing satisfactory performance evaluation before being eligible for advancement.
F23: EW II - Approximate monthly salary of $2,047 to $2,616. Requires completion of additional six month probationary period before becoming “regular status” and being eligible to apply for EW III level.
F24: EW III - Approximate monthly salary of $2,207 to $2,815. Requires bidding, applying, testing, and qualifying. Approximately 80 new Eligibility Worker Trainees are hired each quarter. Newly hired EWs cannot transfer until after completion of the 8- week orientation/training class and a one-year probationary period. After the investment of training newly hired EWs in the multiple programs criteria, eligibility, and regulations for a period of 14 months, a significant number of these employees transfer to other departments/positions within the County at a higher rate of pay. The turnover rate has been running 15 to 22 percent over the past several years. The file notes that Eligibility Workers provide to SIU Fraud Investigators are not always up-to-date at the time of field investigations. Unnecessary visitations are often made due to the inadequate or outdated information provided in the Fraud Investigators’ files. This situation was verified by ride-a- longs of Grand Jury members with Fraud Investigators. In several instances, information reported by the recipient to an Eligibility Worker was not in the file. The field investigators indicated that this situation occurs repeatedly. Development of the new Consortium IV Welfare Computer System (counties of San Bernardino, Merced, Riverside and Stanislaus) is expected to ultimately resolve the aforementioned issue. This new system will provide all- encompassing paperless records that will be viewable on-screen to all involved agencies. Field investigators, case managers, and eligibility workers would all have access to view each other’s notes up-to-the minute, eliminating the time- lag problem of written notes being in the Field Investigators’ field files. It is anticipated that the development and implementation phases of this computer system will not be completed for four years (year 2004). The SIU is currently budgeted for 49 fraud investigators and five supervisors. Of these positions, there are four investigator vacancies, two are currently on “light duty,” and the retirement of 4 or 5 is expected this year. This creates an extreme hardship in the unit because of a backlog of investigations to be completed.
F25: One employee with 1,232 hours and a direct cost of $56,114 in 1999
F26: One employee with 1,690 hours and a direct cost of $36,485 in 1998
F27: One employee with 1,946 hours and a direct cost of $22,093 in 1997 There is no consolidated reporting process by the various County departments to a central location showing the number of employees on paid administrative leave, the length of time on this leave, the reason, the cumulative cost, nor the current status. According to several appointing authorities, the trend, cost, and reasons for placing employees on paid administrative leave has not been a matter of importance to the County. Additionally, training in Standards of Conduct to emphasize the expected ethical behavior of employees has not been a priority item. The appointing authority is a term used in the Personnel Rules and the Memorandum of Understanding. An appointing authority refers to a department head. It includes any person who is designated as acting department head, employees acting for the department head during absence, and/or an employee delegated all authority to act on behalf of the appointing authority on a regular basis. The appointing authority has unlimited authority to handle all personnel actions within County guidelines, civil service rules, and state’s rights, even if the appointing authority and the employee are personal friends. The appointing authority can grant paid administrative leave without any oversight or monitoring. The length of time an employee may be on paid administrative leave also is without oversight or monitoring, as evidenced by an instance where an employee remained on paid administrative leave after pleading guilty, being sentenced by the court, and while serving a portion of the jail time. The appointing authority also decides the extent of any disciplinary action against an employee and makes the interpretation of violations of Rule X of the Personnel Rules regarding disciplinary action, subject to the employee’s appeal rights.
F28: A Capital Improvement Program Request form outlining the requirements is to be submitted to the CAO’s Administrative Analyst who acts as a “traffic director”. If the RFP process is to be waived, the need must be justified on the request form. The CAO’s Administrative Analyst logs in the request, reviews it, and sends it to the CAO Budget Analyst who handles budget matters for the requesting department.
F29: The Budget Analyst has to sign off on the request as to the need for the space, availability of funds, program needs, staffing levels, etc.
F30: Copies of the request, together with the assessment from the CAO’s office, are then to be circulated to the Board of Supervisors’ office for a 10-day comment period. Procedures do not require Real Estate Services to be officially involved and they may be unaware of a space need request.
F31: At the end of the 10-day period, the CAO’s Administrative Analyst is to review the Supervisors’ comments and either: (a) Direct the Real Estate Services Department to prepare an RFP and a Board agenda item to approve the RFP, or (b) If the RFP process is to be waived, the requesting department (perhaps in conjunction with Real Estate Services) is to prepare a Board agenda item requesting approval of the waiver of the RFP process.
F32: At this point Real Estate Services is made aware of the need for office space.
F33: If the RFP is approved by the Board, Real Estate Services is to advertise the RFP in newspapers and contact the general public, brokers and others to reasonably generate sufficient interest in leasing facilities in the County.
F34: A 5-7 person Review Committee is to be formed to review the proposals, typically with representation from the requesting department, Architecture and Engineering, Real Estate Services, the CAO’s office, the Board of Supervisors’ office, and the Supervisor’s office in whose district the building is to be located.
F35: The results of the RFP, together with Real Estate Services’
F36: When asked if the cost of repairs was known, the clients responded no.
F37: Work completed was based upon immediate needs and/or safety issues.
F38: Most clients surveyed requested additional work.
F39: One client did make note of the excessive time it took from processing the request to the actual start of the work. It should be noted that all persons contacted by the Grand Jury had praise for the employees they dealt with.
F40: RCL-14 36 There is no classification for RCL-13 There are twelve RCL-11 providers, more than 20 RCL-12 providers, and one RCL-14 provider. Only one-third of the total group home beds in San Bernardino County are filled by children from this County and children from other counties fill two- thirds. An average of 540 San Bernardino County youth, at any given time, are placed out of the County or out of the state. The approval process for new group homes can take up to two years to satisfy all requirements. After approval, a provider can open additional facilities without another application. With a sole contractor providing RCL-14 beds, there is no alternative placement for level 14 children. With additional support services, lower level homes could be upgraded to accommodate the need for additional RCL-14 beds. The State of California publishes a pamphlet containing guidelines for staff workers of group homes concerning inappropriate physical and sexual contact with clients. Group homes have used and adapted these guidelines. There is no comparable educational material directed toward the parents or guardians of clients to alert them to potential abuse or exploitation situations. Daily interactions among disturbed children in group settings frequently exacerbate their behavioral problems. In seeking alternatives to RCL-14 placements, social workers have stated that early intervention and support services to troubled families may divert some high-risk children from the need for placement, or allow them to be placed in lower level facilities. Social workers visiting some facilities have complained that they are routinely denied unannounced access to their clients. Explanation given is that unannounced visits from social workers disrupt the activities of the home. There is a computer database that is used to track the locations of children in placements. Reports are regularly generated by this system that identify the clients in a particular home. This information is easily available to the directors, deputy directors, and managers. Social workers and supervisors, who might need this information immediately, cannot as easily access it even though it falls within their area of responsibility. A crisis situation necessitated the potential alternate placement of 36 seriously disturbed juveniles. That crisis was averted, but no contingency plan was available for emergency placements of this number of clients.
Additional Recommendations 101

Not linked to specific findings.

R00-01: BUDGET ADDITIONAL FUNDS FOR THE ASSESSOR’S OFFICE TO REPLACE MONIES EXPECTED TO BE LOST BY THE EXPIRATION OF THE PROPERTY TAX ADMINISTRATION PROGRAM (PTAP).
R00-02: AGGRESSIVELY UPDATE THE ASSESSOR’S ENTIRE COMPUTER SYSTEM TO REDUCE DELAYS IN THE ASSESSMENT PROCESS.
R2: a review of all aspects of department operations, based on a variety of information sources; 3) review of survey data gathered by the Grand Jury on vehicle user department vehicle policies and practices; 4) interviews of ten County departments identified by Vehicle Services as its largest customers; 5) preparation of a draft report; 6) an exit conference with the Vehicle Services Department and reviews of selected issues with some user departments, and;
R00-03: REDUCE THE TIME IT TAKES FOR THE ASSESSMENT EVALUATION PROCESS.
R00-04: FUND AND IMPLEMENT A PLAN TO PROMPTLY AND ACCURATELY ESTABLISH THE ASSESSED VALUE OF ELECTRIC GENERATING PLANTS WITHIN THE COUNTY. COUNTY FIRE DEPARTMENT BACKGROUND The San Bernardino County Fire Department is responsible for fire protection and suppression in various County areas encompassing all unincorporated land within the County. In addition, 64 communities that have no independent fire departments contract with the County for their fire protection services. These entities are charged a fee for the services provided, which is negotiated between the city and County. The “Fire-Rescue Service Contract” shall provide for services that include fire prevention, fire investigation, fire suppression, and rescue services. The department may provide fire suppression to other areas of the County or state when there is an emergency condition. All fire departments within the County have reciprocal agreements for assistance if the fire cannot be suppressed by one entity. California law mandates the conditions that provide for the reciprocal agreement. On August 28, 1999 the County experienced a major fire which started in the San Bernardino National Forest. This fire was named the Willow Fire. At the time the fire began many of the fire-fighting resources in the area had already been committed to assist with fires in Northern California. Some of the remaining resources in Southern California were committed to numerous other fires that also occurred on the same day. FINDINGS Agencies involved in fighting the Willow Fire were the California Department of Forestry, Bureau of Land Management, San Bernardino County Fire Department, and other Southern California county and city departments. All agencies were supported by the Southern California Operations Coordination Center. Fire officials have stated their fire fighting objectives were to give priority to humans and structures first and other property second. Fire fighting resources, including aircraft, tank engines, and fire crews were used. The Grand Jury made a partial inspection of the Willow Fire area to ascertain the conditions and results of fire suppression. Observations made were: ● Many roads in the area were not identified by street signs or addresses. h No firebreaks were visible in the area. h Roads in many areas lacked proper maintenance. h Some standpipes were not easily located. The area observed varied from complete devastation to properties suffering little or no damage. Most of the dwellings spared by the fire had been cleared of debris surrounding the buildings, in accordance with local abatement programs. Some roads in the area were too narrow to allow safe passage of automobiles or fire engines, endangering firefighters and causing potential loss of equipment. Some of the strike teams were comprised of city fire engines designed primarily for use on paved roads. The engines with four-wheel drive and off- road capabilities were suited for mountain terrain. Water availability was a critical issue in this fire. A review of several areas revealed that their systems are 40 years old, with many having water access from standpipes, not fire hydrants. Standpipes have to be accessed through a street valve that is located in a main line several feet into the roadway. Water is released into the standpipe when a special long-handled tool is used to open a valve below the surface of the ground. In areas where hydrants have replaced standpipes, water is turned on at the top of the hydrant with a special standard wrench used by all fire departments. The out-of-area fire departments do not routinely carry the special tool used to turn on the standpipes. Some units could not access the water and replenish their tankers or engine tanks. Fifty percent (50%) of all County fire engines have exceeded the recommended operational life. Statements were made to the Grand Jury that the optimum operating life of engines is 15 to 20 years. Some vehicles in the County have been in operation for 30 years. RECOMMENDATIONS
R00-05: MARK OR PAINT ALL COUNTY HYDRANTS AND STANDPIPES WITH FLUORESCENT REFLECTIVE MATERIALS FOR EASIER IDENTIFICATION.
R00-06: DEVELOP A PLAN TO ASSURE ALL FIRE UNITS RESPONDING TO A FIRE HAVE ACCESS TO ALL NON-STANDARD FIRE SUPPRESSION WATER SOURCES.
R00-07: STRONGLY ENFORCE COMPLIANCE WITH THE PROPERTY ABATEMENT PROGRAMS.
R7: preparation of the final report. Based on these steps, nine findings and 36 recommendations were developed which we believe will improve user departments’ management of their vehicles, improve oversight of vehicle use by the Board of Supervisors, and improve operations of the Vehicle Services Department. Summaries of these findings and recommendations follow.
R00-08: GRADE ALL COUNTY ROADS IN HIGH FIRE-RISK AREAS PRIOR TO THE FIRE HAZARD SEASON.
R00-09: INSTALL ROAD SIGNS AT CORNERS OF COUNTY ROAD INTERSECTIONS.
R00-10: BUDGET FOR TIMELY REPLACEMENT OF FIRE ENGINES IN EXCESS OF THEIR USEFUL OPERATIONAL LIFE. INFORMATION SERVICES DEPARTMENT BACKGROUND The Information Services Department (ISD) provides computer services, local area network (LAN), wide area network (WAN), radio communication systems, and telephone systems for the 40-plus departments and the approximately 15,000 employees of the County of San Bernardino. ISD provides all or some of the following computer systems services to all or some of the County departments: support of computer hardware and software, central computer room operation and support on a 24-hour basis, “Help Desk” support, desktop support, database management, application development and maintenance, computer systems security, and a number of related services. The 1999-2000 County Budget and a departmental survey conducted by the Grand Jury indicates ISD is staffed with approximately 355 personnel. Most departments also have their own computer technical personnel. FINDINGS Not all County departments use the technical services of ISD. Most departments use LAN, WAN, and the central computer room services. Many departments may, and do, purchase software directly from the vendor. While most departments utilize Microsoft Windows as their basic operating system, numerous other software systems are installed on departmental equipment. ISD technical personnel may not be familiar with these systems and do not maintain them. There is no standardized time schedule for computer equipment upgrades or purchases. Budgetary considerations appear to be the controlling factor for such expenditures. Many departments upgrade or purchase computer equipment without input from the Information Services Department. There is a wide variety of computer hardware equipment within the County departments due to the absence of a centralized purchasing policy. Many departments purchase hardware from a selection of three or four computer manufacturers that have been recommended by the County Purchasing Department. The above findings indicate an overall lack of Countywide policy direction and technical requirement needs for computer systems utilized in County departments. Some departments use outside contractors, on long-term contracts, to maintain their computer equipment/software systems, without utilizing the Request for Proposal (RFP) process. • There is no Countywide information technology plan that addresses the County’s requirements for equipment, software, and technical personnel for the next three to five years. • There is no Countywide computer training program, facility, or staff to train County personnel in basic computer systems and/or departmental software systems. • There is no Countywide standardized equipment-purchasing plan to ensure the lowest price per unit costs are obtained when purchasing equipment and/or software. • There is no Countywide data information access security plan. Most departments have their own computer personnel that have no direct reporting responsibility to the Information Services Department. They do participate with ISD technical personnel on a given project. Of the 40-plus County departments, there are three that are mostly independent of ISD – the Sheriff’s Department, Arrowhead Regional Medical Center and Human Services System. RECOMMENDATIONS
R00-11: ESTABLISH AN INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY POLICY BOARD, COMPOSED OF SENIOR COUNTY MANAGERS AND ONE REPRESENTATIVE FROM THE BOARD OF SUPERVISORS TO DEVELOP STANDARDS APPLICABLE TO ALL DEPARTMENTS, FOR THE CURRENT AND FUTURE USE OF THE COUNTY GOVERNMENT.
R00-12: ESTABLISH A TECHNICAL POLICY COMMITTEE COMPOSED OF SENIOR TECHNICAL MEMBERS FROM THE MAJOR DEPARTMENTS AND THE INFORMATION SERVICES DEPARTMENT. THIS COMMITTEE WILL DETERMINE AND RECOMMEND TO THE TECHNOLOGY POLICY BOARD, THE REQUIREMENTS REGARDING HARDWARE AND SOFTWARE ACQUISITIONS, SYSTEMS DEVELOPMENT NEEDS, AND MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTS AND OTHER RELATED MATTERS.
R00-13: DEVELOP A THREE TO FIVE YEAR INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY PLAN FOR EQUIPMENT, SOFTWARE AND PERSONNEL REQUIREMENTS TO BE USED BY THE COUNTY GOVERNMENT.
R00-14: ESTABLISH A PROCUREMENT POLICY FOR THE ACQUISITION OF COMPUTER EQUIPMENT HARDWARE AND SOFTWARE TO ENABLE THE COUNTY’S BUYING POWER TO EFFECT COST REDUCTIONS.
R00-15: ESTABLISH A REQUEST FOR PROPOSAL (RFP) PROCESS FOR THE USE OF OUTSIDE VENDORS THAT PROVIDE COMPUTER SYSTEMS DEVELOPMENT OR MAINTENANCE.
R00-16: DEVELOP AND IMPLEMENT A COUNTYWIDE DATA INFORMATION ACCESS SECURITY PLAN.
R00-17: ESTABLISH A COUNTYWIDE TRAINING PROGRAM FOR BASIC SOFTWARE AND DEPARTMENT-SPECIFIC SOFTWARE PROGRAMS.
R00-18: ESTABLISH A WORKING RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN THE INFORMATION SERVICES DEPARTMENT AND EACH DEPARTMENT’S TECHNICAL PERSONNEL TO PROVIDE ISD WITH THE KNOWLEDGE OF DEPARTMENT-SPECIFIC PROGRAMS.
R00-19: INCORPORATE ALL DEPARTMENTS INTO THE SCOPE OF THE POLICY BOARD AND TECHNICAL COMMITTEE RECOMMENDATIONS, REGARDLESS OF FUNDING SOURCE OR SPECIALIZED NATURE OF THEIR OPERATIONS (I.E., SHERIFF’S DEPARTMENT, ARROWHEAD REGIONAL MEDICAL CENTER, AND THE HUMAN SERVICES SYSTEM). INLAND VALLEY DEVELOPMENT AGENCY SAN BERNARDINO INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT AUTHORITY BACKGROUND The Inland Valley Development Agency (IVDA) was created in 1989 and the San Bernardino International Airport Authority (SBIAA) was created in 1992 in anticipation of the closing of Norton Air Force Base. SBIAA is a joint powers authority and is made up of San Bernardino County and the cities of San Bernardino, Colton, Highland, and Loma Linda. Each agency gets one vote on the governing board, with the exception of the City of San Bernardino, which gets two votes. SBIAA was established to operate, maintain, and develop the economic use of the airport. SBIAA operates the airport under the jurisdiction of the Federal Aviation Administration. Seventy-five percent (75%) of the former base is part of the current airport. The boundaries under the SBIAA include the airport facility itself and some adjacent base property. Under the terms of the agreement with the Air Force, the airport itself can only be used as an airport. Only the United States Department of Justice can modify this original agreement. IVDA is also a joint powers authority and is made up of the above agencies, with the exception of Highland. Each agency gets two votes on the governing board, with the exception of the City of San Bernardino, which gets three votes. The IVDA was established to develop and redevelop the closed Norton Air Force Base, and to create jobs and an economic base for the community. This agency has a specific life of 40 years. The IVDA has jurisdiction over all the land that is not part of SBIAA. The boundaries of the IVDA extend three miles from the perimeter of Norton Air Force Base and include approximately 14,000 acres of land in the member agencies. FINDINGS Many of the IVDA structures are unusable and roads are obsolete, and they do not meet state or local codes. Portions of the property have been transferred to the San Manuel Indians, some to San Bernardino Valley College, the City of San Bernardino, and Loma Linda University Medical Center. The chapel building was given to a local church that provides services to the homeless. All of these were public benefit transfers. The U.S. Forest Service has a fire-fighting base on the airport property and pays landing fees comparable to surrounding areas. Since the inception of IVDA and SBIAA, the two agencies have been having financial problems and have had to request that their participating members advance them monies to meet their operating costs, including payroll. There has been little increase in the value of the IVDA properties, resulting in little increase in the tax increment. There has been no new building, and the old buildings continue to decay. Prior years of financial performance have indicated SBIAA’s inability to obtain sufficient operating revenues to cover its operating expenses. Funding has been limited to lease revenues, Federal grants, and loans from the IVDA/Authority members. As of June 30, 1999 the accumulated deficit was $9,935,437. The Authority plans to recoup this deficit by projected increased income from the rents and leases of buildings, and aircraft-related fees. Of the total expenses of $1,731,008 for the year ending June 30, 1999, a major provision for bad debts of $382,723 was taken. This amount was the result of accrued unpaid rent due from a previous tenant. Estimated projections provided by the Authority indicated substantial increases in revenues and decreases in operating expenses as noted below: Actual Projected Projected FY 98-99 FY 99-00 FY 00-01 Total Revenues $1,913,359 $2,526,400 $3,081,196 Total Expenses 3,007,072 2,443,354 2,032,622 Net Deficit/Income ($1,093,713) $83,046 $1,048,574 The primary increases in revenues between FY 1998-1999 and 1999-2000 are in two areas: leases of hangars and leases of warehouse/offices. Lease income has primarily come from one major tenant at a time. Loss of that tenant precipitated major financial difficulties. The second time this happened it resulted in member cities and the County being assessed to cover the shortfalls. As of the end of FY 1998-1999, approximately 40 percent of the operational income is from one tenant. If the premises were vacated, it would again put the operational budget in a negative position. In the past, there has been no in-depth financial investigations done of applying lessees to insure long-term stability of the applicants. There is presently no marketing director involved in promoting IVDA and SBIAA resources on a full-time basis. There has been no organized active marketing program in place since the inception of the agencies. Marketing efforts have been hampered by the lack of a unified focus between the governing boards of the two agencies. There is no long-range overall marketing strategy. Through March 31, 2000 a small business incubator program has reported expenses of $144,353 and revenue of $62,982. This resulted in a loss of $81,371, which is absorbed by IVDA. No comprehensive analysis of this program has ever been done to determine if it is cost-effective. There is adequate space for expanded storage, manufacturing, or commercial activities. There are no commercial airline carriers currently using the airport facilities. Although there has been interest in passenger and/or cargo service that could increase the income for the facility, there have been no objective studies done that would support this activity. Inland Valley Development Agency Tax Allocation Bonds (issue of 1997 for $44,485,000) were issued to enable the IVDA to refund their Redevelopment Tax Allocation Notes (Issue of 1993) and its $15,000,000 School Districts Tax Allocation Notes (Issue of 1993). The Redevelopment Notes and the School District Notes were used to finance a portion of its costs of the redevelopment within the Project Area. The bonds have the following redemption dates: (March 1) (March 1) Year Amount Year Amount 2002 980,000 2015 1,665,000 2003 l,020,000 2016 1,735,000 2004 1,060,000 2017 1,805,000 2005 1,105,000 2018 1,885,000 2006 1,150,000 2019 1,965,000 2007 1,195,000 2020 2,045,000 2008 1,250,000 2021 2,135,000 2009 1,300,000 2022 2,225,000 2010 1,355,000 2023 2,315,000 2011 1,415,000 2024 2,410,000 2012 1,470,000 2025 2,515,000 2013 1,535,000 2026 2,620,000 2014 1,600,000 2027 2,730,000 The above figures are principal only and do not reflect interest on the bonds. IVDA made a series of loans totaling $6.2 million (including unpaid accrued interest) to SBIAA to fund the operations of the SBIAA and to meet certain matching fund requirements. The ultimate collectibility of the loans to the SBIAA is dependent upon the ability of the SBIAA to generate income from its leasing and other operations of the airport. During 1997-98, SBIAA reported expenditures in excess of income and no funds were available to meet debt service payments on these notes. A reasonable uncertainty existed at the balance sheet date of June 30, 1998 as to the ability of SBIAA to generate adequate income to amortize these notes. The two agencies employ the services of a lobbyist in Washington, D.C. at a cost of $79,000 a year. Because of the final transition of the properties from the Air Force to the two agencies, most Air Force involvement in the airport, other than FAA, has been phased out. RECOMMENDATIONS
R00-20: ANALYZE PAST FINANCIAL PLANS TO IDENTIFY ACTIVITIES THAT WERE NOT SUCCESSFUL. ESTABLISH A LONG-RANGE REALISTIC FINANCIAL AND OPERATIONAL PLAN, CONSISTENT WITH THE AVAILABILITY OF CAPITAL.
R00-21: ANALYZE PAST PERFORMANCE OF THE INCUBATOR PROGRAM TO DETERMINE IF IT MEETS THE ORIGINAL CONCEPT. REVIEW THEIR LONG-RANGE PLANS TO MAXIMIZE ECONOMIC POTENTIAL FOR THE INLAND VALLEY DEVELOPMENT AGENCY.
R00-22: ESTABLISH AN AGGRESSIVE MARKETING PLAN, WHICH INCLUDES HIRING A QUALIFIED MARKETING DIRECTOR OR CONTRACTING WITH A PROFESSIONAL MARKETING FIRM. THIS POSITION WOULD BE RESPONSIBLE FOR MARKETING BOTH INLAND VALLEY DEVELOPMENT AGENCY AND SAN BERNARDINO INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT AUTHORITY PROPERTIES.
R00-23: ACTIVELY SOLICIT THE TENANCY OF MORE ESTABLISHED SMALL AND MEDIUM BUSINESSES TO BETTER UTILIZE UNOCCUPIED SPACE THAT WOULD ENSURE A MORE DEPENDABLE CASH FLOW, MINIMIZING RELIANCE ON A SINGLE TENANT.
R00-24: DEVELOP A DEFINED PROGRAM TO ANALYZE ANY POTENTIAL LESSEES AS TO THEIR ECONOMIC ABILITY TO PERFORM LONG- TERM UNDER THE LEASE TERMS.
R00-25: DEVELOP AN OBJECTIVE PLAN TO ESTABLISH FREIGHT AND/OR PASSENGER SERVICE AT THE SAN BERNARDINO INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT.
R00-26: DEVELOP A PLAN TO SET ASIDE ADEQUATE FUNDING TO RETIRE THE BOND INDEBTEDNESS.
R00-27: ELIMINATE THE POSITION OF LOBBYIST FOR THE INLAND VALLEY DEVELOPMENT AGENCY (IVDA) AND THE SAN BERNARDINO INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT AUTHORITY (SBIAA) IN WASHINGTON, D.C. SUGGESTION AWARDS PROGRAM BACKGROUND The investigation of the County’s Suggestion Awards Program was prompted by a former employee who complained that he had not received proper treatment for suggestions he had submitted. The current program responsibility and staff support for the Suggestion Awards Program is part of the Human Resources Department. The stated purpose of the program is that it “encourages employee participation in improving the efficiency and effectiveness of County operations. It is intended to motivate employees toward problem identification, and to stimulate creativity in problem solution. The program demonstrates, through employer recognition and reward, the high value County management places on constructive ideas.” The bylaws for the Suggestion Awards Program were first adopted on September 2, 1958. There are written roles and responsibilities that describe the duties of administrators and department heads, committee members, and staff support. The eleven (11) person Suggestion Awards Committee consists of representatives from the Board of Supervisors, County Administrative Office, and many of the major departments. There are also written descriptions for the Terms and Conditions of Awards, Eligibility of Suggestions and Suggestors, and Resubmission and Appeals. FINDINGS The Suggestion Awards Program has been assigned to an employee who handles the program in addition to his regular assignment. When a suggestion is received, the current procedure is as follows: • The suggestion form is date stamped. • A letter is sent to the suggestor acknowledging receipt of the suggestion. • Pertinent data is entered into a self-developed computer- tracking program by the staff support person. • The suggestion is sent to the affected department for evaluation, analysis, and comment. The bylaws say the suggestion is to be evaluated within three months, but this isn’t always followed. • The affected department evaluates the suggestion and, if it is recommended for approval, the Suggestion Awards Committee meets and takes an action. If not recommended for approval, action will be postponed until there are other matters for consideration. Sometimes the Suggestion Awards Committee will request that the suggestion be sent back to the department for further evaluation. • Meetings of the Suggestion Awards Committee are to be held on a quarterly basis (currently calendared monthly) to determine the suggestion’s eligibility/ awards based on their evaluation, and/or to hear appeals of suggestion award decisions. The amount of awards in fiscal year 1999 totaled between $20,000 and $25,000; one of the awards was for $5,000. The bylaws state that the award for a suggestion is ten percent (10%) of the total net savings and/or revenue of County, State and/or Federal funds for the first year’s projection, with a minimum award of $100 and a maximum of $5,000. A random selection of Suggestion Award files was reviewed to observe how the program was being administered. Three files from fiscal year 1997 and three files from fiscal year 1999 were selected. The program was under different staff support during these two periods. Each of the six files demonstrated serious weaknesses in program administration. The findings can be summarized as follows: • A suggestion was received on May 5, 1997. Requests for evaluations were sent to two separate departments on May 13 and responses were received on June 13 and June 19. The letter to the suggestor notifying him that the suggestion was not going to be implemented was dated August 24, 1998. This was 14 months after the departments had responded. • A suggestion was received August 13, 1997. Requests for evaluations to two separate departments were sent on August 19. One evaluator returned the completed form on September 11, 1997 but the other department never completed the evaluation. No suggestion was awarded because the estimated annual tangible savings was less than $1,000 so the award would have been less than the minimum $100. There is no evidence in the file to indicate that the suggestor was ever informed of the final disposition. • A suggestion was received on March 4, 1998. A request for evaluation was sent on May 29, nearly three months later. The evaluator completed the form on June 9, but the department head did not sign off until October 26, four and one-half months later. The letter from the department head to the Suggestion Awards Program staff support person stating the reasons for not recommending approval, was inappropriately sent to the suggestor directly by the department head. On February 18, 1999 the program staff support person notified the suggestor by letter that his suggestion had not been recommended and on February 17, 1999, the suggestor appealed the decision. In light of the appeal, on February 23, 1999 the staff support person requested the department head complete a reevaluation of the suggestion no later than March 23, 1999. More than 12 months had passed without a response from the department head. The program staff support person sent a follow-up request on March 1, 2000. A response from the department was received on March 22, 2000 and the suggestor was notified on April 7, 2000 that the appeal was denied. • A suggestion was received on February 3, 1999. The suggestor was notified of receipt of the suggestion on February 9 and the evaluation by the department head was requested on the same date. The department head responded with a negative recommendation on April 6, 1999 but the suggestor was not notified of the rejection until February 24, 2000. No explanation was evident in the file for the ten-month delay. • A suggestion was received on June 28, 1999. The suggestor was notified of receipt of the suggestion on June 28 and the evaluation by the department head was requested on the same date. Nine months later the department head still has not responded, in violation of the written procedures. • A suggestion was received September 23, 1999. The suggestor was notified of receipt of the suggestion on September 27, and the evaluation by the department head was requested on the same date. Six months later the department head still has not responded, in violation of the written procedures. In addition to the above examples, it was reported that many old files lack sufficient documentation to accurately determine the final disposition. Some files dating back to 1994 have never been closed out. In the past, some requests to department heads for evaluations were never answered and any follow-up by support staff was sporadic, if at all. Currently the program receives only 50 to 60 suggestions per year, which means less than 0.5 percent of the approximate 15,000 County employees submit suggestions. The Suggestion Awards Program has sound written procedures that were last updated in March, 1994, but program management has failed to comply with these procedures. Without adequate staff support, routine tasks such as timely responses and follow up to suggestions are often left undone. RECOMMENDATIONS
R00-28: COMMIT ADEQUATE MANPOWER, FUNDING, ENCOURAGE- MENT, AND OVERSIGHT TO THE SUGGESTION AWARDS PROGRAM SO THAT IT IS MANAGED IN THE MANNER INTENDED.
R00-29: PLACE RENEWED PROGRAM EMPHASIS ON ALL DEPARTMENT HEADS SO THAT THEY ENCOURAGE PARTICIPATION AND ENDORSE AND SUPPORT THE PROGRAM THROUGH TIMELY RESPONSES TO REQUESTS FOR EVALUATION OF ANY SUGGESTION SUBMITTED.
R00-30: REVAMP THE SUGGESTION AWARDS COMMITTEE WITH NEW, FRESH FACES THAT WILL BE UNHINDERED BY PAST HABITS AND PRACTICES, AND ESTABLISH A MAXIMUM NUMBER OF TWO-YEAR TERMS THAT A PERSON CAN SERVE.
R00-31: PROVIDE SUFFICIENT MANPOWER FOR THE STAFF SUPPORT SO THAT SUGGESTORS RECEIVE A TIMELY RESPONSE TO THEIR SUGGESTIONS.
R00-32: ENCOURAGE EXPANDED EMPLOYEE PARTICIPATION THROUGH A NEW COUNTYWIDE PUBLICITY EFFORT, PROFESSIONAL ADMINISTRATION BY ALL PARTIES TO THE PROGRAM, TIMELY DECISIONS BASED ON THE MERITS OF THE SUGGESTIONS, AND A MORE LIBERAL INTER- PRETATION OF THE TANGIBLE SAVINGS TO BE GAINED. TREASURER-TAX COLLECTOR BACKGROUND The Treasurer-Tax Collector is an elected position that heads up a department consisting of three divisions. The Treasurer-Tax Collector functions are: • Tax Collection Division is responsible for the collection and accounting of taxes for all taxing entities of the County. The division collects secured taxes, unsecured taxes, transient occupancy taxes, and racehorse taxes, and also conducts tax sales and processes senior citizen applications for postponement of real estate taxes. • The Treasurer Division provides banking services, including payment of all warrants and depositing of receipts for all County departments, school districts, and special districts. The division also invests these agencies funds, which total more than $1.5 billion. Other functions of the division are to provide cash management for County funds and issuance of temporary borrowing, when necessary. • The Central Collections Division provides Countywide collection service, which reduces bad debts to the County and thereby increases revenue. Central Collections handles court ordered fines, fees, victim restitution, Public Defender fees and juvenile maintenance, some County hospital debts and various debts for other County departments. Beginning in 2000, Central Collections will also handle the Court collections, including traffic fines. FINDINGS The Tax Collection Division is the most visible part of the Treasurer-Tax Collector function because it has a financial impact on each County citizen who owns property. About 774,000 secured and unsecured tax bills are sent out annually, with tax collections of about $989 million. The tax bill asks that checks for payment be made out to Dick Larsen, Treasurer-Tax Collector. There is no regulatory reason to include the name of the Treasurer-Tax Collector. The public may infer that a check made payable to an individual is less secure than a check made payable to the Treasurer-Tax Collector. A sophisticated remittance processing system capable of processing 32,000 transactions per hour handles the processing of tax collections. This system enables payments to be processed the same day, “images” the check received and the billing statement, compares the amount received to the amount owed, credits payment to the proper taxpayer, and deposits the funds in the County bank account. The system also records the correct allocation of the funds received to any of the numerous separate taxing agencies. A June 30, 1999 Report of Delinquencies by County for Fiscal Year 1998- 1999 Tax Collections shows San Bernardino County has a 5.0% delinquency rate ($45.4 million) on its secured tax collections. Only six other counties in California have a higher delinquency rate: Sierra at 7.5%, Yuba at 7.2%, Calaveras at 6.4%, Lake at 6.3%, Mariposa at 5.2% and Modoc at 5.1%. The median for all counties is 3.1%. The state of the economy affects the rate of delinquency. Also, many of the parcels in San Bernardino County with delinquent taxes are small mountain or desert pieces of land and/or small parcels in rough terrain, as well as parcels within special districts with water or sewer bonded indebtedness. The same report shows San Bernardino County has a 7.7% delinquency rate ($5.1 million) on its unsecured tax collections. Only four other counties have a higher rate: Sierra at 16.7%, Los Angeles at 13.7%, Mariposa at 10.0% and El Dorado at 9.5%. The median for all counties is 4.0%. San Bernardino has set an overall delinquency goal for the future of 4.0% or less. If taxes are not paid on a timely basis, penalties are imposed as follows: If paid after Dec. If paid after Apr. If paid after June 30 Dec. 10 10% of the tax owed 10% of the tax owed 10% of the tax owed Installment $10.00 fee $10.00 fee 1.5% per month of tax owed $15.00 redemption fee April 10 n/a 10% of the tax owed 10% of the tax owed Installment $10.00 fee $10.00 fee 1.5% per month of tax owed $15.00 redemption fee The first notice of delinquent unpaid taxes for both December 10 and April 10 installments is not mailed until May. Once the December 10 installment is missed there is no incentive to paying the past due taxes until June 30 (except for the additional $10 fee after April 10). After a property tax has been delinquent for five years, the property is listed for tax sale sometime within the following two years. Tax sales are held once a year. There were about 8,500 parcels for tax sale in March 2000. In 1999 there were 4,500 parcels eligible, but only 3,500 were ready for sale and only 442 were sold. Currently, when taxes are delinquent on a parcel, the procedure is to print on the tax bill the message “There are unpaid taxes on this parcel.” As this statement is inconspicuous, it is easy to miss. Presently the Tax Collector does not accept partial payments of taxes. A change in the policy to accept partial payments requires approval by the Board of Supervisors. This request for approval will be submitted when the computer and accounting system is set up to handle partial payments. In July 1999 a $348,000 embezzlement by an employee was uncovered in the tax sale function. An outside audit firm was immediately brought in to conduct an audit and to review all department policies and procedures. Numerous operational recommendations were made, including a recommendation to create an ethics policy and require each employee to understand and sign such a document as a condition of employment. The County Sheriff is expected to turn the embezzlement matter over to the U.S. Attorney for prosecution. Another outside audit is finishing its work to develop and recommend revised department policies and procedures. The County Auditor/Controller is required to conduct an audit of the Treasurer’s function once a year. A complete audit has not been done for 6-8 years, except for periodic surprise cash audits. An annual audit by the Auditor, or by staffing an internal audit function within the department, would likely have picked up or prevented the recent embezzlement in the Tax Collector function. The cash management and investment function maintains an investment pool of about $1.5 billion for the County, school districts, Board-governed districts, special districts and other members of the pool. The portfolio obtained the highest rating available from Standard and Poors, Moody’s, and Fitch Investor Service. There is monthly monitoring by these agencies to insure continuation of the AAA rating. The County utilizes various advisory services to assist with investment decisions. By law the County is restricted to investments with less than five years maturity. Allowable investments include U.S. Treasury notes, U.S. agency bonds, high quality commercial borrowing, Certificates of Deposit, and Repurchase Agreements. Central Collections was established in fiscal year 1996-97 following the merger of the Division of Collections, San Bernardino County Medical Center, and Probation Accounting. Central Collections collects all past due accounts with the exception of past due property taxes and District Attorney’s child support collections. It functions in the same manner as a collection agency in the private sector, except it has broader investigative powers. In fiscal year 1998-99 a total of $18.6 million was collected. Reports show that a substantial amount of debt to the County is charged off for a variety of reasons, including weaknesses in the billing process. Central Collections uses a commercially developed computer program called Columbia Ultimate Business System (CUBS) to manage and process collection information. An automated call system is used by the collection officers to increase the number of calls made. Management can adjust the parameters to concentrate calls to a selected group of payees. A Computerized Automatic Dialing (CAD) system is also used to monitor all calls being made and to evaluate the productivity of the collection officers. The State Controller’s office audited Central Collections in January 1998 for the period July 1, 1993 through June 30, 1996 to determine if remittances to the State were accurate and timely. The audit has not yet been finalized. RECOMMENDATIONS
R00-33: MAIL A NOTIFICATION OF TAX DELINQUENCY WITHIN 30 DAYS OF MISSING THE DECEMBER 10 INSTALLMENT, IN ADDITION TO MAILING THE NOTIFICATION OF TAX DELINQUENCY IN MAY.
R00-34: REDUCE THE APPROXIMATELY $50 MILLION IN DELINQUENT TAXES BY DEVELOPING MORE AGGRESSIVE COLLECTION AND TAX SALE PRACTICES.
R00-35: ENLARGE, COLOR, MAKE BOLD AND PROMINENTLY DISPLAY THE NOTICE “THERE ARE PRIOR YEAR TAXES DUE” ON ANY TAX BILL WHERE THERE IS A DELINQUENT TAX OWING.
R00-36: CONTINUE WITH THE REQUIRED COMPUTER PROGRAM DEVELOPMENT AND BOARD OF SUPERVISORS’ APPROVAL THAT WOULD PERMIT THE COUNTY TO ACCEPT PARTIAL PAYMENTS FOR TAXES DUE.
R00-37: IMPLEMENT THE CODE OF ETHICS AS RECOMMENDED IN THE 1999 OUTSIDE AUDIT CONDUCTED AS A RESULT OF THE EMBEZZLEMENT OF FUNDS.
R00-38: DEVELOP AND IMPLEMENT A NEW SET OF DEPARTMENT POLICIES AND PROCEDURES TO INSURE A SYSTEM OF INTERNAL CONTROLS ARE IN PLACE TO ACHIEVE CONSISTENT AND PROFESSIONAL PERFORMANCE OF THE DEPARTMENT RESPONSIBILITIES.
R00-39: REQUIRE THE COUNTY AUDITOR/CONTROLLER, OR AN OUTSIDE AUDIT FIRM, TO CONDUCT A FULL-SCALE PERFORMANCE AND FISCAL AUDIT OF THE ENTIRE TREASURER-TAX COLLECTOR DEPARTMENT ONCE A YEAR, AS A ROUTINE BUSINESS PRACTICE.
R00-40: CHANGE THE PRACTICE OF HAVING TAX PAYMENT CHECKS MADE PAYABLE TO “DICK LARSEN, TREASURER-TAX COLLECTOR”, AND HAVE THEM MADE PAYABLE TO “TREASURER-TAX COLLECTOR”.
R00-41: DEVELOP A MORE DETAILED AND SOPHISTICATED REPORTING SYSTEM, USING DOLLAR CRITERIA TO JUSTIFY THE DECISION, TO BE USED WHENEVER MAJOR DEBTS OWING THE COUNTY ARE TO BE CHARGED OFF.
R00-42: ESTABLISH A FOLLOW-UP SYSTEM TO ASSURE THAT ANY AUDIT REPORT FROM THE STATE CONTROLLER’S OFFICE BE RECEIVED IN A TIMELY MANNER SO THAT PREVENTATIVE OR CORRECTIVE ACTION CAN BE TAKEN. UNCLAIMED PROPERTY TAX REFUND PROGRAM BACKGROUND The collection of taxes in San Bernardino County involves a three-step process: • County Assessor is responsible for creating the Assessment Roll. • County Auditor/Controller-Recorder is responsible for assigning all of the tax rates for the numerous taxing agencies, and thereby creates the Tax Roll. • County Treasurer-Tax Collector sends out all of the tax bills and receives the tax payments. As funds are received, the Auditor/Controller distributes the funds to the various taxing agencies. The County Assessor is responsible for the assessment of all taxable property within the County, except State-assessed property. It is largely the changes made to the assessed value and the Assessment Roll that creates the Unclaimed Property Tax Refund Program. FINDINGS When the Assessor changes the assessed value on a property, a notice is sent to the taxpayer. This notification is a standard form that shows either a positive or negative number. If the value is a negative number, the taxpayer is entitled to a tax refund. In small print on the reverse side of the form it states “If the supplemental assessment results in a negative amount, the auditor shall make a refund of a portion of taxes paid on assessments made on the current roll or the roll being prepared or both”. This statement does not call attention to the full significance of a tax refund. The Assessor also sends a Roll Correction to the manager of the Property Tax Division in the Auditor’s office, where a calculation is made as to the amount of tax refund that is potentially owed by the County. The Property Tax Division sends out a form to the property owner if the refund is less than $1,000 (if the amount of the refund is less than $10 there is no notification form sent). If the amount of refund is $1,000 or more, the Property Tax Division researches who actually paid the tax, i.e., bank through an escrow account, etc., and then the form is mailed to the party who actually made the payment. Only one notification of a tax refund due is normally sent to the taxpayer. The notice is a simple one-page form that identifies the parcel number, tax year, amount and address of the property. It states the reason for the refund and the person named is to sign the form and return it to the Property Tax Division. Frequently the form is returned due to addressee unknown. In that case research is done through the Assessor’s system, to re- mail to a better address. In many cases the form is just not returned by the taxpayer. Sometimes a form will be received several years after it was mailed – presumably it was laid aside and finally found by someone who signed it and sent it back to the Property Tax Division. The following chart shows amounts in the Unclaimed Tax Refund Program. All Unclaimed Refunds Unclaimed Refunds Over $1,000 As of February 24, 2000 As of March 8, 2000 1984 $29,376 $ 1,403 1985 40,939 7,051 1990 256 0 1991 1,251 0 1992 338,825 141,582 1993 637,020 355,692 1994 1,679,995 1,274,231 1995 1,379,226 789,226 1996 1,451,963 821,286 1997 1,865,983 997,753 1998 2,199,447 982,668 1999 2,307,384 968,567 2000 1,850,534 1,380,996 TOTAL $13,782,198 $7,720,456 The vast majority of refunds are for relatively small dollar amounts. In total, there are approximately 29,000 unclaimed tax refunds, of which about 1,500 are for amounts of $1,000 or more. Some of these represent large dollar amounts owed to businesses. In the $1,000 or larger category, unclaimed tax refunds to a person or business ranged from $1,000 to as high as $350,000. Many banks and savings and loans in Southern California are on the list, as well as numerous real estate developers and major businesses. Some city, County, and Federal government agencies are also listed, including departments of San Bernardino County. A study made of the 1998-1999 fiscal year showed that the Property Tax Division sent out about 46,700 form notices that year. Thirty-two thousand four hundred (32,400) forms were signed and returned and refunds were sent; 5,000 were returned as the addressees were unknown; and 8,300 had not responded at the time of the study. The reasons taxpayers do not respond are varied: people sell property; people move to a different address or out of state; people don’t understand the workings of the tax process; large commercial businesses give the form to an employee who doesn’t understand it so it is not returned; businesses hire another firm to handle business matters, so the form gets lost in the shuffle; and some just think it is too much trouble to research it. The State Revenue and Taxation Code provides that if a refund is not claimed by the taxpayer within four years, it may be claimed for the County General Fund on order of the Board of Supervisors. The last Board approved transfer to the General Fund was about $1,200,000 in June 1998 for fiscal years 1984-85 to 1991-92. Through 1995 there is now about $4,100,000 eligible for transfer, if the request is made to the Board of Supervisors. The same notification is given to each taxpayer because the County makes every effort to treat all taxpayers equally. The fact that so many taxpayers (including many major businesses) fail to sign the form and return it indicates the present system is not effective. The current process may comply with the Revenue and Taxation Code, but the transfer into the General Fund of such a large dollar amount of unclaimed tax refunds would demonstrate a lack of conscientious pursuit to reach the taxpayer due the refund. RECOMMENDATIONS
R00-43: INCLUDE A SEPARATE SHEET WHEN THE ASSESSOR MAILS THE NOTICE OF REDUCTION IN ASSESSED VALUE THAT CLEARLY AND SIMPLY STATES IN LARGE, “EYE-CATCHING” PRINT ”THIS IS A REDUCTION IN ASSESSED VALUE AND YOU MAY BE ELIGIBLE FOR A REFUND OF TAXES PAID. THE TAXPAYER WILL RECEIVE A FORM IN THE NEAR FUTURE FROM THE COUNTY PROPERTY TAX DIVISION”.
R00-44: INCLUDE A SEPARATE SHEET WHEN THE PROPERTY TAX DIVISION MAILS THE CLAIM FOR REFUND FORM, THAT CLEARLY AND SIMPLY STATES IN LARGE, “EYE-CATCHING” PRINT “THIS IS A FORM TO FILE FOR A REFUND OF TAXES ALREADY PAID. NO REFUND WILL BE PAID UNTIL THIS FORM IS COMPLETED, SIGNED, AND RETURNED TO THE PROPERTY TAX DIVISION”.
R00-45: ADD WORDING TO THE TAX BILL THAT IS MAILED ANNUALLY BY THE TREASURER-TAX COLLECTOR STATING THAT AN UNCLAIMED TAX REFUND IS DUE UNDER THIS PARCEL NUMBER.
R00-46: MAKE A CONSCIENTIOUS SEARCH BY THE PROPERTY TAX DIVISION OF BUSINESSES AND INDIVIDUALS OWED TAX REFUNDS AND MAKE A SECOND MAILING TO NOTIFY THOSE TAXPAYERS THEY ARE ELIGIBLE FOR AN UNCLAIMED TAX REFUND.
R00-47: PLACE A NOTICE IN ALL OF THE MAJOR COUNTY NEWSPAPERS BY THE PROPERTY TAX DIVISION ALERTING THE PUBLIC THAT THERE ARE ONLY 30 DAYS REMAINING TO CLAIM THEIR TAX REFUND, PRIOR TO REQUESTING TRANSFER TO THE GENERAL FUND.
R00-48: REQUEST THE AUDITOR ANNUALLY SUBMIT TO THE BOARD OF SUPERVISORS FOR APPROVAL THE TIMELY TRANSFER OF THE ELIGIBLE UNCLAIMED TAX REFUNDS TO THE GENERAL FUND. COMPLAINTS COMMITTEE An important function of California Grand Juries is to consider bona fide complaints concerning local government operations submitted by members of the public. In San Bernardino County, complaints must be submitted in writing using the Grand Jury’s standard complaint form. As the Grand Jury has no assigned staff of investigators, public input is of vital importance if government oversight is to be effective. The identity of the complainant, the actions taken by the complainant to solve the problem, the subject and target of the complaint, and supporting data and information are essential if the Grand Jury is to investigate properly and recommend appropriate actions. All complaints are handled in the strictest confidence as required by the law. The 1999-2000 Grand Jury received 21 complaints. Each complaint was reviewed by the Complaints Committee for the appropriate action to be taken by the Grand Jury. There were nine complaints that were determined not to be within the jurisdiction of the Grand Jury. A letter was sent to each complainant informing him or her of that fact. There were five complaints that fell within the jurisdiction of the Grand Jury and those complaints were forwarded to the appropriate committee for action. The assigned Grand Jury committee investigated each complaint received from the Complaints Committee and may have included the results of its investigation in its final report. The fact that the investigation was based on a complaint will remain confidential, as well as the source of the complaint. There were seven complaints that were returned to the complainants stating that the Grand Jury would take no action; usually this was because the complainants may not have provided enough supporting data. HEALTH CARE SERVICES COMMITTEE As the 1999-2000 Grand Jury began its term of service, the Health Care Services Committee had three departments within its scope of responsibility: Arrowhead Regional Medical Center (ARMC) Department of Behavioral Health (DBH) Public Health Department (PHD) During the structural reorganization by the County Administrative Office, the latter two departments (DBH and PHD) became a responsibility of the Human Services System. For the purpose of this Grand Jury’s investigating and reporting, all were retained within the Health Care Services Committee. The Health Care Services Committee submits the following findings and recommendations. ARROWHEAD REGIONAL MEDICAL CENTER PHYSICAL PLANT BACKGROUND The Arrowhead Regional Medical Center (ARMC) was opened to the public on approximately March 1, 1999. It has been criticized by many as being too expensive. One reason given for the high cost is that it will withstand an earthquake of 8.2 magnitude. An inspection of the physical facility was made by the Grand Jury. FINDINGS Base isolation bearings separate the building from the foundation. After a significant earthquake two or three bearings are torn down and inspected for damage. Results of the inspection could trigger the replacement of the rest of the bearings. In addition to the bearings, there is a viscous damper device. This apparatus acts like a huge shock absorber, dampening the effects of an earthquake and keeping the buildings from moving too quickly or too far. The device shown to the Grand Jury had attaching pin(s) installed with the shoulder of the pin on the bottom side, facing the ground. There are tabs at the top and bottom of the pins, which provide the primary means of securing the pins in the device. A special tool is required to remove the pins. The hospital has its own electrical substation. The main feed is 12,000 kilovolts, provided by the City of Colton. Colton provides a preferred and emergency circuit for the hospital. If the preferred circuit fails, an automatic reclosure changes to the other circuit in seconds. At the request of the hospital staff, the city alternates the preferred circuit to assure the hospital of the reliability of both circuits. In the event of both circuits failing, the hospital has seven back-up diesel generators. Each of these 2,000 Kilovolt amps units is tested weekly at 5:30 a.m. The test is conducted with a full load from the hospital. Change over to the emergency generator can be made within 10 seconds. While these generators are equipped with huge muffler systems, there has never been a test of the noise output. Water is pumped from a well owned by the County, which is located on the hospital property. There is a large tank that holds a three-day supply of water. While the water is considered good, it is very “hard”. This condition is causing rust, scale, and other problems with plumbing equipment. There is a separate system for the water used for plants, grounds, and other agricultural uses. Again, the City of Colton provides backup with a “standby” valve. Three natural gas boilers provide heat and hot water for the hospital. The rate provided by the Gas Company was negotiated and is considered very reasonable. The Gas Company bases this rate upon ARMC’s back-up system being available in case of shut down. There is a liquid propane storage tank for emergency use. The liquid is turned into a gas and mixed with oxygen for use in the boilers. The boilers also operate a vacuum system. There is a waste separator within the process, which incinerates all particles not caught in the vacuum. Problems exist in the boiler/heat systems where modifications of the equipment placement were made during installation, causing extreme heat. Last summer the fire sprinkler system activated due to heat within a confined area. An air conditioning duct was opened to blow cool air on the equipment in the room. Hard water causes the corrosive property of return steam, water, or other byproducts after use. Current piping may need replacement within the next five years. There is a sewage holding tank on the property. It is for emergency use in case of a sewer failure. The existing tank is designed to hold a three-day supply of effluent. At the rear of the property is an industrial microwave oven that converts bio-medical hazardous waste into common household waste. It was noted by the Grand Jury during its inspection that there was a lack of signs for fire extinguishers and eye wash stations. RECOMMENDATIONS
R00-49: PROVIDE WATER SOFTENING EQUIPMENT TO ELIMINATE OR REDUCE CORROSIVE PROBLEMS WITH PIPING AND PLUMBING EQUIPMENT.
R00-50: UPDATE ENGINEERING SPECIFICATIONS REGARDING THE CORROSIVE EFFECTS OF UNTREATED WATER AND THE NEED TO REPLACE PIPING AHEAD OF SCHEDULE.
R00-51: REVIEW EQUIPMENT IN HEAT-PRONE AREAS FOR RELOCATION, IMPROVE VENTILATION, OR PROVIDE COOLING SYSTEMS FOR EACH PIECE OF EQUIPMENT TO ELIMINATE FIRE SPRINKLER SYSTEMS BEING ACTIVATED.
R00-52: CONTACT APPROPRIATE COUNTY SAFETY AGENCY FOR PROPER TYPE/KIND OF FIRE EXTINGUISHER AND EYEWASH STATION SIGNS. ARMC CASH COLLECTIONS BACKGROUND As a result of a major embezzlement of cash receipts from the County Medical Center (CMC), the 1996-97 San Bernardino County Grand Jury investigated the Fiscal Services Division and found the management practices, policies, and procedures were not in compliance with County standards. The Grand Jury recommended the County take numerous steps to eliminate future non-compliance and possible embezzlement of funds. In response, the Board of Supervisors and CMC administrators established new and revised management policies and procedures. The 1999-2000 Grand Jury wanted to know if these practices, procedures, and policies were being followed at the new Arrowhead Regional Medical Center (ARMC) and, if so, what steps are being taken to insure their continued compliance. FINDINGS Administrators and supervisors in the ARMC Finance Department stated that their cash collection system at the time of the embezzlement was good but, since then, they have improved procedures to prevent a reoccurrence. At the same time, they commented that a very intelligent person, bent on embezzling, could find a way. A ten-page narrative outlines a step-by-step procedure for the collection, posting, and deposit of receipts, including cash, from all ARMC departments, cafeteria and vending machines. Grand Jury members observed all steps in these procedures from collection to deposit in the safe within the vault. The segregation of duties prohibits any one person from having access to both patient accounts and processing of cash receipts. This was a major factor in the aforementioned embezzlement. New procedures give only four (4) individuals access to the safe. The safe and vault are locked at all times. ARMC’s banking procedure is part of the County’s Consolidated Banking System. When ARMC deposits daily receipts, a coded deposit slip identifying the department is prepared. Receipts are taken by Brink’s Armored Carrier to a Bank of America specialized vault in Ontario. The Ontario location is designed to accommodate armored carriers with maximum security. Deposits start earning interest immediately. County departments are notified and have access to their funds in two (2) days. The Auditor/Controller-Recorder’s office (Supervising Accountant) has ultimate responsibility for reconciling all discrepancies. At the present time ARMC cannot accept credit card payments on accounts. The accountant stated that it could be beneficial and cost effective to do so. RECOMMENDATIONS
R00-53: CONTINUE TO CLOSELY MONITOR ARMC COLLECTION POLICIES AND PROCEDURES, ESPECIALLY IN THE AREA OF CASH RECEIPTS. REMAIN CONSTANTLY ALERT FOR IMPROVEMENT IN INTERNAL CONTROLS TO PREVENT ANY POSSIBILITY OF EMBEZZLEMENT.
R00-54: CONDUCT A STUDY AND, IF FEASIBLE, IMPLEMENT A SYSTEM TO ACCEPT CREDIT CARD PAYMENTS AT THE ARROWHEAD REGIONAL MEDICAL CENTER AND ITS AFFILIATED CLINICS. PUBLIC HEALTH DEPARTMENT DIVISION OF ENVIRONMENTAL HEALTH SERVICES FOOD PROTECTION PROGRAM BACKGROUND The mission of the Division of Environmental Health Services (DEHS) is to prevent, eliminate, or reduce environmental hazards that could harm the health, safety, and quality of life of the citizens of this County. The Retail Food Protection Program consists of activities required to ensure food provided for human consumption is of good quality, safe, free of adulteration, wholesome, and properly labeled and advertised. The program also strives to ensure food has been produced, stored, and transported under conditions and practices that are safe, clean, and sanitary. The program is responsible for the inspection of all places where food is eaten, processed, sold, or stored (restaurants, markets, food stands, carnivals, schools, nursing homes, etc.) for sanitation and food safety, including manufacturers and wholesalers. The program investigates complaints of suspected food poisoning, unsanitary conditions, and other problems. The program also provides education and training in proper sanitation and food safety techniques to the food workers/servers, operators/managers, and owners of food facilities. The DEHS issues public health permits to all food facilities. The 1997-98 Grand Jury recommended a return to public posting using the “A-B-C” rating system or to a simple placard of certification. Neither of these systems has been implemented. In the response from the Board of Supervisors, it states: “The department is planning to require posting a card or placard at the entry to restaurants that will state that the facility has been inspected and has been issued a permit to operate consistent with Health and Safety Code requirements.” FINDINGS In meetings with the Division Chief and Food Program Manager, the Grand Jury learned that the DEHS has 60 employees to cover over 10,000 establishments in the County. The Food Protection Program has 39 inspectors and each is responsible for about 350 accounts. An inspection usually takes from one to one and one-half hours. A written report is left at the facility. If there are minor violations, the owner is to correct them in a specified length of time, and a re-inspection is required. Any facility receiving less than 60 out of 100 points could be temporarily shut down, depending on the nature of the violation. The DEHS cannot levy a fine to an establishment for repeated noncompliance. Only the environmental court in Redlands can levy monetary fines. If a facility is closed by DEHS, the owner can sue in court. In 1999 DEHS closed 586 miscellaneous facilities. They included restaurants, supermarkets, drug stores, recreational facilities, etc., and a large number of unpermitted establishments (no license or health permit). Two teams of two Grand Jurors each accompanied DEHS inspectors – one team to a restaurant and one to a grocery market. The inspections were unannounced and the owners did not know in advance of the visits. The restaurant was a very busy coffee shop-style facility located near a freeway offramp and catered to truckers and law enforcement personnel. The inspector very carefully and thoroughly inspected all areas of the facility, inside and out, with special attention given to those items that needed follow- up from the previous inspection. He noted much improvement in pest control procedures. The inspection file on this restaurant dated from 1983 and the single-most ongoing problem, repeatedly, has been with maintaining adequate temperature control of both hot and cold foods. This visit was no exception. A worker was asked to adjust temperature controls on food warmers and also refrigerated units. Numerous minor violations were found in the kitchen area, dry storage area, exterior dumpster area, and leaky plumbing. Both restrooms were clean and bright. This restaurant received a score of 56 and was reinspected two weeks later, at which time very good compliance was observed by the inspector. A copy of this re-inspection report was provided to the Grand Jury. No inspection certificate or placard was issued for display. The grocery market was a recently opened independent store in a building that formerly housed a chain supermarket. There were three separate health permits: one each for the deli, bakery, and meat/grocery department. This facility had many violations in all areas, that involved improper temperature control (no thermometers), condemned food that had to be discarded due to contamination, inadequate vector control of flies, improper food storage containers, galvanized cooking utensils, inadequate floor drains, electrical hazards, plumbing problems, etc. The deli scored 36 points, the meat department scored 43, and the bakery scored 87 of a possible 100 points each. None of the employees, including the on-site manager, had the required food handler cards. The inspector gave the owner information for obtaining the cards through the Food Handlers class at San Bernardino Valley College. There was an occasional language problem, and a Grand Jury member acted as an interpreter. The inspection was thorough, in spite of the language barrier. At reinspection, some compliance of previous violations was observed, but the inspector noted new violations. A third inspection was required. A copy of the subsequent inspection report was sent to the Grand Jury. When the Grand Jury questioned why the facilities were not shut down because of their low scores (below 60), the DEHS program manager stated that closure comes only in the event of an immediate and dangerous threat to public health and safety, or when a violation cannot be corrected within a reasonable length of time. RECOMMENDATIONS
R00-55: ESTABLISH A PUBLIC NOTIFICATION DISPLAY PLACARD THAT CERTIFIES A FACILITY HAS BEEN INSPECTED AND MEETS COUNTY HEALTH AND SAFETY CODES. SHOW THE DATE OF INSPECTION, EXPIRATION DATE AND SIGNATURE OF THE INSPECTOR. PLACARDS SHOULD ONLY BE ISSUED TO FACILITIES THAT ARE IN COMPLIANCE. THIS RECOMMENDATION IS A MODIFICATION OF THE RECOMMENDATION BY THE 1997-98 GRAND JURY WHICH, TO DATE, HAS NOT BEEN IMPLEMENTED.
R00-56: MONITOR FACILITIES WITH A HISTORY OF REPEATED VIOLATIONS MORE FREQUENTLY. ESTABLISHMENTS THAT ARE CONSISTENTLY IN COMPLIANCE MAY REQUIRE AN ANNUAL INSPECTION ONLY.
R00-57: REQUIRE FOOD HANDLER CARDS FOR ON-SITE FOOD ESTABLISHMENT OWNERS AND MANAGERS, AS WELL AS WORKERS AND SERVERS. VERIFY NAMES ON FOOD HANDLER CARDS AGAINST CURRENT PAYROLL RECORDS.
R00-58: MAKE AVAILABLE BILINGUAL INSPECTORS, OR INTERPRETERS, AT ALL FACILITIES WHERE ENGLISH IS NOT THE PRIMARY LANGUAGE OR CANNOT BE SPOKEN AND CLEARLY UNDERSTOOD. FULL COMPLIANCE WITH HEALTH CODES CANNOT BE OBTAINED WITHOUT COMPLETE COMPREHENSION IN THEIR LANGUAGE. MEDICAL CARE AVAILABILITY BACKGROUND Within the County’s organizational structure, the Public Health Department and the Department of Behavioral Health are under the administration of the Human Services System, and the Arrowhead Regional Medical Center (ARMC) is directly under the County Administrative Officer. The ARMC opened its new Colton location in early spring 1999 with a license for 373 beds. The ARMC has within its facility a number of “specialty clinics,” with the primary care or Family Practice Clinics being located offsite at multiple locations. With concern for this County’s growing population of medically indigent, homeless, uninsured and under-insured working poor, the Grand Jury researched the availability of free or low-cost medical services. Special focus was on the availability of services for walk-in, urgent-care, and immediate needs. FINDINGS ARMC has been averaging 91 percent of bed capacity. The departments responsible for the delivery of medical care, mental health care, and public health care services are under different administrations and management, expressing different philosophies, and at totally different locations throughout the County. There is duplication of clinic-type facilities, nursing staff, patient appointment staff, and possible lab, x-ray or pharmacy services. There are no “free” or “low-cost” outpatient County clinic services available for the uninsured or under-insured “working poor”. Services available at ARMC’s affiliated Family Practice Clinics are by “pre-scheduled” appointments at a usual and customary fee. While payment schedules can be arranged, a $20 deposit is expected at the time of appointments, with the balance to be billed in approximately 45 days. Currently, when a patient seeks a medical appointment for a particular immediate medical need, a pre-scheduled daytime appointment is made for an amount of time that allows for a full evaluation. Scheduling of lengthy appointments limits the number of patients that can be seen on any given day. There is no “walk-in” or “urgent-care” type of service available daytime or evening, other than the Emergency Room. ARMC Administration advised that this would be the available source for services for an uninsured individual with an immediate need. Emergency Room services are a costly method of delivering walk-in care. RECOMMENDATIONS
R00-59: BRING ALL DEPARTMENTS DELIVERING HEALTH CARE SERVICES UNDER ONE ADMINISTRATION AND LEADER- SHIP, FOR A TOTAL PACKAGE OF HEALTH CARE DELIVERY.
R00-60: CENTRALIZE CLINIC LOCATIONS WHERE POSSIBLE, WITH THE SHARING OF CLINIC FACILITIES, NURSING STAFF, PATIENT APPOINTMENT STAFF, EQUIPMENT, LABS, X-RAY, AND PHARMACY SERVICES.
R00-61: OPEN ADDITIONAL OUTPATIENT CLINICS TO PROVIDE SERVICES FOR PATIENTS WITH “WALK-IN,” “URGENT,” OR “IMMEDIATE” NEED, ESPECIALLY IN MORE REMOTE AREAS OF THE COUNTY.
R00-62: PROVIDE WALK-IN “SHORT APPOINTMENTS” TO FOCUS ON THE PATIENTS’ CHIEF MEDICAL COMPLAINT, RESERVING FULL EVALUATIONS FOR PRE-SCHEDULED EXAM APPOINTMENTS.
R00-63: UTILIZE EXISTING CLINIC FACILITIES FOR “AFTER HOURS” SERVICES.
R00-64: DEVELOP PUBLIC INFORMATION PACKETS, NEWSPAPER ARTICLES, AND ADVERTISEMENTS TO ALERT THE PUBLIC TO THE AVAILABILITY OF SERVICES OTHER THAN THE MORE COSTLY EMERGENCY ROOM FOR WALK-IN SERVICES, INCLUDING CLINIC LOCATIONS AND HOURS AVAILABLE. MENTAL HEALTH SERVICES BACKGROUND San Bernardino County provides mental health services through two distinctly separate departments. They work in a collaborative partnership to provide full mental health services to County residents. This Grand Jury has combined the investigation into one report. ● Inpatient Mental Health care is provided at the Arrowhead Regional Medical Center (ARMC) in a separate building on the grounds of the ARMC. The director and his staff are under the ARMC administration. ● Outpatient Mental Health care, including substance abuse services, is provided by the Department of Behavioral Health (DBH) in multiple clinic locations throughout the County. The director of DBH and his staff are under the administration of the Human Services System.
R00-65: OPEN A MENTAL HEALTH CRISIS STABILIZATION UNIT (WALK-IN CLINIC) AT THE ARROWHEAD REGIONAL MEDICAL CENTER TO PROVIDE IMMEDIATE PRESCRIPTION RENEWALS AND OTHER EMERGENCY SERVICES NECESSARY TO MAINTAIN AND/OR STABILIZE A CLIENT’S CONDITION.
R00-66: UPGRADE OR REBUILD THE GILBERT STREET DEPART- MENT OF BEHAVIORAL HEALTH FACILITIES TO PROVIDE A SAFER, MORE WORKER-FRIENDLY ENVIRONMENT.
R00-67: CONTINUE SUPPORTING THE PERINATAL SUBSTANCE ABUSE TREATMENT PROGRAM, PLACING GREATER EMPHASIS IN REDUCING THE PERCENTAGE OF WOMEN FAILING TO REMAIN SUBSTANCE-FREE AND RETURNING TO THE PROGRAM.
R00-68: CONTINUE TO ALLOW THE DEPARTMENT OF BEHAVIORAL HEALTH TO CONTROL ITS TRUST FUNDS. THESE FUNDS SHOULD BE HELD IN RESERVE TO PROVIDE NEEDED SERVICES FOR WHICH NO OTHER FUNDING SOURCE IS AVAILABLE.
R00-69: IMPLEMENT MORE COST-EFFECTIVE AND EFFICIENT PROCEDURES TO FACILITATE REPAIR, PURCHASE, AND INSTALLATION OF NEEDED ITEMS AT THE RIALTO BEHAVIORAL HEALTH RESOURCE CENTER (BHRC). HUMAN SERVICES COMMITTEE The Human Services Committee reviewed the functional and operational procedures of all departments within the Human Services System, with the exception of the departments of Behavioral Health and Public Health. These two departments were a part of Health Care Services during the early part of our term, and were reviewed by that committee. The Human Services System coordinates the activities of the following County departments: Aging and Adult Services Children’s Services Community Services Jobs and Employment Services Preschool Services Transitional Assistance Veterans Affairs The Human Services System also provides fiscal and technical support to both the Children’s Network and the Children’s Fund. The Human Services Committee established subcommittees to review the function of each of the above departments. All department heads were interviewed. Further interviews were held to investigate compliance with County policies. Suggested areas of concern by previous Grand Juries were considered. Grand Jurors went on ride-alongs with welfare fraud field investigators, attended the Homeless Coalition Faire and the grand opening of the Children’s Assessment Center, observed the functioning of the Child Abuse Hotline, and went on visits to Head Start sites. The Human Services Committee makes the following findings and recommendations. DEPARTMENT OF AGING AND ADULT SERVICES IN-HOME SUPPORTIVE SERVICES PROGRAM BACKGROUND The In-Home Supportive Services Program (IHSS) within the Department of Aging and Adult Services (DAAS) allows low income elderly, blind, and disabled persons to remain in their own homes when they become unable to care for themselves. Program recipients receive services that are less expensive for the County than out-of-home care. Because of this program, recipients avoid institutionalization. Under this program care providers come into the recipient’s home, providing domestic, personal, and protective care on an assigned basis. The 1998-99 Grand Jury, in its final report, made recommenda- tions to improve the personal security of the recipients. The Board of Supervisors’ official response was brief and appeared to summarily dismiss the Grand Jury’s recommendations. For that reason, this Grand Jury reviewed the IHSS program. The Grand Jury’s primary concern was for the health and well being of the recipient, as well as possible County liability in the event of abuse at the hands of a County-recommended provider. FINDINGS The IHSS program is federally, state, and county funded. It is administered by County DAAS and governed by the California Welfare and Institutions Code and directives of the State Department of Social Services. Care providers are selected and hired by the care recipient. Approximately 62 percent of care providers are either a relative or friend of the recipient. When the recipient has no relative or friend available to act as his/her care provider, a County-recommended and maintained list of providers is given to the recipient from whom a selection is made. Not being a friend or relative, the providers on this list are relatively unknown to both the County and recipient. To be placed on this list, potential providers must only submit positive identification, pass an interview by a County social worker, and sign a declaration vouching for their past and present legal compliance. The governing statutes do not provide the County with the authority to request background fingerprint checks on care providers from the Department of Justice. A local public records background check is permissible. The recipient may, at his/her own expense, obtain a Department of Justice background check on a potential or existing care provider. County Counsel provided the following legal opinion on this state- directed program. Under the new statutes (Assembly Bill 1682 and Senate Bill 710), effective January 1, 2000, pertaining to the establishment of an employer of record, the County is held harmless in an abuse situation of a recipient by a care provider if the County has followed all governing statutes/directives in its administration of the program. Specifically, the governing Welfare and Institutions Code (affected by the new legislation) now provides immunity for the state and counties from liability resulting from their implementation of the Code. When initially contacted by the Grand Jury, DAAS understood that the new legislation required background checks of care providers. The following information was obtained from a legal opinion requested of County Counsel. The new legislation does not alter the current inability of counties to require a Department of Justice background check of IHSS providers. This legislation added Section 12302.25 to the Welfare and Institutions Code and requires each county to be in conformance by January 1, 2003. It effectively requires each county to act as, or establish, an employer of record for care providers for the purpose of establishing a collective bargaining agency for providers. This agency will be responsible for investigating the background or qualifications of potential providers. In the Foster Parents Program, foster parents are required to undergo a criminal background investigation. In the IHSS program, care providers are not investigated. There are thousands of cases of elder abuse reported in San Bernardino County each year. Currently, about 200,000 seniors reside in the County. DAAS projects 369,000 seniors by the year 2010 and 500,000 by the year 2020. DAAS also estimates that one-fourth of the County’s population will be seniors in 2020. Currently, there are approximately 9,200 recipients in the program and 38 percent of their providers came from the County provided list. If the population grows by the above estimates, by the year 2020 there will be approximately 23,000 recipients in the program and about 8,700 of this number will come from the County’s list of providers. With no background checks of care providers, these numbers are reason for alarm today and present increased concern for the future. Findings support the primary concern of the Grand Jury. More can be done to ensure the health and well being of IHSS recipients. County liability is tempered by the legislation, but not forgotten. If the County has not followed the Welfare and Institutions Code to the letter and an abusive care provider surfaces, the County stands to lose. RECOMMENDATIONS
R00-70: PROVIDE LOCAL PUBLIC RECORDS CHECKS OF ALL PROSPECTIVE CARE PROVIDERS AT COUNTY EXPENSE.
R00-71: SPONSOR A LEGISLATIVE CHANGE/AMENDMENT TO THE CALIFORNIA WELFARE AND INSTITUTIONS CODE REQUIRING DEPARTMENT OF JUSTICE BACKGROUND CHECKS BE CONDUCTED ON ALL PROSPECTIVE CARE PROVIDERS. THE RIGHT TO HIRE, FIRE, AND SUPERVISE THE CARE PROVIDER WOULD REMAIN WITH THE RECIPIENT. THE EXPENSE OF THE BACKGROUND CHECK WOULD BE BORNE BY THE STATE AND COUNTY.
R00-72: INFORM RECIPIENTS OF THEIR RIGHT TO REQUEST A DEPARTMENT OF JUSTICE BACKGROUND CHECK ON ANY POTENTIAL OR EXISTING CARE PROVIDER. IF RECIPIENTS DECLINE THIS OPPORTUNITY TO BE INFORMED AS TO WHOM THEY ARE ENTRUSTING THEIR FUTURE WELL-BEING, REQUIRE RECIPIENTS TO SIGN A DISCLAIMER. IF THE RECIPIENT ELECTS TO ORDER THIS BACKGROUND CHECK, HE/SHE MUST SIGN A STATEMENT TO THAT EFFECT. PRESCHOOL SERVICES DEPARTMENT BACKGROUND The Head Start program is funded by the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services’ Administration for Children and Families (ACF). The Preschool Services Department (PSD) and its employees operate under Federal guidelines. In April 1996 the ACF conducted an on-site review of Head Start and found non-compliance of the regulatory and policy requirements governing the program. The County acts as the grantee and was found to have under- expended the grant by over two million dollars in each of the last two budget periods, despite the need for classroom materials, facilities, equipment, and expansion. The program was reviewed again in January 1999 by ACF and several areas of serious concern were found. The 1998-99 Grand Jury investigated the Federal findings, but was unable to make recommendations at that time due to non-jurisdiction. In March 1999 the Preschool Services Department and 105 administrative and support staff became County employees, under the Human Services System. Personnel at the Head Start sites work under contracts ranging from 9 to 12 months in duration. FINDINGS During routine visits to some Head Start sites, the Grand Jury was made aware of deficiencies in the hiring process. A letter was sent to the rest of the sites requesting information regarding vacancies since September 1999, how and when requests were made, and when vacancies were filled, if they were. Twenty-two (22) responses were received out of the 30 sites contacted, and this information was combined with information received during three site visits. Many sites reported having long-standing vacancies. Vacancies included teachers, teacher’s aides, custodians, food service workers, and clerical. Teachers and aides were performing custodial and clerical chores in addition to their teaching responsibilities, causing extremely low morale over the long-term at some sites. No temporary or substitute employees were available to cover the vacancies. Vacancies in staff positions occurred at 21 of the 25 Head Start sites from which we have data. These vacancies were unfilled for periods of time ranging from two weeks to six months. At the time this report was written, there were 46 vacancies unfilled. Personnel requests by site supervisors to fill vacancies were made in a number of different ways: by telephone, written memos, personal conversations with administrators, field visits, area manager visits, weekly reports, letters, written lists, area meetings, requisitions, and field reports. Here are three randomly selected examples: ● A teacher position became vacant in September 1999 and was filled in March 2000. Requests to fill the position were made by telephone and through personal conversation with the area coordinator. ● One site was short one clerk and one teacher and in October another teacher resigned. The clerk position was filled in November and both teaching positions were filled in January. The site supervisor notified her supervisor of the vacancy three times – once by phone and twice with written memos. ● At another site a teaching position had been vacant since January and was not filled as of March 31, 2000. Applicants who live in outlying areas can apply for positions by mail. However, they must report to San Bernardino for testing and interview. RECOMMENDATIONS
R00-73: CREATE A STANDARD PROCEDURE FOR HEAD START SITE SUPERVISORS TO USE WHEN REQUESTING PERSONNEL, TO INCLUDE DOCUMENTATION OF WHEN THE REQUEST IS MADE, TO WHOM, AND THE DATE THE VACANCY IS FILLED.
R00-74: EDUCATE ALL SITE SUPERVISORS IN THE NEED TO FOLLOW THE PROCEDURE FOR REQUESTING PERSONNEL, AND TO DOCUMENT THEIR REQUESTS.
R00-75: BEGIN RECRUITING NEW PERSONNEL DURING THE SUMMER MONTHS IN ORDER TO CREATE A POOL FROM WHICH TO FILL VACANCIES THAT WILL OCCUR WHEN THE NEW SCHOOL YEAR BEGINS AND THROUGHOUT THE YEAR.
R00-76: ESTABLISH A POOL OF AVAILABLE SUBSTITUTE EMPLOYEES FOR ALL POSITIONS.
R00-77: FILL VACANCIES AT HEAD START SITES AS SOON AS THEY OCCUR.
R00-78: CONDUCT TESTING AND INTERVIEWING AT SITES CLOSE TO THE LOCAL COMMUNITIES WHERE THE JOBS WILL BE PERFORMED. TRANSITIONAL ASSISTANCE DEPARTMENT BACKGROUND Under the Human Services System, the Transitional Assistance Department (TAD), with an annual budget of $124.3 million, is responsible for the administration of the financial support programs that assist the needy with basic services. Of this appropriated budget, $113.9 million is from Federal and State revenue, with a local cost share of $10.4 million. The TAD is budgeted for a staff of 1,914. The primary services provided include Transitional Assistance to Needy Families, food stamps, Medi-Cal, childcare, and general assistance. The goals of TAD are to meet the basic needs of families and individuals while working to help them attain self-sufficiency, and to promote work and personal responsibility. One program within TAD is the Fraud Prevention Bureau (FPB). The mission of the FPB’s Special Investigations Unit (SIU) is to detect and deter incidents of welfare fraud by persons deemed ineligible by law for public assistance. This mission is accomplished by thorough investigation of allegations, false claims, or misrepresentation of fact in compliance with due process of law without infringing upon the constitutional rights of applicants or recipients. This report focuses on the overall Transitional Assistance Department and the Special Investigations Unit of the Fraud Prevention Bureau and their coordinated efforts in providing services to applicants and recipients. FINDINGS The classifications of the approximately 1,000 Eligibility Workers (EW) within TAD are as follows: ● EW Trainee - Approximate monthly salary of $1,387. Requires high school diploma or GED, plus 2 years full- time public contact employment. Following completion of an 8-week orientation/training class, the entry level Trainee advances to the next level. ● EW I - Approximate monthly salary of $1,726. Requires completion of a 6-month, closely supervised on-the-job training program, and requires a passing satisfactory performance evaluation before being eligible for advancement. ● EW II - Approximate monthly salary of $2,047 to $2,616. Requires completion of additional six month probationary period before becoming “regular status” and being eligible to apply for EW III level. ● EW III - Approximate monthly salary of $2,207 to $2,815. Requires bidding, applying, testing, and qualifying. Approximately 80 new Eligibility Worker Trainees are hired each quarter. Newly hired EWs cannot transfer until after completion of the 8- week orientation/training class and a one-year probationary period. After the investment of training newly hired EWs in the multiple programs criteria, eligibility, and regulations for a period of 14 months, a significant number of these employees transfer to other departments/positions within the County at a higher rate of pay. The turnover rate has been running 15 to 22 percent over the past several years. The file notes that Eligibility Workers provide to SIU Fraud Investigators are not always up-to-date at the time of field investigations. Unnecessary visitations are often made due to the inadequate or outdated information provided in the Fraud Investigators’ files. This situation was verified by ride-a- longs of Grand Jury members with Fraud Investigators. In several instances, information reported by the recipient to an Eligibility Worker was not in the file. The field investigators indicated that this situation occurs repeatedly. Development of the new Consortium IV Welfare Computer System (counties of San Bernardino, Merced, Riverside and Stanislaus) is expected to ultimately resolve the aforementioned issue. This new system will provide all- encompassing paperless records that will be viewable on-screen to all involved agencies. Field investigators, case managers, and eligibility workers would all have access to view each other’s notes up-to-the minute, eliminating the time- lag problem of written notes being in the Field Investigators’ field files. It is anticipated that the development and implementation phases of this computer system will not be completed for four years (year 2004). The SIU is currently budgeted for 49 fraud investigators and five supervisors. Of these positions, there are four investigator vacancies, two are currently on “light duty,” and the retirement of 4 or 5 is expected this year. This creates an extreme hardship in the unit because of a backlog of investigations to be completed. RECOMMENDATIONS
R00-79: DEVELOP A STRATEGY FOR RETAINING ENTRY-LEVEL ELIGIBILITY WORKERS WITHIN THE TRANSITIONAL ASSISTANCE DEPARTMENT THROUGH RETENTION INCENTIVES TO REDUCE TURNOVER AND LOSS OF TRAINING COSTS.
R00-80: DEVELOP AND IMPLEMENT AN INTERIM SYSTEM TO ASSURE TIMELY PROCESSING OF PERTINENT INFORMATION FROM ELIGIBILITY WORKERS INTO RECIPIENTS’ FILES FOR USE BY FRAUD INVESTIGATORS.
R00-81: IMPLEMENT AN AGGRESSIVE AND TIMELY RECRUITMENT PROCESS TO FILL CURRENT AND ANTICIPATED VACANCIES OF FRAUD INVESTIGATORS IN THE FRAUD PREVENTION BUREAU’S SPECIAL INVESTIGATIONS UNIT. INTERNAL SERVICES COMMITTEE The Internal Services Committee reviewed the operations and functions of the County’s Internal Services Group, which included the following departments: Architecture and Engineering Facilities Management Human Resources (now under County Administrative Office) Purchasing Real Estate Services Vehicle Services Subcommittees were formed based on perceived investigative needs. All County departments within this group were investigated by subcommittees, except Architecture and Engineering. The Purchasing and Vehicle Services subcommittees joined forces to produce a single report under Vehicle Services (Central Stores). The Facilities Management subcommittee’s findings and recommendations were absorbed by the Ad Hoc Committee on Public Safety. A separate outside audit of Vehicle Services and user departments was completed under the direction of an ad hoc committee. Subcommittee efforts led to the following final reports. PERSONNEL POLICIES
R00-82: IMPLEMENT A SPECIAL PAYROLL CODING SYSTEM THAT WILL IDENTIFY AND TRACK ALL INSTANCES OF PAID ADMINISTRATIVE LEAVE FOR DISCIPLINARY REASONS, MEDICAL EVALUATIONS ETC. TO INCLUDE START DATE, DATE ENDED, DIRECT COST, AND REASON FOR BEING PLACED ON PAID LEAVE. RE-CATEGORIZE TRAVEL AND CONFERENCE TIME TO REFLECT ITS PROPER USE AS WORK TIME.
R00-83: DEVELOP COUNTYWIDE, WRITTEN PROCEDURES FOR USE BY THE APPOINTING AUTHORITY WHENEVER CONSIDERATION IS BEING GIVEN TO USING PAID ADMINISTRATIVE LEAVE.
R00-84: DEVELOP A CONSOLIDATED, MONTHLY REPORTING SYSTEM BY ALL DEPARTMENTS FOR THE COUNTY ADMINISTRATIVE OFFICER, HUMAN RESOURCES, COUNTY COUNSEL, AND THE AUDITOR/CONTROLLER-RECORDER THAT WOULD LIST ALL EMPLOYEES (OR POSITIONS) ON PAID ADMINISTRATIVE LEAVE, START DATE, DATE ENDED, CUMULATIVE DIRECT COST, AND REASONS FOR BEING PLACED ON PAID ADMINISTRATIVE LEAVE.
R00-85: PROVIDE A QUARTERLY AND AN ANNUAL CONSOLIDATED SUMMARY REPORT BY DEPARTMENT TO THE BOARD OF SUPERVISORS SHOWING THE NUMBER OF EMPLOYEE HOURS ON PAID ADMINISTRATIVE LEAVE AND THE TOTAL DEPARTMENTAL DIRECT COST.
R00-86: ESTABLISH AN OVERSIGHT PROCESS CONSISTING OF REPRESENTATIVES FROM HUMAN RESOURCES, COUNTY COUNSEL, AND AUDITOR/CONTROLLER DEPARTMENTS WHEN GRANTING PAID ADMINISTRATIVE LEAVE AND ANY DISCIPLINARY ACTION BY THE APPOINTING AUTHORITY.
R00-87: ASSIGN A DEFINITE RESPONSIBILITY TO THE APPOINTING AUTHORITY TO PURSUE PROMPT COMPLETION OF ANY NECESSARY INVESTIGATION SO AS TO QUICKLY RESOLVE THE MATTER THAT CREATED THE NEED FOR PAID ADMINISTRATIVE LEAVE, THEREBY SHORTENING THE LENGTH OF PAID ADMINISTRATIVE LEAVE.
R00-88: REQUIRE APPOINTING AUTHORITIES TO FREELY SELECT ANOTHER PERSON TO ACT IN THEIR BEHALF AFTER CONSIDERING WHETHER THEIR RELATIONSHIP WITH THE EMPLOYEE UNDER CONSIDERATION FOR PAID ADMINISTRATIVE LEAVE CAN BE HANDLED WITHOUT A REAL OR PERCEIVED BIAS.
R00-89: REQUIRE WRITTEN JUSTIFICATION AND DOCUMENTATION TO BECOME PART OF THE EMPLOYEE’S PERMANENT PERSONNEL FILE, WHENEVER PAID ADMINISTRATIVE LEAVE IS GRANTED AND AN EMPLOYEE IS GIVEN ANY DISCIPLINARY ACTION.
R00-90: PUBLISH ADDITIONAL WRITTEN EXPLANATION REGARDING RULE X OF THE PERSONNEL RULES THAT DESCRIBES THE REASONS WHY AN EMPLOYEE MAY BE SUBJECT TO DISCIPLINARY ACTION.
R00-91: REQUIRE STANDARDS OF CONDUCT TRAINING BE PROVIDED FOR ALL EMPLOYEES ONCE EACH YEAR COVERING TOPICS IN RULE I OF THE PERSONNEL RULES.
R00-92: PROHIBIT PAID ADMINISTRATIVE LEAVE AFTER ANY EMPLOYEE IS CONVICTED FOR ANY BREACH OF COUNTY EMPLOYMENT RULES. REAL ESTATE SERVICES DEPARTMENT BACKGROUND The Real Estate Services Department is one of several functions under the Internal Services Group. Its mission statement is “To provide the most professionally responsive and highest quality real estate services enabling our clients to deliver the needed facilities and services to the citizens of San Bernardino County that will enhance their quality of life.” Real Estate Services consists of two main functions: • The Property Management Division is responsible for all County leasing functions with the exception of some special districts and the Superintendent of Schools. It also handles surplus property sales and some revenue leases. • The Right-of-Way Division is responsible for the acquisition of property, appraisal of both owned and leased property, and relocation assistance. The acquisition work is primarily for the Transportation Department, Flood Control, special districts, San Bernardino Associated Governments (SANBAG), etc. FINDINGS The County has about 15,000 employees that require office space or work facilities so as to efficiently accomplish their jobs. There is need for long- range planning because the staffing level this fiscal year is projected to increase about 1,000 employees, requiring an estimated 100,000 to 125,000 square feet of added space. Today most of the office space needs are leased instead of purchased. The County has been criticized in past Grand Jury reports because of charges of political cronyism or intervention involving leasing of office space and appropriate facilities to conduct its business operations (1998-99 Grand Jury Final Report). A County work group is currently studying the whole Real Estate function. Presently, the array of functions comprising the overall management of office space and facilities is spread over numerous departments and staff within the County. The Real Estate Services Department has certain responsibilities as noted above. In addition, an Administrative Analyst in the County Administrative Office has been delegated the responsibility for administering buildings that are owned by the County. Facilities Management is a separate department that provides the building maintenance and custodial care for these buildings. The Community and Cultural Resources Department, within the County’s Public Services Group, is another department that provides grounds and maintenance care. The inventory of County-owned or leased buildings is monitored through two software programs titled Building Inventory Data System (BIDS) and Land Inventory Data System (LIDS). When leased building information was requested by the Grand Jury, reports were received from two different sources using the BIDS program. The two reports were not the same even though they were both covering properties leased by the County (possibly because different query parameters were used). A change was made to the County policy on March 30, 1999 when the Board of Supervisors adopted a new Policy and Standard Practice for Leasing Space for County Use. A Request for Proposal (RFP) is now required for leases of 5,000 square feet or more with a term of five (5) years or more, unless it is waived because it would “unreasonably interfere with the financial and programmatic needs of the County”. The RFP process has been waived 10-12 times in the first five months since the policy was adopted. Only the Board of Supervisors can approve waiving the RFP process. When a department makes a request for leased space, the following steps are to be followed: • A Capital Improvement Program Request form outlining the requirements is to be submitted to the CAO’s Administrative Analyst who acts as a “traffic director”. If the RFP process is to be waived, the need must be justified on the request form. The CAO’s Administrative Analyst logs in the request, reviews it, and sends it to the CAO Budget Analyst who handles budget matters for the requesting department. • The Budget Analyst has to sign off on the request as to the need for the space, availability of funds, program needs, staffing levels, etc. • Copies of the request, together with the assessment from the CAO’s office, are then to be circulated to the Board of Supervisors’ office for a 10-day comment period. Procedures do not require Real Estate Services to be officially involved and they may be unaware of a space need request. • At the end of the 10-day period, the CAO’s Administrative Analyst is to review the Supervisors’ comments and either: (a) Direct the Real Estate Services Department to prepare an RFP and a Board agenda item to approve the RFP, or (b) If the RFP process is to be waived, the requesting department (perhaps in conjunction with Real Estate Services) is to prepare a Board agenda item requesting approval of the waiver of the RFP process. • At this point Real Estate Services is made aware of the need for office space. • If the RFP is approved by the Board, Real Estate Services is to advertise the RFP in newspapers and contact the general public, brokers and others to reasonably generate sufficient interest in leasing facilities in the County. • A 5-7 person Review Committee is to be formed to review the proposals, typically with representation from the requesting department, Architecture and Engineering, Real Estate Services, the CAO’s office, the Board of Supervisors’ office, and the Supervisor’s office in whose district the building is to be located. • The results of the RFP, together with Real Estate Services’ recommendation, are to be reported to the Board of Supervisors for approval. If the Board approves a waiver of the RFP process, the Real Estate Services Department is then to be instructed to locate and initiate lease negotiations for suitable space. However, someone from the requesting department may have already identified the desired space and started negotiating the terms of the lease. If the RFP process is waived, the lease negotiations are to be conducted by Real Estate Services and the recommendation is to be submitted to the Board of Supervisors for approval. The County is one of the largest tenants in San Bernardino County. Presently there are an estimated 202 leases for land and facilities. The monthly lease payments total approximately $2,220,000 or about $26.6 million annually. The five departments with the most leases and leasing the largest amount of space are shown as follows, together with the average cost per square foot. Human and Social Services* 49 leases 806,000 sq. ft. $1.39 / sq. ft. Behavioral Health Department 18 leases 219,200 sq. ft. $1.14 / sq. ft. Preschool Services Department 27 leases 179,700 sq. ft. $0.68 / sq. ft. District Attorney 11 leases 171,100 sq. ft. $1.22 / sq. ft. Public Health Department 22 leases 117,600 sq. ft. $1.30 / sq. ft. * Currently Human Services Human Services is the largest lessee of County office space, with 49 leases covering 806,000 square feet. The County has 65 leases in excess of $1.25 per square foot, and 34 of these leases are in Human Services. Human Services typically pays a higher monthly lease rate and, as a result, its $1.39 per square foot is the highest cost of any of the County departments. Of the 65 leases at rates of $1.25 or greater, 18 of them are on facilities located in the High Desert portion of the County where land values are generally lower compared to the valley area. RECOMMENDATIONS
R00-93: DEVELOP A COUNTYWIDE 2 TO 4-YEAR LONG-RANGE PLAN TO IDENTIFY AND ASSESS THE MOST LIKELY SPACE NEEDS BY DEPARTMENTAL AND GEOGRAPHICAL LOCATION.
R00-94: ASSIGN REAL ESTATE SERVICES DEPARTMENT TO BE THE FOCAL POINT FOR ALL REQUESTS FOR LEASED AND OWNED SPACE AND ALSO TO BE RESPONSIBLE FOR HANDLING ALL PHASES OF NEGOTIATIONS FOR LEASING OUT PROPERTY THAT IS OWNED BY THE COUNTY.
R00-95: REMOVE THE BOARD OF SUPERVISORS AND THEIR STAFFS FROM ALL MANAGEMENT FACETS IN THE REAL ESTATE LEASING, PURCHASING OR MAINTENANCE PROCESSES, BUT CONTINUE THE REQUIREMENT FOR FINAL APPROVAL BY THE BOARD OF SUPERVISORS.
R00-96: COMBINE ALL RELATED REAL ESTATE FUNCTIONS, INCLUDING CAO ADMINISTRATIVE ANALYST OVERSIGHT, INTO A REORGANIZED REAL ESTATE SERVICES DEPARTMENT. THIS DEPARTMENT WOULD COVER NEW LEASED BUILDINGS, SPACE PLANNING, OWNED BUILDING ADMINISTRATION, FACILITIES MANAGEMENT, GROUNDS AND MAINTENANCE, AND LEASING OF COUNTY-OWNED PROPERTY. THE CURRENT FACILITIES MANAGEMENT HOME IMPROVEMENT PROGRAM SHOULD BE TRANSFERRED TO A MORE APPROPRIATE DEPARTMENT.
R00-97: INSURE THAT REAL ESTATE SERVICES IS INVOLVED IN ALL LEASE ARRANGEMENTS FROM INCEPTION TO AVOID PAYING ABOVE-MARKET LEASE RATES AND/OR UNFAVORABLE LEASE TERMS. TRANSACTIONS MUST BE CAREFULLY AND COMPLETELY HANDLED BY PERSONS WHO ARE QUALIFIED REAL ESTATE PROFESSIONALS.
R00-98: ASSIGN SOLE RESPONSIBILITY FOR MAINTAINING AN ACCURATE LIST OF COUNTY-OWNED AND LEASED PROPERTIES TO THE REAL ESTATE SERVICES DEPARTMENT THROUGH ITS “BIDS” AND “LIDS” COMPUTER PROGRAMS.
R00-99: DEVELOP AN ADDENDUM AND AN EXHIBIT (SIMILAR TO CHILD SUPPORT COMPLIANCE) TO THE STANDARD LEASE AGREEMENT TO REQUIRE LANDLORDS TO DISCLOSE ALL RELATIONSHIPS AND CONFLICTS OF INTEREST (BOTH INDIVIDUAL OWNER AND CORPORATE) WITH THE BOARD OF SUPERVISORS, COUNTY MANAGERIAL STAFF, AND COUNTY EMPLOYEES. FAILURE OF LANDLORDS TO FULLY DISCLOSE SHALL CONSTITUTE A DEFAULT OR WARRANT A MONETARY PENALTY AT THE DISCRETION OF THE COUNTY. 00-100 DEVELOP A COUNTYWIDE STANDARD FOR A SIMPLIFIED REQUEST FOR PROPOSAL (RFP) PROCESS FOR INTERMEDIATE SIZE OR DURATION LEASES THAT REDUCES THE AMOUNT OF TIME AND EFFORT NEEDED TO ACHIEVE A FUNCTIONING LEASE. ALSO, DEVELOP A COUNTYWIDE STANDARD FOR A STRUCTURED REQUEST FOR QUOTES (RFQ) PROCESS FOR THOSE LEASE REQUESTS THAT ARE OF A SMALL SIZE OR SHORT DURATION. THESE STEPS WOULD SHORTEN THE TIME REQUIRED TO COMPLETE A LEASE AND THEREBY REDUCE THE LIKELIHOOD OF DEPARTMENTS SEEKING SHORTCUTS OR BYPASSING COUNTY POLICY. 00-101 REQUIRE ALL DEPARTMENTS TO ADHERE TO THE COUNTY’S LEASE PROCEDURES REGARDLESS OF THE FUNDING SOURCE, I.E. STATE OR FEDERAL FUNDING. VEHICLE SERVICES DEPARTMENT CENTRAL STORES BACKGROUND The Central Stores function was placed under the Vehicle Services Department in January of 1995. Prior to that it had been the responsibility of the Purchasing Department. This is the most traditional of warehouse functions. Items are purchased in bulk at the best possible price, warehoused, and then “resold” to the user departments, with a mark-up for overhead costs. Central Stores stocks supplies and delivers stationery, forms, janitorial, and other high volume items used by County departments for daily operations. Current inventory includes 1,200 items valued at approximately $650,000. A Request for Proposal (RFP) was issued by the Purchasing Department to secure an auctioneer to dispose of surplus medical equipment and furniture from the County Medical Center complex on Gilbert Street in San Bernardino. At the same time, a separate flyer announcing the sale of surplus material was distributed from County Surplus Property. One of the features listed was “medical equipment”. To be sure that the RFP was not being bypassed, a review of the medical equipment mentioned in the flyer was to be observed as to quantity and type. FINDINGS There is a contract between Central Stores and Office Depot, which offers a limited number of office supply items that can be ordered by County departments, through the Central Stores warehouse, from Office Depot, which delivers the items directly to the customer. This service is referred to as “Pack Wrap.” The Central Stores warehouse processes about 150 requisitions a day, of which about 35 to 50 are “Pack Wrap” requisitions for Office Depot. The central warehouse has a Central Stores Catalog listing assets in both the warehouse and from Office Depot. The catalog is published every two years and updated in quarterly newsletters generated by Central Stores. This catalog does not include current cost information and is not totally descriptive of the items listed. A catalog is published by Office Depot on an annual basis and includes retail cost information and a picture or clear description of the items listed. Customers fill out a standard requisition form based on what is available in the Central Stores catalog. Once received by Central Stores, the requisition is processed and items are pulled from the warehouse and prepared for delivery the next day. Evaporative coolers that service the Central Stores warehouse building were noted as being non-operational. Stores personnel stated the coolers had not been in operation for several years and personnel in the work area complained about the heat during the summer. Surplus material is stored both indoors and outdoors. Because of insufficient space, electronic equipment has to be stored outdoors and is susceptible to weather conditions. The number of medical items on the bid line listed in the flyer was minimal, not of great value, and not part of the RFP. An inquiry was made as to how departments within the County could find out about any surplus property available for reuse. The response was that there are no procedures in place that would let departments know what is in the surplus area, other than a telephone call from a department looking for a specific item. The Board of Supervisors developed a policy to allow community-based organizations access to surplus materials valued at less than $1,000. Guidelines were not developed at the time the policy was approved. No input or feedback on written procedures, policies, or processes was requested from the employees currently doing this job. Concerns were expressed about establishment of priorities, who would have access, how much could they have, and could they take anything even if the material requested was not associated within their mission statement. When asked who makes the determination of a successful bid, the Grand Jury was informed that Purchasing handles all questions, awards, and money. Purchasing provides the expertise in assigning values to material for sale. A point of contention was noted: Surplus is associated with Central Stores, which is a part of Vehicle Services, yet Purchasing provides all the support for this operation. Some items of surplus are sent to Surplus Property from County departments without proper documentation. Inventory tag numbers are the only link for salvage credits to be applied to the originating department. A user department may not miss an item until an inventory is conducted. Without identification tags, Surplus Property is usually unable to locate missing items. RECOMMENDATIONS 00-102 ELIMINATE DUPLICATION OF OFFICE SUPPLIES AVAILABLE IN THE CENTRAL STORES WAREHOUSE AND FROM THE CONTRACT VENDOR. OBTAIN ALL OFFICE SUPPLIES FROM THE CONTRACT VENDOR. 00-103 DEVELOP A COMPUTER PROGRAM TO ORDER OFFICE SUPPLIES USING THE SAME FORMAT AS THE CONTRACT VENDOR REQUISITION. PROVIDE COMPUTERIZED ORDER FORMS TO ALL DEPARTMENTS ON THE COUNTY INTRANET. 00-104 PROVIDE A COPY OF THE CENTRAL STORES CATALOG ON THE COUNTY INTRANET, TO INCLUDE CURRENT PRICES AND BETTER DESCRIPTIVE INFORMATION. 00-105 EXPAND THE SURPLUS STORAGE AREA TO THE WEST OF THE EXISTING AREA. USE THIS AREA TO STORE ELECTRONIC EQUIPMENT INDOORS. 00-106 REPAIR OR REPLACE THE EXISTING EVAPORATIVE COOLERS TO PROVIDE A HEALTHIER AND MORE COMFORTABLE WORK AREA FOR EMPLOYEES AND VISITORS. 00-107 ESTABLISH A SITE ON THE COUNTY INTRANET FOR THE POSTING OF AVAILABLE SURPLUS PROPERTY. 00-108 ESTABLISH WRITTEN DETAILED INSTRUCTIONS TO COVER SURPLUS PROPERTY DISPOSAL. COUNTY DEPARTMENTS SHOULD HAVE FIRST OPPORTUNITY TO ACQUIRE THIS PROPERTY, FOLLOWED BY SALES TO THE GENERAL PUBLIC. THEN, COMMUNITY-BASED ORGANIZATIONS MAY ACQUIRE PROPERTY IN LINE WITH THEIR ESTABLISHED PURPOSE OF EXISTENCE. 00-109 TRANSFER SURPLUS AND CENTRAL STORES TO THE PURCHASING DEPARTMENT. 00-110 EMPOWER STORES PERSONNEL TO REFUSE SHIPMENT OF SURPLUS PROPERTY WITHOUT THE APPROPRIATE DOCUMENTATION. LAW AND JUSTICE COMMITTEE The Law and Justice Committee had responsibility for functional oversight of the following County departments: District Attorney Probation Sheriff/Marshal Public Administrator/Coroner/Public Guardian Public Defender / Indigent Defense The committee reviewed each department’s current activities and looked at the Grand Jury reports for the previous three years to help determine the areas in which inquiries should be directed. The committee decided the District Attorney’s department did not warrant any investigative time. During the period of this report, the Sheriff’s Department absorbed the County Marshal’s Department. Subcommittees were formed to make inquiry into the operations of each department to ensure adherence to the applicable laws, ordinances, and procedures. The following reports encompass a brief background, address findings and offer recommendations that, if accepted, will allow these departments to operate more efficiently and effectively. CONSERVATORSHIPS BACKGROUND Section 2340 of the California Probate Code states, “No superior court may appoint a private professional conservator or private professional guardian, or permit any person to continue to serve as a private professional conservator or private professional guardian … unless the conservator or guardian has filed the information required by Section 2342 and 2343 with the county clerk.” As a result of the State Probate Code, the County Clerk’s office has the responsibility of keeping up-to-date the annual filing fees paid by private conservators and guardians. FINDINGS The 1997-98 Grand Jury made a recommendation that all conservators and guardians who do not have current filings be notified and given 30 days to bring their annual filings up-to-date to comply with the State Probate Code. Of the 34 listed conservators, only 19 have current filings and of 19 guardians, only nine (9) have current filings. With the passing of AB 925, effective January 1, 2000, the California Attorney General’s Office requires a current monthly listing of conservators and guardians filing within the State of California. It is the responsibility of the County Clerk’s office to send to the Attorney General the information on a monthly basis. All records and filings pertaining to conservators and guardians within the County are now on a computer program at the County Clerk’s office. Some of the conservator and guardian files are lacking required documentation such as fingerprint cards and receipts of fees paid. RECOMMENDATIONS 00-111 REQUIRE THE COUNTY CLERK’S OFFICE TO NOTIFY CONSERVATORS AND GUARDIANS, IN WRITING, AT LEAST 30 DAYS IN ADVANCE OF THE EXPIRATION DATE OF THEIR FILINGS. 00-112 REQUIRE THE COUNTY CLERK’S OFFICE TO PROVIDE THE COURTS WITH A MONTHLY LISTING OF CONSERVATORS AND GUARDIANS WHO HAVE VALID FILINGS AND FEES PAID. 00-113 REQUIRE THE COUNTY CLERK’S OFFICE TO BRING ALL DELINQUENT FILES UP-TO-DATE AND DROP FROM THE LISTING ALL THOSE CONSERVATORS AND GUARDIANS WHOSE STATUS IS NOT CURRENT. PROBATION DEPARTMENT BACKGROUND The County Probation Department is comprised of an Administrative Services Bureau, Detention Corrections Bureau, and the Community Corrections Bureau (which provides juvenile and adult court related services in the area of investigations and probation supervision). The mission statement of the department is “To protect the community through assessment, treatment and control of adult and juvenile offenders by providing a range of effective services based on legal requirements and recognized professional standards.” The Probation Department is currently staffed with 394 full-time employees in the Administrative Services and Community Corrections Bureaus, and 430 full-time employees in the Detention Corrections Bureau. There are presently seven (7) probation officers in the Pre-Trial Unit. An increase of 88 personnel was requested for Fiscal Year 1999-2000. There are over 100 part-time employees in the Probation Department. FINDINGS Currently, the emphasis for funding and for the allocation of probation officers to the number of “clients” has been strongly directed to the juvenile probationer. Most grant funding at the State or Federal level is devoted to the juvenile side of probation. As a result, the County Probation Department emphasizes the juvenile programs. The County written reporting system requires only quarterly submissions by the adult probationer. This is not consistent with the monthly reporting requirements of adjacent counties. The Adult Probation program is badly understaffed. There are over 14,000 adults in the probation program at this time. The activities of these adults are monitored by 24 field probation officers, plus seven (7) probation officers, and five (5) clerks in the General Services Unit (GSU). The GSU monitors over 13,000 adult probationers via computer tracking of the probationers’ submission of written reports. It is estimated that 80 percent of those in Adult Probation had one or more criminal convictions prior to the one for which they are currently on probation. An estimated 45 percent of those presently on adult probation will commit additional crimes before their present probation term has been completed. In the Adult Probation program there is the opportunity for educational programs that can qualify the probationer for a GED high school certificate and a junior college program that is tuition free. Both programs are intended to prepare the probationer for job placement opportunities. The County has located employment for 80 percent of those that participate in these programs. There is a direct correlation between those probationers that take advantage of these educational programs and the incidents of repeat offenses, i.e., education and jobs significantly reduce repeat offenses. Only ten percent (10%) of the total probation officers are devoted to Adult Probation supervision. The caseload is about 550 cases per probation officer, exclusive of those tracked by the GSU personnel. The Probation Department has a need for additional personnel and funding from the County for the Adult Probation programs. There is an urgent need to develop grant funds for adult probation programs at the State and Federal levels. RECOMMENDATIONS 00-114 SUBMIT AN IMMEDIATE REQUEST TO THE BOARD OF SUPERVISORS FOR THE FUNDING AND HIRING OF A MINIMUM OF 75 PROBATION OFFICERS DEDICATED TO THE ADULT PROBATION PROGRAM. 00-115 RESEARCH ALL SOURCES OF FUNDING TO DETERMINE IF GRANT FUNDS ARE AVAILABLE FOR ADULT PROBATION PROGRAMS. 00-116 UNDERTAKE AN AGGRESSIVE PROGRAM THROUGH PROFESSIONAL ORGANIZATION AFFILIATES AND POLITICAL CHANNELS, AT THE STATE AND FEDERAL LEVELS, TO DEVELOP GRANTS FOR ADULT PROBATION PROGRAMS. 00-117 ESTABLISH A MONTHLY REPORTING PROCEDURE FOR ALL ADULT PROBATIONERS TO KEEP BETTER TRACK OF THEIR ACTIVITIES. 00-118 ENCOURAGE GREATER PARTICIPATION BY PROBATIONERS TO ENROLL IN THE ADULT EDUCATIONAL PROGRAMS THAT QUALIFY THEM FOR JOBS. PUBLIC ADMINISTRATOR/ CORONER BACKGROUND The Public Administrator’s office has the responsibility to investigate and to administer estates of decedents placed under its jurisdiction. As part of this responsibility, the Public Administrator inventories the deceased’s property and locates heirs, if any. It also inventories personal and real property, checks property ownership, supervises business affairs, manages rented property, pays expenses, and collects estate income, benefits, and insurance due to the estate. FINDINGS Two deputy public administrators take initial inventory of personal property at the residence of the deceased. Two County warehouse employees take a second inventory after the personal property has been transported to the Public Administrator’s Warehouse in San Bernardino. A random check of several Public Administrator files showed that the inventory sheets written by the warehouse personnel had only one signature instead of the required two. All unclaimed personal property of a decedent is taken to the County warehouse for storage. Only about 50 percent of the total warehouse space is available for use by the Public Administrator, which is inadequate for the storage of these goods. Currently, all personal property is stacked in lots and identified by signs that are nailed to the warehouse walls. At the present time there is no computer program to help identify personal effects of the deceased. RECOMMENDATIONS 00-119 REQUIRE TWO SIGNATURES ON ALL INVENTORY SHEETS TO INSURE TOTAL ACCOUNTABILITY OF DECEDENT’S PROPERTY. 00-120 SEEK ADDITIONAL SPACE TO HOLD PERSONAL PROPERTY TO ENSURE THE SEPARATION OF EACH LOT. 00-121 DEVELOP A COMPUTER PROGRAM TO LINK PERSONAL EFFECTS BY LOT NUMBERS FOR EASIER IDENTIFICATION. PUBLIC DEFENDER / INDIGENT DEFENSE BACKGROUND The Public Defender’s office provides legal representation for persons who are charged with a criminal offense and whom the Courts have found to be financially unable to employ private counsel. The County Administrative Office established the County Indigent Defense Program as a County function independent from the Court. The program consists of a staff analyst and a fiscal clerk who is responsible for accounts payable for appointed private attorneys and their staff of investigators and experts. FINDINGS Contract and/or ad hoc attorneys are appointed for a client as the result of either a conflict of interest or an excessive caseload on the part of the Public Defender’s office. Contract attorneys are under contract to the Court and ad hoc attorneys are hired on a case-by-case basis when the case is beyond the capabilities of the Public Defender or the private attorney. In the last three years in the San Bernardino District, the average cost of a contract attorney is $950 per case and an ad hoc attorney $4,000 to $5,000 per case. The cost of a case to the Public Defender’s office is $534 per case. There are no reporting requirements to the County Administrative Office or the Board of Supervisors for expenditures incurred by the Public Defender’s office or the Indigent Defense office. The Public Defender’s central office in San Bernardino tried 38 felony and misdemeanor jury trials in 1999. The Indigent Defense Program of private attorneys tried 93 felony and misdemeanor jury trials in the San Bernardino district. In 1999 the Public Defender’s central office was assigned 3,839 felony cases, of which 938 had conflicts of interest. Conflict cases accounted for 24.43 percent of all assigned felony cases. This percentage is more than double the 11.40 percent of conflicted cases over the past five years. The Public Defender’s office and the County Indigent Defense Program have different computer programs for collecting data and cost figures. As a consequence, there is no consistent method of collecting caseload data and cost information for all providers of indigent defense in San Bernardino County. There is no one in the County to provide overall leadership in coordinating indigent defense services or in evaluating and implementing measures to control costs between the Public Defender’s office and the Indigent Defense Program. The Public Defender’s office does not have a written policy that outlines what constitutes a conflict of interest and what situations would require withdrawing from a case. The Court determines if a client is eligible for the services of a Public Defender. The Court does not require a financial background report on the client to determine the client’s ability to pay. RECOMMENDATIONS 00-122 DEVELOP A WRITTEN POLICY THAT OUTLINES THE CONFLICT OF INTEREST PROCESS AND THE SITUATIONS THAT WOULD REQUIRE WITHDRAWING FROM A CASE. 00-123 DEVELOP A COMPUTER-BASED PROGRAM FOR COMPILING DATA ON COST INFORMATION AND CASELOAD FACTS THAT ENCOMPASSES BOTH THE PUBLIC DEFENDER’S OFFICE AND THE COUNTY INDIGENT DEFENSE PROGRAM. 00-124 PROVIDE THE COURTS WITH A WRITTEN FINANCIAL BACKGROUND CHECK ON THE CLIENT’S ABILITY TO PAY PRIOR TO THEIR COURT APPEARANCE. 00-125 ESTABLISH SEMI-ANNUAL REPORTS TO THE BOARD OF SUPERVISORS THAT DOCUMENT THE PRODUCTIVITY OF THE PUBLIC DEFENDER’S OFFICE. THE REPORTS ARE TO INCLUDE TOTAL NUMBER OF CASES BROUGHT TO TRIAL (MISDEMEANOR AND FELONY), NUMBER HANDLED BY THE PUBLIC DEFENDER’S OFFICE, NUMBER HANDLED BY PRIVATE ATTORNEYS, AND THE TOTAL COST OF THESE TRIALS BY BOTH THE PUBLIC DEFENDER’S OFFICE AND THE INDIGENT DEFENSE OFFICE. 00-126 ESTABLISH A STAFF POSITION THAT HAS THE RESPONSIBILITY TO COORDINATE AND EVALUATE SERVICES AND COSTS BETWEEN THE PUBLIC DEFENDER’S OFFICE AND THE INDIGENT DEFENSE PROGRAM. SHERIFF’S DEPARTMENT BACKGROUND According to the Sheriff’s Department, their mission is “to provide prevention, protection, and public safety services with their partners, to diverse communities in the nation’s largest county. The cornerstones of their service are commitment, innovation, and pride. Their vision is to be a high performance, inclusive department with high professional standards of integrity, ethics, and behavior guided by the letter and spirit of the law, and the law enforcement code of ethics. The department will relentlessly investigate criminal acts and arrest those guilty of violating the law, while building positive relationships with those they serve.” At present, the Sheriff’s Department has contracts to provide law enforcement for 13 cities. The department has many patrol vehicles, of which a number are unmarked. The unmarked vehicles are used for investigations. The Sheriff’s Department serves half of the incorporated cities and all of the unincorporated communities in the County, resulting in a regional approach to crime fighting and public safety. FINDINGS San Bernardino County uses a competitive sealed bidding system when purchasing new vehicles for various departments. Proposals are referred to as Requests for Proposal (RFP). A committee of six County departments, including a representative of the Sheriff’s Department, evaluates competitive sealed proposals. At the public bid opening, only the vendor name is read aloud. Neither price nor other information is made public until after a notice of intent to award is given. Used vehicles are included in the department’s budget for the purchase of vehicles, which requires the Board of Supervisors’ approval. After the approval, the Sheriff’s Department determines the number, models, and types of vehicles to purchase. The department’s Automotive Supervisor, who has the final decision as to ultimate price, purchases all used vehicles at auctions. These vehicles are purchased primarily for undercover law enforcement activities. Identity may place the safety of officers in jeopardy. All used vehicles are purchased through the same agency with a fee of $400 on each unit. Dealer used auto auctions require bidders to have a current auto sales license. This license allows the holder to purchase or sell vehicles. The Automotive Supervisor has established his relationship through a dealership located in Barstow. He acts as the vendor’s agent in all transactions, in addition to being a Sheriff’s Department employee. This supervisor offers services as a “fleet” sales agent to employees of the County. As a salesman for the dealership, he has sold vehicles and received commissions from the agency. Contemporaneous employment is noted in San Bernardino County’s purchasing manual (Section 4, ) as “… an employee cannot be employed or perform services for a vendor that sells goods or services to that employee’s department. Such vendors are barred from submitting bids or proposals to that department.” RECOMMENDATIONS 00-127 AVOID ANY TRANSACTION BETWEEN A COUNTY EMPLOYEE AND A VENDOR THAT CONFLICTS WITH COUNTY POLICY OR ANY OTHER CIRCUMSTANCE CAUSING A BREACH OF CONFIDENCE IN THE ACQUISITION PROCESS. 00-128 DEVELOP DEFINED GUIDELINES FOR THE PURCHASE OF USED VEHICLES AT AUCTIONS, AVOIDING POSSIBLE IMPLICATIONS OF CONFLICT OF INTEREST. 00-129 ESTABLISH A RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN VENDORS AND THE COUNTY PURCHASING DEPARTMENT, WHICH ACTS INDEPENDENTLY OF THE SHERIFF’S DEPARTMENT PERSONNEL WHEN PURCHASING USED VEHICLES. 00-130 PROVIDE A WRITTEN CONTRACT BETWEEN THE COUNTY AND VENDOR THAT COVERS THE RESPONSIBILITIES OF PURCHASING USED VEHICLES. PUBLIC SERVICES COMMITTEE Fiscal year 1999-2000 brought several changes to the organizational structure for San Bernardino County employees. During the last year the Public Services Group was renamed Economic Development/Public Services Group and several departments were added that cover many services to the public. Departments carried over from the Public Services Group include: Agriculture/Weights and Measures Airports Community and Cultural Resources Economic and Community Development Land Use Services Library Registrar of Voters Transportation/Flood Control/GIMS/Surveyor Waste System Division As a result of reorganization, the following departments were added to the Group: County Fire Redevelopment Agency Special Districts While subcommittees were established to review limited aspects of selected departments, only the original nine departments were included in this report. AGRICULTURE/ WEIGHTS AND MEASURES DEPARTMENT WEIGHTS AND MEASURES DIVISION BACKGROUND It has been several years since any Grand Jury looked into the operations of the Agriculture/Weights and Measures Department. A subcommittee was formed to look into several areas of the department. The Agriculture group and the Weights and Measures group recently were combined, and they are in the process of merging the job classifications of both groups into one journeyman classification. The Agriculture personnel can operate within the Weights and Measures group without any problems. The Weights and Measures personnel have to be licensed, and have five levels of State test certifications. FINDINGS Fees are collected from businesses based on the number and type of measuring devices installed. Typical devices include grocery scales, gasoline pumps, taximeters, and mobile home electric, gas, and water meters. Some fees are billed on an annual basis and others are a one-time initial inspection charge. Any callbacks due to failure may or may not be billed. The Weights and Measures inspector whom the Grand Jury accompanied conducts about 1,000 inspections annually. Inspections are done on a rotating basis. The inspector relies on information from the administrative group, which tracks new applicants, to keep files updated. The inspector uses his personal home computer to develop a database of clients for the annual inspections. If the inspector is not available and someone else does an initial inspection, a client could “fall through the cracks” and not be checked again. The inspector said when inspectors drive to and from assignments they watch for openings of new gas stations and stores. If not given data on the new operation, an inspector makes a call on the facility to be sure that all permits, inspections, and approvals have been obtained. A ride-along stop was made at a gas station. This stop was the result of a complaint. The process of sealing and what happens when a seal is broken for repairs, maintenance, or tampering was explained. These require verification and have to be resealed. A pump was found to be out of tolerance. It was shut down, red tagged (sealed off and declared out of service), and the employee on duty was notified. Another dispenser from this cluster was tested and found to be within tolerance. There is a fee for re-inspection. If not notified that the infraction has been repaired within 30 days, a second visit is made and a warning is issued. If not repaired within 60 days, an order can be issued to take legal action, which could result in administrative, civil, or criminal actions. The second stop on the ride-along was a routine inspection and testing of a scale at a grocery outlet. Weights were put on the scale in various combinations. The scale was the type that calculates the dollar amount to be charged when a price per pound was entered. Variances allowed were based on weight amounts being tested; the smaller the weight, the smaller the allowable variance. Equipment exceeding tolerances is immediately taken out of service. All calculations were correct. There are two County inspectors who test grocery store scanners in the valley. Each inspector has about 700-750 clients. The inspector involved in the ride-along relies on a manual 4 x 6-card system for the data listing on his clients. Grand Jurors accompanied an inspector on a review of a large chain grocery store. At least two items were taken from each aisle. In a large store this would amount to about 40 items. The selection of items was made on a 50/50 basis – sale priced and regular priced items. Of particular interest were displays at the end of aisles and items that were labeled by hand. A device that scans Universal Product Codes (UPC) was used. It tracks descriptions and prices and produces a tape of the data, item by item, including a bar code. The tape was passed over the scanner at the checkout stand and the information was recorded on the register tape. An item-by-item comparison was made. Deviations were reviewed with the store manager and verified at the shelf. No violations were found and the manager was given a copy of the Scanner Sales Price Report. Penalties for a violation are based on the severity of the problem. Taken into account are the number of items reviewed, the number of errors, and the dollar amount as a percent of the total over and under charges of the correct total price. There are three levels of penalties: serious, moderate, and minor. It was noted during both ride-along visits that each of the inspectors had their own record-keeping system. There is yet another system, which is used by administration for billing purposes for annual fees. When the Grand Jury inquired about using one database, we were advised that there is a database, but some in the office felt that it was old and hard to maintain. Others felt comfortable with it as opposed to getting something new and having to learn a new system. RECOMMENDATIONS 00-131 CONSULT WITH THE INFORMATION SERVICES DEPARTMENT ON A DATABASE PROGRAM THAT COULD BE USED FOR AGRICULTURE/WEIGHTS AND MEASURES, ALONG WITH THE ADMINISTRATIVE PROCESS OF ANNUAL BILLINGS. MERGE AND COMPARE EXISTING FILES FOR REVIEW BY MANAGEMENT FOR APPROPRIATE STAFFING LEVELS, WORK ASSIGNMENTS, AND WORK LOCATIONS. 00-132 INITIATE A PROGRAM WITH ALL AGENCIES THAT ISSUE BUSINESS LICENSES OR FINAL PERMITS TO NOTIFY THE COUNTY AGRICULTURE/WEIGHTS AND MEASURES DEPARTMENT BEFORE FINAL PERMITS OR APPROVALS TO OPEN A NEW BUSINESS ARE GIVEN. 00-133 PROHIBIT COUNTY FILES AND DATA FROM BEING PLACED ONLY ON PERSONAL HOME COMPUTERS. PESTICIDE REGULATORY DIVISION BACKGROUND A review of reports from previous Grand Juries noted that it had been some time since the Agriculture/Weights and Measures Department had been reviewed. Since there are diverse groups within the department, reviews were made of several major areas of activities. The Pesticide Regulatory Division is responsible for pest management/eradication and pesticide enforcement, and has a pesticide formulation program that has been in existence since 1966. Regulations over environmental concerns about both animals and poisons have reduced the overall mission of this group. FINDINGS Current pesticide production includes two rodent baits and the sale of “gas bombs” to eradicate ground squirrels. Annually, 35,000 to 45,000 pounds of bait is produced based on the weather patterns. Rainfall increases rodent population, while dry weather maintains “normal” population. Last year 42,278 pounds of bait were sold. Bait is available in 2½, 5, and 25-pound bags. The smaller size bags are usually sold to homeowners. There are many warnings covering the use of bait and the types of animals to watch for because of the potential affect on endangered species. Anyone purchasing 100 pounds or more must prove they are in the agricultural business. Cost to make the bait was broken down into package size. A 50 cent ($.50) per pound fee is sent to the State for the use of the State seal on the product, and is included in the price. The fee covers testing for standard adherence to State mandated formulas. An “overhead” dollar amount calculated by the Auditor/Controller for the Pesticide Group is also included in the price. 2½ lb. bag 5 lb. bag 25 lb. bag Product Cost $1.27 $2.34 $10.19 Administration $ .80 $1.49 $ 6.43 State Surcharge $1.25 $2.50 $16.50 Total Cost $3.32 $6.33 $29.12 Sales Price $3.25 $6.25 $29.00 The Agricultural Commissioner’s office calculates the amount owed to the Franchise Tax Board. The sales price includes the tax amount. Selling amounts have been rounded off for simplicity. The Auditor/Controller has accepted this practice. Baits and gas bombs are stored in a building at the rear of the Agriculture Department at the Rialto Avenue complex in San Bernardino. The baits are controlled substances and access to the storage area is limited. Keys to the storage facility are logged out to the employees. A physical count of the inventory is made every month and is verified by using the formula and the amount of product used. The main ingredient in the pesticide bait is oat groats (whole grain without hulls). This mill product is purchased in 50-pound bags under a Request for Proposal (RFP). Due to limited availability, the same supplier has been used over the last several years. These products are usually sold to farmers and ranchers. There are no commercial products they can procure as economically. This provides a benefit to an industry within the County. Most counties no longer make these products. Due to environmental problems, other counties have planned no new facilities. In addition to sales to other counties and cities, the department has a contract with Caltrans to perform their rodent control program on the freeway corridors in Riverside and San Bernardino counties. Since the formulation of the bait is based on a State mandate, there are no commercial products available with the same formulation. Any commercial package that is similar in composition could cost 4-5 times more than prices charged by the County. Increased costs of development, research, and testing would have to be passed along to consumers. Drivers of weed control equipment along County highways are assigned to mix the product on days they cannot work on the roads. These are the people who apply the product. As a condition of employment they must have a certificate for “pesticide application.” The County does not pay for these certificates. The storage building is divided into four main areas. Three areas are accessible from a main entry. Mixing of poisons and groats is performed in the first area. Masks, gloves and other safety equipment are provided for use by the employees. A sewing machine used to seal paper sacks is in this area, along with a scale used to measure the product (calibrated by Weights and Measures). Sheets of cardboard placed over the mixer act as a curtain to capture dust and fumes to be exhausted to the outside. The other two areas are for storage. A small room contains the smaller packages of product and baits formed into blocks. The larger storage area contains the 50-pound bags of groats and 25-pound bags of bait. The area must be fumigated every other month. There are damage holes in the ceiling. Due to risks related to poisons and fumigation, Facilities Management responds to requests very quickly. When necessary, Risk Management is called upon for assistance. Neither exterior nor interior doors have warning signs regarding poisons. The fourth storage area is on the south end of the building and has a separate entrance. Gas bombs are placed in this area. Each carton has a warning label that the product is an explosive (Class 1.4). The passage door does not have any warning signs regarding poisons or explosives, and an overhead garage-type door does not fit tightly. RECOMMENDATIONS 00-134 INCREASE PRICING TO COVER ALL COSTS, INCLUDING AMOUNTS PAID TO THE STATE FRANCHISE TAX BOARD, FOR ALL ITEMS BEING SOLD BELOW COST. 00-135 INSTALL CLEAR PLASTIC SHEETING AT THE MIXING MACHINE, FOR GREATER VISIBILITY AND FOR CONTROL OVER DUST AND FUMES IN THE WORK AREA. 00-136 POST BILINGUAL SIGNS ON ALL EXTERIOR AND INTERIOR DOORS ANNOUNCING THE PRESENCE OF POISONS AND EXPLOSIVES FOR THE SAFETY OF ALL EMPLOYEES, ESPECIALLY EMERGENCY RESPONSE PERSONNEL. 00-137 ASSURE REQUIREMENTS FOR THE STORAGE OF EXPLOSIVES ARE FOLLOWED. CHINO AIRPORT WASTE MANAGEMENT BOND BACKGROUND In June 1996 San Bernardino County issued two revenue bonds (Series A for $25,390,000 and Series B for $90,000,000). The bonds were waste management bonds and the funds were to be used for completion of landfill site closures and the expansion of landfills. Security for the two issues was the Chino Airport. The 1998-99 Grand Jury noted that “Federally funded portions of the airport, such as runways, taxiways and control towers are inappropriately included in the encumbrance.” FINDINGS In July 1999 a letter was sent to the Federal Aviation Administration (FAA) requesting that it review the documents relating to the bond issues as to the County’s compliance with Federal Assurances, and requested any corrective action needed in the event the County may have failed to comply with those Assurances. The FAA responded that to remedy the compliance problem, the County must unencumber the airport. In August 1999 the County considered several alternatives to resolve the matter. Subsequently, it was concluded that the best alternative was a combination of collateral substitution for the Series A issue and a refinancing of the debt using different collateral for the Series B issue. In September 1999 approval by the Board of Supervisors resolved the matter as to the remaining $17,020,000 of Series A bonds by releasing the Chino Airport property and substituting certain County-owned property, identified as the Glen Helen Rehabilitation Center, the Glen Helen Academy, and 469 acres. All other terms remained unchanged, including the maturity in the year 2003. The only cost to the County was the policy of title insurance, estimated to be no more than $25,000. In November 1999 approval by the Board of Supervisors was given to refinance the entire $92,000,000 Series B tax-exempt, fixed-rate bond with a new taxable, variable-rate issue with the same year 2016 maturity, using the Mid-Valley Landfill as the security, and releasing the Chino Airport property. The reason given for refinancing a tax-exempt issue with a taxable issue is to meet current Internal Revenue Service requirements. Because interest rates have declined since 1996, the new taxable, variable-rate is projected to reduce the total principal and interest outlay over the life of the bond, thereby saving the County an estimated $10,000,000. In addition, the taxable issue series is approximately $92 million compared to $107 million for a tax-exempt issue and by using a taxable issue, the proceeds can now be used by Solid Waste for any project within the system. The estimated costs associated with the refinancing are shown below. None of the providers of services shown below were involved in the original bond issue, except for Seidler-Fitzgerald Public Finance, which is the County’s financial advisor. Payee Name Purpose of Obligation Est. Cost Letter of Credit Bank (HVB) Expenses $10,000 Letter of Credit Bank (HVB) Legal Expenses 35,000 Standard & Poor’s Rating Agency Fee 30,000 Moody’s Rating Agency Fee 30,000 U.S. Trust Trustee 6,000 Quint & Thimmig Disclosure Counsel Fee 25,000 Quint & Thimmig Special Counsel Fee 154,000 Seidler-Fitzgerald Public Finance Financial Advisor 95,000 Merrill Corporation POS and NOS Printing 30,000 California Municipal Statistics Overlapping Debt Statement 500 Lawyer’s Title Title Insurance 40,000 Appraiser Appraisal 32,000 Grant Thornton Verification 8,000 TOTAL $495,500 Because interest rates have declined since 1996, the County expects to save an estimated $10 million over the life of the Series B bond. Even though the costs to refinance the Series B bond are less than normal, the whole matter of improperly using airport property as bond collateral raises the question of accountability. It was reported that the original plan was to use the landfills as collateral for the bonds, but at the last minute Financial Securities Assurance didn’t want to use the landfill as collateral. At no place in the original bond issue documentation presented to the Board of Supervisors was the collateral identified by name. This allowed the collateral to be switched without the Board of Supervisors, County staff or the public being made aware of the conflict. That was when the former County Administrative Officer (CAO) decided to use the Chino Airport property. A representative from the CAO’s office was clearly informed that airport properties had Federal Assurances which restricted placing a lien on it. In fact, the Director of Airports was unaware that a lien had ever been placed on Chino Airport until mid-1999. As a matter of sound business practice, the lien on collateral should always tie to the purpose or use of the borrowed funds. There were no recorded FAA deed restrictions on the Chino Airport property. The County Counsel reviews the documents as to form; the financial advisor looks at it from a financial perspective; bond counsel is there to provide a tax opinion only; and the underwriter’s counsel is there to protect the bondholders. The policy of title insurance did not note any restrictions as a result of it being airport property. RECOMMENDATIONS 00-138 REQUIRE COUNTY COUNSEL TO HAVE GREATER ACCOUNTABILITY FOR THE TERMS, CONDITIONS, COLLATERAL AND DOCUMENTA- TION OF ANY FUTURE BOND OFFERINGS. 00-139 RECORD A DOCUMENT WHEREIN THE FEDERAL ASSURANCES, WHICH PLACE RESTRICTIONS ON EACH COUNTY AIRPORT PROPERTY, ARE ACKNOWLEDGED AS A MATTER OF PUBLIC RECORD. 00-140 REQUIRE THAT COLLATERAL PLEDGED FOR FUTURE BOND ISSUES BE DIRECTLY RELATED TO THE USES OF THOSE BORROWED FUNDS. 00-141 RESEARCH WHETHER ANY OF THE PARTIES INVOLVED IN THE INITIAL BOND ISSUE HAVE A RESPONSIBILITY UNDER THEIR PROFESSIONAL LIABILITY INSURANCE TO REIMBURSE THE COUNTY FOR THE COSTS OF REFINANCING. 00-142 IDENTIFY THE PROPERTY BEING PLEDGED AS SECURITY FOR ALL BOND ISSUES WHEN DOCUMENTATION IS SENT TO THE BOARD OF SUPERVISORS FOR THEIR APPROVAL. COMMUNITY AND CULTURAL RESOURCES DEPARTMENT GLEN HELEN BLOCKBUSTER PAVILION
Findings & Recommendations 40 findings
F1: Many roads in the area were not identified by street signs or addresses. h No firebreaks were visible in the area. h Roads in many areas lacked proper maintenance. h Some standpipes were not easily located. The area observed varied from complete devastation to properties suffering little or no damage. Most of the dwellings spared by the fire had been cleared of debris surrounding the buildings, in accordance with local abatement programs. Some roads in the area were too narrow to allow safe passage of automobiles or fire engines, endangering firefighters and causing potential loss of equipment. Some of the strike teams were comprised of city fire engines designed primarily for use on paved roads. The engines with four-wheel drive and off- road capabilities were suited for mountain terrain. Water availability was a critical issue in this fire. A review of several areas revealed that their systems are 40 years old, with many having water access from standpipes, not fire hydrants. Standpipes have to be accessed through a street valve that is located in a main line several feet into the roadway. Water is released into the standpipe when a special long-handled tool is used to open a valve below the surface of the ground. In areas where hydrants have replaced standpipes, water is turned on at the top of the hydrant with a special standard wrench used by all fire departments. The out-of-area fire departments do not routinely carry the special tool used to turn on the standpipes. Some units could not access the water and replenish their tankers or engine tanks. Fifty percent (50%) of all County fire engines have exceeded the recommended operational life. Statements were made to the Grand Jury that the optimum operating life of engines is 15 to 20 years. Some vehicles in the County have been in operation for 30 years.
F2: There is no Countywide information technology plan that addresses the County’s requirements for equipment, software, and technical personnel for the next three to five years.
F3: There is no Countywide computer training program, facility, or staff to train County personnel in basic computer systems and/or departmental software systems.
F4: There is no Countywide standardized equipment-purchasing plan to ensure the lowest price per unit costs are obtained when purchasing equipment and/or software.
F5: There is no Countywide data information access security plan. Most departments have their own computer personnel that have no direct reporting responsibility to the Information Services Department. They do participate with ISD technical personnel on a given project. Of the 40-plus County departments, there are three that are mostly independent of ISD – the Sheriff’s Department, Arrowhead Regional Medical Center and Human Services System.
F6: The suggestion form is date stamped.
F7: A letter is sent to the suggestor acknowledging receipt of the suggestion.
F8: Pertinent data is entered into a self-developed computer- tracking program by the staff support person.
F9: The suggestion is sent to the affected department for evaluation, analysis, and comment. The bylaws say the suggestion is to be evaluated within three months, but this isn’t always followed.
F10: The affected department evaluates the suggestion and, if it is recommended for approval, the Suggestion Awards Committee meets and takes an action. If not recommended for approval, action will be postponed until there are other matters for consideration. Sometimes the Suggestion Awards Committee will request that the suggestion be sent back to the department for further evaluation.
F11: Meetings of the Suggestion Awards Committee are to be held on a quarterly basis (currently calendared monthly) to determine the suggestion’s eligibility/ awards based on their evaluation, and/or to hear appeals of suggestion award decisions. The amount of awards in fiscal year 1999 totaled between $20,000 and $25,000; one of the awards was for $5,000. The bylaws state that the award for a suggestion is ten percent (10%) of the total net savings and/or revenue of County, State and/or Federal funds for the first year’s projection, with a minimum award of $100 and a maximum of $5,000. A random selection of Suggestion Award files was reviewed to observe how the program was being administered. Three files from fiscal year 1997 and three files from fiscal year 1999 were selected. The program was under different staff support during these two periods. Each of the six files demonstrated serious weaknesses in program administration. The findings can be summarized as follows:
F12: A suggestion was received on May 5, 1997. Requests for evaluations were sent to two separate departments on May 13 and responses were received on June 13 and June 19. The letter to the suggestor notifying him that the suggestion was not going to be implemented was dated August 24, 1998. This was 14 months after the departments had responded.
F13: A suggestion was received August 13, 1997. Requests for evaluations to two separate departments were sent on August 19. One evaluator returned the completed form on September 11, 1997 but the other department never completed the evaluation. No suggestion was awarded because the estimated annual tangible savings was less than $1,000 so the award would have been less than the minimum $100. There is no evidence in the file to indicate that the suggestor was ever informed of the final disposition.
F14: A suggestion was received on March 4, 1998. A request for evaluation was sent on May 29, nearly three months later. The evaluator completed the form on June 9, but the department head did not sign off until October 26, four and one-half months later. The letter from the department head to the Suggestion Awards Program staff support person stating the reasons for not recommending approval, was inappropriately sent to the suggestor directly by the department head. On February 18, 1999 the program staff support person notified the suggestor by letter that his suggestion had not been recommended and on February 17, 1999, the suggestor appealed the decision. In light of the appeal, on February 23, 1999 the staff support person requested the department head complete a reevaluation of the suggestion no later than March 23, 1999. More than 12 months had passed without a response from the department head. The program staff support person sent a follow-up request on March 1, 2000. A response from the department was received on March 22, 2000 and the suggestor was notified on April 7, 2000 that the appeal was denied.
F15: A suggestion was received on February 3, 1999. The suggestor was notified of receipt of the suggestion on February 9 and the evaluation by the department head was requested on the same date. The department head responded with a negative
F16: A suggestion was received on June 28, 1999. The suggestor was notified of receipt of the suggestion on June 28 and the evaluation by the department head was requested on the same date. Nine months later the department head still has not responded, in violation of the written procedures.
F17: A suggestion was received September 23, 1999. The suggestor was notified of receipt of the suggestion on September 27, and the evaluation by the department head was requested on the same date. Six months later the department head still has not responded, in violation of the written procedures. In addition to the above examples, it was reported that many old files lack sufficient documentation to accurately determine the final disposition. Some files dating back to 1994 have never been closed out. In the past, some requests to department heads for evaluations were never answered and any follow-up by support staff was sporadic, if at all. Currently the program receives only 50 to 60 suggestions per year, which means less than 0.5 percent of the approximate 15,000 County employees submit suggestions. The Suggestion Awards Program has sound written procedures that were last updated in March, 1994, but program management has failed to comply with these procedures. Without adequate staff support, routine tasks such as timely responses and follow up to suggestions are often left undone.
F18: A teacher position became vacant in September 1999 and was filled in March 2000. Requests to fill the position were made by telephone and through personal conversation with the area coordinator.
F19: One site was short one clerk and one teacher and in October another teacher resigned. The clerk position was filled in November and both teaching positions were filled in January. The site supervisor notified her supervisor of the vacancy three times – once by phone and twice with written memos.
F20: At another site a teaching position had been vacant since January and was not filled as of March 31, 2000. Applicants who live in outlying areas can apply for positions by mail. However, they must report to San Bernardino for testing and interview.
F21: EW Trainee - Approximate monthly salary of $1,387. Requires high school diploma or GED, plus 2 years full- time public contact employment. Following completion of an 8-week orientation/training class, the entry level Trainee advances to the next level.
F22: EW I - Approximate monthly salary of $1,726. Requires completion of a 6-month, closely supervised on-the-job training program, and requires a passing satisfactory performance evaluation before being eligible for advancement.
F23: EW II - Approximate monthly salary of $2,047 to $2,616. Requires completion of additional six month probationary period before becoming “regular status” and being eligible to apply for EW III level.
F24: EW III - Approximate monthly salary of $2,207 to $2,815. Requires bidding, applying, testing, and qualifying. Approximately 80 new Eligibility Worker Trainees are hired each quarter. Newly hired EWs cannot transfer until after completion of the 8- week orientation/training class and a one-year probationary period. After the investment of training newly hired EWs in the multiple programs criteria, eligibility, and regulations for a period of 14 months, a significant number of these employees transfer to other departments/positions within the County at a higher rate of pay. The turnover rate has been running 15 to 22 percent over the past several years. The file notes that Eligibility Workers provide to SIU Fraud Investigators are not always up-to-date at the time of field investigations. Unnecessary visitations are often made due to the inadequate or outdated information provided in the Fraud Investigators’ files. This situation was verified by ride-a- longs of Grand Jury members with Fraud Investigators. In several instances, information reported by the recipient to an Eligibility Worker was not in the file. The field investigators indicated that this situation occurs repeatedly. Development of the new Consortium IV Welfare Computer System (counties of San Bernardino, Merced, Riverside and Stanislaus) is expected to ultimately resolve the aforementioned issue. This new system will provide all- encompassing paperless records that will be viewable on-screen to all involved agencies. Field investigators, case managers, and eligibility workers would all have access to view each other’s notes up-to-the minute, eliminating the time- lag problem of written notes being in the Field Investigators’ field files. It is anticipated that the development and implementation phases of this computer system will not be completed for four years (year 2004). The SIU is currently budgeted for 49 fraud investigators and five supervisors. Of these positions, there are four investigator vacancies, two are currently on “light duty,” and the retirement of 4 or 5 is expected this year. This creates an extreme hardship in the unit because of a backlog of investigations to be completed.
F25: One employee with 1,232 hours and a direct cost of $56,114 in 1999
F26: One employee with 1,690 hours and a direct cost of $36,485 in 1998
F27: One employee with 1,946 hours and a direct cost of $22,093 in 1997 There is no consolidated reporting process by the various County departments to a central location showing the number of employees on paid administrative leave, the length of time on this leave, the reason, the cumulative cost, nor the current status. According to several appointing authorities, the trend, cost, and reasons for placing employees on paid administrative leave has not been a matter of importance to the County. Additionally, training in Standards of Conduct to emphasize the expected ethical behavior of employees has not been a priority item. The appointing authority is a term used in the Personnel Rules and the Memorandum of Understanding. An appointing authority refers to a department head. It includes any person who is designated as acting department head, employees acting for the department head during absence, and/or an employee delegated all authority to act on behalf of the appointing authority on a regular basis. The appointing authority has unlimited authority to handle all personnel actions within County guidelines, civil service rules, and state’s rights, even if the appointing authority and the employee are personal friends. The appointing authority can grant paid administrative leave without any oversight or monitoring. The length of time an employee may be on paid administrative leave also is without oversight or monitoring, as evidenced by an instance where an employee remained on paid administrative leave after pleading guilty, being sentenced by the court, and while serving a portion of the jail time. The appointing authority also decides the extent of any disciplinary action against an employee and makes the interpretation of violations of Rule X of the Personnel Rules regarding disciplinary action, subject to the employee’s appeal rights.
F28: A Capital Improvement Program Request form outlining the requirements is to be submitted to the CAO’s Administrative Analyst who acts as a “traffic director”. If the RFP process is to be waived, the need must be justified on the request form. The CAO’s Administrative Analyst logs in the request, reviews it, and sends it to the CAO Budget Analyst who handles budget matters for the requesting department.
F29: The Budget Analyst has to sign off on the request as to the need for the space, availability of funds, program needs, staffing levels, etc.
F30: Copies of the request, together with the assessment from the CAO’s office, are then to be circulated to the Board of Supervisors’ office for a 10-day comment period. Procedures do not require Real Estate Services to be officially involved and they may be unaware of a space need request.
F31: At the end of the 10-day period, the CAO’s Administrative Analyst is to review the Supervisors’ comments and either: (a) Direct the Real Estate Services Department to prepare an RFP and a Board agenda item to approve the RFP, or (b) If the RFP process is to be waived, the requesting department (perhaps in conjunction with Real Estate Services) is to prepare a Board agenda item requesting approval of the waiver of the RFP process.
F32: At this point Real Estate Services is made aware of the need for office space.
F33: If the RFP is approved by the Board, Real Estate Services is to advertise the RFP in newspapers and contact the general public, brokers and others to reasonably generate sufficient interest in leasing facilities in the County.
F34: A 5-7 person Review Committee is to be formed to review the proposals, typically with representation from the requesting department, Architecture and Engineering, Real Estate Services, the CAO’s office, the Board of Supervisors’ office, and the Supervisor’s office in whose district the building is to be located.
F35: The results of the RFP, together with Real Estate Services’
F36: When asked if the cost of repairs was known, the clients responded no.
F37: Work completed was based upon immediate needs and/or safety issues.
F38: Most clients surveyed requested additional work.
F39: One client did make note of the excessive time it took from processing the request to the actual start of the work. It should be noted that all persons contacted by the Grand Jury had praise for the employees they dealt with.
F40: RCL-14 36 There is no classification for RCL-13 There are twelve RCL-11 providers, more than 20 RCL-12 providers, and one RCL-14 provider. Only one-third of the total group home beds in San Bernardino County are filled by children from this County and children from other counties fill two- thirds. An average of 540 San Bernardino County youth, at any given time, are placed out of the County or out of the state. The approval process for new group homes can take up to two years to satisfy all requirements. After approval, a provider can open additional facilities without another application. With a sole contractor providing RCL-14 beds, there is no alternative placement for level 14 children. With additional support services, lower level homes could be upgraded to accommodate the need for additional RCL-14 beds. The State of California publishes a pamphlet containing guidelines for staff workers of group homes concerning inappropriate physical and sexual contact with clients. Group homes have used and adapted these guidelines. There is no comparable educational material directed toward the parents or guardians of clients to alert them to potential abuse or exploitation situations. Daily interactions among disturbed children in group settings frequently exacerbate their behavioral problems. In seeking alternatives to RCL-14 placements, social workers have stated that early intervention and support services to troubled families may divert some high-risk children from the need for placement, or allow them to be placed in lower level facilities. Social workers visiting some facilities have complained that they are routinely denied unannounced access to their clients. Explanation given is that unannounced visits from social workers disrupt the activities of the home. There is a computer database that is used to track the locations of children in placements. Reports are regularly generated by this system that identify the clients in a particular home. This information is easily available to the directors, deputy directors, and managers. Social workers and supervisors, who might need this information immediately, cannot as easily access it even though it falls within their area of responsibility. A crisis situation necessitated the potential alternate placement of 36 seriously disturbed juveniles. That crisis was averted, but no contingency plan was available for emergency placements of this number of clients.
Additional Recommendations 101

Not linked to specific findings.

R00-01: BUDGET ADDITIONAL FUNDS FOR THE ASSESSOR’S OFFICE TO REPLACE MONIES EXPECTED TO BE LOST BY THE EXPIRATION OF THE PROPERTY TAX ADMINISTRATION PROGRAM (PTAP).
R00-02: AGGRESSIVELY UPDATE THE ASSESSOR’S ENTIRE COMPUTER SYSTEM TO REDUCE DELAYS IN THE ASSESSMENT PROCESS.
R2: a review of all aspects of department operations, based on a variety of information sources; 3) review of survey data gathered by the Grand Jury on vehicle user department vehicle policies and practices; 4) interviews of ten County departments identified by Vehicle Services as its largest customers; 5) preparation of a draft report; 6) an exit conference with the Vehicle Services Department and reviews of selected issues with some user departments, and;
R00-03: REDUCE THE TIME IT TAKES FOR THE ASSESSMENT EVALUATION PROCESS.
R00-04: FUND AND IMPLEMENT A PLAN TO PROMPTLY AND ACCURATELY ESTABLISH THE ASSESSED VALUE OF ELECTRIC GENERATING PLANTS WITHIN THE COUNTY. COUNTY FIRE DEPARTMENT BACKGROUND The San Bernardino County Fire Department is responsible for fire protection and suppression in various County areas encompassing all unincorporated land within the County. In addition, 64 communities that have no independent fire departments contract with the County for their fire protection services. These entities are charged a fee for the services provided, which is negotiated between the city and County. The “Fire-Rescue Service Contract” shall provide for services that include fire prevention, fire investigation, fire suppression, and rescue services. The department may provide fire suppression to other areas of the County or state when there is an emergency condition. All fire departments within the County have reciprocal agreements for assistance if the fire cannot be suppressed by one entity. California law mandates the conditions that provide for the reciprocal agreement. On August 28, 1999 the County experienced a major fire which started in the San Bernardino National Forest. This fire was named the Willow Fire. At the time the fire began many of the fire-fighting resources in the area had already been committed to assist with fires in Northern California. Some of the remaining resources in Southern California were committed to numerous other fires that also occurred on the same day. FINDINGS Agencies involved in fighting the Willow Fire were the California Department of Forestry, Bureau of Land Management, San Bernardino County Fire Department, and other Southern California county and city departments. All agencies were supported by the Southern California Operations Coordination Center. Fire officials have stated their fire fighting objectives were to give priority to humans and structures first and other property second. Fire fighting resources, including aircraft, tank engines, and fire crews were used. The Grand Jury made a partial inspection of the Willow Fire area to ascertain the conditions and results of fire suppression. Observations made were: ● Many roads in the area were not identified by street signs or addresses. h No firebreaks were visible in the area. h Roads in many areas lacked proper maintenance. h Some standpipes were not easily located. The area observed varied from complete devastation to properties suffering little or no damage. Most of the dwellings spared by the fire had been cleared of debris surrounding the buildings, in accordance with local abatement programs. Some roads in the area were too narrow to allow safe passage of automobiles or fire engines, endangering firefighters and causing potential loss of equipment. Some of the strike teams were comprised of city fire engines designed primarily for use on paved roads. The engines with four-wheel drive and off- road capabilities were suited for mountain terrain. Water availability was a critical issue in this fire. A review of several areas revealed that their systems are 40 years old, with many having water access from standpipes, not fire hydrants. Standpipes have to be accessed through a street valve that is located in a main line several feet into the roadway. Water is released into the standpipe when a special long-handled tool is used to open a valve below the surface of the ground. In areas where hydrants have replaced standpipes, water is turned on at the top of the hydrant with a special standard wrench used by all fire departments. The out-of-area fire departments do not routinely carry the special tool used to turn on the standpipes. Some units could not access the water and replenish their tankers or engine tanks. Fifty percent (50%) of all County fire engines have exceeded the recommended operational life. Statements were made to the Grand Jury that the optimum operating life of engines is 15 to 20 years. Some vehicles in the County have been in operation for 30 years. RECOMMENDATIONS
R00-05: MARK OR PAINT ALL COUNTY HYDRANTS AND STANDPIPES WITH FLUORESCENT REFLECTIVE MATERIALS FOR EASIER IDENTIFICATION.
R00-06: DEVELOP A PLAN TO ASSURE ALL FIRE UNITS RESPONDING TO A FIRE HAVE ACCESS TO ALL NON-STANDARD FIRE SUPPRESSION WATER SOURCES.
R00-07: STRONGLY ENFORCE COMPLIANCE WITH THE PROPERTY ABATEMENT PROGRAMS.
R7: preparation of the final report. Based on these steps, nine findings and 36 recommendations were developed which we believe will improve user departments’ management of their vehicles, improve oversight of vehicle use by the Board of Supervisors, and improve operations of the Vehicle Services Department. Summaries of these findings and recommendations follow.
R00-08: GRADE ALL COUNTY ROADS IN HIGH FIRE-RISK AREAS PRIOR TO THE FIRE HAZARD SEASON.
R00-09: INSTALL ROAD SIGNS AT CORNERS OF COUNTY ROAD INTERSECTIONS.
R00-10: BUDGET FOR TIMELY REPLACEMENT OF FIRE ENGINES IN EXCESS OF THEIR USEFUL OPERATIONAL LIFE. INFORMATION SERVICES DEPARTMENT BACKGROUND The Information Services Department (ISD) provides computer services, local area network (LAN), wide area network (WAN), radio communication systems, and telephone systems for the 40-plus departments and the approximately 15,000 employees of the County of San Bernardino. ISD provides all or some of the following computer systems services to all or some of the County departments: support of computer hardware and software, central computer room operation and support on a 24-hour basis, “Help Desk” support, desktop support, database management, application development and maintenance, computer systems security, and a number of related services. The 1999-2000 County Budget and a departmental survey conducted by the Grand Jury indicates ISD is staffed with approximately 355 personnel. Most departments also have their own computer technical personnel. FINDINGS Not all County departments use the technical services of ISD. Most departments use LAN, WAN, and the central computer room services. Many departments may, and do, purchase software directly from the vendor. While most departments utilize Microsoft Windows as their basic operating system, numerous other software systems are installed on departmental equipment. ISD technical personnel may not be familiar with these systems and do not maintain them. There is no standardized time schedule for computer equipment upgrades or purchases. Budgetary considerations appear to be the controlling factor for such expenditures. Many departments upgrade or purchase computer equipment without input from the Information Services Department. There is a wide variety of computer hardware equipment within the County departments due to the absence of a centralized purchasing policy. Many departments purchase hardware from a selection of three or four computer manufacturers that have been recommended by the County Purchasing Department. The above findings indicate an overall lack of Countywide policy direction and technical requirement needs for computer systems utilized in County departments. Some departments use outside contractors, on long-term contracts, to maintain their computer equipment/software systems, without utilizing the Request for Proposal (RFP) process. • There is no Countywide information technology plan that addresses the County’s requirements for equipment, software, and technical personnel for the next three to five years. • There is no Countywide computer training program, facility, or staff to train County personnel in basic computer systems and/or departmental software systems. • There is no Countywide standardized equipment-purchasing plan to ensure the lowest price per unit costs are obtained when purchasing equipment and/or software. • There is no Countywide data information access security plan. Most departments have their own computer personnel that have no direct reporting responsibility to the Information Services Department. They do participate with ISD technical personnel on a given project. Of the 40-plus County departments, there are three that are mostly independent of ISD – the Sheriff’s Department, Arrowhead Regional Medical Center and Human Services System. RECOMMENDATIONS
R00-11: ESTABLISH AN INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY POLICY BOARD, COMPOSED OF SENIOR COUNTY MANAGERS AND ONE REPRESENTATIVE FROM THE BOARD OF SUPERVISORS TO DEVELOP STANDARDS APPLICABLE TO ALL DEPARTMENTS, FOR THE CURRENT AND FUTURE USE OF THE COUNTY GOVERNMENT.
R00-12: ESTABLISH A TECHNICAL POLICY COMMITTEE COMPOSED OF SENIOR TECHNICAL MEMBERS FROM THE MAJOR DEPARTMENTS AND THE INFORMATION SERVICES DEPARTMENT. THIS COMMITTEE WILL DETERMINE AND RECOMMEND TO THE TECHNOLOGY POLICY BOARD, THE REQUIREMENTS REGARDING HARDWARE AND SOFTWARE ACQUISITIONS, SYSTEMS DEVELOPMENT NEEDS, AND MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTS AND OTHER RELATED MATTERS.
R00-13: DEVELOP A THREE TO FIVE YEAR INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY PLAN FOR EQUIPMENT, SOFTWARE AND PERSONNEL REQUIREMENTS TO BE USED BY THE COUNTY GOVERNMENT.
R00-14: ESTABLISH A PROCUREMENT POLICY FOR THE ACQUISITION OF COMPUTER EQUIPMENT HARDWARE AND SOFTWARE TO ENABLE THE COUNTY’S BUYING POWER TO EFFECT COST REDUCTIONS.
R00-15: ESTABLISH A REQUEST FOR PROPOSAL (RFP) PROCESS FOR THE USE OF OUTSIDE VENDORS THAT PROVIDE COMPUTER SYSTEMS DEVELOPMENT OR MAINTENANCE.
R00-16: DEVELOP AND IMPLEMENT A COUNTYWIDE DATA INFORMATION ACCESS SECURITY PLAN.
R00-17: ESTABLISH A COUNTYWIDE TRAINING PROGRAM FOR BASIC SOFTWARE AND DEPARTMENT-SPECIFIC SOFTWARE PROGRAMS.
R00-18: ESTABLISH A WORKING RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN THE INFORMATION SERVICES DEPARTMENT AND EACH DEPARTMENT’S TECHNICAL PERSONNEL TO PROVIDE ISD WITH THE KNOWLEDGE OF DEPARTMENT-SPECIFIC PROGRAMS.
R00-19: INCORPORATE ALL DEPARTMENTS INTO THE SCOPE OF THE POLICY BOARD AND TECHNICAL COMMITTEE RECOMMENDATIONS, REGARDLESS OF FUNDING SOURCE OR SPECIALIZED NATURE OF THEIR OPERATIONS (I.E., SHERIFF’S DEPARTMENT, ARROWHEAD REGIONAL MEDICAL CENTER, AND THE HUMAN SERVICES SYSTEM). INLAND VALLEY DEVELOPMENT AGENCY SAN BERNARDINO INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT AUTHORITY BACKGROUND The Inland Valley Development Agency (IVDA) was created in 1989 and the San Bernardino International Airport Authority (SBIAA) was created in 1992 in anticipation of the closing of Norton Air Force Base. SBIAA is a joint powers authority and is made up of San Bernardino County and the cities of San Bernardino, Colton, Highland, and Loma Linda. Each agency gets one vote on the governing board, with the exception of the City of San Bernardino, which gets two votes. SBIAA was established to operate, maintain, and develop the economic use of the airport. SBIAA operates the airport under the jurisdiction of the Federal Aviation Administration. Seventy-five percent (75%) of the former base is part of the current airport. The boundaries under the SBIAA include the airport facility itself and some adjacent base property. Under the terms of the agreement with the Air Force, the airport itself can only be used as an airport. Only the United States Department of Justice can modify this original agreement. IVDA is also a joint powers authority and is made up of the above agencies, with the exception of Highland. Each agency gets two votes on the governing board, with the exception of the City of San Bernardino, which gets three votes. The IVDA was established to develop and redevelop the closed Norton Air Force Base, and to create jobs and an economic base for the community. This agency has a specific life of 40 years. The IVDA has jurisdiction over all the land that is not part of SBIAA. The boundaries of the IVDA extend three miles from the perimeter of Norton Air Force Base and include approximately 14,000 acres of land in the member agencies. FINDINGS Many of the IVDA structures are unusable and roads are obsolete, and they do not meet state or local codes. Portions of the property have been transferred to the San Manuel Indians, some to San Bernardino Valley College, the City of San Bernardino, and Loma Linda University Medical Center. The chapel building was given to a local church that provides services to the homeless. All of these were public benefit transfers. The U.S. Forest Service has a fire-fighting base on the airport property and pays landing fees comparable to surrounding areas. Since the inception of IVDA and SBIAA, the two agencies have been having financial problems and have had to request that their participating members advance them monies to meet their operating costs, including payroll. There has been little increase in the value of the IVDA properties, resulting in little increase in the tax increment. There has been no new building, and the old buildings continue to decay. Prior years of financial performance have indicated SBIAA’s inability to obtain sufficient operating revenues to cover its operating expenses. Funding has been limited to lease revenues, Federal grants, and loans from the IVDA/Authority members. As of June 30, 1999 the accumulated deficit was $9,935,437. The Authority plans to recoup this deficit by projected increased income from the rents and leases of buildings, and aircraft-related fees. Of the total expenses of $1,731,008 for the year ending June 30, 1999, a major provision for bad debts of $382,723 was taken. This amount was the result of accrued unpaid rent due from a previous tenant. Estimated projections provided by the Authority indicated substantial increases in revenues and decreases in operating expenses as noted below: Actual Projected Projected FY 98-99 FY 99-00 FY 00-01 Total Revenues $1,913,359 $2,526,400 $3,081,196 Total Expenses 3,007,072 2,443,354 2,032,622 Net Deficit/Income ($1,093,713) $83,046 $1,048,574 The primary increases in revenues between FY 1998-1999 and 1999-2000 are in two areas: leases of hangars and leases of warehouse/offices. Lease income has primarily come from one major tenant at a time. Loss of that tenant precipitated major financial difficulties. The second time this happened it resulted in member cities and the County being assessed to cover the shortfalls. As of the end of FY 1998-1999, approximately 40 percent of the operational income is from one tenant. If the premises were vacated, it would again put the operational budget in a negative position. In the past, there has been no in-depth financial investigations done of applying lessees to insure long-term stability of the applicants. There is presently no marketing director involved in promoting IVDA and SBIAA resources on a full-time basis. There has been no organized active marketing program in place since the inception of the agencies. Marketing efforts have been hampered by the lack of a unified focus between the governing boards of the two agencies. There is no long-range overall marketing strategy. Through March 31, 2000 a small business incubator program has reported expenses of $144,353 and revenue of $62,982. This resulted in a loss of $81,371, which is absorbed by IVDA. No comprehensive analysis of this program has ever been done to determine if it is cost-effective. There is adequate space for expanded storage, manufacturing, or commercial activities. There are no commercial airline carriers currently using the airport facilities. Although there has been interest in passenger and/or cargo service that could increase the income for the facility, there have been no objective studies done that would support this activity. Inland Valley Development Agency Tax Allocation Bonds (issue of 1997 for $44,485,000) were issued to enable the IVDA to refund their Redevelopment Tax Allocation Notes (Issue of 1993) and its $15,000,000 School Districts Tax Allocation Notes (Issue of 1993). The Redevelopment Notes and the School District Notes were used to finance a portion of its costs of the redevelopment within the Project Area. The bonds have the following redemption dates: (March 1) (March 1) Year Amount Year Amount 2002 980,000 2015 1,665,000 2003 l,020,000 2016 1,735,000 2004 1,060,000 2017 1,805,000 2005 1,105,000 2018 1,885,000 2006 1,150,000 2019 1,965,000 2007 1,195,000 2020 2,045,000 2008 1,250,000 2021 2,135,000 2009 1,300,000 2022 2,225,000 2010 1,355,000 2023 2,315,000 2011 1,415,000 2024 2,410,000 2012 1,470,000 2025 2,515,000 2013 1,535,000 2026 2,620,000 2014 1,600,000 2027 2,730,000 The above figures are principal only and do not reflect interest on the bonds. IVDA made a series of loans totaling $6.2 million (including unpaid accrued interest) to SBIAA to fund the operations of the SBIAA and to meet certain matching fund requirements. The ultimate collectibility of the loans to the SBIAA is dependent upon the ability of the SBIAA to generate income from its leasing and other operations of the airport. During 1997-98, SBIAA reported expenditures in excess of income and no funds were available to meet debt service payments on these notes. A reasonable uncertainty existed at the balance sheet date of June 30, 1998 as to the ability of SBIAA to generate adequate income to amortize these notes. The two agencies employ the services of a lobbyist in Washington, D.C. at a cost of $79,000 a year. Because of the final transition of the properties from the Air Force to the two agencies, most Air Force involvement in the airport, other than FAA, has been phased out. RECOMMENDATIONS
R00-20: ANALYZE PAST FINANCIAL PLANS TO IDENTIFY ACTIVITIES THAT WERE NOT SUCCESSFUL. ESTABLISH A LONG-RANGE REALISTIC FINANCIAL AND OPERATIONAL PLAN, CONSISTENT WITH THE AVAILABILITY OF CAPITAL.
R00-21: ANALYZE PAST PERFORMANCE OF THE INCUBATOR PROGRAM TO DETERMINE IF IT MEETS THE ORIGINAL CONCEPT. REVIEW THEIR LONG-RANGE PLANS TO MAXIMIZE ECONOMIC POTENTIAL FOR THE INLAND VALLEY DEVELOPMENT AGENCY.
R00-22: ESTABLISH AN AGGRESSIVE MARKETING PLAN, WHICH INCLUDES HIRING A QUALIFIED MARKETING DIRECTOR OR CONTRACTING WITH A PROFESSIONAL MARKETING FIRM. THIS POSITION WOULD BE RESPONSIBLE FOR MARKETING BOTH INLAND VALLEY DEVELOPMENT AGENCY AND SAN BERNARDINO INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT AUTHORITY PROPERTIES.
R00-23: ACTIVELY SOLICIT THE TENANCY OF MORE ESTABLISHED SMALL AND MEDIUM BUSINESSES TO BETTER UTILIZE UNOCCUPIED SPACE THAT WOULD ENSURE A MORE DEPENDABLE CASH FLOW, MINIMIZING RELIANCE ON A SINGLE TENANT.
R00-24: DEVELOP A DEFINED PROGRAM TO ANALYZE ANY POTENTIAL LESSEES AS TO THEIR ECONOMIC ABILITY TO PERFORM LONG- TERM UNDER THE LEASE TERMS.
R00-25: DEVELOP AN OBJECTIVE PLAN TO ESTABLISH FREIGHT AND/OR PASSENGER SERVICE AT THE SAN BERNARDINO INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT.
R00-26: DEVELOP A PLAN TO SET ASIDE ADEQUATE FUNDING TO RETIRE THE BOND INDEBTEDNESS.
R00-27: ELIMINATE THE POSITION OF LOBBYIST FOR THE INLAND VALLEY DEVELOPMENT AGENCY (IVDA) AND THE SAN BERNARDINO INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT AUTHORITY (SBIAA) IN WASHINGTON, D.C. SUGGESTION AWARDS PROGRAM BACKGROUND The investigation of the County’s Suggestion Awards Program was prompted by a former employee who complained that he had not received proper treatment for suggestions he had submitted. The current program responsibility and staff support for the Suggestion Awards Program is part of the Human Resources Department. The stated purpose of the program is that it “encourages employee participation in improving the efficiency and effectiveness of County operations. It is intended to motivate employees toward problem identification, and to stimulate creativity in problem solution. The program demonstrates, through employer recognition and reward, the high value County management places on constructive ideas.” The bylaws for the Suggestion Awards Program were first adopted on September 2, 1958. There are written roles and responsibilities that describe the duties of administrators and department heads, committee members, and staff support. The eleven (11) person Suggestion Awards Committee consists of representatives from the Board of Supervisors, County Administrative Office, and many of the major departments. There are also written descriptions for the Terms and Conditions of Awards, Eligibility of Suggestions and Suggestors, and Resubmission and Appeals. FINDINGS The Suggestion Awards Program has been assigned to an employee who handles the program in addition to his regular assignment. When a suggestion is received, the current procedure is as follows: • The suggestion form is date stamped. • A letter is sent to the suggestor acknowledging receipt of the suggestion. • Pertinent data is entered into a self-developed computer- tracking program by the staff support person. • The suggestion is sent to the affected department for evaluation, analysis, and comment. The bylaws say the suggestion is to be evaluated within three months, but this isn’t always followed. • The affected department evaluates the suggestion and, if it is recommended for approval, the Suggestion Awards Committee meets and takes an action. If not recommended for approval, action will be postponed until there are other matters for consideration. Sometimes the Suggestion Awards Committee will request that the suggestion be sent back to the department for further evaluation. • Meetings of the Suggestion Awards Committee are to be held on a quarterly basis (currently calendared monthly) to determine the suggestion’s eligibility/ awards based on their evaluation, and/or to hear appeals of suggestion award decisions. The amount of awards in fiscal year 1999 totaled between $20,000 and $25,000; one of the awards was for $5,000. The bylaws state that the award for a suggestion is ten percent (10%) of the total net savings and/or revenue of County, State and/or Federal funds for the first year’s projection, with a minimum award of $100 and a maximum of $5,000. A random selection of Suggestion Award files was reviewed to observe how the program was being administered. Three files from fiscal year 1997 and three files from fiscal year 1999 were selected. The program was under different staff support during these two periods. Each of the six files demonstrated serious weaknesses in program administration. The findings can be summarized as follows: • A suggestion was received on May 5, 1997. Requests for evaluations were sent to two separate departments on May 13 and responses were received on June 13 and June 19. The letter to the suggestor notifying him that the suggestion was not going to be implemented was dated August 24, 1998. This was 14 months after the departments had responded. • A suggestion was received August 13, 1997. Requests for evaluations to two separate departments were sent on August 19. One evaluator returned the completed form on September 11, 1997 but the other department never completed the evaluation. No suggestion was awarded because the estimated annual tangible savings was less than $1,000 so the award would have been less than the minimum $100. There is no evidence in the file to indicate that the suggestor was ever informed of the final disposition. • A suggestion was received on March 4, 1998. A request for evaluation was sent on May 29, nearly three months later. The evaluator completed the form on June 9, but the department head did not sign off until October 26, four and one-half months later. The letter from the department head to the Suggestion Awards Program staff support person stating the reasons for not recommending approval, was inappropriately sent to the suggestor directly by the department head. On February 18, 1999 the program staff support person notified the suggestor by letter that his suggestion had not been recommended and on February 17, 1999, the suggestor appealed the decision. In light of the appeal, on February 23, 1999 the staff support person requested the department head complete a reevaluation of the suggestion no later than March 23, 1999. More than 12 months had passed without a response from the department head. The program staff support person sent a follow-up request on March 1, 2000. A response from the department was received on March 22, 2000 and the suggestor was notified on April 7, 2000 that the appeal was denied. • A suggestion was received on February 3, 1999. The suggestor was notified of receipt of the suggestion on February 9 and the evaluation by the department head was requested on the same date. The department head responded with a negative recommendation on April 6, 1999 but the suggestor was not notified of the rejection until February 24, 2000. No explanation was evident in the file for the ten-month delay. • A suggestion was received on June 28, 1999. The suggestor was notified of receipt of the suggestion on June 28 and the evaluation by the department head was requested on the same date. Nine months later the department head still has not responded, in violation of the written procedures. • A suggestion was received September 23, 1999. The suggestor was notified of receipt of the suggestion on September 27, and the evaluation by the department head was requested on the same date. Six months later the department head still has not responded, in violation of the written procedures. In addition to the above examples, it was reported that many old files lack sufficient documentation to accurately determine the final disposition. Some files dating back to 1994 have never been closed out. In the past, some requests to department heads for evaluations were never answered and any follow-up by support staff was sporadic, if at all. Currently the program receives only 50 to 60 suggestions per year, which means less than 0.5 percent of the approximate 15,000 County employees submit suggestions. The Suggestion Awards Program has sound written procedures that were last updated in March, 1994, but program management has failed to comply with these procedures. Without adequate staff support, routine tasks such as timely responses and follow up to suggestions are often left undone. RECOMMENDATIONS
R00-28: COMMIT ADEQUATE MANPOWER, FUNDING, ENCOURAGE- MENT, AND OVERSIGHT TO THE SUGGESTION AWARDS PROGRAM SO THAT IT IS MANAGED IN THE MANNER INTENDED.
R00-29: PLACE RENEWED PROGRAM EMPHASIS ON ALL DEPARTMENT HEADS SO THAT THEY ENCOURAGE PARTICIPATION AND ENDORSE AND SUPPORT THE PROGRAM THROUGH TIMELY RESPONSES TO REQUESTS FOR EVALUATION OF ANY SUGGESTION SUBMITTED.
R00-30: REVAMP THE SUGGESTION AWARDS COMMITTEE WITH NEW, FRESH FACES THAT WILL BE UNHINDERED BY PAST HABITS AND PRACTICES, AND ESTABLISH A MAXIMUM NUMBER OF TWO-YEAR TERMS THAT A PERSON CAN SERVE.
R00-31: PROVIDE SUFFICIENT MANPOWER FOR THE STAFF SUPPORT SO THAT SUGGESTORS RECEIVE A TIMELY RESPONSE TO THEIR SUGGESTIONS.
R00-32: ENCOURAGE EXPANDED EMPLOYEE PARTICIPATION THROUGH A NEW COUNTYWIDE PUBLICITY EFFORT, PROFESSIONAL ADMINISTRATION BY ALL PARTIES TO THE PROGRAM, TIMELY DECISIONS BASED ON THE MERITS OF THE SUGGESTIONS, AND A MORE LIBERAL INTER- PRETATION OF THE TANGIBLE SAVINGS TO BE GAINED. TREASURER-TAX COLLECTOR BACKGROUND The Treasurer-Tax Collector is an elected position that heads up a department consisting of three divisions. The Treasurer-Tax Collector functions are: • Tax Collection Division is responsible for the collection and accounting of taxes for all taxing entities of the County. The division collects secured taxes, unsecured taxes, transient occupancy taxes, and racehorse taxes, and also conducts tax sales and processes senior citizen applications for postponement of real estate taxes. • The Treasurer Division provides banking services, including payment of all warrants and depositing of receipts for all County departments, school districts, and special districts. The division also invests these agencies funds, which total more than $1.5 billion. Other functions of the division are to provide cash management for County funds and issuance of temporary borrowing, when necessary. • The Central Collections Division provides Countywide collection service, which reduces bad debts to the County and thereby increases revenue. Central Collections handles court ordered fines, fees, victim restitution, Public Defender fees and juvenile maintenance, some County hospital debts and various debts for other County departments. Beginning in 2000, Central Collections will also handle the Court collections, including traffic fines. FINDINGS The Tax Collection Division is the most visible part of the Treasurer-Tax Collector function because it has a financial impact on each County citizen who owns property. About 774,000 secured and unsecured tax bills are sent out annually, with tax collections of about $989 million. The tax bill asks that checks for payment be made out to Dick Larsen, Treasurer-Tax Collector. There is no regulatory reason to include the name of the Treasurer-Tax Collector. The public may infer that a check made payable to an individual is less secure than a check made payable to the Treasurer-Tax Collector. A sophisticated remittance processing system capable of processing 32,000 transactions per hour handles the processing of tax collections. This system enables payments to be processed the same day, “images” the check received and the billing statement, compares the amount received to the amount owed, credits payment to the proper taxpayer, and deposits the funds in the County bank account. The system also records the correct allocation of the funds received to any of the numerous separate taxing agencies. A June 30, 1999 Report of Delinquencies by County for Fiscal Year 1998- 1999 Tax Collections shows San Bernardino County has a 5.0% delinquency rate ($45.4 million) on its secured tax collections. Only six other counties in California have a higher delinquency rate: Sierra at 7.5%, Yuba at 7.2%, Calaveras at 6.4%, Lake at 6.3%, Mariposa at 5.2% and Modoc at 5.1%. The median for all counties is 3.1%. The state of the economy affects the rate of delinquency. Also, many of the parcels in San Bernardino County with delinquent taxes are small mountain or desert pieces of land and/or small parcels in rough terrain, as well as parcels within special districts with water or sewer bonded indebtedness. The same report shows San Bernardino County has a 7.7% delinquency rate ($5.1 million) on its unsecured tax collections. Only four other counties have a higher rate: Sierra at 16.7%, Los Angeles at 13.7%, Mariposa at 10.0% and El Dorado at 9.5%. The median for all counties is 4.0%. San Bernardino has set an overall delinquency goal for the future of 4.0% or less. If taxes are not paid on a timely basis, penalties are imposed as follows: If paid after Dec. If paid after Apr. If paid after June 30 Dec. 10 10% of the tax owed 10% of the tax owed 10% of the tax owed Installment $10.00 fee $10.00 fee 1.5% per month of tax owed $15.00 redemption fee April 10 n/a 10% of the tax owed 10% of the tax owed Installment $10.00 fee $10.00 fee 1.5% per month of tax owed $15.00 redemption fee The first notice of delinquent unpaid taxes for both December 10 and April 10 installments is not mailed until May. Once the December 10 installment is missed there is no incentive to paying the past due taxes until June 30 (except for the additional $10 fee after April 10). After a property tax has been delinquent for five years, the property is listed for tax sale sometime within the following two years. Tax sales are held once a year. There were about 8,500 parcels for tax sale in March 2000. In 1999 there were 4,500 parcels eligible, but only 3,500 were ready for sale and only 442 were sold. Currently, when taxes are delinquent on a parcel, the procedure is to print on the tax bill the message “There are unpaid taxes on this parcel.” As this statement is inconspicuous, it is easy to miss. Presently the Tax Collector does not accept partial payments of taxes. A change in the policy to accept partial payments requires approval by the Board of Supervisors. This request for approval will be submitted when the computer and accounting system is set up to handle partial payments. In July 1999 a $348,000 embezzlement by an employee was uncovered in the tax sale function. An outside audit firm was immediately brought in to conduct an audit and to review all department policies and procedures. Numerous operational recommendations were made, including a recommendation to create an ethics policy and require each employee to understand and sign such a document as a condition of employment. The County Sheriff is expected to turn the embezzlement matter over to the U.S. Attorney for prosecution. Another outside audit is finishing its work to develop and recommend revised department policies and procedures. The County Auditor/Controller is required to conduct an audit of the Treasurer’s function once a year. A complete audit has not been done for 6-8 years, except for periodic surprise cash audits. An annual audit by the Auditor, or by staffing an internal audit function within the department, would likely have picked up or prevented the recent embezzlement in the Tax Collector function. The cash management and investment function maintains an investment pool of about $1.5 billion for the County, school districts, Board-governed districts, special districts and other members of the pool. The portfolio obtained the highest rating available from Standard and Poors, Moody’s, and Fitch Investor Service. There is monthly monitoring by these agencies to insure continuation of the AAA rating. The County utilizes various advisory services to assist with investment decisions. By law the County is restricted to investments with less than five years maturity. Allowable investments include U.S. Treasury notes, U.S. agency bonds, high quality commercial borrowing, Certificates of Deposit, and Repurchase Agreements. Central Collections was established in fiscal year 1996-97 following the merger of the Division of Collections, San Bernardino County Medical Center, and Probation Accounting. Central Collections collects all past due accounts with the exception of past due property taxes and District Attorney’s child support collections. It functions in the same manner as a collection agency in the private sector, except it has broader investigative powers. In fiscal year 1998-99 a total of $18.6 million was collected. Reports show that a substantial amount of debt to the County is charged off for a variety of reasons, including weaknesses in the billing process. Central Collections uses a commercially developed computer program called Columbia Ultimate Business System (CUBS) to manage and process collection information. An automated call system is used by the collection officers to increase the number of calls made. Management can adjust the parameters to concentrate calls to a selected group of payees. A Computerized Automatic Dialing (CAD) system is also used to monitor all calls being made and to evaluate the productivity of the collection officers. The State Controller’s office audited Central Collections in January 1998 for the period July 1, 1993 through June 30, 1996 to determine if remittances to the State were accurate and timely. The audit has not yet been finalized. RECOMMENDATIONS
R00-33: MAIL A NOTIFICATION OF TAX DELINQUENCY WITHIN 30 DAYS OF MISSING THE DECEMBER 10 INSTALLMENT, IN ADDITION TO MAILING THE NOTIFICATION OF TAX DELINQUENCY IN MAY.
R00-34: REDUCE THE APPROXIMATELY $50 MILLION IN DELINQUENT TAXES BY DEVELOPING MORE AGGRESSIVE COLLECTION AND TAX SALE PRACTICES.
R00-35: ENLARGE, COLOR, MAKE BOLD AND PROMINENTLY DISPLAY THE NOTICE “THERE ARE PRIOR YEAR TAXES DUE” ON ANY TAX BILL WHERE THERE IS A DELINQUENT TAX OWING.
R00-36: CONTINUE WITH THE REQUIRED COMPUTER PROGRAM DEVELOPMENT AND BOARD OF SUPERVISORS’ APPROVAL THAT WOULD PERMIT THE COUNTY TO ACCEPT PARTIAL PAYMENTS FOR TAXES DUE.
R00-37: IMPLEMENT THE CODE OF ETHICS AS RECOMMENDED IN THE 1999 OUTSIDE AUDIT CONDUCTED AS A RESULT OF THE EMBEZZLEMENT OF FUNDS.
R00-38: DEVELOP AND IMPLEMENT A NEW SET OF DEPARTMENT POLICIES AND PROCEDURES TO INSURE A SYSTEM OF INTERNAL CONTROLS ARE IN PLACE TO ACHIEVE CONSISTENT AND PROFESSIONAL PERFORMANCE OF THE DEPARTMENT RESPONSIBILITIES.
R00-39: REQUIRE THE COUNTY AUDITOR/CONTROLLER, OR AN OUTSIDE AUDIT FIRM, TO CONDUCT A FULL-SCALE PERFORMANCE AND FISCAL AUDIT OF THE ENTIRE TREASURER-TAX COLLECTOR DEPARTMENT ONCE A YEAR, AS A ROUTINE BUSINESS PRACTICE.
R00-40: CHANGE THE PRACTICE OF HAVING TAX PAYMENT CHECKS MADE PAYABLE TO “DICK LARSEN, TREASURER-TAX COLLECTOR”, AND HAVE THEM MADE PAYABLE TO “TREASURER-TAX COLLECTOR”.
R00-41: DEVELOP A MORE DETAILED AND SOPHISTICATED REPORTING SYSTEM, USING DOLLAR CRITERIA TO JUSTIFY THE DECISION, TO BE USED WHENEVER MAJOR DEBTS OWING THE COUNTY ARE TO BE CHARGED OFF.
R00-42: ESTABLISH A FOLLOW-UP SYSTEM TO ASSURE THAT ANY AUDIT REPORT FROM THE STATE CONTROLLER’S OFFICE BE RECEIVED IN A TIMELY MANNER SO THAT PREVENTATIVE OR CORRECTIVE ACTION CAN BE TAKEN. UNCLAIMED PROPERTY TAX REFUND PROGRAM BACKGROUND The collection of taxes in San Bernardino County involves a three-step process: • County Assessor is responsible for creating the Assessment Roll. • County Auditor/Controller-Recorder is responsible for assigning all of the tax rates for the numerous taxing agencies, and thereby creates the Tax Roll. • County Treasurer-Tax Collector sends out all of the tax bills and receives the tax payments. As funds are received, the Auditor/Controller distributes the funds to the various taxing agencies. The County Assessor is responsible for the assessment of all taxable property within the County, except State-assessed property. It is largely the changes made to the assessed value and the Assessment Roll that creates the Unclaimed Property Tax Refund Program. FINDINGS When the Assessor changes the assessed value on a property, a notice is sent to the taxpayer. This notification is a standard form that shows either a positive or negative number. If the value is a negative number, the taxpayer is entitled to a tax refund. In small print on the reverse side of the form it states “If the supplemental assessment results in a negative amount, the auditor shall make a refund of a portion of taxes paid on assessments made on the current roll or the roll being prepared or both”. This statement does not call attention to the full significance of a tax refund. The Assessor also sends a Roll Correction to the manager of the Property Tax Division in the Auditor’s office, where a calculation is made as to the amount of tax refund that is potentially owed by the County. The Property Tax Division sends out a form to the property owner if the refund is less than $1,000 (if the amount of the refund is less than $10 there is no notification form sent). If the amount of refund is $1,000 or more, the Property Tax Division researches who actually paid the tax, i.e., bank through an escrow account, etc., and then the form is mailed to the party who actually made the payment. Only one notification of a tax refund due is normally sent to the taxpayer. The notice is a simple one-page form that identifies the parcel number, tax year, amount and address of the property. It states the reason for the refund and the person named is to sign the form and return it to the Property Tax Division. Frequently the form is returned due to addressee unknown. In that case research is done through the Assessor’s system, to re- mail to a better address. In many cases the form is just not returned by the taxpayer. Sometimes a form will be received several years after it was mailed – presumably it was laid aside and finally found by someone who signed it and sent it back to the Property Tax Division. The following chart shows amounts in the Unclaimed Tax Refund Program. All Unclaimed Refunds Unclaimed Refunds Over $1,000 As of February 24, 2000 As of March 8, 2000 1984 $29,376 $ 1,403 1985 40,939 7,051 1990 256 0 1991 1,251 0 1992 338,825 141,582 1993 637,020 355,692 1994 1,679,995 1,274,231 1995 1,379,226 789,226 1996 1,451,963 821,286 1997 1,865,983 997,753 1998 2,199,447 982,668 1999 2,307,384 968,567 2000 1,850,534 1,380,996 TOTAL $13,782,198 $7,720,456 The vast majority of refunds are for relatively small dollar amounts. In total, there are approximately 29,000 unclaimed tax refunds, of which about 1,500 are for amounts of $1,000 or more. Some of these represent large dollar amounts owed to businesses. In the $1,000 or larger category, unclaimed tax refunds to a person or business ranged from $1,000 to as high as $350,000. Many banks and savings and loans in Southern California are on the list, as well as numerous real estate developers and major businesses. Some city, County, and Federal government agencies are also listed, including departments of San Bernardino County. A study made of the 1998-1999 fiscal year showed that the Property Tax Division sent out about 46,700 form notices that year. Thirty-two thousand four hundred (32,400) forms were signed and returned and refunds were sent; 5,000 were returned as the addressees were unknown; and 8,300 had not responded at the time of the study. The reasons taxpayers do not respond are varied: people sell property; people move to a different address or out of state; people don’t understand the workings of the tax process; large commercial businesses give the form to an employee who doesn’t understand it so it is not returned; businesses hire another firm to handle business matters, so the form gets lost in the shuffle; and some just think it is too much trouble to research it. The State Revenue and Taxation Code provides that if a refund is not claimed by the taxpayer within four years, it may be claimed for the County General Fund on order of the Board of Supervisors. The last Board approved transfer to the General Fund was about $1,200,000 in June 1998 for fiscal years 1984-85 to 1991-92. Through 1995 there is now about $4,100,000 eligible for transfer, if the request is made to the Board of Supervisors. The same notification is given to each taxpayer because the County makes every effort to treat all taxpayers equally. The fact that so many taxpayers (including many major businesses) fail to sign the form and return it indicates the present system is not effective. The current process may comply with the Revenue and Taxation Code, but the transfer into the General Fund of such a large dollar amount of unclaimed tax refunds would demonstrate a lack of conscientious pursuit to reach the taxpayer due the refund. RECOMMENDATIONS
R00-43: INCLUDE A SEPARATE SHEET WHEN THE ASSESSOR MAILS THE NOTICE OF REDUCTION IN ASSESSED VALUE THAT CLEARLY AND SIMPLY STATES IN LARGE, “EYE-CATCHING” PRINT ”THIS IS A REDUCTION IN ASSESSED VALUE AND YOU MAY BE ELIGIBLE FOR A REFUND OF TAXES PAID. THE TAXPAYER WILL RECEIVE A FORM IN THE NEAR FUTURE FROM THE COUNTY PROPERTY TAX DIVISION”.
R00-44: INCLUDE A SEPARATE SHEET WHEN THE PROPERTY TAX DIVISION MAILS THE CLAIM FOR REFUND FORM, THAT CLEARLY AND SIMPLY STATES IN LARGE, “EYE-CATCHING” PRINT “THIS IS A FORM TO FILE FOR A REFUND OF TAXES ALREADY PAID. NO REFUND WILL BE PAID UNTIL THIS FORM IS COMPLETED, SIGNED, AND RETURNED TO THE PROPERTY TAX DIVISION”.
R00-45: ADD WORDING TO THE TAX BILL THAT IS MAILED ANNUALLY BY THE TREASURER-TAX COLLECTOR STATING THAT AN UNCLAIMED TAX REFUND IS DUE UNDER THIS PARCEL NUMBER.
R00-46: MAKE A CONSCIENTIOUS SEARCH BY THE PROPERTY TAX DIVISION OF BUSINESSES AND INDIVIDUALS OWED TAX REFUNDS AND MAKE A SECOND MAILING TO NOTIFY THOSE TAXPAYERS THEY ARE ELIGIBLE FOR AN UNCLAIMED TAX REFUND.
R00-47: PLACE A NOTICE IN ALL OF THE MAJOR COUNTY NEWSPAPERS BY THE PROPERTY TAX DIVISION ALERTING THE PUBLIC THAT THERE ARE ONLY 30 DAYS REMAINING TO CLAIM THEIR TAX REFUND, PRIOR TO REQUESTING TRANSFER TO THE GENERAL FUND.
R00-48: REQUEST THE AUDITOR ANNUALLY SUBMIT TO THE BOARD OF SUPERVISORS FOR APPROVAL THE TIMELY TRANSFER OF THE ELIGIBLE UNCLAIMED TAX REFUNDS TO THE GENERAL FUND. COMPLAINTS COMMITTEE An important function of California Grand Juries is to consider bona fide complaints concerning local government operations submitted by members of the public. In San Bernardino County, complaints must be submitted in writing using the Grand Jury’s standard complaint form. As the Grand Jury has no assigned staff of investigators, public input is of vital importance if government oversight is to be effective. The identity of the complainant, the actions taken by the complainant to solve the problem, the subject and target of the complaint, and supporting data and information are essential if the Grand Jury is to investigate properly and recommend appropriate actions. All complaints are handled in the strictest confidence as required by the law. The 1999-2000 Grand Jury received 21 complaints. Each complaint was reviewed by the Complaints Committee for the appropriate action to be taken by the Grand Jury. There were nine complaints that were determined not to be within the jurisdiction of the Grand Jury. A letter was sent to each complainant informing him or her of that fact. There were five complaints that fell within the jurisdiction of the Grand Jury and those complaints were forwarded to the appropriate committee for action. The assigned Grand Jury committee investigated each complaint received from the Complaints Committee and may have included the results of its investigation in its final report. The fact that the investigation was based on a complaint will remain confidential, as well as the source of the complaint. There were seven complaints that were returned to the complainants stating that the Grand Jury would take no action; usually this was because the complainants may not have provided enough supporting data. HEALTH CARE SERVICES COMMITTEE As the 1999-2000 Grand Jury began its term of service, the Health Care Services Committee had three departments within its scope of responsibility: Arrowhead Regional Medical Center (ARMC) Department of Behavioral Health (DBH) Public Health Department (PHD) During the structural reorganization by the County Administrative Office, the latter two departments (DBH and PHD) became a responsibility of the Human Services System. For the purpose of this Grand Jury’s investigating and reporting, all were retained within the Health Care Services Committee. The Health Care Services Committee submits the following findings and recommendations. ARROWHEAD REGIONAL MEDICAL CENTER PHYSICAL PLANT BACKGROUND The Arrowhead Regional Medical Center (ARMC) was opened to the public on approximately March 1, 1999. It has been criticized by many as being too expensive. One reason given for the high cost is that it will withstand an earthquake of 8.2 magnitude. An inspection of the physical facility was made by the Grand Jury. FINDINGS Base isolation bearings separate the building from the foundation. After a significant earthquake two or three bearings are torn down and inspected for damage. Results of the inspection could trigger the replacement of the rest of the bearings. In addition to the bearings, there is a viscous damper device. This apparatus acts like a huge shock absorber, dampening the effects of an earthquake and keeping the buildings from moving too quickly or too far. The device shown to the Grand Jury had attaching pin(s) installed with the shoulder of the pin on the bottom side, facing the ground. There are tabs at the top and bottom of the pins, which provide the primary means of securing the pins in the device. A special tool is required to remove the pins. The hospital has its own electrical substation. The main feed is 12,000 kilovolts, provided by the City of Colton. Colton provides a preferred and emergency circuit for the hospital. If the preferred circuit fails, an automatic reclosure changes to the other circuit in seconds. At the request of the hospital staff, the city alternates the preferred circuit to assure the hospital of the reliability of both circuits. In the event of both circuits failing, the hospital has seven back-up diesel generators. Each of these 2,000 Kilovolt amps units is tested weekly at 5:30 a.m. The test is conducted with a full load from the hospital. Change over to the emergency generator can be made within 10 seconds. While these generators are equipped with huge muffler systems, there has never been a test of the noise output. Water is pumped from a well owned by the County, which is located on the hospital property. There is a large tank that holds a three-day supply of water. While the water is considered good, it is very “hard”. This condition is causing rust, scale, and other problems with plumbing equipment. There is a separate system for the water used for plants, grounds, and other agricultural uses. Again, the City of Colton provides backup with a “standby” valve. Three natural gas boilers provide heat and hot water for the hospital. The rate provided by the Gas Company was negotiated and is considered very reasonable. The Gas Company bases this rate upon ARMC’s back-up system being available in case of shut down. There is a liquid propane storage tank for emergency use. The liquid is turned into a gas and mixed with oxygen for use in the boilers. The boilers also operate a vacuum system. There is a waste separator within the process, which incinerates all particles not caught in the vacuum. Problems exist in the boiler/heat systems where modifications of the equipment placement were made during installation, causing extreme heat. Last summer the fire sprinkler system activated due to heat within a confined area. An air conditioning duct was opened to blow cool air on the equipment in the room. Hard water causes the corrosive property of return steam, water, or other byproducts after use. Current piping may need replacement within the next five years. There is a sewage holding tank on the property. It is for emergency use in case of a sewer failure. The existing tank is designed to hold a three-day supply of effluent. At the rear of the property is an industrial microwave oven that converts bio-medical hazardous waste into common household waste. It was noted by the Grand Jury during its inspection that there was a lack of signs for fire extinguishers and eye wash stations. RECOMMENDATIONS
R00-49: PROVIDE WATER SOFTENING EQUIPMENT TO ELIMINATE OR REDUCE CORROSIVE PROBLEMS WITH PIPING AND PLUMBING EQUIPMENT.
R00-50: UPDATE ENGINEERING SPECIFICATIONS REGARDING THE CORROSIVE EFFECTS OF UNTREATED WATER AND THE NEED TO REPLACE PIPING AHEAD OF SCHEDULE.
R00-51: REVIEW EQUIPMENT IN HEAT-PRONE AREAS FOR RELOCATION, IMPROVE VENTILATION, OR PROVIDE COOLING SYSTEMS FOR EACH PIECE OF EQUIPMENT TO ELIMINATE FIRE SPRINKLER SYSTEMS BEING ACTIVATED.
R00-52: CONTACT APPROPRIATE COUNTY SAFETY AGENCY FOR PROPER TYPE/KIND OF FIRE EXTINGUISHER AND EYEWASH STATION SIGNS. ARMC CASH COLLECTIONS BACKGROUND As a result of a major embezzlement of cash receipts from the County Medical Center (CMC), the 1996-97 San Bernardino County Grand Jury investigated the Fiscal Services Division and found the management practices, policies, and procedures were not in compliance with County standards. The Grand Jury recommended the County take numerous steps to eliminate future non-compliance and possible embezzlement of funds. In response, the Board of Supervisors and CMC administrators established new and revised management policies and procedures. The 1999-2000 Grand Jury wanted to know if these practices, procedures, and policies were being followed at the new Arrowhead Regional Medical Center (ARMC) and, if so, what steps are being taken to insure their continued compliance. FINDINGS Administrators and supervisors in the ARMC Finance Department stated that their cash collection system at the time of the embezzlement was good but, since then, they have improved procedures to prevent a reoccurrence. At the same time, they commented that a very intelligent person, bent on embezzling, could find a way. A ten-page narrative outlines a step-by-step procedure for the collection, posting, and deposit of receipts, including cash, from all ARMC departments, cafeteria and vending machines. Grand Jury members observed all steps in these procedures from collection to deposit in the safe within the vault. The segregation of duties prohibits any one person from having access to both patient accounts and processing of cash receipts. This was a major factor in the aforementioned embezzlement. New procedures give only four (4) individuals access to the safe. The safe and vault are locked at all times. ARMC’s banking procedure is part of the County’s Consolidated Banking System. When ARMC deposits daily receipts, a coded deposit slip identifying the department is prepared. Receipts are taken by Brink’s Armored Carrier to a Bank of America specialized vault in Ontario. The Ontario location is designed to accommodate armored carriers with maximum security. Deposits start earning interest immediately. County departments are notified and have access to their funds in two (2) days. The Auditor/Controller-Recorder’s office (Supervising Accountant) has ultimate responsibility for reconciling all discrepancies. At the present time ARMC cannot accept credit card payments on accounts. The accountant stated that it could be beneficial and cost effective to do so. RECOMMENDATIONS
R00-53: CONTINUE TO CLOSELY MONITOR ARMC COLLECTION POLICIES AND PROCEDURES, ESPECIALLY IN THE AREA OF CASH RECEIPTS. REMAIN CONSTANTLY ALERT FOR IMPROVEMENT IN INTERNAL CONTROLS TO PREVENT ANY POSSIBILITY OF EMBEZZLEMENT.
R00-54: CONDUCT A STUDY AND, IF FEASIBLE, IMPLEMENT A SYSTEM TO ACCEPT CREDIT CARD PAYMENTS AT THE ARROWHEAD REGIONAL MEDICAL CENTER AND ITS AFFILIATED CLINICS. PUBLIC HEALTH DEPARTMENT DIVISION OF ENVIRONMENTAL HEALTH SERVICES FOOD PROTECTION PROGRAM BACKGROUND The mission of the Division of Environmental Health Services (DEHS) is to prevent, eliminate, or reduce environmental hazards that could harm the health, safety, and quality of life of the citizens of this County. The Retail Food Protection Program consists of activities required to ensure food provided for human consumption is of good quality, safe, free of adulteration, wholesome, and properly labeled and advertised. The program also strives to ensure food has been produced, stored, and transported under conditions and practices that are safe, clean, and sanitary. The program is responsible for the inspection of all places where food is eaten, processed, sold, or stored (restaurants, markets, food stands, carnivals, schools, nursing homes, etc.) for sanitation and food safety, including manufacturers and wholesalers. The program investigates complaints of suspected food poisoning, unsanitary conditions, and other problems. The program also provides education and training in proper sanitation and food safety techniques to the food workers/servers, operators/managers, and owners of food facilities. The DEHS issues public health permits to all food facilities. The 1997-98 Grand Jury recommended a return to public posting using the “A-B-C” rating system or to a simple placard of certification. Neither of these systems has been implemented. In the response from the Board of Supervisors, it states: “The department is planning to require posting a card or placard at the entry to restaurants that will state that the facility has been inspected and has been issued a permit to operate consistent with Health and Safety Code requirements.” FINDINGS In meetings with the Division Chief and Food Program Manager, the Grand Jury learned that the DEHS has 60 employees to cover over 10,000 establishments in the County. The Food Protection Program has 39 inspectors and each is responsible for about 350 accounts. An inspection usually takes from one to one and one-half hours. A written report is left at the facility. If there are minor violations, the owner is to correct them in a specified length of time, and a re-inspection is required. Any facility receiving less than 60 out of 100 points could be temporarily shut down, depending on the nature of the violation. The DEHS cannot levy a fine to an establishment for repeated noncompliance. Only the environmental court in Redlands can levy monetary fines. If a facility is closed by DEHS, the owner can sue in court. In 1999 DEHS closed 586 miscellaneous facilities. They included restaurants, supermarkets, drug stores, recreational facilities, etc., and a large number of unpermitted establishments (no license or health permit). Two teams of two Grand Jurors each accompanied DEHS inspectors – one team to a restaurant and one to a grocery market. The inspections were unannounced and the owners did not know in advance of the visits. The restaurant was a very busy coffee shop-style facility located near a freeway offramp and catered to truckers and law enforcement personnel. The inspector very carefully and thoroughly inspected all areas of the facility, inside and out, with special attention given to those items that needed follow- up from the previous inspection. He noted much improvement in pest control procedures. The inspection file on this restaurant dated from 1983 and the single-most ongoing problem, repeatedly, has been with maintaining adequate temperature control of both hot and cold foods. This visit was no exception. A worker was asked to adjust temperature controls on food warmers and also refrigerated units. Numerous minor violations were found in the kitchen area, dry storage area, exterior dumpster area, and leaky plumbing. Both restrooms were clean and bright. This restaurant received a score of 56 and was reinspected two weeks later, at which time very good compliance was observed by the inspector. A copy of this re-inspection report was provided to the Grand Jury. No inspection certificate or placard was issued for display. The grocery market was a recently opened independent store in a building that formerly housed a chain supermarket. There were three separate health permits: one each for the deli, bakery, and meat/grocery department. This facility had many violations in all areas, that involved improper temperature control (no thermometers), condemned food that had to be discarded due to contamination, inadequate vector control of flies, improper food storage containers, galvanized cooking utensils, inadequate floor drains, electrical hazards, plumbing problems, etc. The deli scored 36 points, the meat department scored 43, and the bakery scored 87 of a possible 100 points each. None of the employees, including the on-site manager, had the required food handler cards. The inspector gave the owner information for obtaining the cards through the Food Handlers class at San Bernardino Valley College. There was an occasional language problem, and a Grand Jury member acted as an interpreter. The inspection was thorough, in spite of the language barrier. At reinspection, some compliance of previous violations was observed, but the inspector noted new violations. A third inspection was required. A copy of the subsequent inspection report was sent to the Grand Jury. When the Grand Jury questioned why the facilities were not shut down because of their low scores (below 60), the DEHS program manager stated that closure comes only in the event of an immediate and dangerous threat to public health and safety, or when a violation cannot be corrected within a reasonable length of time. RECOMMENDATIONS
R00-55: ESTABLISH A PUBLIC NOTIFICATION DISPLAY PLACARD THAT CERTIFIES A FACILITY HAS BEEN INSPECTED AND MEETS COUNTY HEALTH AND SAFETY CODES. SHOW THE DATE OF INSPECTION, EXPIRATION DATE AND SIGNATURE OF THE INSPECTOR. PLACARDS SHOULD ONLY BE ISSUED TO FACILITIES THAT ARE IN COMPLIANCE. THIS RECOMMENDATION IS A MODIFICATION OF THE RECOMMENDATION BY THE 1997-98 GRAND JURY WHICH, TO DATE, HAS NOT BEEN IMPLEMENTED.
R00-56: MONITOR FACILITIES WITH A HISTORY OF REPEATED VIOLATIONS MORE FREQUENTLY. ESTABLISHMENTS THAT ARE CONSISTENTLY IN COMPLIANCE MAY REQUIRE AN ANNUAL INSPECTION ONLY.
R00-57: REQUIRE FOOD HANDLER CARDS FOR ON-SITE FOOD ESTABLISHMENT OWNERS AND MANAGERS, AS WELL AS WORKERS AND SERVERS. VERIFY NAMES ON FOOD HANDLER CARDS AGAINST CURRENT PAYROLL RECORDS.
R00-58: MAKE AVAILABLE BILINGUAL INSPECTORS, OR INTERPRETERS, AT ALL FACILITIES WHERE ENGLISH IS NOT THE PRIMARY LANGUAGE OR CANNOT BE SPOKEN AND CLEARLY UNDERSTOOD. FULL COMPLIANCE WITH HEALTH CODES CANNOT BE OBTAINED WITHOUT COMPLETE COMPREHENSION IN THEIR LANGUAGE. MEDICAL CARE AVAILABILITY BACKGROUND Within the County’s organizational structure, the Public Health Department and the Department of Behavioral Health are under the administration of the Human Services System, and the Arrowhead Regional Medical Center (ARMC) is directly under the County Administrative Officer. The ARMC opened its new Colton location in early spring 1999 with a license for 373 beds. The ARMC has within its facility a number of “specialty clinics,” with the primary care or Family Practice Clinics being located offsite at multiple locations. With concern for this County’s growing population of medically indigent, homeless, uninsured and under-insured working poor, the Grand Jury researched the availability of free or low-cost medical services. Special focus was on the availability of services for walk-in, urgent-care, and immediate needs. FINDINGS ARMC has been averaging 91 percent of bed capacity. The departments responsible for the delivery of medical care, mental health care, and public health care services are under different administrations and management, expressing different philosophies, and at totally different locations throughout the County. There is duplication of clinic-type facilities, nursing staff, patient appointment staff, and possible lab, x-ray or pharmacy services. There are no “free” or “low-cost” outpatient County clinic services available for the uninsured or under-insured “working poor”. Services available at ARMC’s affiliated Family Practice Clinics are by “pre-scheduled” appointments at a usual and customary fee. While payment schedules can be arranged, a $20 deposit is expected at the time of appointments, with the balance to be billed in approximately 45 days. Currently, when a patient seeks a medical appointment for a particular immediate medical need, a pre-scheduled daytime appointment is made for an amount of time that allows for a full evaluation. Scheduling of lengthy appointments limits the number of patients that can be seen on any given day. There is no “walk-in” or “urgent-care” type of service available daytime or evening, other than the Emergency Room. ARMC Administration advised that this would be the available source for services for an uninsured individual with an immediate need. Emergency Room services are a costly method of delivering walk-in care. RECOMMENDATIONS
R00-59: BRING ALL DEPARTMENTS DELIVERING HEALTH CARE SERVICES UNDER ONE ADMINISTRATION AND LEADER- SHIP, FOR A TOTAL PACKAGE OF HEALTH CARE DELIVERY.
R00-60: CENTRALIZE CLINIC LOCATIONS WHERE POSSIBLE, WITH THE SHARING OF CLINIC FACILITIES, NURSING STAFF, PATIENT APPOINTMENT STAFF, EQUIPMENT, LABS, X-RAY, AND PHARMACY SERVICES.
R00-61: OPEN ADDITIONAL OUTPATIENT CLINICS TO PROVIDE SERVICES FOR PATIENTS WITH “WALK-IN,” “URGENT,” OR “IMMEDIATE” NEED, ESPECIALLY IN MORE REMOTE AREAS OF THE COUNTY.
R00-62: PROVIDE WALK-IN “SHORT APPOINTMENTS” TO FOCUS ON THE PATIENTS’ CHIEF MEDICAL COMPLAINT, RESERVING FULL EVALUATIONS FOR PRE-SCHEDULED EXAM APPOINTMENTS.
R00-63: UTILIZE EXISTING CLINIC FACILITIES FOR “AFTER HOURS” SERVICES.
R00-64: DEVELOP PUBLIC INFORMATION PACKETS, NEWSPAPER ARTICLES, AND ADVERTISEMENTS TO ALERT THE PUBLIC TO THE AVAILABILITY OF SERVICES OTHER THAN THE MORE COSTLY EMERGENCY ROOM FOR WALK-IN SERVICES, INCLUDING CLINIC LOCATIONS AND HOURS AVAILABLE. MENTAL HEALTH SERVICES BACKGROUND San Bernardino County provides mental health services through two distinctly separate departments. They work in a collaborative partnership to provide full mental health services to County residents. This Grand Jury has combined the investigation into one report. ● Inpatient Mental Health care is provided at the Arrowhead Regional Medical Center (ARMC) in a separate building on the grounds of the ARMC. The director and his staff are under the ARMC administration. ● Outpatient Mental Health care, including substance abuse services, is provided by the Department of Behavioral Health (DBH) in multiple clinic locations throughout the County. The director of DBH and his staff are under the administration of the Human Services System.
R00-65: OPEN A MENTAL HEALTH CRISIS STABILIZATION UNIT (WALK-IN CLINIC) AT THE ARROWHEAD REGIONAL MEDICAL CENTER TO PROVIDE IMMEDIATE PRESCRIPTION RENEWALS AND OTHER EMERGENCY SERVICES NECESSARY TO MAINTAIN AND/OR STABILIZE A CLIENT’S CONDITION.
R00-66: UPGRADE OR REBUILD THE GILBERT STREET DEPART- MENT OF BEHAVIORAL HEALTH FACILITIES TO PROVIDE A SAFER, MORE WORKER-FRIENDLY ENVIRONMENT.
R00-67: CONTINUE SUPPORTING THE PERINATAL SUBSTANCE ABUSE TREATMENT PROGRAM, PLACING GREATER EMPHASIS IN REDUCING THE PERCENTAGE OF WOMEN FAILING TO REMAIN SUBSTANCE-FREE AND RETURNING TO THE PROGRAM.
R00-68: CONTINUE TO ALLOW THE DEPARTMENT OF BEHAVIORAL HEALTH TO CONTROL ITS TRUST FUNDS. THESE FUNDS SHOULD BE HELD IN RESERVE TO PROVIDE NEEDED SERVICES FOR WHICH NO OTHER FUNDING SOURCE IS AVAILABLE.
R00-69: IMPLEMENT MORE COST-EFFECTIVE AND EFFICIENT PROCEDURES TO FACILITATE REPAIR, PURCHASE, AND INSTALLATION OF NEEDED ITEMS AT THE RIALTO BEHAVIORAL HEALTH RESOURCE CENTER (BHRC). HUMAN SERVICES COMMITTEE The Human Services Committee reviewed the functional and operational procedures of all departments within the Human Services System, with the exception of the departments of Behavioral Health and Public Health. These two departments were a part of Health Care Services during the early part of our term, and were reviewed by that committee. The Human Services System coordinates the activities of the following County departments: Aging and Adult Services Children’s Services Community Services Jobs and Employment Services Preschool Services Transitional Assistance Veterans Affairs The Human Services System also provides fiscal and technical support to both the Children’s Network and the Children’s Fund. The Human Services Committee established subcommittees to review the function of each of the above departments. All department heads were interviewed. Further interviews were held to investigate compliance with County policies. Suggested areas of concern by previous Grand Juries were considered. Grand Jurors went on ride-alongs with welfare fraud field investigators, attended the Homeless Coalition Faire and the grand opening of the Children’s Assessment Center, observed the functioning of the Child Abuse Hotline, and went on visits to Head Start sites. The Human Services Committee makes the following findings and recommendations. DEPARTMENT OF AGING AND ADULT SERVICES IN-HOME SUPPORTIVE SERVICES PROGRAM BACKGROUND The In-Home Supportive Services Program (IHSS) within the Department of Aging and Adult Services (DAAS) allows low income elderly, blind, and disabled persons to remain in their own homes when they become unable to care for themselves. Program recipients receive services that are less expensive for the County than out-of-home care. Because of this program, recipients avoid institutionalization. Under this program care providers come into the recipient’s home, providing domestic, personal, and protective care on an assigned basis. The 1998-99 Grand Jury, in its final report, made recommenda- tions to improve the personal security of the recipients. The Board of Supervisors’ official response was brief and appeared to summarily dismiss the Grand Jury’s recommendations. For that reason, this Grand Jury reviewed the IHSS program. The Grand Jury’s primary concern was for the health and well being of the recipient, as well as possible County liability in the event of abuse at the hands of a County-recommended provider. FINDINGS The IHSS program is federally, state, and county funded. It is administered by County DAAS and governed by the California Welfare and Institutions Code and directives of the State Department of Social Services. Care providers are selected and hired by the care recipient. Approximately 62 percent of care providers are either a relative or friend of the recipient. When the recipient has no relative or friend available to act as his/her care provider, a County-recommended and maintained list of providers is given to the recipient from whom a selection is made. Not being a friend or relative, the providers on this list are relatively unknown to both the County and recipient. To be placed on this list, potential providers must only submit positive identification, pass an interview by a County social worker, and sign a declaration vouching for their past and present legal compliance. The governing statutes do not provide the County with the authority to request background fingerprint checks on care providers from the Department of Justice. A local public records background check is permissible. The recipient may, at his/her own expense, obtain a Department of Justice background check on a potential or existing care provider. County Counsel provided the following legal opinion on this state- directed program. Under the new statutes (Assembly Bill 1682 and Senate Bill 710), effective January 1, 2000, pertaining to the establishment of an employer of record, the County is held harmless in an abuse situation of a recipient by a care provider if the County has followed all governing statutes/directives in its administration of the program. Specifically, the governing Welfare and Institutions Code (affected by the new legislation) now provides immunity for the state and counties from liability resulting from their implementation of the Code. When initially contacted by the Grand Jury, DAAS understood that the new legislation required background checks of care providers. The following information was obtained from a legal opinion requested of County Counsel. The new legislation does not alter the current inability of counties to require a Department of Justice background check of IHSS providers. This legislation added Section 12302.25 to the Welfare and Institutions Code and requires each county to be in conformance by January 1, 2003. It effectively requires each county to act as, or establish, an employer of record for care providers for the purpose of establishing a collective bargaining agency for providers. This agency will be responsible for investigating the background or qualifications of potential providers. In the Foster Parents Program, foster parents are required to undergo a criminal background investigation. In the IHSS program, care providers are not investigated. There are thousands of cases of elder abuse reported in San Bernardino County each year. Currently, about 200,000 seniors reside in the County. DAAS projects 369,000 seniors by the year 2010 and 500,000 by the year 2020. DAAS also estimates that one-fourth of the County’s population will be seniors in 2020. Currently, there are approximately 9,200 recipients in the program and 38 percent of their providers came from the County provided list. If the population grows by the above estimates, by the year 2020 there will be approximately 23,000 recipients in the program and about 8,700 of this number will come from the County’s list of providers. With no background checks of care providers, these numbers are reason for alarm today and present increased concern for the future. Findings support the primary concern of the Grand Jury. More can be done to ensure the health and well being of IHSS recipients. County liability is tempered by the legislation, but not forgotten. If the County has not followed the Welfare and Institutions Code to the letter and an abusive care provider surfaces, the County stands to lose. RECOMMENDATIONS
R00-70: PROVIDE LOCAL PUBLIC RECORDS CHECKS OF ALL PROSPECTIVE CARE PROVIDERS AT COUNTY EXPENSE.
R00-71: SPONSOR A LEGISLATIVE CHANGE/AMENDMENT TO THE CALIFORNIA WELFARE AND INSTITUTIONS CODE REQUIRING DEPARTMENT OF JUSTICE BACKGROUND CHECKS BE CONDUCTED ON ALL PROSPECTIVE CARE PROVIDERS. THE RIGHT TO HIRE, FIRE, AND SUPERVISE THE CARE PROVIDER WOULD REMAIN WITH THE RECIPIENT. THE EXPENSE OF THE BACKGROUND CHECK WOULD BE BORNE BY THE STATE AND COUNTY.
R00-72: INFORM RECIPIENTS OF THEIR RIGHT TO REQUEST A DEPARTMENT OF JUSTICE BACKGROUND CHECK ON ANY POTENTIAL OR EXISTING CARE PROVIDER. IF RECIPIENTS DECLINE THIS OPPORTUNITY TO BE INFORMED AS TO WHOM THEY ARE ENTRUSTING THEIR FUTURE WELL-BEING, REQUIRE RECIPIENTS TO SIGN A DISCLAIMER. IF THE RECIPIENT ELECTS TO ORDER THIS BACKGROUND CHECK, HE/SHE MUST SIGN A STATEMENT TO THAT EFFECT. PRESCHOOL SERVICES DEPARTMENT BACKGROUND The Head Start program is funded by the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services’ Administration for Children and Families (ACF). The Preschool Services Department (PSD) and its employees operate under Federal guidelines. In April 1996 the ACF conducted an on-site review of Head Start and found non-compliance of the regulatory and policy requirements governing the program. The County acts as the grantee and was found to have under- expended the grant by over two million dollars in each of the last two budget periods, despite the need for classroom materials, facilities, equipment, and expansion. The program was reviewed again in January 1999 by ACF and several areas of serious concern were found. The 1998-99 Grand Jury investigated the Federal findings, but was unable to make recommendations at that time due to non-jurisdiction. In March 1999 the Preschool Services Department and 105 administrative and support staff became County employees, under the Human Services System. Personnel at the Head Start sites work under contracts ranging from 9 to 12 months in duration. FINDINGS During routine visits to some Head Start sites, the Grand Jury was made aware of deficiencies in the hiring process. A letter was sent to the rest of the sites requesting information regarding vacancies since September 1999, how and when requests were made, and when vacancies were filled, if they were. Twenty-two (22) responses were received out of the 30 sites contacted, and this information was combined with information received during three site visits. Many sites reported having long-standing vacancies. Vacancies included teachers, teacher’s aides, custodians, food service workers, and clerical. Teachers and aides were performing custodial and clerical chores in addition to their teaching responsibilities, causing extremely low morale over the long-term at some sites. No temporary or substitute employees were available to cover the vacancies. Vacancies in staff positions occurred at 21 of the 25 Head Start sites from which we have data. These vacancies were unfilled for periods of time ranging from two weeks to six months. At the time this report was written, there were 46 vacancies unfilled. Personnel requests by site supervisors to fill vacancies were made in a number of different ways: by telephone, written memos, personal conversations with administrators, field visits, area manager visits, weekly reports, letters, written lists, area meetings, requisitions, and field reports. Here are three randomly selected examples: ● A teacher position became vacant in September 1999 and was filled in March 2000. Requests to fill the position were made by telephone and through personal conversation with the area coordinator. ● One site was short one clerk and one teacher and in October another teacher resigned. The clerk position was filled in November and both teaching positions were filled in January. The site supervisor notified her supervisor of the vacancy three times – once by phone and twice with written memos. ● At another site a teaching position had been vacant since January and was not filled as of March 31, 2000. Applicants who live in outlying areas can apply for positions by mail. However, they must report to San Bernardino for testing and interview. RECOMMENDATIONS
R00-73: CREATE A STANDARD PROCEDURE FOR HEAD START SITE SUPERVISORS TO USE WHEN REQUESTING PERSONNEL, TO INCLUDE DOCUMENTATION OF WHEN THE REQUEST IS MADE, TO WHOM, AND THE DATE THE VACANCY IS FILLED.
R00-74: EDUCATE ALL SITE SUPERVISORS IN THE NEED TO FOLLOW THE PROCEDURE FOR REQUESTING PERSONNEL, AND TO DOCUMENT THEIR REQUESTS.
R00-75: BEGIN RECRUITING NEW PERSONNEL DURING THE SUMMER MONTHS IN ORDER TO CREATE A POOL FROM WHICH TO FILL VACANCIES THAT WILL OCCUR WHEN THE NEW SCHOOL YEAR BEGINS AND THROUGHOUT THE YEAR.
R00-76: ESTABLISH A POOL OF AVAILABLE SUBSTITUTE EMPLOYEES FOR ALL POSITIONS.
R00-77: FILL VACANCIES AT HEAD START SITES AS SOON AS THEY OCCUR.
R00-78: CONDUCT TESTING AND INTERVIEWING AT SITES CLOSE TO THE LOCAL COMMUNITIES WHERE THE JOBS WILL BE PERFORMED. TRANSITIONAL ASSISTANCE DEPARTMENT BACKGROUND Under the Human Services System, the Transitional Assistance Department (TAD), with an annual budget of $124.3 million, is responsible for the administration of the financial support programs that assist the needy with basic services. Of this appropriated budget, $113.9 million is from Federal and State revenue, with a local cost share of $10.4 million. The TAD is budgeted for a staff of 1,914. The primary services provided include Transitional Assistance to Needy Families, food stamps, Medi-Cal, childcare, and general assistance. The goals of TAD are to meet the basic needs of families and individuals while working to help them attain self-sufficiency, and to promote work and personal responsibility. One program within TAD is the Fraud Prevention Bureau (FPB). The mission of the FPB’s Special Investigations Unit (SIU) is to detect and deter incidents of welfare fraud by persons deemed ineligible by law for public assistance. This mission is accomplished by thorough investigation of allegations, false claims, or misrepresentation of fact in compliance with due process of law without infringing upon the constitutional rights of applicants or recipients. This report focuses on the overall Transitional Assistance Department and the Special Investigations Unit of the Fraud Prevention Bureau and their coordinated efforts in providing services to applicants and recipients. FINDINGS The classifications of the approximately 1,000 Eligibility Workers (EW) within TAD are as follows: ● EW Trainee - Approximate monthly salary of $1,387. Requires high school diploma or GED, plus 2 years full- time public contact employment. Following completion of an 8-week orientation/training class, the entry level Trainee advances to the next level. ● EW I - Approximate monthly salary of $1,726. Requires completion of a 6-month, closely supervised on-the-job training program, and requires a passing satisfactory performance evaluation before being eligible for advancement. ● EW II - Approximate monthly salary of $2,047 to $2,616. Requires completion of additional six month probationary period before becoming “regular status” and being eligible to apply for EW III level. ● EW III - Approximate monthly salary of $2,207 to $2,815. Requires bidding, applying, testing, and qualifying. Approximately 80 new Eligibility Worker Trainees are hired each quarter. Newly hired EWs cannot transfer until after completion of the 8- week orientation/training class and a one-year probationary period. After the investment of training newly hired EWs in the multiple programs criteria, eligibility, and regulations for a period of 14 months, a significant number of these employees transfer to other departments/positions within the County at a higher rate of pay. The turnover rate has been running 15 to 22 percent over the past several years. The file notes that Eligibility Workers provide to SIU Fraud Investigators are not always up-to-date at the time of field investigations. Unnecessary visitations are often made due to the inadequate or outdated information provided in the Fraud Investigators’ files. This situation was verified by ride-a- longs of Grand Jury members with Fraud Investigators. In several instances, information reported by the recipient to an Eligibility Worker was not in the file. The field investigators indicated that this situation occurs repeatedly. Development of the new Consortium IV Welfare Computer System (counties of San Bernardino, Merced, Riverside and Stanislaus) is expected to ultimately resolve the aforementioned issue. This new system will provide all- encompassing paperless records that will be viewable on-screen to all involved agencies. Field investigators, case managers, and eligibility workers would all have access to view each other’s notes up-to-the minute, eliminating the time- lag problem of written notes being in the Field Investigators’ field files. It is anticipated that the development and implementation phases of this computer system will not be completed for four years (year 2004). The SIU is currently budgeted for 49 fraud investigators and five supervisors. Of these positions, there are four investigator vacancies, two are currently on “light duty,” and the retirement of 4 or 5 is expected this year. This creates an extreme hardship in the unit because of a backlog of investigations to be completed. RECOMMENDATIONS
R00-79: DEVELOP A STRATEGY FOR RETAINING ENTRY-LEVEL ELIGIBILITY WORKERS WITHIN THE TRANSITIONAL ASSISTANCE DEPARTMENT THROUGH RETENTION INCENTIVES TO REDUCE TURNOVER AND LOSS OF TRAINING COSTS.
R00-80: DEVELOP AND IMPLEMENT AN INTERIM SYSTEM TO ASSURE TIMELY PROCESSING OF PERTINENT INFORMATION FROM ELIGIBILITY WORKERS INTO RECIPIENTS’ FILES FOR USE BY FRAUD INVESTIGATORS.
R00-81: IMPLEMENT AN AGGRESSIVE AND TIMELY RECRUITMENT PROCESS TO FILL CURRENT AND ANTICIPATED VACANCIES OF FRAUD INVESTIGATORS IN THE FRAUD PREVENTION BUREAU’S SPECIAL INVESTIGATIONS UNIT. INTERNAL SERVICES COMMITTEE The Internal Services Committee reviewed the operations and functions of the County’s Internal Services Group, which included the following departments: Architecture and Engineering Facilities Management Human Resources (now under County Administrative Office) Purchasing Real Estate Services Vehicle Services Subcommittees were formed based on perceived investigative needs. All County departments within this group were investigated by subcommittees, except Architecture and Engineering. The Purchasing and Vehicle Services subcommittees joined forces to produce a single report under Vehicle Services (Central Stores). The Facilities Management subcommittee’s findings and recommendations were absorbed by the Ad Hoc Committee on Public Safety. A separate outside audit of Vehicle Services and user departments was completed under the direction of an ad hoc committee. Subcommittee efforts led to the following final reports. PERSONNEL POLICIES
R00-82: IMPLEMENT A SPECIAL PAYROLL CODING SYSTEM THAT WILL IDENTIFY AND TRACK ALL INSTANCES OF PAID ADMINISTRATIVE LEAVE FOR DISCIPLINARY REASONS, MEDICAL EVALUATIONS ETC. TO INCLUDE START DATE, DATE ENDED, DIRECT COST, AND REASON FOR BEING PLACED ON PAID LEAVE. RE-CATEGORIZE TRAVEL AND CONFERENCE TIME TO REFLECT ITS PROPER USE AS WORK TIME.
R00-83: DEVELOP COUNTYWIDE, WRITTEN PROCEDURES FOR USE BY THE APPOINTING AUTHORITY WHENEVER CONSIDERATION IS BEING GIVEN TO USING PAID ADMINISTRATIVE LEAVE.
R00-84: DEVELOP A CONSOLIDATED, MONTHLY REPORTING SYSTEM BY ALL DEPARTMENTS FOR THE COUNTY ADMINISTRATIVE OFFICER, HUMAN RESOURCES, COUNTY COUNSEL, AND THE AUDITOR/CONTROLLER-RECORDER THAT WOULD LIST ALL EMPLOYEES (OR POSITIONS) ON PAID ADMINISTRATIVE LEAVE, START DATE, DATE ENDED, CUMULATIVE DIRECT COST, AND REASONS FOR BEING PLACED ON PAID ADMINISTRATIVE LEAVE.
R00-85: PROVIDE A QUARTERLY AND AN ANNUAL CONSOLIDATED SUMMARY REPORT BY DEPARTMENT TO THE BOARD OF SUPERVISORS SHOWING THE NUMBER OF EMPLOYEE HOURS ON PAID ADMINISTRATIVE LEAVE AND THE TOTAL DEPARTMENTAL DIRECT COST.
R00-86: ESTABLISH AN OVERSIGHT PROCESS CONSISTING OF REPRESENTATIVES FROM HUMAN RESOURCES, COUNTY COUNSEL, AND AUDITOR/CONTROLLER DEPARTMENTS WHEN GRANTING PAID ADMINISTRATIVE LEAVE AND ANY DISCIPLINARY ACTION BY THE APPOINTING AUTHORITY.
R00-87: ASSIGN A DEFINITE RESPONSIBILITY TO THE APPOINTING AUTHORITY TO PURSUE PROMPT COMPLETION OF ANY NECESSARY INVESTIGATION SO AS TO QUICKLY RESOLVE THE MATTER THAT CREATED THE NEED FOR PAID ADMINISTRATIVE LEAVE, THEREBY SHORTENING THE LENGTH OF PAID ADMINISTRATIVE LEAVE.
R00-88: REQUIRE APPOINTING AUTHORITIES TO FREELY SELECT ANOTHER PERSON TO ACT IN THEIR BEHALF AFTER CONSIDERING WHETHER THEIR RELATIONSHIP WITH THE EMPLOYEE UNDER CONSIDERATION FOR PAID ADMINISTRATIVE LEAVE CAN BE HANDLED WITHOUT A REAL OR PERCEIVED BIAS.
R00-89: REQUIRE WRITTEN JUSTIFICATION AND DOCUMENTATION TO BECOME PART OF THE EMPLOYEE’S PERMANENT PERSONNEL FILE, WHENEVER PAID ADMINISTRATIVE LEAVE IS GRANTED AND AN EMPLOYEE IS GIVEN ANY DISCIPLINARY ACTION.
R00-90: PUBLISH ADDITIONAL WRITTEN EXPLANATION REGARDING RULE X OF THE PERSONNEL RULES THAT DESCRIBES THE REASONS WHY AN EMPLOYEE MAY BE SUBJECT TO DISCIPLINARY ACTION.
R00-91: REQUIRE STANDARDS OF CONDUCT TRAINING BE PROVIDED FOR ALL EMPLOYEES ONCE EACH YEAR COVERING TOPICS IN RULE I OF THE PERSONNEL RULES.
R00-92: PROHIBIT PAID ADMINISTRATIVE LEAVE AFTER ANY EMPLOYEE IS CONVICTED FOR ANY BREACH OF COUNTY EMPLOYMENT RULES. REAL ESTATE SERVICES DEPARTMENT BACKGROUND The Real Estate Services Department is one of several functions under the Internal Services Group. Its mission statement is “To provide the most professionally responsive and highest quality real estate services enabling our clients to deliver the needed facilities and services to the citizens of San Bernardino County that will enhance their quality of life.” Real Estate Services consists of two main functions: • The Property Management Division is responsible for all County leasing functions with the exception of some special districts and the Superintendent of Schools. It also handles surplus property sales and some revenue leases. • The Right-of-Way Division is responsible for the acquisition of property, appraisal of both owned and leased property, and relocation assistance. The acquisition work is primarily for the Transportation Department, Flood Control, special districts, San Bernardino Associated Governments (SANBAG), etc. FINDINGS The County has about 15,000 employees that require office space or work facilities so as to efficiently accomplish their jobs. There is need for long- range planning because the staffing level this fiscal year is projected to increase about 1,000 employees, requiring an estimated 100,000 to 125,000 square feet of added space. Today most of the office space needs are leased instead of purchased. The County has been criticized in past Grand Jury reports because of charges of political cronyism or intervention involving leasing of office space and appropriate facilities to conduct its business operations (1998-99 Grand Jury Final Report). A County work group is currently studying the whole Real Estate function. Presently, the array of functions comprising the overall management of office space and facilities is spread over numerous departments and staff within the County. The Real Estate Services Department has certain responsibilities as noted above. In addition, an Administrative Analyst in the County Administrative Office has been delegated the responsibility for administering buildings that are owned by the County. Facilities Management is a separate department that provides the building maintenance and custodial care for these buildings. The Community and Cultural Resources Department, within the County’s Public Services Group, is another department that provides grounds and maintenance care. The inventory of County-owned or leased buildings is monitored through two software programs titled Building Inventory Data System (BIDS) and Land Inventory Data System (LIDS). When leased building information was requested by the Grand Jury, reports were received from two different sources using the BIDS program. The two reports were not the same even though they were both covering properties leased by the County (possibly because different query parameters were used). A change was made to the County policy on March 30, 1999 when the Board of Supervisors adopted a new Policy and Standard Practice for Leasing Space for County Use. A Request for Proposal (RFP) is now required for leases of 5,000 square feet or more with a term of five (5) years or more, unless it is waived because it would “unreasonably interfere with the financial and programmatic needs of the County”. The RFP process has been waived 10-12 times in the first five months since the policy was adopted. Only the Board of Supervisors can approve waiving the RFP process. When a department makes a request for leased space, the following steps are to be followed: • A Capital Improvement Program Request form outlining the requirements is to be submitted to the CAO’s Administrative Analyst who acts as a “traffic director”. If the RFP process is to be waived, the need must be justified on the request form. The CAO’s Administrative Analyst logs in the request, reviews it, and sends it to the CAO Budget Analyst who handles budget matters for the requesting department. • The Budget Analyst has to sign off on the request as to the need for the space, availability of funds, program needs, staffing levels, etc. • Copies of the request, together with the assessment from the CAO’s office, are then to be circulated to the Board of Supervisors’ office for a 10-day comment period. Procedures do not require Real Estate Services to be officially involved and they may be unaware of a space need request. • At the end of the 10-day period, the CAO’s Administrative Analyst is to review the Supervisors’ comments and either: (a) Direct the Real Estate Services Department to prepare an RFP and a Board agenda item to approve the RFP, or (b) If the RFP process is to be waived, the requesting department (perhaps in conjunction with Real Estate Services) is to prepare a Board agenda item requesting approval of the waiver of the RFP process. • At this point Real Estate Services is made aware of the need for office space. • If the RFP is approved by the Board, Real Estate Services is to advertise the RFP in newspapers and contact the general public, brokers and others to reasonably generate sufficient interest in leasing facilities in the County. • A 5-7 person Review Committee is to be formed to review the proposals, typically with representation from the requesting department, Architecture and Engineering, Real Estate Services, the CAO’s office, the Board of Supervisors’ office, and the Supervisor’s office in whose district the building is to be located. • The results of the RFP, together with Real Estate Services’ recommendation, are to be reported to the Board of Supervisors for approval. If the Board approves a waiver of the RFP process, the Real Estate Services Department is then to be instructed to locate and initiate lease negotiations for suitable space. However, someone from the requesting department may have already identified the desired space and started negotiating the terms of the lease. If the RFP process is waived, the lease negotiations are to be conducted by Real Estate Services and the recommendation is to be submitted to the Board of Supervisors for approval. The County is one of the largest tenants in San Bernardino County. Presently there are an estimated 202 leases for land and facilities. The monthly lease payments total approximately $2,220,000 or about $26.6 million annually. The five departments with the most leases and leasing the largest amount of space are shown as follows, together with the average cost per square foot. Human and Social Services* 49 leases 806,000 sq. ft. $1.39 / sq. ft. Behavioral Health Department 18 leases 219,200 sq. ft. $1.14 / sq. ft. Preschool Services Department 27 leases 179,700 sq. ft. $0.68 / sq. ft. District Attorney 11 leases 171,100 sq. ft. $1.22 / sq. ft. Public Health Department 22 leases 117,600 sq. ft. $1.30 / sq. ft. * Currently Human Services Human Services is the largest lessee of County office space, with 49 leases covering 806,000 square feet. The County has 65 leases in excess of $1.25 per square foot, and 34 of these leases are in Human Services. Human Services typically pays a higher monthly lease rate and, as a result, its $1.39 per square foot is the highest cost of any of the County departments. Of the 65 leases at rates of $1.25 or greater, 18 of them are on facilities located in the High Desert portion of the County where land values are generally lower compared to the valley area. RECOMMENDATIONS
R00-93: DEVELOP A COUNTYWIDE 2 TO 4-YEAR LONG-RANGE PLAN TO IDENTIFY AND ASSESS THE MOST LIKELY SPACE NEEDS BY DEPARTMENTAL AND GEOGRAPHICAL LOCATION.
R00-94: ASSIGN REAL ESTATE SERVICES DEPARTMENT TO BE THE FOCAL POINT FOR ALL REQUESTS FOR LEASED AND OWNED SPACE AND ALSO TO BE RESPONSIBLE FOR HANDLING ALL PHASES OF NEGOTIATIONS FOR LEASING OUT PROPERTY THAT IS OWNED BY THE COUNTY.
R00-95: REMOVE THE BOARD OF SUPERVISORS AND THEIR STAFFS FROM ALL MANAGEMENT FACETS IN THE REAL ESTATE LEASING, PURCHASING OR MAINTENANCE PROCESSES, BUT CONTINUE THE REQUIREMENT FOR FINAL APPROVAL BY THE BOARD OF SUPERVISORS.
R00-96: COMBINE ALL RELATED REAL ESTATE FUNCTIONS, INCLUDING CAO ADMINISTRATIVE ANALYST OVERSIGHT, INTO A REORGANIZED REAL ESTATE SERVICES DEPARTMENT. THIS DEPARTMENT WOULD COVER NEW LEASED BUILDINGS, SPACE PLANNING, OWNED BUILDING ADMINISTRATION, FACILITIES MANAGEMENT, GROUNDS AND MAINTENANCE, AND LEASING OF COUNTY-OWNED PROPERTY. THE CURRENT FACILITIES MANAGEMENT HOME IMPROVEMENT PROGRAM SHOULD BE TRANSFERRED TO A MORE APPROPRIATE DEPARTMENT.
R00-97: INSURE THAT REAL ESTATE SERVICES IS INVOLVED IN ALL LEASE ARRANGEMENTS FROM INCEPTION TO AVOID PAYING ABOVE-MARKET LEASE RATES AND/OR UNFAVORABLE LEASE TERMS. TRANSACTIONS MUST BE CAREFULLY AND COMPLETELY HANDLED BY PERSONS WHO ARE QUALIFIED REAL ESTATE PROFESSIONALS.
R00-98: ASSIGN SOLE RESPONSIBILITY FOR MAINTAINING AN ACCURATE LIST OF COUNTY-OWNED AND LEASED PROPERTIES TO THE REAL ESTATE SERVICES DEPARTMENT THROUGH ITS “BIDS” AND “LIDS” COMPUTER PROGRAMS.
R00-99: DEVELOP AN ADDENDUM AND AN EXHIBIT (SIMILAR TO CHILD SUPPORT COMPLIANCE) TO THE STANDARD LEASE AGREEMENT TO REQUIRE LANDLORDS TO DISCLOSE ALL RELATIONSHIPS AND CONFLICTS OF INTEREST (BOTH INDIVIDUAL OWNER AND CORPORATE) WITH THE BOARD OF SUPERVISORS, COUNTY MANAGERIAL STAFF, AND COUNTY EMPLOYEES. FAILURE OF LANDLORDS TO FULLY DISCLOSE SHALL CONSTITUTE A DEFAULT OR WARRANT A MONETARY PENALTY AT THE DISCRETION OF THE COUNTY. 00-100 DEVELOP A COUNTYWIDE STANDARD FOR A SIMPLIFIED REQUEST FOR PROPOSAL (RFP) PROCESS FOR INTERMEDIATE SIZE OR DURATION LEASES THAT REDUCES THE AMOUNT OF TIME AND EFFORT NEEDED TO ACHIEVE A FUNCTIONING LEASE. ALSO, DEVELOP A COUNTYWIDE STANDARD FOR A STRUCTURED REQUEST FOR QUOTES (RFQ) PROCESS FOR THOSE LEASE REQUESTS THAT ARE OF A SMALL SIZE OR SHORT DURATION. THESE STEPS WOULD SHORTEN THE TIME REQUIRED TO COMPLETE A LEASE AND THEREBY REDUCE THE LIKELIHOOD OF DEPARTMENTS SEEKING SHORTCUTS OR BYPASSING COUNTY POLICY. 00-101 REQUIRE ALL DEPARTMENTS TO ADHERE TO THE COUNTY’S LEASE PROCEDURES REGARDLESS OF THE FUNDING SOURCE, I.E. STATE OR FEDERAL FUNDING. VEHICLE SERVICES DEPARTMENT CENTRAL STORES BACKGROUND The Central Stores function was placed under the Vehicle Services Department in January of 1995. Prior to that it had been the responsibility of the Purchasing Department. This is the most traditional of warehouse functions. Items are purchased in bulk at the best possible price, warehoused, and then “resold” to the user departments, with a mark-up for overhead costs. Central Stores stocks supplies and delivers stationery, forms, janitorial, and other high volume items used by County departments for daily operations. Current inventory includes 1,200 items valued at approximately $650,000. A Request for Proposal (RFP) was issued by the Purchasing Department to secure an auctioneer to dispose of surplus medical equipment and furniture from the County Medical Center complex on Gilbert Street in San Bernardino. At the same time, a separate flyer announcing the sale of surplus material was distributed from County Surplus Property. One of the features listed was “medical equipment”. To be sure that the RFP was not being bypassed, a review of the medical equipment mentioned in the flyer was to be observed as to quantity and type. FINDINGS There is a contract between Central Stores and Office Depot, which offers a limited number of office supply items that can be ordered by County departments, through the Central Stores warehouse, from Office Depot, which delivers the items directly to the customer. This service is referred to as “Pack Wrap.” The Central Stores warehouse processes about 150 requisitions a day, of which about 35 to 50 are “Pack Wrap” requisitions for Office Depot. The central warehouse has a Central Stores Catalog listing assets in both the warehouse and from Office Depot. The catalog is published every two years and updated in quarterly newsletters generated by Central Stores. This catalog does not include current cost information and is not totally descriptive of the items listed. A catalog is published by Office Depot on an annual basis and includes retail cost information and a picture or clear description of the items listed. Customers fill out a standard requisition form based on what is available in the Central Stores catalog. Once received by Central Stores, the requisition is processed and items are pulled from the warehouse and prepared for delivery the next day. Evaporative coolers that service the Central Stores warehouse building were noted as being non-operational. Stores personnel stated the coolers had not been in operation for several years and personnel in the work area complained about the heat during the summer. Surplus material is stored both indoors and outdoors. Because of insufficient space, electronic equipment has to be stored outdoors and is susceptible to weather conditions. The number of medical items on the bid line listed in the flyer was minimal, not of great value, and not part of the RFP. An inquiry was made as to how departments within the County could find out about any surplus property available for reuse. The response was that there are no procedures in place that would let departments know what is in the surplus area, other than a telephone call from a department looking for a specific item. The Board of Supervisors developed a policy to allow community-based organizations access to surplus materials valued at less than $1,000. Guidelines were not developed at the time the policy was approved. No input or feedback on written procedures, policies, or processes was requested from the employees currently doing this job. Concerns were expressed about establishment of priorities, who would have access, how much could they have, and could they take anything even if the material requested was not associated within their mission statement. When asked who makes the determination of a successful bid, the Grand Jury was informed that Purchasing handles all questions, awards, and money. Purchasing provides the expertise in assigning values to material for sale. A point of contention was noted: Surplus is associated with Central Stores, which is a part of Vehicle Services, yet Purchasing provides all the support for this operation. Some items of surplus are sent to Surplus Property from County departments without proper documentation. Inventory tag numbers are the only link for salvage credits to be applied to the originating department. A user department may not miss an item until an inventory is conducted. Without identification tags, Surplus Property is usually unable to locate missing items. RECOMMENDATIONS 00-102 ELIMINATE DUPLICATION OF OFFICE SUPPLIES AVAILABLE IN THE CENTRAL STORES WAREHOUSE AND FROM THE CONTRACT VENDOR. OBTAIN ALL OFFICE SUPPLIES FROM THE CONTRACT VENDOR. 00-103 DEVELOP A COMPUTER PROGRAM TO ORDER OFFICE SUPPLIES USING THE SAME FORMAT AS THE CONTRACT VENDOR REQUISITION. PROVIDE COMPUTERIZED ORDER FORMS TO ALL DEPARTMENTS ON THE COUNTY INTRANET. 00-104 PROVIDE A COPY OF THE CENTRAL STORES CATALOG ON THE COUNTY INTRANET, TO INCLUDE CURRENT PRICES AND BETTER DESCRIPTIVE INFORMATION. 00-105 EXPAND THE SURPLUS STORAGE AREA TO THE WEST OF THE EXISTING AREA. USE THIS AREA TO STORE ELECTRONIC EQUIPMENT INDOORS. 00-106 REPAIR OR REPLACE THE EXISTING EVAPORATIVE COOLERS TO PROVIDE A HEALTHIER AND MORE COMFORTABLE WORK AREA FOR EMPLOYEES AND VISITORS. 00-107 ESTABLISH A SITE ON THE COUNTY INTRANET FOR THE POSTING OF AVAILABLE SURPLUS PROPERTY. 00-108 ESTABLISH WRITTEN DETAILED INSTRUCTIONS TO COVER SURPLUS PROPERTY DISPOSAL. COUNTY DEPARTMENTS SHOULD HAVE FIRST OPPORTUNITY TO ACQUIRE THIS PROPERTY, FOLLOWED BY SALES TO THE GENERAL PUBLIC. THEN, COMMUNITY-BASED ORGANIZATIONS MAY ACQUIRE PROPERTY IN LINE WITH THEIR ESTABLISHED PURPOSE OF EXISTENCE. 00-109 TRANSFER SURPLUS AND CENTRAL STORES TO THE PURCHASING DEPARTMENT. 00-110 EMPOWER STORES PERSONNEL TO REFUSE SHIPMENT OF SURPLUS PROPERTY WITHOUT THE APPROPRIATE DOCUMENTATION. LAW AND JUSTICE COMMITTEE The Law and Justice Committee had responsibility for functional oversight of the following County departments: District Attorney Probation Sheriff/Marshal Public Administrator/Coroner/Public Guardian Public Defender / Indigent Defense The committee reviewed each department’s current activities and looked at the Grand Jury reports for the previous three years to help determine the areas in which inquiries should be directed. The committee decided the District Attorney’s department did not warrant any investigative time. During the period of this report, the Sheriff’s Department absorbed the County Marshal’s Department. Subcommittees were formed to make inquiry into the operations of each department to ensure adherence to the applicable laws, ordinances, and procedures. The following reports encompass a brief background, address findings and offer recommendations that, if accepted, will allow these departments to operate more efficiently and effectively. CONSERVATORSHIPS BACKGROUND Section 2340 of the California Probate Code states, “No superior court may appoint a private professional conservator or private professional guardian, or permit any person to continue to serve as a private professional conservator or private professional guardian … unless the conservator or guardian has filed the information required by Section 2342 and 2343 with the county clerk.” As a result of the State Probate Code, the County Clerk’s office has the responsibility of keeping up-to-date the annual filing fees paid by private conservators and guardians. FINDINGS The 1997-98 Grand Jury made a recommendation that all conservators and guardians who do not have current filings be notified and given 30 days to bring their annual filings up-to-date to comply with the State Probate Code. Of the 34 listed conservators, only 19 have current filings and of 19 guardians, only nine (9) have current filings. With the passing of AB 925, effective January 1, 2000, the California Attorney General’s Office requires a current monthly listing of conservators and guardians filing within the State of California. It is the responsibility of the County Clerk’s office to send to the Attorney General the information on a monthly basis. All records and filings pertaining to conservators and guardians within the County are now on a computer program at the County Clerk’s office. Some of the conservator and guardian files are lacking required documentation such as fingerprint cards and receipts of fees paid. RECOMMENDATIONS 00-111 REQUIRE THE COUNTY CLERK’S OFFICE TO NOTIFY CONSERVATORS AND GUARDIANS, IN WRITING, AT LEAST 30 DAYS IN ADVANCE OF THE EXPIRATION DATE OF THEIR FILINGS. 00-112 REQUIRE THE COUNTY CLERK’S OFFICE TO PROVIDE THE COURTS WITH A MONTHLY LISTING OF CONSERVATORS AND GUARDIANS WHO HAVE VALID FILINGS AND FEES PAID. 00-113 REQUIRE THE COUNTY CLERK’S OFFICE TO BRING ALL DELINQUENT FILES UP-TO-DATE AND DROP FROM THE LISTING ALL THOSE CONSERVATORS AND GUARDIANS WHOSE STATUS IS NOT CURRENT. PROBATION DEPARTMENT BACKGROUND The County Probation Department is comprised of an Administrative Services Bureau, Detention Corrections Bureau, and the Community Corrections Bureau (which provides juvenile and adult court related services in the area of investigations and probation supervision). The mission statement of the department is “To protect the community through assessment, treatment and control of adult and juvenile offenders by providing a range of effective services based on legal requirements and recognized professional standards.” The Probation Department is currently staffed with 394 full-time employees in the Administrative Services and Community Corrections Bureaus, and 430 full-time employees in the Detention Corrections Bureau. There are presently seven (7) probation officers in the Pre-Trial Unit. An increase of 88 personnel was requested for Fiscal Year 1999-2000. There are over 100 part-time employees in the Probation Department. FINDINGS Currently, the emphasis for funding and for the allocation of probation officers to the number of “clients” has been strongly directed to the juvenile probationer. Most grant funding at the State or Federal level is devoted to the juvenile side of probation. As a result, the County Probation Department emphasizes the juvenile programs. The County written reporting system requires only quarterly submissions by the adult probationer. This is not consistent with the monthly reporting requirements of adjacent counties. The Adult Probation program is badly understaffed. There are over 14,000 adults in the probation program at this time. The activities of these adults are monitored by 24 field probation officers, plus seven (7) probation officers, and five (5) clerks in the General Services Unit (GSU). The GSU monitors over 13,000 adult probationers via computer tracking of the probationers’ submission of written reports. It is estimated that 80 percent of those in Adult Probation had one or more criminal convictions prior to the one for which they are currently on probation. An estimated 45 percent of those presently on adult probation will commit additional crimes before their present probation term has been completed. In the Adult Probation program there is the opportunity for educational programs that can qualify the probationer for a GED high school certificate and a junior college program that is tuition free. Both programs are intended to prepare the probationer for job placement opportunities. The County has located employment for 80 percent of those that participate in these programs. There is a direct correlation between those probationers that take advantage of these educational programs and the incidents of repeat offenses, i.e., education and jobs significantly reduce repeat offenses. Only ten percent (10%) of the total probation officers are devoted to Adult Probation supervision. The caseload is about 550 cases per probation officer, exclusive of those tracked by the GSU personnel. The Probation Department has a need for additional personnel and funding from the County for the Adult Probation programs. There is an urgent need to develop grant funds for adult probation programs at the State and Federal levels. RECOMMENDATIONS 00-114 SUBMIT AN IMMEDIATE REQUEST TO THE BOARD OF SUPERVISORS FOR THE FUNDING AND HIRING OF A MINIMUM OF 75 PROBATION OFFICERS DEDICATED TO THE ADULT PROBATION PROGRAM. 00-115 RESEARCH ALL SOURCES OF FUNDING TO DETERMINE IF GRANT FUNDS ARE AVAILABLE FOR ADULT PROBATION PROGRAMS. 00-116 UNDERTAKE AN AGGRESSIVE PROGRAM THROUGH PROFESSIONAL ORGANIZATION AFFILIATES AND POLITICAL CHANNELS, AT THE STATE AND FEDERAL LEVELS, TO DEVELOP GRANTS FOR ADULT PROBATION PROGRAMS. 00-117 ESTABLISH A MONTHLY REPORTING PROCEDURE FOR ALL ADULT PROBATIONERS TO KEEP BETTER TRACK OF THEIR ACTIVITIES. 00-118 ENCOURAGE GREATER PARTICIPATION BY PROBATIONERS TO ENROLL IN THE ADULT EDUCATIONAL PROGRAMS THAT QUALIFY THEM FOR JOBS. PUBLIC ADMINISTRATOR/ CORONER BACKGROUND The Public Administrator’s office has the responsibility to investigate and to administer estates of decedents placed under its jurisdiction. As part of this responsibility, the Public Administrator inventories the deceased’s property and locates heirs, if any. It also inventories personal and real property, checks property ownership, supervises business affairs, manages rented property, pays expenses, and collects estate income, benefits, and insurance due to the estate. FINDINGS Two deputy public administrators take initial inventory of personal property at the residence of the deceased. Two County warehouse employees take a second inventory after the personal property has been transported to the Public Administrator’s Warehouse in San Bernardino. A random check of several Public Administrator files showed that the inventory sheets written by the warehouse personnel had only one signature instead of the required two. All unclaimed personal property of a decedent is taken to the County warehouse for storage. Only about 50 percent of the total warehouse space is available for use by the Public Administrator, which is inadequate for the storage of these goods. Currently, all personal property is stacked in lots and identified by signs that are nailed to the warehouse walls. At the present time there is no computer program to help identify personal effects of the deceased. RECOMMENDATIONS 00-119 REQUIRE TWO SIGNATURES ON ALL INVENTORY SHEETS TO INSURE TOTAL ACCOUNTABILITY OF DECEDENT’S PROPERTY. 00-120 SEEK ADDITIONAL SPACE TO HOLD PERSONAL PROPERTY TO ENSURE THE SEPARATION OF EACH LOT. 00-121 DEVELOP A COMPUTER PROGRAM TO LINK PERSONAL EFFECTS BY LOT NUMBERS FOR EASIER IDENTIFICATION. PUBLIC DEFENDER / INDIGENT DEFENSE BACKGROUND The Public Defender’s office provides legal representation for persons who are charged with a criminal offense and whom the Courts have found to be financially unable to employ private counsel. The County Administrative Office established the County Indigent Defense Program as a County function independent from the Court. The program consists of a staff analyst and a fiscal clerk who is responsible for accounts payable for appointed private attorneys and their staff of investigators and experts. FINDINGS Contract and/or ad hoc attorneys are appointed for a client as the result of either a conflict of interest or an excessive caseload on the part of the Public Defender’s office. Contract attorneys are under contract to the Court and ad hoc attorneys are hired on a case-by-case basis when the case is beyond the capabilities of the Public Defender or the private attorney. In the last three years in the San Bernardino District, the average cost of a contract attorney is $950 per case and an ad hoc attorney $4,000 to $5,000 per case. The cost of a case to the Public Defender’s office is $534 per case. There are no reporting requirements to the County Administrative Office or the Board of Supervisors for expenditures incurred by the Public Defender’s office or the Indigent Defense office. The Public Defender’s central office in San Bernardino tried 38 felony and misdemeanor jury trials in 1999. The Indigent Defense Program of private attorneys tried 93 felony and misdemeanor jury trials in the San Bernardino district. In 1999 the Public Defender’s central office was assigned 3,839 felony cases, of which 938 had conflicts of interest. Conflict cases accounted for 24.43 percent of all assigned felony cases. This percentage is more than double the 11.40 percent of conflicted cases over the past five years. The Public Defender’s office and the County Indigent Defense Program have different computer programs for collecting data and cost figures. As a consequence, there is no consistent method of collecting caseload data and cost information for all providers of indigent defense in San Bernardino County. There is no one in the County to provide overall leadership in coordinating indigent defense services or in evaluating and implementing measures to control costs between the Public Defender’s office and the Indigent Defense Program. The Public Defender’s office does not have a written policy that outlines what constitutes a conflict of interest and what situations would require withdrawing from a case. The Court determines if a client is eligible for the services of a Public Defender. The Court does not require a financial background report on the client to determine the client’s ability to pay. RECOMMENDATIONS 00-122 DEVELOP A WRITTEN POLICY THAT OUTLINES THE CONFLICT OF INTEREST PROCESS AND THE SITUATIONS THAT WOULD REQUIRE WITHDRAWING FROM A CASE. 00-123 DEVELOP A COMPUTER-BASED PROGRAM FOR COMPILING DATA ON COST INFORMATION AND CASELOAD FACTS THAT ENCOMPASSES BOTH THE PUBLIC DEFENDER’S OFFICE AND THE COUNTY INDIGENT DEFENSE PROGRAM. 00-124 PROVIDE THE COURTS WITH A WRITTEN FINANCIAL BACKGROUND CHECK ON THE CLIENT’S ABILITY TO PAY PRIOR TO THEIR COURT APPEARANCE. 00-125 ESTABLISH SEMI-ANNUAL REPORTS TO THE BOARD OF SUPERVISORS THAT DOCUMENT THE PRODUCTIVITY OF THE PUBLIC DEFENDER’S OFFICE. THE REPORTS ARE TO INCLUDE TOTAL NUMBER OF CASES BROUGHT TO TRIAL (MISDEMEANOR AND FELONY), NUMBER HANDLED BY THE PUBLIC DEFENDER’S OFFICE, NUMBER HANDLED BY PRIVATE ATTORNEYS, AND THE TOTAL COST OF THESE TRIALS BY BOTH THE PUBLIC DEFENDER’S OFFICE AND THE INDIGENT DEFENSE OFFICE. 00-126 ESTABLISH A STAFF POSITION THAT HAS THE RESPONSIBILITY TO COORDINATE AND EVALUATE SERVICES AND COSTS BETWEEN THE PUBLIC DEFENDER’S OFFICE AND THE INDIGENT DEFENSE PROGRAM. SHERIFF’S DEPARTMENT BACKGROUND According to the Sheriff’s Department, their mission is “to provide prevention, protection, and public safety services with their partners, to diverse communities in the nation’s largest county. The cornerstones of their service are commitment, innovation, and pride. Their vision is to be a high performance, inclusive department with high professional standards of integrity, ethics, and behavior guided by the letter and spirit of the law, and the law enforcement code of ethics. The department will relentlessly investigate criminal acts and arrest those guilty of violating the law, while building positive relationships with those they serve.” At present, the Sheriff’s Department has contracts to provide law enforcement for 13 cities. The department has many patrol vehicles, of which a number are unmarked. The unmarked vehicles are used for investigations. The Sheriff’s Department serves half of the incorporated cities and all of the unincorporated communities in the County, resulting in a regional approach to crime fighting and public safety. FINDINGS San Bernardino County uses a competitive sealed bidding system when purchasing new vehicles for various departments. Proposals are referred to as Requests for Proposal (RFP). A committee of six County departments, including a representative of the Sheriff’s Department, evaluates competitive sealed proposals. At the public bid opening, only the vendor name is read aloud. Neither price nor other information is made public until after a notice of intent to award is given. Used vehicles are included in the department’s budget for the purchase of vehicles, which requires the Board of Supervisors’ approval. After the approval, the Sheriff’s Department determines the number, models, and types of vehicles to purchase. The department’s Automotive Supervisor, who has the final decision as to ultimate price, purchases all used vehicles at auctions. These vehicles are purchased primarily for undercover law enforcement activities. Identity may place the safety of officers in jeopardy. All used vehicles are purchased through the same agency with a fee of $400 on each unit. Dealer used auto auctions require bidders to have a current auto sales license. This license allows the holder to purchase or sell vehicles. The Automotive Supervisor has established his relationship through a dealership located in Barstow. He acts as the vendor’s agent in all transactions, in addition to being a Sheriff’s Department employee. This supervisor offers services as a “fleet” sales agent to employees of the County. As a salesman for the dealership, he has sold vehicles and received commissions from the agency. Contemporaneous employment is noted in San Bernardino County’s purchasing manual (Section 4, ) as “… an employee cannot be employed or perform services for a vendor that sells goods or services to that employee’s department. Such vendors are barred from submitting bids or proposals to that department.” RECOMMENDATIONS 00-127 AVOID ANY TRANSACTION BETWEEN A COUNTY EMPLOYEE AND A VENDOR THAT CONFLICTS WITH COUNTY POLICY OR ANY OTHER CIRCUMSTANCE CAUSING A BREACH OF CONFIDENCE IN THE ACQUISITION PROCESS. 00-128 DEVELOP DEFINED GUIDELINES FOR THE PURCHASE OF USED VEHICLES AT AUCTIONS, AVOIDING POSSIBLE IMPLICATIONS OF CONFLICT OF INTEREST. 00-129 ESTABLISH A RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN VENDORS AND THE COUNTY PURCHASING DEPARTMENT, WHICH ACTS INDEPENDENTLY OF THE SHERIFF’S DEPARTMENT PERSONNEL WHEN PURCHASING USED VEHICLES. 00-130 PROVIDE A WRITTEN CONTRACT BETWEEN THE COUNTY AND VENDOR THAT COVERS THE RESPONSIBILITIES OF PURCHASING USED VEHICLES. PUBLIC SERVICES COMMITTEE Fiscal year 1999-2000 brought several changes to the organizational structure for San Bernardino County employees. During the last year the Public Services Group was renamed Economic Development/Public Services Group and several departments were added that cover many services to the public. Departments carried over from the Public Services Group include: Agriculture/Weights and Measures Airports Community and Cultural Resources Economic and Community Development Land Use Services Library Registrar of Voters Transportation/Flood Control/GIMS/Surveyor Waste System Division As a result of reorganization, the following departments were added to the Group: County Fire Redevelopment Agency Special Districts While subcommittees were established to review limited aspects of selected departments, only the original nine departments were included in this report. AGRICULTURE/ WEIGHTS AND MEASURES DEPARTMENT WEIGHTS AND MEASURES DIVISION BACKGROUND It has been several years since any Grand Jury looked into the operations of the Agriculture/Weights and Measures Department. A subcommittee was formed to look into several areas of the department. The Agriculture group and the Weights and Measures group recently were combined, and they are in the process of merging the job classifications of both groups into one journeyman classification. The Agriculture personnel can operate within the Weights and Measures group without any problems. The Weights and Measures personnel have to be licensed, and have five levels of State test certifications. FINDINGS Fees are collected from businesses based on the number and type of measuring devices installed. Typical devices include grocery scales, gasoline pumps, taximeters, and mobile home electric, gas, and water meters. Some fees are billed on an annual basis and others are a one-time initial inspection charge. Any callbacks due to failure may or may not be billed. The Weights and Measures inspector whom the Grand Jury accompanied conducts about 1,000 inspections annually. Inspections are done on a rotating basis. The inspector relies on information from the administrative group, which tracks new applicants, to keep files updated. The inspector uses his personal home computer to develop a database of clients for the annual inspections. If the inspector is not available and someone else does an initial inspection, a client could “fall through the cracks” and not be checked again. The inspector said when inspectors drive to and from assignments they watch for openings of new gas stations and stores. If not given data on the new operation, an inspector makes a call on the facility to be sure that all permits, inspections, and approvals have been obtained. A ride-along stop was made at a gas station. This stop was the result of a complaint. The process of sealing and what happens when a seal is broken for repairs, maintenance, or tampering was explained. These require verification and have to be resealed. A pump was found to be out of tolerance. It was shut down, red tagged (sealed off and declared out of service), and the employee on duty was notified. Another dispenser from this cluster was tested and found to be within tolerance. There is a fee for re-inspection. If not notified that the infraction has been repaired within 30 days, a second visit is made and a warning is issued. If not repaired within 60 days, an order can be issued to take legal action, which could result in administrative, civil, or criminal actions. The second stop on the ride-along was a routine inspection and testing of a scale at a grocery outlet. Weights were put on the scale in various combinations. The scale was the type that calculates the dollar amount to be charged when a price per pound was entered. Variances allowed were based on weight amounts being tested; the smaller the weight, the smaller the allowable variance. Equipment exceeding tolerances is immediately taken out of service. All calculations were correct. There are two County inspectors who test grocery store scanners in the valley. Each inspector has about 700-750 clients. The inspector involved in the ride-along relies on a manual 4 x 6-card system for the data listing on his clients. Grand Jurors accompanied an inspector on a review of a large chain grocery store. At least two items were taken from each aisle. In a large store this would amount to about 40 items. The selection of items was made on a 50/50 basis – sale priced and regular priced items. Of particular interest were displays at the end of aisles and items that were labeled by hand. A device that scans Universal Product Codes (UPC) was used. It tracks descriptions and prices and produces a tape of the data, item by item, including a bar code. The tape was passed over the scanner at the checkout stand and the information was recorded on the register tape. An item-by-item comparison was made. Deviations were reviewed with the store manager and verified at the shelf. No violations were found and the manager was given a copy of the Scanner Sales Price Report. Penalties for a violation are based on the severity of the problem. Taken into account are the number of items reviewed, the number of errors, and the dollar amount as a percent of the total over and under charges of the correct total price. There are three levels of penalties: serious, moderate, and minor. It was noted during both ride-along visits that each of the inspectors had their own record-keeping system. There is yet another system, which is used by administration for billing purposes for annual fees. When the Grand Jury inquired about using one database, we were advised that there is a database, but some in the office felt that it was old and hard to maintain. Others felt comfortable with it as opposed to getting something new and having to learn a new system. RECOMMENDATIONS 00-131 CONSULT WITH THE INFORMATION SERVICES DEPARTMENT ON A DATABASE PROGRAM THAT COULD BE USED FOR AGRICULTURE/WEIGHTS AND MEASURES, ALONG WITH THE ADMINISTRATIVE PROCESS OF ANNUAL BILLINGS. MERGE AND COMPARE EXISTING FILES FOR REVIEW BY MANAGEMENT FOR APPROPRIATE STAFFING LEVELS, WORK ASSIGNMENTS, AND WORK LOCATIONS. 00-132 INITIATE A PROGRAM WITH ALL AGENCIES THAT ISSUE BUSINESS LICENSES OR FINAL PERMITS TO NOTIFY THE COUNTY AGRICULTURE/WEIGHTS AND MEASURES DEPARTMENT BEFORE FINAL PERMITS OR APPROVALS TO OPEN A NEW BUSINESS ARE GIVEN. 00-133 PROHIBIT COUNTY FILES AND DATA FROM BEING PLACED ONLY ON PERSONAL HOME COMPUTERS. PESTICIDE REGULATORY DIVISION BACKGROUND A review of reports from previous Grand Juries noted that it had been some time since the Agriculture/Weights and Measures Department had been reviewed. Since there are diverse groups within the department, reviews were made of several major areas of activities. The Pesticide Regulatory Division is responsible for pest management/eradication and pesticide enforcement, and has a pesticide formulation program that has been in existence since 1966. Regulations over environmental concerns about both animals and poisons have reduced the overall mission of this group. FINDINGS Current pesticide production includes two rodent baits and the sale of “gas bombs” to eradicate ground squirrels. Annually, 35,000 to 45,000 pounds of bait is produced based on the weather patterns. Rainfall increases rodent population, while dry weather maintains “normal” population. Last year 42,278 pounds of bait were sold. Bait is available in 2½, 5, and 25-pound bags. The smaller size bags are usually sold to homeowners. There are many warnings covering the use of bait and the types of animals to watch for because of the potential affect on endangered species. Anyone purchasing 100 pounds or more must prove they are in the agricultural business. Cost to make the bait was broken down into package size. A 50 cent ($.50) per pound fee is sent to the State for the use of the State seal on the product, and is included in the price. The fee covers testing for standard adherence to State mandated formulas. An “overhead” dollar amount calculated by the Auditor/Controller for the Pesticide Group is also included in the price. 2½ lb. bag 5 lb. bag 25 lb. bag Product Cost $1.27 $2.34 $10.19 Administration $ .80 $1.49 $ 6.43 State Surcharge $1.25 $2.50 $16.50 Total Cost $3.32 $6.33 $29.12 Sales Price $3.25 $6.25 $29.00 The Agricultural Commissioner’s office calculates the amount owed to the Franchise Tax Board. The sales price includes the tax amount. Selling amounts have been rounded off for simplicity. The Auditor/Controller has accepted this practice. Baits and gas bombs are stored in a building at the rear of the Agriculture Department at the Rialto Avenue complex in San Bernardino. The baits are controlled substances and access to the storage area is limited. Keys to the storage facility are logged out to the employees. A physical count of the inventory is made every month and is verified by using the formula and the amount of product used. The main ingredient in the pesticide bait is oat groats (whole grain without hulls). This mill product is purchased in 50-pound bags under a Request for Proposal (RFP). Due to limited availability, the same supplier has been used over the last several years. These products are usually sold to farmers and ranchers. There are no commercial products they can procure as economically. This provides a benefit to an industry within the County. Most counties no longer make these products. Due to environmental problems, other counties have planned no new facilities. In addition to sales to other counties and cities, the department has a contract with Caltrans to perform their rodent control program on the freeway corridors in Riverside and San Bernardino counties. Since the formulation of the bait is based on a State mandate, there are no commercial products available with the same formulation. Any commercial package that is similar in composition could cost 4-5 times more than prices charged by the County. Increased costs of development, research, and testing would have to be passed along to consumers. Drivers of weed control equipment along County highways are assigned to mix the product on days they cannot work on the roads. These are the people who apply the product. As a condition of employment they must have a certificate for “pesticide application.” The County does not pay for these certificates. The storage building is divided into four main areas. Three areas are accessible from a main entry. Mixing of poisons and groats is performed in the first area. Masks, gloves and other safety equipment are provided for use by the employees. A sewing machine used to seal paper sacks is in this area, along with a scale used to measure the product (calibrated by Weights and Measures). Sheets of cardboard placed over the mixer act as a curtain to capture dust and fumes to be exhausted to the outside. The other two areas are for storage. A small room contains the smaller packages of product and baits formed into blocks. The larger storage area contains the 50-pound bags of groats and 25-pound bags of bait. The area must be fumigated every other month. There are damage holes in the ceiling. Due to risks related to poisons and fumigation, Facilities Management responds to requests very quickly. When necessary, Risk Management is called upon for assistance. Neither exterior nor interior doors have warning signs regarding poisons. The fourth storage area is on the south end of the building and has a separate entrance. Gas bombs are placed in this area. Each carton has a warning label that the product is an explosive (Class 1.4). The passage door does not have any warning signs regarding poisons or explosives, and an overhead garage-type door does not fit tightly. RECOMMENDATIONS 00-134 INCREASE PRICING TO COVER ALL COSTS, INCLUDING AMOUNTS PAID TO THE STATE FRANCHISE TAX BOARD, FOR ALL ITEMS BEING SOLD BELOW COST. 00-135 INSTALL CLEAR PLASTIC SHEETING AT THE MIXING MACHINE, FOR GREATER VISIBILITY AND FOR CONTROL OVER DUST AND FUMES IN THE WORK AREA. 00-136 POST BILINGUAL SIGNS ON ALL EXTERIOR AND INTERIOR DOORS ANNOUNCING THE PRESENCE OF POISONS AND EXPLOSIVES FOR THE SAFETY OF ALL EMPLOYEES, ESPECIALLY EMERGENCY RESPONSE PERSONNEL. 00-137 ASSURE REQUIREMENTS FOR THE STORAGE OF EXPLOSIVES ARE FOLLOWED. CHINO AIRPORT WASTE MANAGEMENT BOND BACKGROUND In June 1996 San Bernardino County issued two revenue bonds (Series A for $25,390,000 and Series B for $90,000,000). The bonds were waste management bonds and the funds were to be used for completion of landfill site closures and the expansion of landfills. Security for the two issues was the Chino Airport. The 1998-99 Grand Jury noted that “Federally funded portions of the airport, such as runways, taxiways and control towers are inappropriately included in the encumbrance.” FINDINGS In July 1999 a letter was sent to the Federal Aviation Administration (FAA) requesting that it review the documents relating to the bond issues as to the County’s compliance with Federal Assurances, and requested any corrective action needed in the event the County may have failed to comply with those Assurances. The FAA responded that to remedy the compliance problem, the County must unencumber the airport. In August 1999 the County considered several alternatives to resolve the matter. Subsequently, it was concluded that the best alternative was a combination of collateral substitution for the Series A issue and a refinancing of the debt using different collateral for the Series B issue. In September 1999 approval by the Board of Supervisors resolved the matter as to the remaining $17,020,000 of Series A bonds by releasing the Chino Airport property and substituting certain County-owned property, identified as the Glen Helen Rehabilitation Center, the Glen Helen Academy, and 469 acres. All other terms remained unchanged, including the maturity in the year 2003. The only cost to the County was the policy of title insurance, estimated to be no more than $25,000. In November 1999 approval by the Board of Supervisors was given to refinance the entire $92,000,000 Series B tax-exempt, fixed-rate bond with a new taxable, variable-rate issue with the same year 2016 maturity, using the Mid-Valley Landfill as the security, and releasing the Chino Airport property. The reason given for refinancing a tax-exempt issue with a taxable issue is to meet current Internal Revenue Service requirements. Because interest rates have declined since 1996, the new taxable, variable-rate is projected to reduce the total principal and interest outlay over the life of the bond, thereby saving the County an estimated $10,000,000. In addition, the taxable issue series is approximately $92 million compared to $107 million for a tax-exempt issue and by using a taxable issue, the proceeds can now be used by Solid Waste for any project within the system. The estimated costs associated with the refinancing are shown below. None of the providers of services shown below were involved in the original bond issue, except for Seidler-Fitzgerald Public Finance, which is the County’s financial advisor. Payee Name Purpose of Obligation Est. Cost Letter of Credit Bank (HVB) Expenses $10,000 Letter of Credit Bank (HVB) Legal Expenses 35,000 Standard & Poor’s Rating Agency Fee 30,000 Moody’s Rating Agency Fee 30,000 U.S. Trust Trustee 6,000 Quint & Thimmig Disclosure Counsel Fee 25,000 Quint & Thimmig Special Counsel Fee 154,000 Seidler-Fitzgerald Public Finance Financial Advisor 95,000 Merrill Corporation POS and NOS Printing 30,000 California Municipal Statistics Overlapping Debt Statement 500 Lawyer’s Title Title Insurance 40,000 Appraiser Appraisal 32,000 Grant Thornton Verification 8,000 TOTAL $495,500 Because interest rates have declined since 1996, the County expects to save an estimated $10 million over the life of the Series B bond. Even though the costs to refinance the Series B bond are less than normal, the whole matter of improperly using airport property as bond collateral raises the question of accountability. It was reported that the original plan was to use the landfills as collateral for the bonds, but at the last minute Financial Securities Assurance didn’t want to use the landfill as collateral. At no place in the original bond issue documentation presented to the Board of Supervisors was the collateral identified by name. This allowed the collateral to be switched without the Board of Supervisors, County staff or the public being made aware of the conflict. That was when the former County Administrative Officer (CAO) decided to use the Chino Airport property. A representative from the CAO’s office was clearly informed that airport properties had Federal Assurances which restricted placing a lien on it. In fact, the Director of Airports was unaware that a lien had ever been placed on Chino Airport until mid-1999. As a matter of sound business practice, the lien on collateral should always tie to the purpose or use of the borrowed funds. There were no recorded FAA deed restrictions on the Chino Airport property. The County Counsel reviews the documents as to form; the financial advisor looks at it from a financial perspective; bond counsel is there to provide a tax opinion only; and the underwriter’s counsel is there to protect the bondholders. The policy of title insurance did not note any restrictions as a result of it being airport property. RECOMMENDATIONS 00-138 REQUIRE COUNTY COUNSEL TO HAVE GREATER ACCOUNTABILITY FOR THE TERMS, CONDITIONS, COLLATERAL AND DOCUMENTA- TION OF ANY FUTURE BOND OFFERINGS. 00-139 RECORD A DOCUMENT WHEREIN THE FEDERAL ASSURANCES, WHICH PLACE RESTRICTIONS ON EACH COUNTY AIRPORT PROPERTY, ARE ACKNOWLEDGED AS A MATTER OF PUBLIC RECORD. 00-140 REQUIRE THAT COLLATERAL PLEDGED FOR FUTURE BOND ISSUES BE DIRECTLY RELATED TO THE USES OF THOSE BORROWED FUNDS. 00-141 RESEARCH WHETHER ANY OF THE PARTIES INVOLVED IN THE INITIAL BOND ISSUE HAVE A RESPONSIBILITY UNDER THEIR PROFESSIONAL LIABILITY INSURANCE TO REIMBURSE THE COUNTY FOR THE COSTS OF REFINANCING. 00-142 IDENTIFY THE PROPERTY BEING PLEDGED AS SECURITY FOR ALL BOND ISSUES WHEN DOCUMENTATION IS SENT TO THE BOARD OF SUPERVISORS FOR THEIR APPROVAL. COMMUNITY AND CULTURAL RESOURCES DEPARTMENT GLEN HELEN BLOCKBUSTER PAVILION
Findings & Recommendations 40 findings
F1: Many roads in the area were not identified by street signs or addresses. h No firebreaks were visible in the area. h Roads in many areas lacked proper maintenance. h Some standpipes were not easily located. The area observed varied from complete devastation to properties suffering little or no damage. Most of the dwellings spared by the fire had been cleared of debris surrounding the buildings, in accordance with local abatement programs. Some roads in the area were too narrow to allow safe passage of automobiles or fire engines, endangering firefighters and causing potential loss of equipment. Some of the strike teams were comprised of city fire engines designed primarily for use on paved roads. The engines with four-wheel drive and off- road capabilities were suited for mountain terrain. Water availability was a critical issue in this fire. A review of several areas revealed that their systems are 40 years old, with many having water access from standpipes, not fire hydrants. Standpipes have to be accessed through a street valve that is located in a main line several feet into the roadway. Water is released into the standpipe when a special long-handled tool is used to open a valve below the surface of the ground. In areas where hydrants have replaced standpipes, water is turned on at the top of the hydrant with a special standard wrench used by all fire departments. The out-of-area fire departments do not routinely carry the special tool used to turn on the standpipes. Some units could not access the water and replenish their tankers or engine tanks. Fifty percent (50%) of all County fire engines have exceeded the recommended operational life. Statements were made to the Grand Jury that the optimum operating life of engines is 15 to 20 years. Some vehicles in the County have been in operation for 30 years.
F2: There is no Countywide information technology plan that addresses the County’s requirements for equipment, software, and technical personnel for the next three to five years.
F3: There is no Countywide computer training program, facility, or staff to train County personnel in basic computer systems and/or departmental software systems.
F4: There is no Countywide standardized equipment-purchasing plan to ensure the lowest price per unit costs are obtained when purchasing equipment and/or software.
F5: There is no Countywide data information access security plan. Most departments have their own computer personnel that have no direct reporting responsibility to the Information Services Department. They do participate with ISD technical personnel on a given project. Of the 40-plus County departments, there are three that are mostly independent of ISD – the Sheriff’s Department, Arrowhead Regional Medical Center and Human Services System.
F6: The suggestion form is date stamped.
F7: A letter is sent to the suggestor acknowledging receipt of the suggestion.
F8: Pertinent data is entered into a self-developed computer- tracking program by the staff support person.
F9: The suggestion is sent to the affected department for evaluation, analysis, and comment. The bylaws say the suggestion is to be evaluated within three months, but this isn’t always followed.
F10: The affected department evaluates the suggestion and, if it is recommended for approval, the Suggestion Awards Committee meets and takes an action. If not recommended for approval, action will be postponed until there are other matters for consideration. Sometimes the Suggestion Awards Committee will request that the suggestion be sent back to the department for further evaluation.
F11: Meetings of the Suggestion Awards Committee are to be held on a quarterly basis (currently calendared monthly) to determine the suggestion’s eligibility/ awards based on their evaluation, and/or to hear appeals of suggestion award decisions. The amount of awards in fiscal year 1999 totaled between $20,000 and $25,000; one of the awards was for $5,000. The bylaws state that the award for a suggestion is ten percent (10%) of the total net savings and/or revenue of County, State and/or Federal funds for the first year’s projection, with a minimum award of $100 and a maximum of $5,000. A random selection of Suggestion Award files was reviewed to observe how the program was being administered. Three files from fiscal year 1997 and three files from fiscal year 1999 were selected. The program was under different staff support during these two periods. Each of the six files demonstrated serious weaknesses in program administration. The findings can be summarized as follows:
F12: A suggestion was received on May 5, 1997. Requests for evaluations were sent to two separate departments on May 13 and responses were received on June 13 and June 19. The letter to the suggestor notifying him that the suggestion was not going to be implemented was dated August 24, 1998. This was 14 months after the departments had responded.
F13: A suggestion was received August 13, 1997. Requests for evaluations to two separate departments were sent on August 19. One evaluator returned the completed form on September 11, 1997 but the other department never completed the evaluation. No suggestion was awarded because the estimated annual tangible savings was less than $1,000 so the award would have been less than the minimum $100. There is no evidence in the file to indicate that the suggestor was ever informed of the final disposition.
F14: A suggestion was received on March 4, 1998. A request for evaluation was sent on May 29, nearly three months later. The evaluator completed the form on June 9, but the department head did not sign off until October 26, four and one-half months later. The letter from the department head to the Suggestion Awards Program staff support person stating the reasons for not recommending approval, was inappropriately sent to the suggestor directly by the department head. On February 18, 1999 the program staff support person notified the suggestor by letter that his suggestion had not been recommended and on February 17, 1999, the suggestor appealed the decision. In light of the appeal, on February 23, 1999 the staff support person requested the department head complete a reevaluation of the suggestion no later than March 23, 1999. More than 12 months had passed without a response from the department head. The program staff support person sent a follow-up request on March 1, 2000. A response from the department was received on March 22, 2000 and the suggestor was notified on April 7, 2000 that the appeal was denied.
F15: A suggestion was received on February 3, 1999. The suggestor was notified of receipt of the suggestion on February 9 and the evaluation by the department head was requested on the same date. The department head responded with a negative
F16: A suggestion was received on June 28, 1999. The suggestor was notified of receipt of the suggestion on June 28 and the evaluation by the department head was requested on the same date. Nine months later the department head still has not responded, in violation of the written procedures.
F17: A suggestion was received September 23, 1999. The suggestor was notified of receipt of the suggestion on September 27, and the evaluation by the department head was requested on the same date. Six months later the department head still has not responded, in violation of the written procedures. In addition to the above examples, it was reported that many old files lack sufficient documentation to accurately determine the final disposition. Some files dating back to 1994 have never been closed out. In the past, some requests to department heads for evaluations were never answered and any follow-up by support staff was sporadic, if at all. Currently the program receives only 50 to 60 suggestions per year, which means less than 0.5 percent of the approximate 15,000 County employees submit suggestions. The Suggestion Awards Program has sound written procedures that were last updated in March, 1994, but program management has failed to comply with these procedures. Without adequate staff support, routine tasks such as timely responses and follow up to suggestions are often left undone.
F18: A teacher position became vacant in September 1999 and was filled in March 2000. Requests to fill the position were made by telephone and through personal conversation with the area coordinator.
F19: One site was short one clerk and one teacher and in October another teacher resigned. The clerk position was filled in November and both teaching positions were filled in January. The site supervisor notified her supervisor of the vacancy three times – once by phone and twice with written memos.
F20: At another site a teaching position had been vacant since January and was not filled as of March 31, 2000. Applicants who live in outlying areas can apply for positions by mail. However, they must report to San Bernardino for testing and interview.
F21: EW Trainee - Approximate monthly salary of $1,387. Requires high school diploma or GED, plus 2 years full- time public contact employment. Following completion of an 8-week orientation/training class, the entry level Trainee advances to the next level.
F22: EW I - Approximate monthly salary of $1,726. Requires completion of a 6-month, closely supervised on-the-job training program, and requires a passing satisfactory performance evaluation before being eligible for advancement.
F23: EW II - Approximate monthly salary of $2,047 to $2,616. Requires completion of additional six month probationary period before becoming “regular status” and being eligible to apply for EW III level.
F24: EW III - Approximate monthly salary of $2,207 to $2,815. Requires bidding, applying, testing, and qualifying. Approximately 80 new Eligibility Worker Trainees are hired each quarter. Newly hired EWs cannot transfer until after completion of the 8- week orientation/training class and a one-year probationary period. After the investment of training newly hired EWs in the multiple programs criteria, eligibility, and regulations for a period of 14 months, a significant number of these employees transfer to other departments/positions within the County at a higher rate of pay. The turnover rate has been running 15 to 22 percent over the past several years. The file notes that Eligibility Workers provide to SIU Fraud Investigators are not always up-to-date at the time of field investigations. Unnecessary visitations are often made due to the inadequate or outdated information provided in the Fraud Investigators’ files. This situation was verified by ride-a- longs of Grand Jury members with Fraud Investigators. In several instances, information reported by the recipient to an Eligibility Worker was not in the file. The field investigators indicated that this situation occurs repeatedly. Development of the new Consortium IV Welfare Computer System (counties of San Bernardino, Merced, Riverside and Stanislaus) is expected to ultimately resolve the aforementioned issue. This new system will provide all- encompassing paperless records that will be viewable on-screen to all involved agencies. Field investigators, case managers, and eligibility workers would all have access to view each other’s notes up-to-the minute, eliminating the time- lag problem of written notes being in the Field Investigators’ field files. It is anticipated that the development and implementation phases of this computer system will not be completed for four years (year 2004). The SIU is currently budgeted for 49 fraud investigators and five supervisors. Of these positions, there are four investigator vacancies, two are currently on “light duty,” and the retirement of 4 or 5 is expected this year. This creates an extreme hardship in the unit because of a backlog of investigations to be completed.
F25: One employee with 1,232 hours and a direct cost of $56,114 in 1999
F26: One employee with 1,690 hours and a direct cost of $36,485 in 1998
F27: One employee with 1,946 hours and a direct cost of $22,093 in 1997 There is no consolidated reporting process by the various County departments to a central location showing the number of employees on paid administrative leave, the length of time on this leave, the reason, the cumulative cost, nor the current status. According to several appointing authorities, the trend, cost, and reasons for placing employees on paid administrative leave has not been a matter of importance to the County. Additionally, training in Standards of Conduct to emphasize the expected ethical behavior of employees has not been a priority item. The appointing authority is a term used in the Personnel Rules and the Memorandum of Understanding. An appointing authority refers to a department head. It includes any person who is designated as acting department head, employees acting for the department head during absence, and/or an employee delegated all authority to act on behalf of the appointing authority on a regular basis. The appointing authority has unlimited authority to handle all personnel actions within County guidelines, civil service rules, and state’s rights, even if the appointing authority and the employee are personal friends. The appointing authority can grant paid administrative leave without any oversight or monitoring. The length of time an employee may be on paid administrative leave also is without oversight or monitoring, as evidenced by an instance where an employee remained on paid administrative leave after pleading guilty, being sentenced by the court, and while serving a portion of the jail time. The appointing authority also decides the extent of any disciplinary action against an employee and makes the interpretation of violations of Rule X of the Personnel Rules regarding disciplinary action, subject to the employee’s appeal rights.
F28: A Capital Improvement Program Request form outlining the requirements is to be submitted to the CAO’s Administrative Analyst who acts as a “traffic director”. If the RFP process is to be waived, the need must be justified on the request form. The CAO’s Administrative Analyst logs in the request, reviews it, and sends it to the CAO Budget Analyst who handles budget matters for the requesting department.
F29: The Budget Analyst has to sign off on the request as to the need for the space, availability of funds, program needs, staffing levels, etc.
F30: Copies of the request, together with the assessment from the CAO’s office, are then to be circulated to the Board of Supervisors’ office for a 10-day comment period. Procedures do not require Real Estate Services to be officially involved and they may be unaware of a space need request.
F31: At the end of the 10-day period, the CAO’s Administrative Analyst is to review the Supervisors’ comments and either: (a) Direct the Real Estate Services Department to prepare an RFP and a Board agenda item to approve the RFP, or (b) If the RFP process is to be waived, the requesting department (perhaps in conjunction with Real Estate Services) is to prepare a Board agenda item requesting approval of the waiver of the RFP process.
F32: At this point Real Estate Services is made aware of the need for office space.
F33: If the RFP is approved by the Board, Real Estate Services is to advertise the RFP in newspapers and contact the general public, brokers and others to reasonably generate sufficient interest in leasing facilities in the County.
F34: A 5-7 person Review Committee is to be formed to review the proposals, typically with representation from the requesting department, Architecture and Engineering, Real Estate Services, the CAO’s office, the Board of Supervisors’ office, and the Supervisor’s office in whose district the building is to be located.
F35: The results of the RFP, together with Real Estate Services’
F36: When asked if the cost of repairs was known, the clients responded no.
F37: Work completed was based upon immediate needs and/or safety issues.
F38: Most clients surveyed requested additional work.
F39: One client did make note of the excessive time it took from processing the request to the actual start of the work. It should be noted that all persons contacted by the Grand Jury had praise for the employees they dealt with.
F40: RCL-14 36 There is no classification for RCL-13 There are twelve RCL-11 providers, more than 20 RCL-12 providers, and one RCL-14 provider. Only one-third of the total group home beds in San Bernardino County are filled by children from this County and children from other counties fill two- thirds. An average of 540 San Bernardino County youth, at any given time, are placed out of the County or out of the state. The approval process for new group homes can take up to two years to satisfy all requirements. After approval, a provider can open additional facilities without another application. With a sole contractor providing RCL-14 beds, there is no alternative placement for level 14 children. With additional support services, lower level homes could be upgraded to accommodate the need for additional RCL-14 beds. The State of California publishes a pamphlet containing guidelines for staff workers of group homes concerning inappropriate physical and sexual contact with clients. Group homes have used and adapted these guidelines. There is no comparable educational material directed toward the parents or guardians of clients to alert them to potential abuse or exploitation situations. Daily interactions among disturbed children in group settings frequently exacerbate their behavioral problems. In seeking alternatives to RCL-14 placements, social workers have stated that early intervention and support services to troubled families may divert some high-risk children from the need for placement, or allow them to be placed in lower level facilities. Social workers visiting some facilities have complained that they are routinely denied unannounced access to their clients. Explanation given is that unannounced visits from social workers disrupt the activities of the home. There is a computer database that is used to track the locations of children in placements. Reports are regularly generated by this system that identify the clients in a particular home. This information is easily available to the directors, deputy directors, and managers. Social workers and supervisors, who might need this information immediately, cannot as easily access it even though it falls within their area of responsibility. A crisis situation necessitated the potential alternate placement of 36 seriously disturbed juveniles. That crisis was averted, but no contingency plan was available for emergency placements of this number of clients.
Additional Recommendations 101

Not linked to specific findings.

R00-01: BUDGET ADDITIONAL FUNDS FOR THE ASSESSOR’S OFFICE TO REPLACE MONIES EXPECTED TO BE LOST BY THE EXPIRATION OF THE PROPERTY TAX ADMINISTRATION PROGRAM (PTAP).
R00-02: AGGRESSIVELY UPDATE THE ASSESSOR’S ENTIRE COMPUTER SYSTEM TO REDUCE DELAYS IN THE ASSESSMENT PROCESS.
R2: a review of all aspects of department operations, based on a variety of information sources; 3) review of survey data gathered by the Grand Jury on vehicle user department vehicle policies and practices; 4) interviews of ten County departments identified by Vehicle Services as its largest customers; 5) preparation of a draft report; 6) an exit conference with the Vehicle Services Department and reviews of selected issues with some user departments, and;
R00-03: REDUCE THE TIME IT TAKES FOR THE ASSESSMENT EVALUATION PROCESS.
R00-04: FUND AND IMPLEMENT A PLAN TO PROMPTLY AND ACCURATELY ESTABLISH THE ASSESSED VALUE OF ELECTRIC GENERATING PLANTS WITHIN THE COUNTY. COUNTY FIRE DEPARTMENT BACKGROUND The San Bernardino County Fire Department is responsible for fire protection and suppression in various County areas encompassing all unincorporated land within the County. In addition, 64 communities that have no independent fire departments contract with the County for their fire protection services. These entities are charged a fee for the services provided, which is negotiated between the city and County. The “Fire-Rescue Service Contract” shall provide for services that include fire prevention, fire investigation, fire suppression, and rescue services. The department may provide fire suppression to other areas of the County or state when there is an emergency condition. All fire departments within the County have reciprocal agreements for assistance if the fire cannot be suppressed by one entity. California law mandates the conditions that provide for the reciprocal agreement. On August 28, 1999 the County experienced a major fire which started in the San Bernardino National Forest. This fire was named the Willow Fire. At the time the fire began many of the fire-fighting resources in the area had already been committed to assist with fires in Northern California. Some of the remaining resources in Southern California were committed to numerous other fires that also occurred on the same day. FINDINGS Agencies involved in fighting the Willow Fire were the California Department of Forestry, Bureau of Land Management, San Bernardino County Fire Department, and other Southern California county and city departments. All agencies were supported by the Southern California Operations Coordination Center. Fire officials have stated their fire fighting objectives were to give priority to humans and structures first and other property second. Fire fighting resources, including aircraft, tank engines, and fire crews were used. The Grand Jury made a partial inspection of the Willow Fire area to ascertain the conditions and results of fire suppression. Observations made were: ● Many roads in the area were not identified by street signs or addresses. h No firebreaks were visible in the area. h Roads in many areas lacked proper maintenance. h Some standpipes were not easily located. The area observed varied from complete devastation to properties suffering little or no damage. Most of the dwellings spared by the fire had been cleared of debris surrounding the buildings, in accordance with local abatement programs. Some roads in the area were too narrow to allow safe passage of automobiles or fire engines, endangering firefighters and causing potential loss of equipment. Some of the strike teams were comprised of city fire engines designed primarily for use on paved roads. The engines with four-wheel drive and off- road capabilities were suited for mountain terrain. Water availability was a critical issue in this fire. A review of several areas revealed that their systems are 40 years old, with many having water access from standpipes, not fire hydrants. Standpipes have to be accessed through a street valve that is located in a main line several feet into the roadway. Water is released into the standpipe when a special long-handled tool is used to open a valve below the surface of the ground. In areas where hydrants have replaced standpipes, water is turned on at the top of the hydrant with a special standard wrench used by all fire departments. The out-of-area fire departments do not routinely carry the special tool used to turn on the standpipes. Some units could not access the water and replenish their tankers or engine tanks. Fifty percent (50%) of all County fire engines have exceeded the recommended operational life. Statements were made to the Grand Jury that the optimum operating life of engines is 15 to 20 years. Some vehicles in the County have been in operation for 30 years. RECOMMENDATIONS
R00-05: MARK OR PAINT ALL COUNTY HYDRANTS AND STANDPIPES WITH FLUORESCENT REFLECTIVE MATERIALS FOR EASIER IDENTIFICATION.
R00-06: DEVELOP A PLAN TO ASSURE ALL FIRE UNITS RESPONDING TO A FIRE HAVE ACCESS TO ALL NON-STANDARD FIRE SUPPRESSION WATER SOURCES.
R00-07: STRONGLY ENFORCE COMPLIANCE WITH THE PROPERTY ABATEMENT PROGRAMS.
R7: preparation of the final report. Based on these steps, nine findings and 36 recommendations were developed which we believe will improve user departments’ management of their vehicles, improve oversight of vehicle use by the Board of Supervisors, and improve operations of the Vehicle Services Department. Summaries of these findings and recommendations follow.
R00-08: GRADE ALL COUNTY ROADS IN HIGH FIRE-RISK AREAS PRIOR TO THE FIRE HAZARD SEASON.
R00-09: INSTALL ROAD SIGNS AT CORNERS OF COUNTY ROAD INTERSECTIONS.
R00-10: BUDGET FOR TIMELY REPLACEMENT OF FIRE ENGINES IN EXCESS OF THEIR USEFUL OPERATIONAL LIFE. INFORMATION SERVICES DEPARTMENT BACKGROUND The Information Services Department (ISD) provides computer services, local area network (LAN), wide area network (WAN), radio communication systems, and telephone systems for the 40-plus departments and the approximately 15,000 employees of the County of San Bernardino. ISD provides all or some of the following computer systems services to all or some of the County departments: support of computer hardware and software, central computer room operation and support on a 24-hour basis, “Help Desk” support, desktop support, database management, application development and maintenance, computer systems security, and a number of related services. The 1999-2000 County Budget and a departmental survey conducted by the Grand Jury indicates ISD is staffed with approximately 355 personnel. Most departments also have their own computer technical personnel. FINDINGS Not all County departments use the technical services of ISD. Most departments use LAN, WAN, and the central computer room services. Many departments may, and do, purchase software directly from the vendor. While most departments utilize Microsoft Windows as their basic operating system, numerous other software systems are installed on departmental equipment. ISD technical personnel may not be familiar with these systems and do not maintain them. There is no standardized time schedule for computer equipment upgrades or purchases. Budgetary considerations appear to be the controlling factor for such expenditures. Many departments upgrade or purchase computer equipment without input from the Information Services Department. There is a wide variety of computer hardware equipment within the County departments due to the absence of a centralized purchasing policy. Many departments purchase hardware from a selection of three or four computer manufacturers that have been recommended by the County Purchasing Department. The above findings indicate an overall lack of Countywide policy direction and technical requirement needs for computer systems utilized in County departments. Some departments use outside contractors, on long-term contracts, to maintain their computer equipment/software systems, without utilizing the Request for Proposal (RFP) process. • There is no Countywide information technology plan that addresses the County’s requirements for equipment, software, and technical personnel for the next three to five years. • There is no Countywide computer training program, facility, or staff to train County personnel in basic computer systems and/or departmental software systems. • There is no Countywide standardized equipment-purchasing plan to ensure the lowest price per unit costs are obtained when purchasing equipment and/or software. • There is no Countywide data information access security plan. Most departments have their own computer personnel that have no direct reporting responsibility to the Information Services Department. They do participate with ISD technical personnel on a given project. Of the 40-plus County departments, there are three that are mostly independent of ISD – the Sheriff’s Department, Arrowhead Regional Medical Center and Human Services System. RECOMMENDATIONS
R00-11: ESTABLISH AN INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY POLICY BOARD, COMPOSED OF SENIOR COUNTY MANAGERS AND ONE REPRESENTATIVE FROM THE BOARD OF SUPERVISORS TO DEVELOP STANDARDS APPLICABLE TO ALL DEPARTMENTS, FOR THE CURRENT AND FUTURE USE OF THE COUNTY GOVERNMENT.
R00-12: ESTABLISH A TECHNICAL POLICY COMMITTEE COMPOSED OF SENIOR TECHNICAL MEMBERS FROM THE MAJOR DEPARTMENTS AND THE INFORMATION SERVICES DEPARTMENT. THIS COMMITTEE WILL DETERMINE AND RECOMMEND TO THE TECHNOLOGY POLICY BOARD, THE REQUIREMENTS REGARDING HARDWARE AND SOFTWARE ACQUISITIONS, SYSTEMS DEVELOPMENT NEEDS, AND MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTS AND OTHER RELATED MATTERS.
R00-13: DEVELOP A THREE TO FIVE YEAR INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY PLAN FOR EQUIPMENT, SOFTWARE AND PERSONNEL REQUIREMENTS TO BE USED BY THE COUNTY GOVERNMENT.
R00-14: ESTABLISH A PROCUREMENT POLICY FOR THE ACQUISITION OF COMPUTER EQUIPMENT HARDWARE AND SOFTWARE TO ENABLE THE COUNTY’S BUYING POWER TO EFFECT COST REDUCTIONS.
R00-15: ESTABLISH A REQUEST FOR PROPOSAL (RFP) PROCESS FOR THE USE OF OUTSIDE VENDORS THAT PROVIDE COMPUTER SYSTEMS DEVELOPMENT OR MAINTENANCE.
R00-16: DEVELOP AND IMPLEMENT A COUNTYWIDE DATA INFORMATION ACCESS SECURITY PLAN.
R00-17: ESTABLISH A COUNTYWIDE TRAINING PROGRAM FOR BASIC SOFTWARE AND DEPARTMENT-SPECIFIC SOFTWARE PROGRAMS.
R00-18: ESTABLISH A WORKING RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN THE INFORMATION SERVICES DEPARTMENT AND EACH DEPARTMENT’S TECHNICAL PERSONNEL TO PROVIDE ISD WITH THE KNOWLEDGE OF DEPARTMENT-SPECIFIC PROGRAMS.
R00-19: INCORPORATE ALL DEPARTMENTS INTO THE SCOPE OF THE POLICY BOARD AND TECHNICAL COMMITTEE RECOMMENDATIONS, REGARDLESS OF FUNDING SOURCE OR SPECIALIZED NATURE OF THEIR OPERATIONS (I.E., SHERIFF’S DEPARTMENT, ARROWHEAD REGIONAL MEDICAL CENTER, AND THE HUMAN SERVICES SYSTEM). INLAND VALLEY DEVELOPMENT AGENCY SAN BERNARDINO INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT AUTHORITY BACKGROUND The Inland Valley Development Agency (IVDA) was created in 1989 and the San Bernardino International Airport Authority (SBIAA) was created in 1992 in anticipation of the closing of Norton Air Force Base. SBIAA is a joint powers authority and is made up of San Bernardino County and the cities of San Bernardino, Colton, Highland, and Loma Linda. Each agency gets one vote on the governing board, with the exception of the City of San Bernardino, which gets two votes. SBIAA was established to operate, maintain, and develop the economic use of the airport. SBIAA operates the airport under the jurisdiction of the Federal Aviation Administration. Seventy-five percent (75%) of the former base is part of the current airport. The boundaries under the SBIAA include the airport facility itself and some adjacent base property. Under the terms of the agreement with the Air Force, the airport itself can only be used as an airport. Only the United States Department of Justice can modify this original agreement. IVDA is also a joint powers authority and is made up of the above agencies, with the exception of Highland. Each agency gets two votes on the governing board, with the exception of the City of San Bernardino, which gets three votes. The IVDA was established to develop and redevelop the closed Norton Air Force Base, and to create jobs and an economic base for the community. This agency has a specific life of 40 years. The IVDA has jurisdiction over all the land that is not part of SBIAA. The boundaries of the IVDA extend three miles from the perimeter of Norton Air Force Base and include approximately 14,000 acres of land in the member agencies. FINDINGS Many of the IVDA structures are unusable and roads are obsolete, and they do not meet state or local codes. Portions of the property have been transferred to the San Manuel Indians, some to San Bernardino Valley College, the City of San Bernardino, and Loma Linda University Medical Center. The chapel building was given to a local church that provides services to the homeless. All of these were public benefit transfers. The U.S. Forest Service has a fire-fighting base on the airport property and pays landing fees comparable to surrounding areas. Since the inception of IVDA and SBIAA, the two agencies have been having financial problems and have had to request that their participating members advance them monies to meet their operating costs, including payroll. There has been little increase in the value of the IVDA properties, resulting in little increase in the tax increment. There has been no new building, and the old buildings continue to decay. Prior years of financial performance have indicated SBIAA’s inability to obtain sufficient operating revenues to cover its operating expenses. Funding has been limited to lease revenues, Federal grants, and loans from the IVDA/Authority members. As of June 30, 1999 the accumulated deficit was $9,935,437. The Authority plans to recoup this deficit by projected increased income from the rents and leases of buildings, and aircraft-related fees. Of the total expenses of $1,731,008 for the year ending June 30, 1999, a major provision for bad debts of $382,723 was taken. This amount was the result of accrued unpaid rent due from a previous tenant. Estimated projections provided by the Authority indicated substantial increases in revenues and decreases in operating expenses as noted below: Actual Projected Projected FY 98-99 FY 99-00 FY 00-01 Total Revenues $1,913,359 $2,526,400 $3,081,196 Total Expenses 3,007,072 2,443,354 2,032,622 Net Deficit/Income ($1,093,713) $83,046 $1,048,574 The primary increases in revenues between FY 1998-1999 and 1999-2000 are in two areas: leases of hangars and leases of warehouse/offices. Lease income has primarily come from one major tenant at a time. Loss of that tenant precipitated major financial difficulties. The second time this happened it resulted in member cities and the County being assessed to cover the shortfalls. As of the end of FY 1998-1999, approximately 40 percent of the operational income is from one tenant. If the premises were vacated, it would again put the operational budget in a negative position. In the past, there has been no in-depth financial investigations done of applying lessees to insure long-term stability of the applicants. There is presently no marketing director involved in promoting IVDA and SBIAA resources on a full-time basis. There has been no organized active marketing program in place since the inception of the agencies. Marketing efforts have been hampered by the lack of a unified focus between the governing boards of the two agencies. There is no long-range overall marketing strategy. Through March 31, 2000 a small business incubator program has reported expenses of $144,353 and revenue of $62,982. This resulted in a loss of $81,371, which is absorbed by IVDA. No comprehensive analysis of this program has ever been done to determine if it is cost-effective. There is adequate space for expanded storage, manufacturing, or commercial activities. There are no commercial airline carriers currently using the airport facilities. Although there has been interest in passenger and/or cargo service that could increase the income for the facility, there have been no objective studies done that would support this activity. Inland Valley Development Agency Tax Allocation Bonds (issue of 1997 for $44,485,000) were issued to enable the IVDA to refund their Redevelopment Tax Allocation Notes (Issue of 1993) and its $15,000,000 School Districts Tax Allocation Notes (Issue of 1993). The Redevelopment Notes and the School District Notes were used to finance a portion of its costs of the redevelopment within the Project Area. The bonds have the following redemption dates: (March 1) (March 1) Year Amount Year Amount 2002 980,000 2015 1,665,000 2003 l,020,000 2016 1,735,000 2004 1,060,000 2017 1,805,000 2005 1,105,000 2018 1,885,000 2006 1,150,000 2019 1,965,000 2007 1,195,000 2020 2,045,000 2008 1,250,000 2021 2,135,000 2009 1,300,000 2022 2,225,000 2010 1,355,000 2023 2,315,000 2011 1,415,000 2024 2,410,000 2012 1,470,000 2025 2,515,000 2013 1,535,000 2026 2,620,000 2014 1,600,000 2027 2,730,000 The above figures are principal only and do not reflect interest on the bonds. IVDA made a series of loans totaling $6.2 million (including unpaid accrued interest) to SBIAA to fund the operations of the SBIAA and to meet certain matching fund requirements. The ultimate collectibility of the loans to the SBIAA is dependent upon the ability of the SBIAA to generate income from its leasing and other operations of the airport. During 1997-98, SBIAA reported expenditures in excess of income and no funds were available to meet debt service payments on these notes. A reasonable uncertainty existed at the balance sheet date of June 30, 1998 as to the ability of SBIAA to generate adequate income to amortize these notes. The two agencies employ the services of a lobbyist in Washington, D.C. at a cost of $79,000 a year. Because of the final transition of the properties from the Air Force to the two agencies, most Air Force involvement in the airport, other than FAA, has been phased out. RECOMMENDATIONS
R00-20: ANALYZE PAST FINANCIAL PLANS TO IDENTIFY ACTIVITIES THAT WERE NOT SUCCESSFUL. ESTABLISH A LONG-RANGE REALISTIC FINANCIAL AND OPERATIONAL PLAN, CONSISTENT WITH THE AVAILABILITY OF CAPITAL.
R00-21: ANALYZE PAST PERFORMANCE OF THE INCUBATOR PROGRAM TO DETERMINE IF IT MEETS THE ORIGINAL CONCEPT. REVIEW THEIR LONG-RANGE PLANS TO MAXIMIZE ECONOMIC POTENTIAL FOR THE INLAND VALLEY DEVELOPMENT AGENCY.
R00-22: ESTABLISH AN AGGRESSIVE MARKETING PLAN, WHICH INCLUDES HIRING A QUALIFIED MARKETING DIRECTOR OR CONTRACTING WITH A PROFESSIONAL MARKETING FIRM. THIS POSITION WOULD BE RESPONSIBLE FOR MARKETING BOTH INLAND VALLEY DEVELOPMENT AGENCY AND SAN BERNARDINO INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT AUTHORITY PROPERTIES.
R00-23: ACTIVELY SOLICIT THE TENANCY OF MORE ESTABLISHED SMALL AND MEDIUM BUSINESSES TO BETTER UTILIZE UNOCCUPIED SPACE THAT WOULD ENSURE A MORE DEPENDABLE CASH FLOW, MINIMIZING RELIANCE ON A SINGLE TENANT.
R00-24: DEVELOP A DEFINED PROGRAM TO ANALYZE ANY POTENTIAL LESSEES AS TO THEIR ECONOMIC ABILITY TO PERFORM LONG- TERM UNDER THE LEASE TERMS.
R00-25: DEVELOP AN OBJECTIVE PLAN TO ESTABLISH FREIGHT AND/OR PASSENGER SERVICE AT THE SAN BERNARDINO INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT.
R00-26: DEVELOP A PLAN TO SET ASIDE ADEQUATE FUNDING TO RETIRE THE BOND INDEBTEDNESS.
R00-27: ELIMINATE THE POSITION OF LOBBYIST FOR THE INLAND VALLEY DEVELOPMENT AGENCY (IVDA) AND THE SAN BERNARDINO INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT AUTHORITY (SBIAA) IN WASHINGTON, D.C. SUGGESTION AWARDS PROGRAM BACKGROUND The investigation of the County’s Suggestion Awards Program was prompted by a former employee who complained that he had not received proper treatment for suggestions he had submitted. The current program responsibility and staff support for the Suggestion Awards Program is part of the Human Resources Department. The stated purpose of the program is that it “encourages employee participation in improving the efficiency and effectiveness of County operations. It is intended to motivate employees toward problem identification, and to stimulate creativity in problem solution. The program demonstrates, through employer recognition and reward, the high value County management places on constructive ideas.” The bylaws for the Suggestion Awards Program were first adopted on September 2, 1958. There are written roles and responsibilities that describe the duties of administrators and department heads, committee members, and staff support. The eleven (11) person Suggestion Awards Committee consists of representatives from the Board of Supervisors, County Administrative Office, and many of the major departments. There are also written descriptions for the Terms and Conditions of Awards, Eligibility of Suggestions and Suggestors, and Resubmission and Appeals. FINDINGS The Suggestion Awards Program has been assigned to an employee who handles the program in addition to his regular assignment. When a suggestion is received, the current procedure is as follows: • The suggestion form is date stamped. • A letter is sent to the suggestor acknowledging receipt of the suggestion. • Pertinent data is entered into a self-developed computer- tracking program by the staff support person. • The suggestion is sent to the affected department for evaluation, analysis, and comment. The bylaws say the suggestion is to be evaluated within three months, but this isn’t always followed. • The affected department evaluates the suggestion and, if it is recommended for approval, the Suggestion Awards Committee meets and takes an action. If not recommended for approval, action will be postponed until there are other matters for consideration. Sometimes the Suggestion Awards Committee will request that the suggestion be sent back to the department for further evaluation. • Meetings of the Suggestion Awards Committee are to be held on a quarterly basis (currently calendared monthly) to determine the suggestion’s eligibility/ awards based on their evaluation, and/or to hear appeals of suggestion award decisions. The amount of awards in fiscal year 1999 totaled between $20,000 and $25,000; one of the awards was for $5,000. The bylaws state that the award for a suggestion is ten percent (10%) of the total net savings and/or revenue of County, State and/or Federal funds for the first year’s projection, with a minimum award of $100 and a maximum of $5,000. A random selection of Suggestion Award files was reviewed to observe how the program was being administered. Three files from fiscal year 1997 and three files from fiscal year 1999 were selected. The program was under different staff support during these two periods. Each of the six files demonstrated serious weaknesses in program administration. The findings can be summarized as follows: • A suggestion was received on May 5, 1997. Requests for evaluations were sent to two separate departments on May 13 and responses were received on June 13 and June 19. The letter to the suggestor notifying him that the suggestion was not going to be implemented was dated August 24, 1998. This was 14 months after the departments had responded. • A suggestion was received August 13, 1997. Requests for evaluations to two separate departments were sent on August 19. One evaluator returned the completed form on September 11, 1997 but the other department never completed the evaluation. No suggestion was awarded because the estimated annual tangible savings was less than $1,000 so the award would have been less than the minimum $100. There is no evidence in the file to indicate that the suggestor was ever informed of the final disposition. • A suggestion was received on March 4, 1998. A request for evaluation was sent on May 29, nearly three months later. The evaluator completed the form on June 9, but the department head did not sign off until October 26, four and one-half months later. The letter from the department head to the Suggestion Awards Program staff support person stating the reasons for not recommending approval, was inappropriately sent to the suggestor directly by the department head. On February 18, 1999 the program staff support person notified the suggestor by letter that his suggestion had not been recommended and on February 17, 1999, the suggestor appealed the decision. In light of the appeal, on February 23, 1999 the staff support person requested the department head complete a reevaluation of the suggestion no later than March 23, 1999. More than 12 months had passed without a response from the department head. The program staff support person sent a follow-up request on March 1, 2000. A response from the department was received on March 22, 2000 and the suggestor was notified on April 7, 2000 that the appeal was denied. • A suggestion was received on February 3, 1999. The suggestor was notified of receipt of the suggestion on February 9 and the evaluation by the department head was requested on the same date. The department head responded with a negative recommendation on April 6, 1999 but the suggestor was not notified of the rejection until February 24, 2000. No explanation was evident in the file for the ten-month delay. • A suggestion was received on June 28, 1999. The suggestor was notified of receipt of the suggestion on June 28 and the evaluation by the department head was requested on the same date. Nine months later the department head still has not responded, in violation of the written procedures. • A suggestion was received September 23, 1999. The suggestor was notified of receipt of the suggestion on September 27, and the evaluation by the department head was requested on the same date. Six months later the department head still has not responded, in violation of the written procedures. In addition to the above examples, it was reported that many old files lack sufficient documentation to accurately determine the final disposition. Some files dating back to 1994 have never been closed out. In the past, some requests to department heads for evaluations were never answered and any follow-up by support staff was sporadic, if at all. Currently the program receives only 50 to 60 suggestions per year, which means less than 0.5 percent of the approximate 15,000 County employees submit suggestions. The Suggestion Awards Program has sound written procedures that were last updated in March, 1994, but program management has failed to comply with these procedures. Without adequate staff support, routine tasks such as timely responses and follow up to suggestions are often left undone. RECOMMENDATIONS
R00-28: COMMIT ADEQUATE MANPOWER, FUNDING, ENCOURAGE- MENT, AND OVERSIGHT TO THE SUGGESTION AWARDS PROGRAM SO THAT IT IS MANAGED IN THE MANNER INTENDED.
R00-29: PLACE RENEWED PROGRAM EMPHASIS ON ALL DEPARTMENT HEADS SO THAT THEY ENCOURAGE PARTICIPATION AND ENDORSE AND SUPPORT THE PROGRAM THROUGH TIMELY RESPONSES TO REQUESTS FOR EVALUATION OF ANY SUGGESTION SUBMITTED.
R00-30: REVAMP THE SUGGESTION AWARDS COMMITTEE WITH NEW, FRESH FACES THAT WILL BE UNHINDERED BY PAST HABITS AND PRACTICES, AND ESTABLISH A MAXIMUM NUMBER OF TWO-YEAR TERMS THAT A PERSON CAN SERVE.
R00-31: PROVIDE SUFFICIENT MANPOWER FOR THE STAFF SUPPORT SO THAT SUGGESTORS RECEIVE A TIMELY RESPONSE TO THEIR SUGGESTIONS.
R00-32: ENCOURAGE EXPANDED EMPLOYEE PARTICIPATION THROUGH A NEW COUNTYWIDE PUBLICITY EFFORT, PROFESSIONAL ADMINISTRATION BY ALL PARTIES TO THE PROGRAM, TIMELY DECISIONS BASED ON THE MERITS OF THE SUGGESTIONS, AND A MORE LIBERAL INTER- PRETATION OF THE TANGIBLE SAVINGS TO BE GAINED. TREASURER-TAX COLLECTOR BACKGROUND The Treasurer-Tax Collector is an elected position that heads up a department consisting of three divisions. The Treasurer-Tax Collector functions are: • Tax Collection Division is responsible for the collection and accounting of taxes for all taxing entities of the County. The division collects secured taxes, unsecured taxes, transient occupancy taxes, and racehorse taxes, and also conducts tax sales and processes senior citizen applications for postponement of real estate taxes. • The Treasurer Division provides banking services, including payment of all warrants and depositing of receipts for all County departments, school districts, and special districts. The division also invests these agencies funds, which total more than $1.5 billion. Other functions of the division are to provide cash management for County funds and issuance of temporary borrowing, when necessary. • The Central Collections Division provides Countywide collection service, which reduces bad debts to the County and thereby increases revenue. Central Collections handles court ordered fines, fees, victim restitution, Public Defender fees and juvenile maintenance, some County hospital debts and various debts for other County departments. Beginning in 2000, Central Collections will also handle the Court collections, including traffic fines. FINDINGS The Tax Collection Division is the most visible part of the Treasurer-Tax Collector function because it has a financial impact on each County citizen who owns property. About 774,000 secured and unsecured tax bills are sent out annually, with tax collections of about $989 million. The tax bill asks that checks for payment be made out to Dick Larsen, Treasurer-Tax Collector. There is no regulatory reason to include the name of the Treasurer-Tax Collector. The public may infer that a check made payable to an individual is less secure than a check made payable to the Treasurer-Tax Collector. A sophisticated remittance processing system capable of processing 32,000 transactions per hour handles the processing of tax collections. This system enables payments to be processed the same day, “images” the check received and the billing statement, compares the amount received to the amount owed, credits payment to the proper taxpayer, and deposits the funds in the County bank account. The system also records the correct allocation of the funds received to any of the numerous separate taxing agencies. A June 30, 1999 Report of Delinquencies by County for Fiscal Year 1998- 1999 Tax Collections shows San Bernardino County has a 5.0% delinquency rate ($45.4 million) on its secured tax collections. Only six other counties in California have a higher delinquency rate: Sierra at 7.5%, Yuba at 7.2%, Calaveras at 6.4%, Lake at 6.3%, Mariposa at 5.2% and Modoc at 5.1%. The median for all counties is 3.1%. The state of the economy affects the rate of delinquency. Also, many of the parcels in San Bernardino County with delinquent taxes are small mountain or desert pieces of land and/or small parcels in rough terrain, as well as parcels within special districts with water or sewer bonded indebtedness. The same report shows San Bernardino County has a 7.7% delinquency rate ($5.1 million) on its unsecured tax collections. Only four other counties have a higher rate: Sierra at 16.7%, Los Angeles at 13.7%, Mariposa at 10.0% and El Dorado at 9.5%. The median for all counties is 4.0%. San Bernardino has set an overall delinquency goal for the future of 4.0% or less. If taxes are not paid on a timely basis, penalties are imposed as follows: If paid after Dec. If paid after Apr. If paid after June 30 Dec. 10 10% of the tax owed 10% of the tax owed 10% of the tax owed Installment $10.00 fee $10.00 fee 1.5% per month of tax owed $15.00 redemption fee April 10 n/a 10% of the tax owed 10% of the tax owed Installment $10.00 fee $10.00 fee 1.5% per month of tax owed $15.00 redemption fee The first notice of delinquent unpaid taxes for both December 10 and April 10 installments is not mailed until May. Once the December 10 installment is missed there is no incentive to paying the past due taxes until June 30 (except for the additional $10 fee after April 10). After a property tax has been delinquent for five years, the property is listed for tax sale sometime within the following two years. Tax sales are held once a year. There were about 8,500 parcels for tax sale in March 2000. In 1999 there were 4,500 parcels eligible, but only 3,500 were ready for sale and only 442 were sold. Currently, when taxes are delinquent on a parcel, the procedure is to print on the tax bill the message “There are unpaid taxes on this parcel.” As this statement is inconspicuous, it is easy to miss. Presently the Tax Collector does not accept partial payments of taxes. A change in the policy to accept partial payments requires approval by the Board of Supervisors. This request for approval will be submitted when the computer and accounting system is set up to handle partial payments. In July 1999 a $348,000 embezzlement by an employee was uncovered in the tax sale function. An outside audit firm was immediately brought in to conduct an audit and to review all department policies and procedures. Numerous operational recommendations were made, including a recommendation to create an ethics policy and require each employee to understand and sign such a document as a condition of employment. The County Sheriff is expected to turn the embezzlement matter over to the U.S. Attorney for prosecution. Another outside audit is finishing its work to develop and recommend revised department policies and procedures. The County Auditor/Controller is required to conduct an audit of the Treasurer’s function once a year. A complete audit has not been done for 6-8 years, except for periodic surprise cash audits. An annual audit by the Auditor, or by staffing an internal audit function within the department, would likely have picked up or prevented the recent embezzlement in the Tax Collector function. The cash management and investment function maintains an investment pool of about $1.5 billion for the County, school districts, Board-governed districts, special districts and other members of the pool. The portfolio obtained the highest rating available from Standard and Poors, Moody’s, and Fitch Investor Service. There is monthly monitoring by these agencies to insure continuation of the AAA rating. The County utilizes various advisory services to assist with investment decisions. By law the County is restricted to investments with less than five years maturity. Allowable investments include U.S. Treasury notes, U.S. agency bonds, high quality commercial borrowing, Certificates of Deposit, and Repurchase Agreements. Central Collections was established in fiscal year 1996-97 following the merger of the Division of Collections, San Bernardino County Medical Center, and Probation Accounting. Central Collections collects all past due accounts with the exception of past due property taxes and District Attorney’s child support collections. It functions in the same manner as a collection agency in the private sector, except it has broader investigative powers. In fiscal year 1998-99 a total of $18.6 million was collected. Reports show that a substantial amount of debt to the County is charged off for a variety of reasons, including weaknesses in the billing process. Central Collections uses a commercially developed computer program called Columbia Ultimate Business System (CUBS) to manage and process collection information. An automated call system is used by the collection officers to increase the number of calls made. Management can adjust the parameters to concentrate calls to a selected group of payees. A Computerized Automatic Dialing (CAD) system is also used to monitor all calls being made and to evaluate the productivity of the collection officers. The State Controller’s office audited Central Collections in January 1998 for the period July 1, 1993 through June 30, 1996 to determine if remittances to the State were accurate and timely. The audit has not yet been finalized. RECOMMENDATIONS
R00-33: MAIL A NOTIFICATION OF TAX DELINQUENCY WITHIN 30 DAYS OF MISSING THE DECEMBER 10 INSTALLMENT, IN ADDITION TO MAILING THE NOTIFICATION OF TAX DELINQUENCY IN MAY.
R00-34: REDUCE THE APPROXIMATELY $50 MILLION IN DELINQUENT TAXES BY DEVELOPING MORE AGGRESSIVE COLLECTION AND TAX SALE PRACTICES.
R00-35: ENLARGE, COLOR, MAKE BOLD AND PROMINENTLY DISPLAY THE NOTICE “THERE ARE PRIOR YEAR TAXES DUE” ON ANY TAX BILL WHERE THERE IS A DELINQUENT TAX OWING.
R00-36: CONTINUE WITH THE REQUIRED COMPUTER PROGRAM DEVELOPMENT AND BOARD OF SUPERVISORS’ APPROVAL THAT WOULD PERMIT THE COUNTY TO ACCEPT PARTIAL PAYMENTS FOR TAXES DUE.
R00-37: IMPLEMENT THE CODE OF ETHICS AS RECOMMENDED IN THE 1999 OUTSIDE AUDIT CONDUCTED AS A RESULT OF THE EMBEZZLEMENT OF FUNDS.
R00-38: DEVELOP AND IMPLEMENT A NEW SET OF DEPARTMENT POLICIES AND PROCEDURES TO INSURE A SYSTEM OF INTERNAL CONTROLS ARE IN PLACE TO ACHIEVE CONSISTENT AND PROFESSIONAL PERFORMANCE OF THE DEPARTMENT RESPONSIBILITIES.
R00-39: REQUIRE THE COUNTY AUDITOR/CONTROLLER, OR AN OUTSIDE AUDIT FIRM, TO CONDUCT A FULL-SCALE PERFORMANCE AND FISCAL AUDIT OF THE ENTIRE TREASURER-TAX COLLECTOR DEPARTMENT ONCE A YEAR, AS A ROUTINE BUSINESS PRACTICE.
R00-40: CHANGE THE PRACTICE OF HAVING TAX PAYMENT CHECKS MADE PAYABLE TO “DICK LARSEN, TREASURER-TAX COLLECTOR”, AND HAVE THEM MADE PAYABLE TO “TREASURER-TAX COLLECTOR”.
R00-41: DEVELOP A MORE DETAILED AND SOPHISTICATED REPORTING SYSTEM, USING DOLLAR CRITERIA TO JUSTIFY THE DECISION, TO BE USED WHENEVER MAJOR DEBTS OWING THE COUNTY ARE TO BE CHARGED OFF.
R00-42: ESTABLISH A FOLLOW-UP SYSTEM TO ASSURE THAT ANY AUDIT REPORT FROM THE STATE CONTROLLER’S OFFICE BE RECEIVED IN A TIMELY MANNER SO THAT PREVENTATIVE OR CORRECTIVE ACTION CAN BE TAKEN. UNCLAIMED PROPERTY TAX REFUND PROGRAM BACKGROUND The collection of taxes in San Bernardino County involves a three-step process: • County Assessor is responsible for creating the Assessment Roll. • County Auditor/Controller-Recorder is responsible for assigning all of the tax rates for the numerous taxing agencies, and thereby creates the Tax Roll. • County Treasurer-Tax Collector sends out all of the tax bills and receives the tax payments. As funds are received, the Auditor/Controller distributes the funds to the various taxing agencies. The County Assessor is responsible for the assessment of all taxable property within the County, except State-assessed property. It is largely the changes made to the assessed value and the Assessment Roll that creates the Unclaimed Property Tax Refund Program. FINDINGS When the Assessor changes the assessed value on a property, a notice is sent to the taxpayer. This notification is a standard form that shows either a positive or negative number. If the value is a negative number, the taxpayer is entitled to a tax refund. In small print on the reverse side of the form it states “If the supplemental assessment results in a negative amount, the auditor shall make a refund of a portion of taxes paid on assessments made on the current roll or the roll being prepared or both”. This statement does not call attention to the full significance of a tax refund. The Assessor also sends a Roll Correction to the manager of the Property Tax Division in the Auditor’s office, where a calculation is made as to the amount of tax refund that is potentially owed by the County. The Property Tax Division sends out a form to the property owner if the refund is less than $1,000 (if the amount of the refund is less than $10 there is no notification form sent). If the amount of refund is $1,000 or more, the Property Tax Division researches who actually paid the tax, i.e., bank through an escrow account, etc., and then the form is mailed to the party who actually made the payment. Only one notification of a tax refund due is normally sent to the taxpayer. The notice is a simple one-page form that identifies the parcel number, tax year, amount and address of the property. It states the reason for the refund and the person named is to sign the form and return it to the Property Tax Division. Frequently the form is returned due to addressee unknown. In that case research is done through the Assessor’s system, to re- mail to a better address. In many cases the form is just not returned by the taxpayer. Sometimes a form will be received several years after it was mailed – presumably it was laid aside and finally found by someone who signed it and sent it back to the Property Tax Division. The following chart shows amounts in the Unclaimed Tax Refund Program. All Unclaimed Refunds Unclaimed Refunds Over $1,000 As of February 24, 2000 As of March 8, 2000 1984 $29,376 $ 1,403 1985 40,939 7,051 1990 256 0 1991 1,251 0 1992 338,825 141,582 1993 637,020 355,692 1994 1,679,995 1,274,231 1995 1,379,226 789,226 1996 1,451,963 821,286 1997 1,865,983 997,753 1998 2,199,447 982,668 1999 2,307,384 968,567 2000 1,850,534 1,380,996 TOTAL $13,782,198 $7,720,456 The vast majority of refunds are for relatively small dollar amounts. In total, there are approximately 29,000 unclaimed tax refunds, of which about 1,500 are for amounts of $1,000 or more. Some of these represent large dollar amounts owed to businesses. In the $1,000 or larger category, unclaimed tax refunds to a person or business ranged from $1,000 to as high as $350,000. Many banks and savings and loans in Southern California are on the list, as well as numerous real estate developers and major businesses. Some city, County, and Federal government agencies are also listed, including departments of San Bernardino County. A study made of the 1998-1999 fiscal year showed that the Property Tax Division sent out about 46,700 form notices that year. Thirty-two thousand four hundred (32,400) forms were signed and returned and refunds were sent; 5,000 were returned as the addressees were unknown; and 8,300 had not responded at the time of the study. The reasons taxpayers do not respond are varied: people sell property; people move to a different address or out of state; people don’t understand the workings of the tax process; large commercial businesses give the form to an employee who doesn’t understand it so it is not returned; businesses hire another firm to handle business matters, so the form gets lost in the shuffle; and some just think it is too much trouble to research it. The State Revenue and Taxation Code provides that if a refund is not claimed by the taxpayer within four years, it may be claimed for the County General Fund on order of the Board of Supervisors. The last Board approved transfer to the General Fund was about $1,200,000 in June 1998 for fiscal years 1984-85 to 1991-92. Through 1995 there is now about $4,100,000 eligible for transfer, if the request is made to the Board of Supervisors. The same notification is given to each taxpayer because the County makes every effort to treat all taxpayers equally. The fact that so many taxpayers (including many major businesses) fail to sign the form and return it indicates the present system is not effective. The current process may comply with the Revenue and Taxation Code, but the transfer into the General Fund of such a large dollar amount of unclaimed tax refunds would demonstrate a lack of conscientious pursuit to reach the taxpayer due the refund. RECOMMENDATIONS
R00-43: INCLUDE A SEPARATE SHEET WHEN THE ASSESSOR MAILS THE NOTICE OF REDUCTION IN ASSESSED VALUE THAT CLEARLY AND SIMPLY STATES IN LARGE, “EYE-CATCHING” PRINT ”THIS IS A REDUCTION IN ASSESSED VALUE AND YOU MAY BE ELIGIBLE FOR A REFUND OF TAXES PAID. THE TAXPAYER WILL RECEIVE A FORM IN THE NEAR FUTURE FROM THE COUNTY PROPERTY TAX DIVISION”.
R00-44: INCLUDE A SEPARATE SHEET WHEN THE PROPERTY TAX DIVISION MAILS THE CLAIM FOR REFUND FORM, THAT CLEARLY AND SIMPLY STATES IN LARGE, “EYE-CATCHING” PRINT “THIS IS A FORM TO FILE FOR A REFUND OF TAXES ALREADY PAID. NO REFUND WILL BE PAID UNTIL THIS FORM IS COMPLETED, SIGNED, AND RETURNED TO THE PROPERTY TAX DIVISION”.
R00-45: ADD WORDING TO THE TAX BILL THAT IS MAILED ANNUALLY BY THE TREASURER-TAX COLLECTOR STATING THAT AN UNCLAIMED TAX REFUND IS DUE UNDER THIS PARCEL NUMBER.
R00-46: MAKE A CONSCIENTIOUS SEARCH BY THE PROPERTY TAX DIVISION OF BUSINESSES AND INDIVIDUALS OWED TAX REFUNDS AND MAKE A SECOND MAILING TO NOTIFY THOSE TAXPAYERS THEY ARE ELIGIBLE FOR AN UNCLAIMED TAX REFUND.
R00-47: PLACE A NOTICE IN ALL OF THE MAJOR COUNTY NEWSPAPERS BY THE PROPERTY TAX DIVISION ALERTING THE PUBLIC THAT THERE ARE ONLY 30 DAYS REMAINING TO CLAIM THEIR TAX REFUND, PRIOR TO REQUESTING TRANSFER TO THE GENERAL FUND.
R00-48: REQUEST THE AUDITOR ANNUALLY SUBMIT TO THE BOARD OF SUPERVISORS FOR APPROVAL THE TIMELY TRANSFER OF THE ELIGIBLE UNCLAIMED TAX REFUNDS TO THE GENERAL FUND. COMPLAINTS COMMITTEE An important function of California Grand Juries is to consider bona fide complaints concerning local government operations submitted by members of the public. In San Bernardino County, complaints must be submitted in writing using the Grand Jury’s standard complaint form. As the Grand Jury has no assigned staff of investigators, public input is of vital importance if government oversight is to be effective. The identity of the complainant, the actions taken by the complainant to solve the problem, the subject and target of the complaint, and supporting data and information are essential if the Grand Jury is to investigate properly and recommend appropriate actions. All complaints are handled in the strictest confidence as required by the law. The 1999-2000 Grand Jury received 21 complaints. Each complaint was reviewed by the Complaints Committee for the appropriate action to be taken by the Grand Jury. There were nine complaints that were determined not to be within the jurisdiction of the Grand Jury. A letter was sent to each complainant informing him or her of that fact. There were five complaints that fell within the jurisdiction of the Grand Jury and those complaints were forwarded to the appropriate committee for action. The assigned Grand Jury committee investigated each complaint received from the Complaints Committee and may have included the results of its investigation in its final report. The fact that the investigation was based on a complaint will remain confidential, as well as the source of the complaint. There were seven complaints that were returned to the complainants stating that the Grand Jury would take no action; usually this was because the complainants may not have provided enough supporting data. HEALTH CARE SERVICES COMMITTEE As the 1999-2000 Grand Jury began its term of service, the Health Care Services Committee had three departments within its scope of responsibility: Arrowhead Regional Medical Center (ARMC) Department of Behavioral Health (DBH) Public Health Department (PHD) During the structural reorganization by the County Administrative Office, the latter two departments (DBH and PHD) became a responsibility of the Human Services System. For the purpose of this Grand Jury’s investigating and reporting, all were retained within the Health Care Services Committee. The Health Care Services Committee submits the following findings and recommendations. ARROWHEAD REGIONAL MEDICAL CENTER PHYSICAL PLANT BACKGROUND The Arrowhead Regional Medical Center (ARMC) was opened to the public on approximately March 1, 1999. It has been criticized by many as being too expensive. One reason given for the high cost is that it will withstand an earthquake of 8.2 magnitude. An inspection of the physical facility was made by the Grand Jury. FINDINGS Base isolation bearings separate the building from the foundation. After a significant earthquake two or three bearings are torn down and inspected for damage. Results of the inspection could trigger the replacement of the rest of the bearings. In addition to the bearings, there is a viscous damper device. This apparatus acts like a huge shock absorber, dampening the effects of an earthquake and keeping the buildings from moving too quickly or too far. The device shown to the Grand Jury had attaching pin(s) installed with the shoulder of the pin on the bottom side, facing the ground. There are tabs at the top and bottom of the pins, which provide the primary means of securing the pins in the device. A special tool is required to remove the pins. The hospital has its own electrical substation. The main feed is 12,000 kilovolts, provided by the City of Colton. Colton provides a preferred and emergency circuit for the hospital. If the preferred circuit fails, an automatic reclosure changes to the other circuit in seconds. At the request of the hospital staff, the city alternates the preferred circuit to assure the hospital of the reliability of both circuits. In the event of both circuits failing, the hospital has seven back-up diesel generators. Each of these 2,000 Kilovolt amps units is tested weekly at 5:30 a.m. The test is conducted with a full load from the hospital. Change over to the emergency generator can be made within 10 seconds. While these generators are equipped with huge muffler systems, there has never been a test of the noise output. Water is pumped from a well owned by the County, which is located on the hospital property. There is a large tank that holds a three-day supply of water. While the water is considered good, it is very “hard”. This condition is causing rust, scale, and other problems with plumbing equipment. There is a separate system for the water used for plants, grounds, and other agricultural uses. Again, the City of Colton provides backup with a “standby” valve. Three natural gas boilers provide heat and hot water for the hospital. The rate provided by the Gas Company was negotiated and is considered very reasonable. The Gas Company bases this rate upon ARMC’s back-up system being available in case of shut down. There is a liquid propane storage tank for emergency use. The liquid is turned into a gas and mixed with oxygen for use in the boilers. The boilers also operate a vacuum system. There is a waste separator within the process, which incinerates all particles not caught in the vacuum. Problems exist in the boiler/heat systems where modifications of the equipment placement were made during installation, causing extreme heat. Last summer the fire sprinkler system activated due to heat within a confined area. An air conditioning duct was opened to blow cool air on the equipment in the room. Hard water causes the corrosive property of return steam, water, or other byproducts after use. Current piping may need replacement within the next five years. There is a sewage holding tank on the property. It is for emergency use in case of a sewer failure. The existing tank is designed to hold a three-day supply of effluent. At the rear of the property is an industrial microwave oven that converts bio-medical hazardous waste into common household waste. It was noted by the Grand Jury during its inspection that there was a lack of signs for fire extinguishers and eye wash stations. RECOMMENDATIONS
R00-49: PROVIDE WATER SOFTENING EQUIPMENT TO ELIMINATE OR REDUCE CORROSIVE PROBLEMS WITH PIPING AND PLUMBING EQUIPMENT.
R00-50: UPDATE ENGINEERING SPECIFICATIONS REGARDING THE CORROSIVE EFFECTS OF UNTREATED WATER AND THE NEED TO REPLACE PIPING AHEAD OF SCHEDULE.
R00-51: REVIEW EQUIPMENT IN HEAT-PRONE AREAS FOR RELOCATION, IMPROVE VENTILATION, OR PROVIDE COOLING SYSTEMS FOR EACH PIECE OF EQUIPMENT TO ELIMINATE FIRE SPRINKLER SYSTEMS BEING ACTIVATED.
R00-52: CONTACT APPROPRIATE COUNTY SAFETY AGENCY FOR PROPER TYPE/KIND OF FIRE EXTINGUISHER AND EYEWASH STATION SIGNS. ARMC CASH COLLECTIONS BACKGROUND As a result of a major embezzlement of cash receipts from the County Medical Center (CMC), the 1996-97 San Bernardino County Grand Jury investigated the Fiscal Services Division and found the management practices, policies, and procedures were not in compliance with County standards. The Grand Jury recommended the County take numerous steps to eliminate future non-compliance and possible embezzlement of funds. In response, the Board of Supervisors and CMC administrators established new and revised management policies and procedures. The 1999-2000 Grand Jury wanted to know if these practices, procedures, and policies were being followed at the new Arrowhead Regional Medical Center (ARMC) and, if so, what steps are being taken to insure their continued compliance. FINDINGS Administrators and supervisors in the ARMC Finance Department stated that their cash collection system at the time of the embezzlement was good but, since then, they have improved procedures to prevent a reoccurrence. At the same time, they commented that a very intelligent person, bent on embezzling, could find a way. A ten-page narrative outlines a step-by-step procedure for the collection, posting, and deposit of receipts, including cash, from all ARMC departments, cafeteria and vending machines. Grand Jury members observed all steps in these procedures from collection to deposit in the safe within the vault. The segregation of duties prohibits any one person from having access to both patient accounts and processing of cash receipts. This was a major factor in the aforementioned embezzlement. New procedures give only four (4) individuals access to the safe. The safe and vault are locked at all times. ARMC’s banking procedure is part of the County’s Consolidated Banking System. When ARMC deposits daily receipts, a coded deposit slip identifying the department is prepared. Receipts are taken by Brink’s Armored Carrier to a Bank of America specialized vault in Ontario. The Ontario location is designed to accommodate armored carriers with maximum security. Deposits start earning interest immediately. County departments are notified and have access to their funds in two (2) days. The Auditor/Controller-Recorder’s office (Supervising Accountant) has ultimate responsibility for reconciling all discrepancies. At the present time ARMC cannot accept credit card payments on accounts. The accountant stated that it could be beneficial and cost effective to do so. RECOMMENDATIONS
R00-53: CONTINUE TO CLOSELY MONITOR ARMC COLLECTION POLICIES AND PROCEDURES, ESPECIALLY IN THE AREA OF CASH RECEIPTS. REMAIN CONSTANTLY ALERT FOR IMPROVEMENT IN INTERNAL CONTROLS TO PREVENT ANY POSSIBILITY OF EMBEZZLEMENT.
R00-54: CONDUCT A STUDY AND, IF FEASIBLE, IMPLEMENT A SYSTEM TO ACCEPT CREDIT CARD PAYMENTS AT THE ARROWHEAD REGIONAL MEDICAL CENTER AND ITS AFFILIATED CLINICS. PUBLIC HEALTH DEPARTMENT DIVISION OF ENVIRONMENTAL HEALTH SERVICES FOOD PROTECTION PROGRAM BACKGROUND The mission of the Division of Environmental Health Services (DEHS) is to prevent, eliminate, or reduce environmental hazards that could harm the health, safety, and quality of life of the citizens of this County. The Retail Food Protection Program consists of activities required to ensure food provided for human consumption is of good quality, safe, free of adulteration, wholesome, and properly labeled and advertised. The program also strives to ensure food has been produced, stored, and transported under conditions and practices that are safe, clean, and sanitary. The program is responsible for the inspection of all places where food is eaten, processed, sold, or stored (restaurants, markets, food stands, carnivals, schools, nursing homes, etc.) for sanitation and food safety, including manufacturers and wholesalers. The program investigates complaints of suspected food poisoning, unsanitary conditions, and other problems. The program also provides education and training in proper sanitation and food safety techniques to the food workers/servers, operators/managers, and owners of food facilities. The DEHS issues public health permits to all food facilities. The 1997-98 Grand Jury recommended a return to public posting using the “A-B-C” rating system or to a simple placard of certification. Neither of these systems has been implemented. In the response from the Board of Supervisors, it states: “The department is planning to require posting a card or placard at the entry to restaurants that will state that the facility has been inspected and has been issued a permit to operate consistent with Health and Safety Code requirements.” FINDINGS In meetings with the Division Chief and Food Program Manager, the Grand Jury learned that the DEHS has 60 employees to cover over 10,000 establishments in the County. The Food Protection Program has 39 inspectors and each is responsible for about 350 accounts. An inspection usually takes from one to one and one-half hours. A written report is left at the facility. If there are minor violations, the owner is to correct them in a specified length of time, and a re-inspection is required. Any facility receiving less than 60 out of 100 points could be temporarily shut down, depending on the nature of the violation. The DEHS cannot levy a fine to an establishment for repeated noncompliance. Only the environmental court in Redlands can levy monetary fines. If a facility is closed by DEHS, the owner can sue in court. In 1999 DEHS closed 586 miscellaneous facilities. They included restaurants, supermarkets, drug stores, recreational facilities, etc., and a large number of unpermitted establishments (no license or health permit). Two teams of two Grand Jurors each accompanied DEHS inspectors – one team to a restaurant and one to a grocery market. The inspections were unannounced and the owners did not know in advance of the visits. The restaurant was a very busy coffee shop-style facility located near a freeway offramp and catered to truckers and law enforcement personnel. The inspector very carefully and thoroughly inspected all areas of the facility, inside and out, with special attention given to those items that needed follow- up from the previous inspection. He noted much improvement in pest control procedures. The inspection file on this restaurant dated from 1983 and the single-most ongoing problem, repeatedly, has been with maintaining adequate temperature control of both hot and cold foods. This visit was no exception. A worker was asked to adjust temperature controls on food warmers and also refrigerated units. Numerous minor violations were found in the kitchen area, dry storage area, exterior dumpster area, and leaky plumbing. Both restrooms were clean and bright. This restaurant received a score of 56 and was reinspected two weeks later, at which time very good compliance was observed by the inspector. A copy of this re-inspection report was provided to the Grand Jury. No inspection certificate or placard was issued for display. The grocery market was a recently opened independent store in a building that formerly housed a chain supermarket. There were three separate health permits: one each for the deli, bakery, and meat/grocery department. This facility had many violations in all areas, that involved improper temperature control (no thermometers), condemned food that had to be discarded due to contamination, inadequate vector control of flies, improper food storage containers, galvanized cooking utensils, inadequate floor drains, electrical hazards, plumbing problems, etc. The deli scored 36 points, the meat department scored 43, and the bakery scored 87 of a possible 100 points each. None of the employees, including the on-site manager, had the required food handler cards. The inspector gave the owner information for obtaining the cards through the Food Handlers class at San Bernardino Valley College. There was an occasional language problem, and a Grand Jury member acted as an interpreter. The inspection was thorough, in spite of the language barrier. At reinspection, some compliance of previous violations was observed, but the inspector noted new violations. A third inspection was required. A copy of the subsequent inspection report was sent to the Grand Jury. When the Grand Jury questioned why the facilities were not shut down because of their low scores (below 60), the DEHS program manager stated that closure comes only in the event of an immediate and dangerous threat to public health and safety, or when a violation cannot be corrected within a reasonable length of time. RECOMMENDATIONS
R00-55: ESTABLISH A PUBLIC NOTIFICATION DISPLAY PLACARD THAT CERTIFIES A FACILITY HAS BEEN INSPECTED AND MEETS COUNTY HEALTH AND SAFETY CODES. SHOW THE DATE OF INSPECTION, EXPIRATION DATE AND SIGNATURE OF THE INSPECTOR. PLACARDS SHOULD ONLY BE ISSUED TO FACILITIES THAT ARE IN COMPLIANCE. THIS RECOMMENDATION IS A MODIFICATION OF THE RECOMMENDATION BY THE 1997-98 GRAND JURY WHICH, TO DATE, HAS NOT BEEN IMPLEMENTED.
R00-56: MONITOR FACILITIES WITH A HISTORY OF REPEATED VIOLATIONS MORE FREQUENTLY. ESTABLISHMENTS THAT ARE CONSISTENTLY IN COMPLIANCE MAY REQUIRE AN ANNUAL INSPECTION ONLY.
R00-57: REQUIRE FOOD HANDLER CARDS FOR ON-SITE FOOD ESTABLISHMENT OWNERS AND MANAGERS, AS WELL AS WORKERS AND SERVERS. VERIFY NAMES ON FOOD HANDLER CARDS AGAINST CURRENT PAYROLL RECORDS.
R00-58: MAKE AVAILABLE BILINGUAL INSPECTORS, OR INTERPRETERS, AT ALL FACILITIES WHERE ENGLISH IS NOT THE PRIMARY LANGUAGE OR CANNOT BE SPOKEN AND CLEARLY UNDERSTOOD. FULL COMPLIANCE WITH HEALTH CODES CANNOT BE OBTAINED WITHOUT COMPLETE COMPREHENSION IN THEIR LANGUAGE. MEDICAL CARE AVAILABILITY BACKGROUND Within the County’s organizational structure, the Public Health Department and the Department of Behavioral Health are under the administration of the Human Services System, and the Arrowhead Regional Medical Center (ARMC) is directly under the County Administrative Officer. The ARMC opened its new Colton location in early spring 1999 with a license for 373 beds. The ARMC has within its facility a number of “specialty clinics,” with the primary care or Family Practice Clinics being located offsite at multiple locations. With concern for this County’s growing population of medically indigent, homeless, uninsured and under-insured working poor, the Grand Jury researched the availability of free or low-cost medical services. Special focus was on the availability of services for walk-in, urgent-care, and immediate needs. FINDINGS ARMC has been averaging 91 percent of bed capacity. The departments responsible for the delivery of medical care, mental health care, and public health care services are under different administrations and management, expressing different philosophies, and at totally different locations throughout the County. There is duplication of clinic-type facilities, nursing staff, patient appointment staff, and possible lab, x-ray or pharmacy services. There are no “free” or “low-cost” outpatient County clinic services available for the uninsured or under-insured “working poor”. Services available at ARMC’s affiliated Family Practice Clinics are by “pre-scheduled” appointments at a usual and customary fee. While payment schedules can be arranged, a $20 deposit is expected at the time of appointments, with the balance to be billed in approximately 45 days. Currently, when a patient seeks a medical appointment for a particular immediate medical need, a pre-scheduled daytime appointment is made for an amount of time that allows for a full evaluation. Scheduling of lengthy appointments limits the number of patients that can be seen on any given day. There is no “walk-in” or “urgent-care” type of service available daytime or evening, other than the Emergency Room. ARMC Administration advised that this would be the available source for services for an uninsured individual with an immediate need. Emergency Room services are a costly method of delivering walk-in care. RECOMMENDATIONS
R00-59: BRING ALL DEPARTMENTS DELIVERING HEALTH CARE SERVICES UNDER ONE ADMINISTRATION AND LEADER- SHIP, FOR A TOTAL PACKAGE OF HEALTH CARE DELIVERY.
R00-60: CENTRALIZE CLINIC LOCATIONS WHERE POSSIBLE, WITH THE SHARING OF CLINIC FACILITIES, NURSING STAFF, PATIENT APPOINTMENT STAFF, EQUIPMENT, LABS, X-RAY, AND PHARMACY SERVICES.
R00-61: OPEN ADDITIONAL OUTPATIENT CLINICS TO PROVIDE SERVICES FOR PATIENTS WITH “WALK-IN,” “URGENT,” OR “IMMEDIATE” NEED, ESPECIALLY IN MORE REMOTE AREAS OF THE COUNTY.
R00-62: PROVIDE WALK-IN “SHORT APPOINTMENTS” TO FOCUS ON THE PATIENTS’ CHIEF MEDICAL COMPLAINT, RESERVING FULL EVALUATIONS FOR PRE-SCHEDULED EXAM APPOINTMENTS.
R00-63: UTILIZE EXISTING CLINIC FACILITIES FOR “AFTER HOURS” SERVICES.
R00-64: DEVELOP PUBLIC INFORMATION PACKETS, NEWSPAPER ARTICLES, AND ADVERTISEMENTS TO ALERT THE PUBLIC TO THE AVAILABILITY OF SERVICES OTHER THAN THE MORE COSTLY EMERGENCY ROOM FOR WALK-IN SERVICES, INCLUDING CLINIC LOCATIONS AND HOURS AVAILABLE. MENTAL HEALTH SERVICES BACKGROUND San Bernardino County provides mental health services through two distinctly separate departments. They work in a collaborative partnership to provide full mental health services to County residents. This Grand Jury has combined the investigation into one report. ● Inpatient Mental Health care is provided at the Arrowhead Regional Medical Center (ARMC) in a separate building on the grounds of the ARMC. The director and his staff are under the ARMC administration. ● Outpatient Mental Health care, including substance abuse services, is provided by the Department of Behavioral Health (DBH) in multiple clinic locations throughout the County. The director of DBH and his staff are under the administration of the Human Services System.
R00-65: OPEN A MENTAL HEALTH CRISIS STABILIZATION UNIT (WALK-IN CLINIC) AT THE ARROWHEAD REGIONAL MEDICAL CENTER TO PROVIDE IMMEDIATE PRESCRIPTION RENEWALS AND OTHER EMERGENCY SERVICES NECESSARY TO MAINTAIN AND/OR STABILIZE A CLIENT’S CONDITION.
R00-66: UPGRADE OR REBUILD THE GILBERT STREET DEPART- MENT OF BEHAVIORAL HEALTH FACILITIES TO PROVIDE A SAFER, MORE WORKER-FRIENDLY ENVIRONMENT.
R00-67: CONTINUE SUPPORTING THE PERINATAL SUBSTANCE ABUSE TREATMENT PROGRAM, PLACING GREATER EMPHASIS IN REDUCING THE PERCENTAGE OF WOMEN FAILING TO REMAIN SUBSTANCE-FREE AND RETURNING TO THE PROGRAM.
R00-68: CONTINUE TO ALLOW THE DEPARTMENT OF BEHAVIORAL HEALTH TO CONTROL ITS TRUST FUNDS. THESE FUNDS SHOULD BE HELD IN RESERVE TO PROVIDE NEEDED SERVICES FOR WHICH NO OTHER FUNDING SOURCE IS AVAILABLE.
R00-69: IMPLEMENT MORE COST-EFFECTIVE AND EFFICIENT PROCEDURES TO FACILITATE REPAIR, PURCHASE, AND INSTALLATION OF NEEDED ITEMS AT THE RIALTO BEHAVIORAL HEALTH RESOURCE CENTER (BHRC). HUMAN SERVICES COMMITTEE The Human Services Committee reviewed the functional and operational procedures of all departments within the Human Services System, with the exception of the departments of Behavioral Health and Public Health. These two departments were a part of Health Care Services during the early part of our term, and were reviewed by that committee. The Human Services System coordinates the activities of the following County departments: Aging and Adult Services Children’s Services Community Services Jobs and Employment Services Preschool Services Transitional Assistance Veterans Affairs The Human Services System also provides fiscal and technical support to both the Children’s Network and the Children’s Fund. The Human Services Committee established subcommittees to review the function of each of the above departments. All department heads were interviewed. Further interviews were held to investigate compliance with County policies. Suggested areas of concern by previous Grand Juries were considered. Grand Jurors went on ride-alongs with welfare fraud field investigators, attended the Homeless Coalition Faire and the grand opening of the Children’s Assessment Center, observed the functioning of the Child Abuse Hotline, and went on visits to Head Start sites. The Human Services Committee makes the following findings and recommendations. DEPARTMENT OF AGING AND ADULT SERVICES IN-HOME SUPPORTIVE SERVICES PROGRAM BACKGROUND The In-Home Supportive Services Program (IHSS) within the Department of Aging and Adult Services (DAAS) allows low income elderly, blind, and disabled persons to remain in their own homes when they become unable to care for themselves. Program recipients receive services that are less expensive for the County than out-of-home care. Because of this program, recipients avoid institutionalization. Under this program care providers come into the recipient’s home, providing domestic, personal, and protective care on an assigned basis. The 1998-99 Grand Jury, in its final report, made recommenda- tions to improve the personal security of the recipients. The Board of Supervisors’ official response was brief and appeared to summarily dismiss the Grand Jury’s recommendations. For that reason, this Grand Jury reviewed the IHSS program. The Grand Jury’s primary concern was for the health and well being of the recipient, as well as possible County liability in the event of abuse at the hands of a County-recommended provider. FINDINGS The IHSS program is federally, state, and county funded. It is administered by County DAAS and governed by the California Welfare and Institutions Code and directives of the State Department of Social Services. Care providers are selected and hired by the care recipient. Approximately 62 percent of care providers are either a relative or friend of the recipient. When the recipient has no relative or friend available to act as his/her care provider, a County-recommended and maintained list of providers is given to the recipient from whom a selection is made. Not being a friend or relative, the providers on this list are relatively unknown to both the County and recipient. To be placed on this list, potential providers must only submit positive identification, pass an interview by a County social worker, and sign a declaration vouching for their past and present legal compliance. The governing statutes do not provide the County with the authority to request background fingerprint checks on care providers from the Department of Justice. A local public records background check is permissible. The recipient may, at his/her own expense, obtain a Department of Justice background check on a potential or existing care provider. County Counsel provided the following legal opinion on this state- directed program. Under the new statutes (Assembly Bill 1682 and Senate Bill 710), effective January 1, 2000, pertaining to the establishment of an employer of record, the County is held harmless in an abuse situation of a recipient by a care provider if the County has followed all governing statutes/directives in its administration of the program. Specifically, the governing Welfare and Institutions Code (affected by the new legislation) now provides immunity for the state and counties from liability resulting from their implementation of the Code. When initially contacted by the Grand Jury, DAAS understood that the new legislation required background checks of care providers. The following information was obtained from a legal opinion requested of County Counsel. The new legislation does not alter the current inability of counties to require a Department of Justice background check of IHSS providers. This legislation added Section 12302.25 to the Welfare and Institutions Code and requires each county to be in conformance by January 1, 2003. It effectively requires each county to act as, or establish, an employer of record for care providers for the purpose of establishing a collective bargaining agency for providers. This agency will be responsible for investigating the background or qualifications of potential providers. In the Foster Parents Program, foster parents are required to undergo a criminal background investigation. In the IHSS program, care providers are not investigated. There are thousands of cases of elder abuse reported in San Bernardino County each year. Currently, about 200,000 seniors reside in the County. DAAS projects 369,000 seniors by the year 2010 and 500,000 by the year 2020. DAAS also estimates that one-fourth of the County’s population will be seniors in 2020. Currently, there are approximately 9,200 recipients in the program and 38 percent of their providers came from the County provided list. If the population grows by the above estimates, by the year 2020 there will be approximately 23,000 recipients in the program and about 8,700 of this number will come from the County’s list of providers. With no background checks of care providers, these numbers are reason for alarm today and present increased concern for the future. Findings support the primary concern of the Grand Jury. More can be done to ensure the health and well being of IHSS recipients. County liability is tempered by the legislation, but not forgotten. If the County has not followed the Welfare and Institutions Code to the letter and an abusive care provider surfaces, the County stands to lose. RECOMMENDATIONS
R00-70: PROVIDE LOCAL PUBLIC RECORDS CHECKS OF ALL PROSPECTIVE CARE PROVIDERS AT COUNTY EXPENSE.
R00-71: SPONSOR A LEGISLATIVE CHANGE/AMENDMENT TO THE CALIFORNIA WELFARE AND INSTITUTIONS CODE REQUIRING DEPARTMENT OF JUSTICE BACKGROUND CHECKS BE CONDUCTED ON ALL PROSPECTIVE CARE PROVIDERS. THE RIGHT TO HIRE, FIRE, AND SUPERVISE THE CARE PROVIDER WOULD REMAIN WITH THE RECIPIENT. THE EXPENSE OF THE BACKGROUND CHECK WOULD BE BORNE BY THE STATE AND COUNTY.
R00-72: INFORM RECIPIENTS OF THEIR RIGHT TO REQUEST A DEPARTMENT OF JUSTICE BACKGROUND CHECK ON ANY POTENTIAL OR EXISTING CARE PROVIDER. IF RECIPIENTS DECLINE THIS OPPORTUNITY TO BE INFORMED AS TO WHOM THEY ARE ENTRUSTING THEIR FUTURE WELL-BEING, REQUIRE RECIPIENTS TO SIGN A DISCLAIMER. IF THE RECIPIENT ELECTS TO ORDER THIS BACKGROUND CHECK, HE/SHE MUST SIGN A STATEMENT TO THAT EFFECT. PRESCHOOL SERVICES DEPARTMENT BACKGROUND The Head Start program is funded by the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services’ Administration for Children and Families (ACF). The Preschool Services Department (PSD) and its employees operate under Federal guidelines. In April 1996 the ACF conducted an on-site review of Head Start and found non-compliance of the regulatory and policy requirements governing the program. The County acts as the grantee and was found to have under- expended the grant by over two million dollars in each of the last two budget periods, despite the need for classroom materials, facilities, equipment, and expansion. The program was reviewed again in January 1999 by ACF and several areas of serious concern were found. The 1998-99 Grand Jury investigated the Federal findings, but was unable to make recommendations at that time due to non-jurisdiction. In March 1999 the Preschool Services Department and 105 administrative and support staff became County employees, under the Human Services System. Personnel at the Head Start sites work under contracts ranging from 9 to 12 months in duration. FINDINGS During routine visits to some Head Start sites, the Grand Jury was made aware of deficiencies in the hiring process. A letter was sent to the rest of the sites requesting information regarding vacancies since September 1999, how and when requests were made, and when vacancies were filled, if they were. Twenty-two (22) responses were received out of the 30 sites contacted, and this information was combined with information received during three site visits. Many sites reported having long-standing vacancies. Vacancies included teachers, teacher’s aides, custodians, food service workers, and clerical. Teachers and aides were performing custodial and clerical chores in addition to their teaching responsibilities, causing extremely low morale over the long-term at some sites. No temporary or substitute employees were available to cover the vacancies. Vacancies in staff positions occurred at 21 of the 25 Head Start sites from which we have data. These vacancies were unfilled for periods of time ranging from two weeks to six months. At the time this report was written, there were 46 vacancies unfilled. Personnel requests by site supervisors to fill vacancies were made in a number of different ways: by telephone, written memos, personal conversations with administrators, field visits, area manager visits, weekly reports, letters, written lists, area meetings, requisitions, and field reports. Here are three randomly selected examples: ● A teacher position became vacant in September 1999 and was filled in March 2000. Requests to fill the position were made by telephone and through personal conversation with the area coordinator. ● One site was short one clerk and one teacher and in October another teacher resigned. The clerk position was filled in November and both teaching positions were filled in January. The site supervisor notified her supervisor of the vacancy three times – once by phone and twice with written memos. ● At another site a teaching position had been vacant since January and was not filled as of March 31, 2000. Applicants who live in outlying areas can apply for positions by mail. However, they must report to San Bernardino for testing and interview. RECOMMENDATIONS
R00-73: CREATE A STANDARD PROCEDURE FOR HEAD START SITE SUPERVISORS TO USE WHEN REQUESTING PERSONNEL, TO INCLUDE DOCUMENTATION OF WHEN THE REQUEST IS MADE, TO WHOM, AND THE DATE THE VACANCY IS FILLED.
R00-74: EDUCATE ALL SITE SUPERVISORS IN THE NEED TO FOLLOW THE PROCEDURE FOR REQUESTING PERSONNEL, AND TO DOCUMENT THEIR REQUESTS.
R00-75: BEGIN RECRUITING NEW PERSONNEL DURING THE SUMMER MONTHS IN ORDER TO CREATE A POOL FROM WHICH TO FILL VACANCIES THAT WILL OCCUR WHEN THE NEW SCHOOL YEAR BEGINS AND THROUGHOUT THE YEAR.
R00-76: ESTABLISH A POOL OF AVAILABLE SUBSTITUTE EMPLOYEES FOR ALL POSITIONS.
R00-77: FILL VACANCIES AT HEAD START SITES AS SOON AS THEY OCCUR.
R00-78: CONDUCT TESTING AND INTERVIEWING AT SITES CLOSE TO THE LOCAL COMMUNITIES WHERE THE JOBS WILL BE PERFORMED. TRANSITIONAL ASSISTANCE DEPARTMENT BACKGROUND Under the Human Services System, the Transitional Assistance Department (TAD), with an annual budget of $124.3 million, is responsible for the administration of the financial support programs that assist the needy with basic services. Of this appropriated budget, $113.9 million is from Federal and State revenue, with a local cost share of $10.4 million. The TAD is budgeted for a staff of 1,914. The primary services provided include Transitional Assistance to Needy Families, food stamps, Medi-Cal, childcare, and general assistance. The goals of TAD are to meet the basic needs of families and individuals while working to help them attain self-sufficiency, and to promote work and personal responsibility. One program within TAD is the Fraud Prevention Bureau (FPB). The mission of the FPB’s Special Investigations Unit (SIU) is to detect and deter incidents of welfare fraud by persons deemed ineligible by law for public assistance. This mission is accomplished by thorough investigation of allegations, false claims, or misrepresentation of fact in compliance with due process of law without infringing upon the constitutional rights of applicants or recipients. This report focuses on the overall Transitional Assistance Department and the Special Investigations Unit of the Fraud Prevention Bureau and their coordinated efforts in providing services to applicants and recipients. FINDINGS The classifications of the approximately 1,000 Eligibility Workers (EW) within TAD are as follows: ● EW Trainee - Approximate monthly salary of $1,387. Requires high school diploma or GED, plus 2 years full- time public contact employment. Following completion of an 8-week orientation/training class, the entry level Trainee advances to the next level. ● EW I - Approximate monthly salary of $1,726. Requires completion of a 6-month, closely supervised on-the-job training program, and requires a passing satisfactory performance evaluation before being eligible for advancement. ● EW II - Approximate monthly salary of $2,047 to $2,616. Requires completion of additional six month probationary period before becoming “regular status” and being eligible to apply for EW III level. ● EW III - Approximate monthly salary of $2,207 to $2,815. Requires bidding, applying, testing, and qualifying. Approximately 80 new Eligibility Worker Trainees are hired each quarter. Newly hired EWs cannot transfer until after completion of the 8- week orientation/training class and a one-year probationary period. After the investment of training newly hired EWs in the multiple programs criteria, eligibility, and regulations for a period of 14 months, a significant number of these employees transfer to other departments/positions within the County at a higher rate of pay. The turnover rate has been running 15 to 22 percent over the past several years. The file notes that Eligibility Workers provide to SIU Fraud Investigators are not always up-to-date at the time of field investigations. Unnecessary visitations are often made due to the inadequate or outdated information provided in the Fraud Investigators’ files. This situation was verified by ride-a- longs of Grand Jury members with Fraud Investigators. In several instances, information reported by the recipient to an Eligibility Worker was not in the file. The field investigators indicated that this situation occurs repeatedly. Development of the new Consortium IV Welfare Computer System (counties of San Bernardino, Merced, Riverside and Stanislaus) is expected to ultimately resolve the aforementioned issue. This new system will provide all- encompassing paperless records that will be viewable on-screen to all involved agencies. Field investigators, case managers, and eligibility workers would all have access to view each other’s notes up-to-the minute, eliminating the time- lag problem of written notes being in the Field Investigators’ field files. It is anticipated that the development and implementation phases of this computer system will not be completed for four years (year 2004). The SIU is currently budgeted for 49 fraud investigators and five supervisors. Of these positions, there are four investigator vacancies, two are currently on “light duty,” and the retirement of 4 or 5 is expected this year. This creates an extreme hardship in the unit because of a backlog of investigations to be completed. RECOMMENDATIONS
R00-79: DEVELOP A STRATEGY FOR RETAINING ENTRY-LEVEL ELIGIBILITY WORKERS WITHIN THE TRANSITIONAL ASSISTANCE DEPARTMENT THROUGH RETENTION INCENTIVES TO REDUCE TURNOVER AND LOSS OF TRAINING COSTS.
R00-80: DEVELOP AND IMPLEMENT AN INTERIM SYSTEM TO ASSURE TIMELY PROCESSING OF PERTINENT INFORMATION FROM ELIGIBILITY WORKERS INTO RECIPIENTS’ FILES FOR USE BY FRAUD INVESTIGATORS.
R00-81: IMPLEMENT AN AGGRESSIVE AND TIMELY RECRUITMENT PROCESS TO FILL CURRENT AND ANTICIPATED VACANCIES OF FRAUD INVESTIGATORS IN THE FRAUD PREVENTION BUREAU’S SPECIAL INVESTIGATIONS UNIT. INTERNAL SERVICES COMMITTEE The Internal Services Committee reviewed the operations and functions of the County’s Internal Services Group, which included the following departments: Architecture and Engineering Facilities Management Human Resources (now under County Administrative Office) Purchasing Real Estate Services Vehicle Services Subcommittees were formed based on perceived investigative needs. All County departments within this group were investigated by subcommittees, except Architecture and Engineering. The Purchasing and Vehicle Services subcommittees joined forces to produce a single report under Vehicle Services (Central Stores). The Facilities Management subcommittee’s findings and recommendations were absorbed by the Ad Hoc Committee on Public Safety. A separate outside audit of Vehicle Services and user departments was completed under the direction of an ad hoc committee. Subcommittee efforts led to the following final reports. PERSONNEL POLICIES
R00-82: IMPLEMENT A SPECIAL PAYROLL CODING SYSTEM THAT WILL IDENTIFY AND TRACK ALL INSTANCES OF PAID ADMINISTRATIVE LEAVE FOR DISCIPLINARY REASONS, MEDICAL EVALUATIONS ETC. TO INCLUDE START DATE, DATE ENDED, DIRECT COST, AND REASON FOR BEING PLACED ON PAID LEAVE. RE-CATEGORIZE TRAVEL AND CONFERENCE TIME TO REFLECT ITS PROPER USE AS WORK TIME.
R00-83: DEVELOP COUNTYWIDE, WRITTEN PROCEDURES FOR USE BY THE APPOINTING AUTHORITY WHENEVER CONSIDERATION IS BEING GIVEN TO USING PAID ADMINISTRATIVE LEAVE.
R00-84: DEVELOP A CONSOLIDATED, MONTHLY REPORTING SYSTEM BY ALL DEPARTMENTS FOR THE COUNTY ADMINISTRATIVE OFFICER, HUMAN RESOURCES, COUNTY COUNSEL, AND THE AUDITOR/CONTROLLER-RECORDER THAT WOULD LIST ALL EMPLOYEES (OR POSITIONS) ON PAID ADMINISTRATIVE LEAVE, START DATE, DATE ENDED, CUMULATIVE DIRECT COST, AND REASONS FOR BEING PLACED ON PAID ADMINISTRATIVE LEAVE.
R00-85: PROVIDE A QUARTERLY AND AN ANNUAL CONSOLIDATED SUMMARY REPORT BY DEPARTMENT TO THE BOARD OF SUPERVISORS SHOWING THE NUMBER OF EMPLOYEE HOURS ON PAID ADMINISTRATIVE LEAVE AND THE TOTAL DEPARTMENTAL DIRECT COST.
R00-86: ESTABLISH AN OVERSIGHT PROCESS CONSISTING OF REPRESENTATIVES FROM HUMAN RESOURCES, COUNTY COUNSEL, AND AUDITOR/CONTROLLER DEPARTMENTS WHEN GRANTING PAID ADMINISTRATIVE LEAVE AND ANY DISCIPLINARY ACTION BY THE APPOINTING AUTHORITY.
R00-87: ASSIGN A DEFINITE RESPONSIBILITY TO THE APPOINTING AUTHORITY TO PURSUE PROMPT COMPLETION OF ANY NECESSARY INVESTIGATION SO AS TO QUICKLY RESOLVE THE MATTER THAT CREATED THE NEED FOR PAID ADMINISTRATIVE LEAVE, THEREBY SHORTENING THE LENGTH OF PAID ADMINISTRATIVE LEAVE.
R00-88: REQUIRE APPOINTING AUTHORITIES TO FREELY SELECT ANOTHER PERSON TO ACT IN THEIR BEHALF AFTER CONSIDERING WHETHER THEIR RELATIONSHIP WITH THE EMPLOYEE UNDER CONSIDERATION FOR PAID ADMINISTRATIVE LEAVE CAN BE HANDLED WITHOUT A REAL OR PERCEIVED BIAS.
R00-89: REQUIRE WRITTEN JUSTIFICATION AND DOCUMENTATION TO BECOME PART OF THE EMPLOYEE’S PERMANENT PERSONNEL FILE, WHENEVER PAID ADMINISTRATIVE LEAVE IS GRANTED AND AN EMPLOYEE IS GIVEN ANY DISCIPLINARY ACTION.
R00-90: PUBLISH ADDITIONAL WRITTEN EXPLANATION REGARDING RULE X OF THE PERSONNEL RULES THAT DESCRIBES THE REASONS WHY AN EMPLOYEE MAY BE SUBJECT TO DISCIPLINARY ACTION.
R00-91: REQUIRE STANDARDS OF CONDUCT TRAINING BE PROVIDED FOR ALL EMPLOYEES ONCE EACH YEAR COVERING TOPICS IN RULE I OF THE PERSONNEL RULES.
R00-92: PROHIBIT PAID ADMINISTRATIVE LEAVE AFTER ANY EMPLOYEE IS CONVICTED FOR ANY BREACH OF COUNTY EMPLOYMENT RULES. REAL ESTATE SERVICES DEPARTMENT BACKGROUND The Real Estate Services Department is one of several functions under the Internal Services Group. Its mission statement is “To provide the most professionally responsive and highest quality real estate services enabling our clients to deliver the needed facilities and services to the citizens of San Bernardino County that will enhance their quality of life.” Real Estate Services consists of two main functions: • The Property Management Division is responsible for all County leasing functions with the exception of some special districts and the Superintendent of Schools. It also handles surplus property sales and some revenue leases. • The Right-of-Way Division is responsible for the acquisition of property, appraisal of both owned and leased property, and relocation assistance. The acquisition work is primarily for the Transportation Department, Flood Control, special districts, San Bernardino Associated Governments (SANBAG), etc. FINDINGS The County has about 15,000 employees that require office space or work facilities so as to efficiently accomplish their jobs. There is need for long- range planning because the staffing level this fiscal year is projected to increase about 1,000 employees, requiring an estimated 100,000 to 125,000 square feet of added space. Today most of the office space needs are leased instead of purchased. The County has been criticized in past Grand Jury reports because of charges of political cronyism or intervention involving leasing of office space and appropriate facilities to conduct its business operations (1998-99 Grand Jury Final Report). A County work group is currently studying the whole Real Estate function. Presently, the array of functions comprising the overall management of office space and facilities is spread over numerous departments and staff within the County. The Real Estate Services Department has certain responsibilities as noted above. In addition, an Administrative Analyst in the County Administrative Office has been delegated the responsibility for administering buildings that are owned by the County. Facilities Management is a separate department that provides the building maintenance and custodial care for these buildings. The Community and Cultural Resources Department, within the County’s Public Services Group, is another department that provides grounds and maintenance care. The inventory of County-owned or leased buildings is monitored through two software programs titled Building Inventory Data System (BIDS) and Land Inventory Data System (LIDS). When leased building information was requested by the Grand Jury, reports were received from two different sources using the BIDS program. The two reports were not the same even though they were both covering properties leased by the County (possibly because different query parameters were used). A change was made to the County policy on March 30, 1999 when the Board of Supervisors adopted a new Policy and Standard Practice for Leasing Space for County Use. A Request for Proposal (RFP) is now required for leases of 5,000 square feet or more with a term of five (5) years or more, unless it is waived because it would “unreasonably interfere with the financial and programmatic needs of the County”. The RFP process has been waived 10-12 times in the first five months since the policy was adopted. Only the Board of Supervisors can approve waiving the RFP process. When a department makes a request for leased space, the following steps are to be followed: • A Capital Improvement Program Request form outlining the requirements is to be submitted to the CAO’s Administrative Analyst who acts as a “traffic director”. If the RFP process is to be waived, the need must be justified on the request form. The CAO’s Administrative Analyst logs in the request, reviews it, and sends it to the CAO Budget Analyst who handles budget matters for the requesting department. • The Budget Analyst has to sign off on the request as to the need for the space, availability of funds, program needs, staffing levels, etc. • Copies of the request, together with the assessment from the CAO’s office, are then to be circulated to the Board of Supervisors’ office for a 10-day comment period. Procedures do not require Real Estate Services to be officially involved and they may be unaware of a space need request. • At the end of the 10-day period, the CAO’s Administrative Analyst is to review the Supervisors’ comments and either: (a) Direct the Real Estate Services Department to prepare an RFP and a Board agenda item to approve the RFP, or (b) If the RFP process is to be waived, the requesting department (perhaps in conjunction with Real Estate Services) is to prepare a Board agenda item requesting approval of the waiver of the RFP process. • At this point Real Estate Services is made aware of the need for office space. • If the RFP is approved by the Board, Real Estate Services is to advertise the RFP in newspapers and contact the general public, brokers and others to reasonably generate sufficient interest in leasing facilities in the County. • A 5-7 person Review Committee is to be formed to review the proposals, typically with representation from the requesting department, Architecture and Engineering, Real Estate Services, the CAO’s office, the Board of Supervisors’ office, and the Supervisor’s office in whose district the building is to be located. • The results of the RFP, together with Real Estate Services’ recommendation, are to be reported to the Board of Supervisors for approval. If the Board approves a waiver of the RFP process, the Real Estate Services Department is then to be instructed to locate and initiate lease negotiations for suitable space. However, someone from the requesting department may have already identified the desired space and started negotiating the terms of the lease. If the RFP process is waived, the lease negotiations are to be conducted by Real Estate Services and the recommendation is to be submitted to the Board of Supervisors for approval. The County is one of the largest tenants in San Bernardino County. Presently there are an estimated 202 leases for land and facilities. The monthly lease payments total approximately $2,220,000 or about $26.6 million annually. The five departments with the most leases and leasing the largest amount of space are shown as follows, together with the average cost per square foot. Human and Social Services* 49 leases 806,000 sq. ft. $1.39 / sq. ft. Behavioral Health Department 18 leases 219,200 sq. ft. $1.14 / sq. ft. Preschool Services Department 27 leases 179,700 sq. ft. $0.68 / sq. ft. District Attorney 11 leases 171,100 sq. ft. $1.22 / sq. ft. Public Health Department 22 leases 117,600 sq. ft. $1.30 / sq. ft. * Currently Human Services Human Services is the largest lessee of County office space, with 49 leases covering 806,000 square feet. The County has 65 leases in excess of $1.25 per square foot, and 34 of these leases are in Human Services. Human Services typically pays a higher monthly lease rate and, as a result, its $1.39 per square foot is the highest cost of any of the County departments. Of the 65 leases at rates of $1.25 or greater, 18 of them are on facilities located in the High Desert portion of the County where land values are generally lower compared to the valley area. RECOMMENDATIONS
R00-93: DEVELOP A COUNTYWIDE 2 TO 4-YEAR LONG-RANGE PLAN TO IDENTIFY AND ASSESS THE MOST LIKELY SPACE NEEDS BY DEPARTMENTAL AND GEOGRAPHICAL LOCATION.
R00-94: ASSIGN REAL ESTATE SERVICES DEPARTMENT TO BE THE FOCAL POINT FOR ALL REQUESTS FOR LEASED AND OWNED SPACE AND ALSO TO BE RESPONSIBLE FOR HANDLING ALL PHASES OF NEGOTIATIONS FOR LEASING OUT PROPERTY THAT IS OWNED BY THE COUNTY.
R00-95: REMOVE THE BOARD OF SUPERVISORS AND THEIR STAFFS FROM ALL MANAGEMENT FACETS IN THE REAL ESTATE LEASING, PURCHASING OR MAINTENANCE PROCESSES, BUT CONTINUE THE REQUIREMENT FOR FINAL APPROVAL BY THE BOARD OF SUPERVISORS.
R00-96: COMBINE ALL RELATED REAL ESTATE FUNCTIONS, INCLUDING CAO ADMINISTRATIVE ANALYST OVERSIGHT, INTO A REORGANIZED REAL ESTATE SERVICES DEPARTMENT. THIS DEPARTMENT WOULD COVER NEW LEASED BUILDINGS, SPACE PLANNING, OWNED BUILDING ADMINISTRATION, FACILITIES MANAGEMENT, GROUNDS AND MAINTENANCE, AND LEASING OF COUNTY-OWNED PROPERTY. THE CURRENT FACILITIES MANAGEMENT HOME IMPROVEMENT PROGRAM SHOULD BE TRANSFERRED TO A MORE APPROPRIATE DEPARTMENT.
R00-97: INSURE THAT REAL ESTATE SERVICES IS INVOLVED IN ALL LEASE ARRANGEMENTS FROM INCEPTION TO AVOID PAYING ABOVE-MARKET LEASE RATES AND/OR UNFAVORABLE LEASE TERMS. TRANSACTIONS MUST BE CAREFULLY AND COMPLETELY HANDLED BY PERSONS WHO ARE QUALIFIED REAL ESTATE PROFESSIONALS.
R00-98: ASSIGN SOLE RESPONSIBILITY FOR MAINTAINING AN ACCURATE LIST OF COUNTY-OWNED AND LEASED PROPERTIES TO THE REAL ESTATE SERVICES DEPARTMENT THROUGH ITS “BIDS” AND “LIDS” COMPUTER PROGRAMS.
R00-99: DEVELOP AN ADDENDUM AND AN EXHIBIT (SIMILAR TO CHILD SUPPORT COMPLIANCE) TO THE STANDARD LEASE AGREEMENT TO REQUIRE LANDLORDS TO DISCLOSE ALL RELATIONSHIPS AND CONFLICTS OF INTEREST (BOTH INDIVIDUAL OWNER AND CORPORATE) WITH THE BOARD OF SUPERVISORS, COUNTY MANAGERIAL STAFF, AND COUNTY EMPLOYEES. FAILURE OF LANDLORDS TO FULLY DISCLOSE SHALL CONSTITUTE A DEFAULT OR WARRANT A MONETARY PENALTY AT THE DISCRETION OF THE COUNTY. 00-100 DEVELOP A COUNTYWIDE STANDARD FOR A SIMPLIFIED REQUEST FOR PROPOSAL (RFP) PROCESS FOR INTERMEDIATE SIZE OR DURATION LEASES THAT REDUCES THE AMOUNT OF TIME AND EFFORT NEEDED TO ACHIEVE A FUNCTIONING LEASE. ALSO, DEVELOP A COUNTYWIDE STANDARD FOR A STRUCTURED REQUEST FOR QUOTES (RFQ) PROCESS FOR THOSE LEASE REQUESTS THAT ARE OF A SMALL SIZE OR SHORT DURATION. THESE STEPS WOULD SHORTEN THE TIME REQUIRED TO COMPLETE A LEASE AND THEREBY REDUCE THE LIKELIHOOD OF DEPARTMENTS SEEKING SHORTCUTS OR BYPASSING COUNTY POLICY. 00-101 REQUIRE ALL DEPARTMENTS TO ADHERE TO THE COUNTY’S LEASE PROCEDURES REGARDLESS OF THE FUNDING SOURCE, I.E. STATE OR FEDERAL FUNDING. VEHICLE SERVICES DEPARTMENT CENTRAL STORES BACKGROUND The Central Stores function was placed under the Vehicle Services Department in January of 1995. Prior to that it had been the responsibility of the Purchasing Department. This is the most traditional of warehouse functions. Items are purchased in bulk at the best possible price, warehoused, and then “resold” to the user departments, with a mark-up for overhead costs. Central Stores stocks supplies and delivers stationery, forms, janitorial, and other high volume items used by County departments for daily operations. Current inventory includes 1,200 items valued at approximately $650,000. A Request for Proposal (RFP) was issued by the Purchasing Department to secure an auctioneer to dispose of surplus medical equipment and furniture from the County Medical Center complex on Gilbert Street in San Bernardino. At the same time, a separate flyer announcing the sale of surplus material was distributed from County Surplus Property. One of the features listed was “medical equipment”. To be sure that the RFP was not being bypassed, a review of the medical equipment mentioned in the flyer was to be observed as to quantity and type. FINDINGS There is a contract between Central Stores and Office Depot, which offers a limited number of office supply items that can be ordered by County departments, through the Central Stores warehouse, from Office Depot, which delivers the items directly to the customer. This service is referred to as “Pack Wrap.” The Central Stores warehouse processes about 150 requisitions a day, of which about 35 to 50 are “Pack Wrap” requisitions for Office Depot. The central warehouse has a Central Stores Catalog listing assets in both the warehouse and from Office Depot. The catalog is published every two years and updated in quarterly newsletters generated by Central Stores. This catalog does not include current cost information and is not totally descriptive of the items listed. A catalog is published by Office Depot on an annual basis and includes retail cost information and a picture or clear description of the items listed. Customers fill out a standard requisition form based on what is available in the Central Stores catalog. Once received by Central Stores, the requisition is processed and items are pulled from the warehouse and prepared for delivery the next day. Evaporative coolers that service the Central Stores warehouse building were noted as being non-operational. Stores personnel stated the coolers had not been in operation for several years and personnel in the work area complained about the heat during the summer. Surplus material is stored both indoors and outdoors. Because of insufficient space, electronic equipment has to be stored outdoors and is susceptible to weather conditions. The number of medical items on the bid line listed in the flyer was minimal, not of great value, and not part of the RFP. An inquiry was made as to how departments within the County could find out about any surplus property available for reuse. The response was that there are no procedures in place that would let departments know what is in the surplus area, other than a telephone call from a department looking for a specific item. The Board of Supervisors developed a policy to allow community-based organizations access to surplus materials valued at less than $1,000. Guidelines were not developed at the time the policy was approved. No input or feedback on written procedures, policies, or processes was requested from the employees currently doing this job. Concerns were expressed about establishment of priorities, who would have access, how much could they have, and could they take anything even if the material requested was not associated within their mission statement. When asked who makes the determination of a successful bid, the Grand Jury was informed that Purchasing handles all questions, awards, and money. Purchasing provides the expertise in assigning values to material for sale. A point of contention was noted: Surplus is associated with Central Stores, which is a part of Vehicle Services, yet Purchasing provides all the support for this operation. Some items of surplus are sent to Surplus Property from County departments without proper documentation. Inventory tag numbers are the only link for salvage credits to be applied to the originating department. A user department may not miss an item until an inventory is conducted. Without identification tags, Surplus Property is usually unable to locate missing items. RECOMMENDATIONS 00-102 ELIMINATE DUPLICATION OF OFFICE SUPPLIES AVAILABLE IN THE CENTRAL STORES WAREHOUSE AND FROM THE CONTRACT VENDOR. OBTAIN ALL OFFICE SUPPLIES FROM THE CONTRACT VENDOR. 00-103 DEVELOP A COMPUTER PROGRAM TO ORDER OFFICE SUPPLIES USING THE SAME FORMAT AS THE CONTRACT VENDOR REQUISITION. PROVIDE COMPUTERIZED ORDER FORMS TO ALL DEPARTMENTS ON THE COUNTY INTRANET. 00-104 PROVIDE A COPY OF THE CENTRAL STORES CATALOG ON THE COUNTY INTRANET, TO INCLUDE CURRENT PRICES AND BETTER DESCRIPTIVE INFORMATION. 00-105 EXPAND THE SURPLUS STORAGE AREA TO THE WEST OF THE EXISTING AREA. USE THIS AREA TO STORE ELECTRONIC EQUIPMENT INDOORS. 00-106 REPAIR OR REPLACE THE EXISTING EVAPORATIVE COOLERS TO PROVIDE A HEALTHIER AND MORE COMFORTABLE WORK AREA FOR EMPLOYEES AND VISITORS. 00-107 ESTABLISH A SITE ON THE COUNTY INTRANET FOR THE POSTING OF AVAILABLE SURPLUS PROPERTY. 00-108 ESTABLISH WRITTEN DETAILED INSTRUCTIONS TO COVER SURPLUS PROPERTY DISPOSAL. COUNTY DEPARTMENTS SHOULD HAVE FIRST OPPORTUNITY TO ACQUIRE THIS PROPERTY, FOLLOWED BY SALES TO THE GENERAL PUBLIC. THEN, COMMUNITY-BASED ORGANIZATIONS MAY ACQUIRE PROPERTY IN LINE WITH THEIR ESTABLISHED PURPOSE OF EXISTENCE. 00-109 TRANSFER SURPLUS AND CENTRAL STORES TO THE PURCHASING DEPARTMENT. 00-110 EMPOWER STORES PERSONNEL TO REFUSE SHIPMENT OF SURPLUS PROPERTY WITHOUT THE APPROPRIATE DOCUMENTATION. LAW AND JUSTICE COMMITTEE The Law and Justice Committee had responsibility for functional oversight of the following County departments: District Attorney Probation Sheriff/Marshal Public Administrator/Coroner/Public Guardian Public Defender / Indigent Defense The committee reviewed each department’s current activities and looked at the Grand Jury reports for the previous three years to help determine the areas in which inquiries should be directed. The committee decided the District Attorney’s department did not warrant any investigative time. During the period of this report, the Sheriff’s Department absorbed the County Marshal’s Department. Subcommittees were formed to make inquiry into the operations of each department to ensure adherence to the applicable laws, ordinances, and procedures. The following reports encompass a brief background, address findings and offer recommendations that, if accepted, will allow these departments to operate more efficiently and effectively. CONSERVATORSHIPS BACKGROUND Section 2340 of the California Probate Code states, “No superior court may appoint a private professional conservator or private professional guardian, or permit any person to continue to serve as a private professional conservator or private professional guardian … unless the conservator or guardian has filed the information required by Section 2342 and 2343 with the county clerk.” As a result of the State Probate Code, the County Clerk’s office has the responsibility of keeping up-to-date the annual filing fees paid by private conservators and guardians. FINDINGS The 1997-98 Grand Jury made a recommendation that all conservators and guardians who do not have current filings be notified and given 30 days to bring their annual filings up-to-date to comply with the State Probate Code. Of the 34 listed conservators, only 19 have current filings and of 19 guardians, only nine (9) have current filings. With the passing of AB 925, effective January 1, 2000, the California Attorney General’s Office requires a current monthly listing of conservators and guardians filing within the State of California. It is the responsibility of the County Clerk’s office to send to the Attorney General the information on a monthly basis. All records and filings pertaining to conservators and guardians within the County are now on a computer program at the County Clerk’s office. Some of the conservator and guardian files are lacking required documentation such as fingerprint cards and receipts of fees paid. RECOMMENDATIONS 00-111 REQUIRE THE COUNTY CLERK’S OFFICE TO NOTIFY CONSERVATORS AND GUARDIANS, IN WRITING, AT LEAST 30 DAYS IN ADVANCE OF THE EXPIRATION DATE OF THEIR FILINGS. 00-112 REQUIRE THE COUNTY CLERK’S OFFICE TO PROVIDE THE COURTS WITH A MONTHLY LISTING OF CONSERVATORS AND GUARDIANS WHO HAVE VALID FILINGS AND FEES PAID. 00-113 REQUIRE THE COUNTY CLERK’S OFFICE TO BRING ALL DELINQUENT FILES UP-TO-DATE AND DROP FROM THE LISTING ALL THOSE CONSERVATORS AND GUARDIANS WHOSE STATUS IS NOT CURRENT. PROBATION DEPARTMENT BACKGROUND The County Probation Department is comprised of an Administrative Services Bureau, Detention Corrections Bureau, and the Community Corrections Bureau (which provides juvenile and adult court related services in the area of investigations and probation supervision). The mission statement of the department is “To protect the community through assessment, treatment and control of adult and juvenile offenders by providing a range of effective services based on legal requirements and recognized professional standards.” The Probation Department is currently staffed with 394 full-time employees in the Administrative Services and Community Corrections Bureaus, and 430 full-time employees in the Detention Corrections Bureau. There are presently seven (7) probation officers in the Pre-Trial Unit. An increase of 88 personnel was requested for Fiscal Year 1999-2000. There are over 100 part-time employees in the Probation Department. FINDINGS Currently, the emphasis for funding and for the allocation of probation officers to the number of “clients” has been strongly directed to the juvenile probationer. Most grant funding at the State or Federal level is devoted to the juvenile side of probation. As a result, the County Probation Department emphasizes the juvenile programs. The County written reporting system requires only quarterly submissions by the adult probationer. This is not consistent with the monthly reporting requirements of adjacent counties. The Adult Probation program is badly understaffed. There are over 14,000 adults in the probation program at this time. The activities of these adults are monitored by 24 field probation officers, plus seven (7) probation officers, and five (5) clerks in the General Services Unit (GSU). The GSU monitors over 13,000 adult probationers via computer tracking of the probationers’ submission of written reports. It is estimated that 80 percent of those in Adult Probation had one or more criminal convictions prior to the one for which they are currently on probation. An estimated 45 percent of those presently on adult probation will commit additional crimes before their present probation term has been completed. In the Adult Probation program there is the opportunity for educational programs that can qualify the probationer for a GED high school certificate and a junior college program that is tuition free. Both programs are intended to prepare the probationer for job placement opportunities. The County has located employment for 80 percent of those that participate in these programs. There is a direct correlation between those probationers that take advantage of these educational programs and the incidents of repeat offenses, i.e., education and jobs significantly reduce repeat offenses. Only ten percent (10%) of the total probation officers are devoted to Adult Probation supervision. The caseload is about 550 cases per probation officer, exclusive of those tracked by the GSU personnel. The Probation Department has a need for additional personnel and funding from the County for the Adult Probation programs. There is an urgent need to develop grant funds for adult probation programs at the State and Federal levels. RECOMMENDATIONS 00-114 SUBMIT AN IMMEDIATE REQUEST TO THE BOARD OF SUPERVISORS FOR THE FUNDING AND HIRING OF A MINIMUM OF 75 PROBATION OFFICERS DEDICATED TO THE ADULT PROBATION PROGRAM. 00-115 RESEARCH ALL SOURCES OF FUNDING TO DETERMINE IF GRANT FUNDS ARE AVAILABLE FOR ADULT PROBATION PROGRAMS. 00-116 UNDERTAKE AN AGGRESSIVE PROGRAM THROUGH PROFESSIONAL ORGANIZATION AFFILIATES AND POLITICAL CHANNELS, AT THE STATE AND FEDERAL LEVELS, TO DEVELOP GRANTS FOR ADULT PROBATION PROGRAMS. 00-117 ESTABLISH A MONTHLY REPORTING PROCEDURE FOR ALL ADULT PROBATIONERS TO KEEP BETTER TRACK OF THEIR ACTIVITIES. 00-118 ENCOURAGE GREATER PARTICIPATION BY PROBATIONERS TO ENROLL IN THE ADULT EDUCATIONAL PROGRAMS THAT QUALIFY THEM FOR JOBS. PUBLIC ADMINISTRATOR/ CORONER BACKGROUND The Public Administrator’s office has the responsibility to investigate and to administer estates of decedents placed under its jurisdiction. As part of this responsibility, the Public Administrator inventories the deceased’s property and locates heirs, if any. It also inventories personal and real property, checks property ownership, supervises business affairs, manages rented property, pays expenses, and collects estate income, benefits, and insurance due to the estate. FINDINGS Two deputy public administrators take initial inventory of personal property at the residence of the deceased. Two County warehouse employees take a second inventory after the personal property has been transported to the Public Administrator’s Warehouse in San Bernardino. A random check of several Public Administrator files showed that the inventory sheets written by the warehouse personnel had only one signature instead of the required two. All unclaimed personal property of a decedent is taken to the County warehouse for storage. Only about 50 percent of the total warehouse space is available for use by the Public Administrator, which is inadequate for the storage of these goods. Currently, all personal property is stacked in lots and identified by signs that are nailed to the warehouse walls. At the present time there is no computer program to help identify personal effects of the deceased. RECOMMENDATIONS 00-119 REQUIRE TWO SIGNATURES ON ALL INVENTORY SHEETS TO INSURE TOTAL ACCOUNTABILITY OF DECEDENT’S PROPERTY. 00-120 SEEK ADDITIONAL SPACE TO HOLD PERSONAL PROPERTY TO ENSURE THE SEPARATION OF EACH LOT. 00-121 DEVELOP A COMPUTER PROGRAM TO LINK PERSONAL EFFECTS BY LOT NUMBERS FOR EASIER IDENTIFICATION. PUBLIC DEFENDER / INDIGENT DEFENSE BACKGROUND The Public Defender’s office provides legal representation for persons who are charged with a criminal offense and whom the Courts have found to be financially unable to employ private counsel. The County Administrative Office established the County Indigent Defense Program as a County function independent from the Court. The program consists of a staff analyst and a fiscal clerk who is responsible for accounts payable for appointed private attorneys and their staff of investigators and experts. FINDINGS Contract and/or ad hoc attorneys are appointed for a client as the result of either a conflict of interest or an excessive caseload on the part of the Public Defender’s office. Contract attorneys are under contract to the Court and ad hoc attorneys are hired on a case-by-case basis when the case is beyond the capabilities of the Public Defender or the private attorney. In the last three years in the San Bernardino District, the average cost of a contract attorney is $950 per case and an ad hoc attorney $4,000 to $5,000 per case. The cost of a case to the Public Defender’s office is $534 per case. There are no reporting requirements to the County Administrative Office or the Board of Supervisors for expenditures incurred by the Public Defender’s office or the Indigent Defense office. The Public Defender’s central office in San Bernardino tried 38 felony and misdemeanor jury trials in 1999. The Indigent Defense Program of private attorneys tried 93 felony and misdemeanor jury trials in the San Bernardino district. In 1999 the Public Defender’s central office was assigned 3,839 felony cases, of which 938 had conflicts of interest. Conflict cases accounted for 24.43 percent of all assigned felony cases. This percentage is more than double the 11.40 percent of conflicted cases over the past five years. The Public Defender’s office and the County Indigent Defense Program have different computer programs for collecting data and cost figures. As a consequence, there is no consistent method of collecting caseload data and cost information for all providers of indigent defense in San Bernardino County. There is no one in the County to provide overall leadership in coordinating indigent defense services or in evaluating and implementing measures to control costs between the Public Defender’s office and the Indigent Defense Program. The Public Defender’s office does not have a written policy that outlines what constitutes a conflict of interest and what situations would require withdrawing from a case. The Court determines if a client is eligible for the services of a Public Defender. The Court does not require a financial background report on the client to determine the client’s ability to pay. RECOMMENDATIONS 00-122 DEVELOP A WRITTEN POLICY THAT OUTLINES THE CONFLICT OF INTEREST PROCESS AND THE SITUATIONS THAT WOULD REQUIRE WITHDRAWING FROM A CASE. 00-123 DEVELOP A COMPUTER-BASED PROGRAM FOR COMPILING DATA ON COST INFORMATION AND CASELOAD FACTS THAT ENCOMPASSES BOTH THE PUBLIC DEFENDER’S OFFICE AND THE COUNTY INDIGENT DEFENSE PROGRAM. 00-124 PROVIDE THE COURTS WITH A WRITTEN FINANCIAL BACKGROUND CHECK ON THE CLIENT’S ABILITY TO PAY PRIOR TO THEIR COURT APPEARANCE. 00-125 ESTABLISH SEMI-ANNUAL REPORTS TO THE BOARD OF SUPERVISORS THAT DOCUMENT THE PRODUCTIVITY OF THE PUBLIC DEFENDER’S OFFICE. THE REPORTS ARE TO INCLUDE TOTAL NUMBER OF CASES BROUGHT TO TRIAL (MISDEMEANOR AND FELONY), NUMBER HANDLED BY THE PUBLIC DEFENDER’S OFFICE, NUMBER HANDLED BY PRIVATE ATTORNEYS, AND THE TOTAL COST OF THESE TRIALS BY BOTH THE PUBLIC DEFENDER’S OFFICE AND THE INDIGENT DEFENSE OFFICE. 00-126 ESTABLISH A STAFF POSITION THAT HAS THE RESPONSIBILITY TO COORDINATE AND EVALUATE SERVICES AND COSTS BETWEEN THE PUBLIC DEFENDER’S OFFICE AND THE INDIGENT DEFENSE PROGRAM. SHERIFF’S DEPARTMENT BACKGROUND According to the Sheriff’s Department, their mission is “to provide prevention, protection, and public safety services with their partners, to diverse communities in the nation’s largest county. The cornerstones of their service are commitment, innovation, and pride. Their vision is to be a high performance, inclusive department with high professional standards of integrity, ethics, and behavior guided by the letter and spirit of the law, and the law enforcement code of ethics. The department will relentlessly investigate criminal acts and arrest those guilty of violating the law, while building positive relationships with those they serve.” At present, the Sheriff’s Department has contracts to provide law enforcement for 13 cities. The department has many patrol vehicles, of which a number are unmarked. The unmarked vehicles are used for investigations. The Sheriff’s Department serves half of the incorporated cities and all of the unincorporated communities in the County, resulting in a regional approach to crime fighting and public safety. FINDINGS San Bernardino County uses a competitive sealed bidding system when purchasing new vehicles for various departments. Proposals are referred to as Requests for Proposal (RFP). A committee of six County departments, including a representative of the Sheriff’s Department, evaluates competitive sealed proposals. At the public bid opening, only the vendor name is read aloud. Neither price nor other information is made public until after a notice of intent to award is given. Used vehicles are included in the department’s budget for the purchase of vehicles, which requires the Board of Supervisors’ approval. After the approval, the Sheriff’s Department determines the number, models, and types of vehicles to purchase. The department’s Automotive Supervisor, who has the final decision as to ultimate price, purchases all used vehicles at auctions. These vehicles are purchased primarily for undercover law enforcement activities. Identity may place the safety of officers in jeopardy. All used vehicles are purchased through the same agency with a fee of $400 on each unit. Dealer used auto auctions require bidders to have a current auto sales license. This license allows the holder to purchase or sell vehicles. The Automotive Supervisor has established his relationship through a dealership located in Barstow. He acts as the vendor’s agent in all transactions, in addition to being a Sheriff’s Department employee. This supervisor offers services as a “fleet” sales agent to employees of the County. As a salesman for the dealership, he has sold vehicles and received commissions from the agency. Contemporaneous employment is noted in San Bernardino County’s purchasing manual (Section 4, ) as “… an employee cannot be employed or perform services for a vendor that sells goods or services to that employee’s department. Such vendors are barred from submitting bids or proposals to that department.” RECOMMENDATIONS 00-127 AVOID ANY TRANSACTION BETWEEN A COUNTY EMPLOYEE AND A VENDOR THAT CONFLICTS WITH COUNTY POLICY OR ANY OTHER CIRCUMSTANCE CAUSING A BREACH OF CONFIDENCE IN THE ACQUISITION PROCESS. 00-128 DEVELOP DEFINED GUIDELINES FOR THE PURCHASE OF USED VEHICLES AT AUCTIONS, AVOIDING POSSIBLE IMPLICATIONS OF CONFLICT OF INTEREST. 00-129 ESTABLISH A RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN VENDORS AND THE COUNTY PURCHASING DEPARTMENT, WHICH ACTS INDEPENDENTLY OF THE SHERIFF’S DEPARTMENT PERSONNEL WHEN PURCHASING USED VEHICLES. 00-130 PROVIDE A WRITTEN CONTRACT BETWEEN THE COUNTY AND VENDOR THAT COVERS THE RESPONSIBILITIES OF PURCHASING USED VEHICLES. PUBLIC SERVICES COMMITTEE Fiscal year 1999-2000 brought several changes to the organizational structure for San Bernardino County employees. During the last year the Public Services Group was renamed Economic Development/Public Services Group and several departments were added that cover many services to the public. Departments carried over from the Public Services Group include: Agriculture/Weights and Measures Airports Community and Cultural Resources Economic and Community Development Land Use Services Library Registrar of Voters Transportation/Flood Control/GIMS/Surveyor Waste System Division As a result of reorganization, the following departments were added to the Group: County Fire Redevelopment Agency Special Districts While subcommittees were established to review limited aspects of selected departments, only the original nine departments were included in this report. AGRICULTURE/ WEIGHTS AND MEASURES DEPARTMENT WEIGHTS AND MEASURES DIVISION BACKGROUND It has been several years since any Grand Jury looked into the operations of the Agriculture/Weights and Measures Department. A subcommittee was formed to look into several areas of the department. The Agriculture group and the Weights and Measures group recently were combined, and they are in the process of merging the job classifications of both groups into one journeyman classification. The Agriculture personnel can operate within the Weights and Measures group without any problems. The Weights and Measures personnel have to be licensed, and have five levels of State test certifications. FINDINGS Fees are collected from businesses based on the number and type of measuring devices installed. Typical devices include grocery scales, gasoline pumps, taximeters, and mobile home electric, gas, and water meters. Some fees are billed on an annual basis and others are a one-time initial inspection charge. Any callbacks due to failure may or may not be billed. The Weights and Measures inspector whom the Grand Jury accompanied conducts about 1,000 inspections annually. Inspections are done on a rotating basis. The inspector relies on information from the administrative group, which tracks new applicants, to keep files updated. The inspector uses his personal home computer to develop a database of clients for the annual inspections. If the inspector is not available and someone else does an initial inspection, a client could “fall through the cracks” and not be checked again. The inspector said when inspectors drive to and from assignments they watch for openings of new gas stations and stores. If not given data on the new operation, an inspector makes a call on the facility to be sure that all permits, inspections, and approvals have been obtained. A ride-along stop was made at a gas station. This stop was the result of a complaint. The process of sealing and what happens when a seal is broken for repairs, maintenance, or tampering was explained. These require verification and have to be resealed. A pump was found to be out of tolerance. It was shut down, red tagged (sealed off and declared out of service), and the employee on duty was notified. Another dispenser from this cluster was tested and found to be within tolerance. There is a fee for re-inspection. If not notified that the infraction has been repaired within 30 days, a second visit is made and a warning is issued. If not repaired within 60 days, an order can be issued to take legal action, which could result in administrative, civil, or criminal actions. The second stop on the ride-along was a routine inspection and testing of a scale at a grocery outlet. Weights were put on the scale in various combinations. The scale was the type that calculates the dollar amount to be charged when a price per pound was entered. Variances allowed were based on weight amounts being tested; the smaller the weight, the smaller the allowable variance. Equipment exceeding tolerances is immediately taken out of service. All calculations were correct. There are two County inspectors who test grocery store scanners in the valley. Each inspector has about 700-750 clients. The inspector involved in the ride-along relies on a manual 4 x 6-card system for the data listing on his clients. Grand Jurors accompanied an inspector on a review of a large chain grocery store. At least two items were taken from each aisle. In a large store this would amount to about 40 items. The selection of items was made on a 50/50 basis – sale priced and regular priced items. Of particular interest were displays at the end of aisles and items that were labeled by hand. A device that scans Universal Product Codes (UPC) was used. It tracks descriptions and prices and produces a tape of the data, item by item, including a bar code. The tape was passed over the scanner at the checkout stand and the information was recorded on the register tape. An item-by-item comparison was made. Deviations were reviewed with the store manager and verified at the shelf. No violations were found and the manager was given a copy of the Scanner Sales Price Report. Penalties for a violation are based on the severity of the problem. Taken into account are the number of items reviewed, the number of errors, and the dollar amount as a percent of the total over and under charges of the correct total price. There are three levels of penalties: serious, moderate, and minor. It was noted during both ride-along visits that each of the inspectors had their own record-keeping system. There is yet another system, which is used by administration for billing purposes for annual fees. When the Grand Jury inquired about using one database, we were advised that there is a database, but some in the office felt that it was old and hard to maintain. Others felt comfortable with it as opposed to getting something new and having to learn a new system. RECOMMENDATIONS 00-131 CONSULT WITH THE INFORMATION SERVICES DEPARTMENT ON A DATABASE PROGRAM THAT COULD BE USED FOR AGRICULTURE/WEIGHTS AND MEASURES, ALONG WITH THE ADMINISTRATIVE PROCESS OF ANNUAL BILLINGS. MERGE AND COMPARE EXISTING FILES FOR REVIEW BY MANAGEMENT FOR APPROPRIATE STAFFING LEVELS, WORK ASSIGNMENTS, AND WORK LOCATIONS. 00-132 INITIATE A PROGRAM WITH ALL AGENCIES THAT ISSUE BUSINESS LICENSES OR FINAL PERMITS TO NOTIFY THE COUNTY AGRICULTURE/WEIGHTS AND MEASURES DEPARTMENT BEFORE FINAL PERMITS OR APPROVALS TO OPEN A NEW BUSINESS ARE GIVEN. 00-133 PROHIBIT COUNTY FILES AND DATA FROM BEING PLACED ONLY ON PERSONAL HOME COMPUTERS. PESTICIDE REGULATORY DIVISION BACKGROUND A review of reports from previous Grand Juries noted that it had been some time since the Agriculture/Weights and Measures Department had been reviewed. Since there are diverse groups within the department, reviews were made of several major areas of activities. The Pesticide Regulatory Division is responsible for pest management/eradication and pesticide enforcement, and has a pesticide formulation program that has been in existence since 1966. Regulations over environmental concerns about both animals and poisons have reduced the overall mission of this group. FINDINGS Current pesticide production includes two rodent baits and the sale of “gas bombs” to eradicate ground squirrels. Annually, 35,000 to 45,000 pounds of bait is produced based on the weather patterns. Rainfall increases rodent population, while dry weather maintains “normal” population. Last year 42,278 pounds of bait were sold. Bait is available in 2½, 5, and 25-pound bags. The smaller size bags are usually sold to homeowners. There are many warnings covering the use of bait and the types of animals to watch for because of the potential affect on endangered species. Anyone purchasing 100 pounds or more must prove they are in the agricultural business. Cost to make the bait was broken down into package size. A 50 cent ($.50) per pound fee is sent to the State for the use of the State seal on the product, and is included in the price. The fee covers testing for standard adherence to State mandated formulas. An “overhead” dollar amount calculated by the Auditor/Controller for the Pesticide Group is also included in the price. 2½ lb. bag 5 lb. bag 25 lb. bag Product Cost $1.27 $2.34 $10.19 Administration $ .80 $1.49 $ 6.43 State Surcharge $1.25 $2.50 $16.50 Total Cost $3.32 $6.33 $29.12 Sales Price $3.25 $6.25 $29.00 The Agricultural Commissioner’s office calculates the amount owed to the Franchise Tax Board. The sales price includes the tax amount. Selling amounts have been rounded off for simplicity. The Auditor/Controller has accepted this practice. Baits and gas bombs are stored in a building at the rear of the Agriculture Department at the Rialto Avenue complex in San Bernardino. The baits are controlled substances and access to the storage area is limited. Keys to the storage facility are logged out to the employees. A physical count of the inventory is made every month and is verified by using the formula and the amount of product used. The main ingredient in the pesticide bait is oat groats (whole grain without hulls). This mill product is purchased in 50-pound bags under a Request for Proposal (RFP). Due to limited availability, the same supplier has been used over the last several years. These products are usually sold to farmers and ranchers. There are no commercial products they can procure as economically. This provides a benefit to an industry within the County. Most counties no longer make these products. Due to environmental problems, other counties have planned no new facilities. In addition to sales to other counties and cities, the department has a contract with Caltrans to perform their rodent control program on the freeway corridors in Riverside and San Bernardino counties. Since the formulation of the bait is based on a State mandate, there are no commercial products available with the same formulation. Any commercial package that is similar in composition could cost 4-5 times more than prices charged by the County. Increased costs of development, research, and testing would have to be passed along to consumers. Drivers of weed control equipment along County highways are assigned to mix the product on days they cannot work on the roads. These are the people who apply the product. As a condition of employment they must have a certificate for “pesticide application.” The County does not pay for these certificates. The storage building is divided into four main areas. Three areas are accessible from a main entry. Mixing of poisons and groats is performed in the first area. Masks, gloves and other safety equipment are provided for use by the employees. A sewing machine used to seal paper sacks is in this area, along with a scale used to measure the product (calibrated by Weights and Measures). Sheets of cardboard placed over the mixer act as a curtain to capture dust and fumes to be exhausted to the outside. The other two areas are for storage. A small room contains the smaller packages of product and baits formed into blocks. The larger storage area contains the 50-pound bags of groats and 25-pound bags of bait. The area must be fumigated every other month. There are damage holes in the ceiling. Due to risks related to poisons and fumigation, Facilities Management responds to requests very quickly. When necessary, Risk Management is called upon for assistance. Neither exterior nor interior doors have warning signs regarding poisons. The fourth storage area is on the south end of the building and has a separate entrance. Gas bombs are placed in this area. Each carton has a warning label that the product is an explosive (Class 1.4). The passage door does not have any warning signs regarding poisons or explosives, and an overhead garage-type door does not fit tightly. RECOMMENDATIONS 00-134 INCREASE PRICING TO COVER ALL COSTS, INCLUDING AMOUNTS PAID TO THE STATE FRANCHISE TAX BOARD, FOR ALL ITEMS BEING SOLD BELOW COST. 00-135 INSTALL CLEAR PLASTIC SHEETING AT THE MIXING MACHINE, FOR GREATER VISIBILITY AND FOR CONTROL OVER DUST AND FUMES IN THE WORK AREA. 00-136 POST BILINGUAL SIGNS ON ALL EXTERIOR AND INTERIOR DOORS ANNOUNCING THE PRESENCE OF POISONS AND EXPLOSIVES FOR THE SAFETY OF ALL EMPLOYEES, ESPECIALLY EMERGENCY RESPONSE PERSONNEL. 00-137 ASSURE REQUIREMENTS FOR THE STORAGE OF EXPLOSIVES ARE FOLLOWED. CHINO AIRPORT WASTE MANAGEMENT BOND BACKGROUND In June 1996 San Bernardino County issued two revenue bonds (Series A for $25,390,000 and Series B for $90,000,000). The bonds were waste management bonds and the funds were to be used for completion of landfill site closures and the expansion of landfills. Security for the two issues was the Chino Airport. The 1998-99 Grand Jury noted that “Federally funded portions of the airport, such as runways, taxiways and control towers are inappropriately included in the encumbrance.” FINDINGS In July 1999 a letter was sent to the Federal Aviation Administration (FAA) requesting that it review the documents relating to the bond issues as to the County’s compliance with Federal Assurances, and requested any corrective action needed in the event the County may have failed to comply with those Assurances. The FAA responded that to remedy the compliance problem, the County must unencumber the airport. In August 1999 the County considered several alternatives to resolve the matter. Subsequently, it was concluded that the best alternative was a combination of collateral substitution for the Series A issue and a refinancing of the debt using different collateral for the Series B issue. In September 1999 approval by the Board of Supervisors resolved the matter as to the remaining $17,020,000 of Series A bonds by releasing the Chino Airport property and substituting certain County-owned property, identified as the Glen Helen Rehabilitation Center, the Glen Helen Academy, and 469 acres. All other terms remained unchanged, including the maturity in the year 2003. The only cost to the County was the policy of title insurance, estimated to be no more than $25,000. In November 1999 approval by the Board of Supervisors was given to refinance the entire $92,000,000 Series B tax-exempt, fixed-rate bond with a new taxable, variable-rate issue with the same year 2016 maturity, using the Mid-Valley Landfill as the security, and releasing the Chino Airport property. The reason given for refinancing a tax-exempt issue with a taxable issue is to meet current Internal Revenue Service requirements. Because interest rates have declined since 1996, the new taxable, variable-rate is projected to reduce the total principal and interest outlay over the life of the bond, thereby saving the County an estimated $10,000,000. In addition, the taxable issue series is approximately $92 million compared to $107 million for a tax-exempt issue and by using a taxable issue, the proceeds can now be used by Solid Waste for any project within the system. The estimated costs associated with the refinancing are shown below. None of the providers of services shown below were involved in the original bond issue, except for Seidler-Fitzgerald Public Finance, which is the County’s financial advisor. Payee Name Purpose of Obligation Est. Cost Letter of Credit Bank (HVB) Expenses $10,000 Letter of Credit Bank (HVB) Legal Expenses 35,000 Standard & Poor’s Rating Agency Fee 30,000 Moody’s Rating Agency Fee 30,000 U.S. Trust Trustee 6,000 Quint & Thimmig Disclosure Counsel Fee 25,000 Quint & Thimmig Special Counsel Fee 154,000 Seidler-Fitzgerald Public Finance Financial Advisor 95,000 Merrill Corporation POS and NOS Printing 30,000 California Municipal Statistics Overlapping Debt Statement 500 Lawyer’s Title Title Insurance 40,000 Appraiser Appraisal 32,000 Grant Thornton Verification 8,000 TOTAL $495,500 Because interest rates have declined since 1996, the County expects to save an estimated $10 million over the life of the Series B bond. Even though the costs to refinance the Series B bond are less than normal, the whole matter of improperly using airport property as bond collateral raises the question of accountability. It was reported that the original plan was to use the landfills as collateral for the bonds, but at the last minute Financial Securities Assurance didn’t want to use the landfill as collateral. At no place in the original bond issue documentation presented to the Board of Supervisors was the collateral identified by name. This allowed the collateral to be switched without the Board of Supervisors, County staff or the public being made aware of the conflict. That was when the former County Administrative Officer (CAO) decided to use the Chino Airport property. A representative from the CAO’s office was clearly informed that airport properties had Federal Assurances which restricted placing a lien on it. In fact, the Director of Airports was unaware that a lien had ever been placed on Chino Airport until mid-1999. As a matter of sound business practice, the lien on collateral should always tie to the purpose or use of the borrowed funds. There were no recorded FAA deed restrictions on the Chino Airport property. The County Counsel reviews the documents as to form; the financial advisor looks at it from a financial perspective; bond counsel is there to provide a tax opinion only; and the underwriter’s counsel is there to protect the bondholders. The policy of title insurance did not note any restrictions as a result of it being airport property. RECOMMENDATIONS 00-138 REQUIRE COUNTY COUNSEL TO HAVE GREATER ACCOUNTABILITY FOR THE TERMS, CONDITIONS, COLLATERAL AND DOCUMENTA- TION OF ANY FUTURE BOND OFFERINGS. 00-139 RECORD A DOCUMENT WHEREIN THE FEDERAL ASSURANCES, WHICH PLACE RESTRICTIONS ON EACH COUNTY AIRPORT PROPERTY, ARE ACKNOWLEDGED AS A MATTER OF PUBLIC RECORD. 00-140 REQUIRE THAT COLLATERAL PLEDGED FOR FUTURE BOND ISSUES BE DIRECTLY RELATED TO THE USES OF THOSE BORROWED FUNDS. 00-141 RESEARCH WHETHER ANY OF THE PARTIES INVOLVED IN THE INITIAL BOND ISSUE HAVE A RESPONSIBILITY UNDER THEIR PROFESSIONAL LIABILITY INSURANCE TO REIMBURSE THE COUNTY FOR THE COSTS OF REFINANCING. 00-142 IDENTIFY THE PROPERTY BEING PLEDGED AS SECURITY FOR ALL BOND ISSUES WHEN DOCUMENTATION IS SENT TO THE BOARD OF SUPERVISORS FOR THEIR APPROVAL. COMMUNITY AND CULTURAL RESOURCES DEPARTMENT GLEN HELEN BLOCKBUSTER PAVILION
Additional Recommendations 19

Not linked to specific findings.

R00-30: REVAMP THE SUGGESTION AWARDS COMMITTEE WITH NEW, FRESH FACES THAT WILL BE UNHINDERED BY PAST HABITS AND PRACTICES, AND ESTABLISH A MAXIMUM NUMBER OF TWO-YEAR TERMS THAT A PERSON CAN SERVE.
Page 22
R00-31: PROVIDE SUFFICIENT MANPOWER FOR THE STAFF SUPPORT SO THAT SUGGESTORS RECEIVE A TIMELY RESPONSE TO THEIR SUGGESTIONS.
Page 22
R00-32: ENCOURAGE EXPANDED EMPLOYEE PARTICIPATION THROUGH A NEW COUNTYWIDE PUBLICITY EFFORT, PROFESSIONAL ADMINISTRATION BY ALL PARTIES TO THE PROGRAM, TIMELY DECISIONS BASED ON THE MERITS OF THE SUGGESTIONS, AND A MORE LIBERAL INTER- PRETATION OF THE TANGIBLE SAVINGS TO BE GAINED. TREASURER-TAX COLLECTOR BACKGROUND The Treasurer-Tax Collector is an elected position that heads up a department consisting of three divisions. The Treasurer-Tax Collector functions are: • Tax Collection Division is responsible for the collection and accounting of taxes for all taxing entities of the County. The division collects secured taxes, unsecured taxes, transient occupancy taxes, and racehorse taxes, and also conducts tax sales and processes senior citizen applications for postponement of real estate taxes. • The Treasurer Division provides banking services, including payment of all warrants and depositing of receipts for all County departments, school districts, and special districts. The division also invests these agencies funds, which total more than $1.5 billion. Other functions of the division are to provide cash management for County funds and issuance of temporary borrowing, when necessary.
Page 22
R00-33: MAIL A NOTIFICATION OF TAX DELINQUENCY WITHIN 30 DAYS OF MISSING THE DECEMBER 10 INSTALLMENT, IN ADDITION TO MAILING THE NOTIFICATION OF TAX DELINQUENCY IN MAY.
Page 25
R00-34: REDUCE THE APPROXIMATELY $50 MILLION IN DELINQUENT TAXES BY DEVELOPING MORE AGGRESSIVE COLLECTION AND TAX SALE PRACTICES.
Page 26
R00-35: ENLARGE, COLOR, MAKE BOLD AND PROMINENTLY DISPLAY THE NOTICE “THERE ARE PRIOR YEAR TAXES DUE” ON ANY TAX BILL WHERE THERE IS A DELINQUENT TAX OWING.
Page 26
R00-36: CONTINUE WITH THE REQUIRED COMPUTER PROGRAM DEVELOPMENT AND BOARD OF SUPERVISORS’ APPROVAL THAT WOULD PERMIT THE COUNTY TO ACCEPT PARTIAL PAYMENTS FOR TAXES DUE.
Page 26
R00-37: IMPLEMENT THE CODE OF ETHICS AS RECOMMENDED IN THE 1999 OUTSIDE AUDIT CONDUCTED AS A RESULT OF THE EMBEZZLEMENT OF FUNDS.
Page 26
R00-38: DEVELOP AND IMPLEMENT A NEW SET OF DEPARTMENT POLICIES AND PROCEDURES TO INSURE A SYSTEM OF INTERNAL CONTROLS ARE IN PLACE TO ACHIEVE CONSISTENT AND PROFESSIONAL PERFORMANCE OF THE DEPARTMENT RESPONSIBILITIES.
Page 26
R00-39: REQUIRE THE COUNTY AUDITOR/CONTROLLER, OR AN OUTSIDE AUDIT FIRM, TO CONDUCT A FULL-SCALE PERFORMANCE AND FISCAL AUDIT OF THE ENTIRE TREASURER-TAX COLLECTOR DEPARTMENT ONCE A YEAR, AS A ROUTINE BUSINESS PRACTICE.
Page 26
R00-40: CHANGE THE PRACTICE OF HAVING TAX PAYMENT CHECKS MADE PAYABLE TO “DICK LARSEN, TREASURER-TAX COLLECTOR”, AND HAVE THEM MADE PAYABLE TO “TREASURER-TAX COLLECTOR”.
Page 26
R00-41: DEVELOP A MORE DETAILED AND SOPHISTICATED REPORTING SYSTEM, USING DOLLAR CRITERIA TO JUSTIFY THE DECISION, TO BE USED WHENEVER MAJOR DEBTS OWING THE COUNTY ARE TO BE CHARGED OFF.
Page 26
R00-42: ESTABLISH A FOLLOW-UP SYSTEM TO ASSURE THAT ANY AUDIT REPORT FROM THE STATE CONTROLLER’S OFFICE BE RECEIVED IN A TIMELY MANNER SO THAT PREVENTATIVE OR CORRECTIVE ACTION CAN BE TAKEN.
Page 26
R00-43: INCLUDE A SEPARATE SHEET WHEN THE ASSESSOR MAILS THE NOTICE OF REDUCTION IN ASSESSED VALUE THAT CLEARLY AND SIMPLY STATES IN LARGE, “EYE-CATCHING” PRINT ”THIS IS A REDUCTION IN ASSESSED VALUE AND YOU MAY BE ELIGIBLE FOR A REFUND OF TAXES PAID. THE TAXPAYER WILL RECEIVE A FORM IN THE NEAR FUTURE FROM THE COUNTY PROPERTY TAX DIVISION”.
Page 29
R00-44: INCLUDE A SEPARATE SHEET WHEN THE PROPERTY TAX DIVISION MAILS THE CLAIM FOR REFUND FORM, THAT CLEARLY AND SIMPLY STATES IN LARGE, “EYE-CATCHING” PRINT “THIS
Page 29
R00-45: ADD WORDING TO THE TAX BILL THAT IS MAILED ANNUALLY BY THE TREASURER-TAX COLLECTOR STATING THAT AN UNCLAIMED TAX REFUND IS DUE UNDER THIS PARCEL NUMBER.
Page 30
R00-46: MAKE A CONSCIENTIOUS SEARCH BY THE PROPERTY TAX DIVISION OF BUSINESSES AND INDIVIDUALS OWED TAX REFUNDS AND MAKE A SECOND MAILING TO NOTIFY THOSE TAXPAYERS THEY ARE ELIGIBLE FOR AN UNCLAIMED TAX REFUND.
Page 30
R00-47: PLACE A NOTICE IN ALL OF THE MAJOR COUNTY NEWSPAPERS BY THE PROPERTY TAX DIVISION ALERTING THE PUBLIC THAT THERE ARE ONLY 30 DAYS REMAINING TO CLAIM THEIR TAX REFUND, PRIOR TO REQUESTING TRANSFER TO THE GENERAL FUND.
Page 30
R00-48: REQUEST THE AUDITOR ANNUALLY SUBMIT TO THE BOARD OF SUPERVISORS FOR APPROVAL THE TIMELY TRANSFER OF THE ELIGIBLE UNCLAIMED TAX REFUNDS TO THE GENERAL FUND. COMPLAINTS COMMITTEE An important function of California Grand Juries is to consider bona fide complaints concerning local government operations submitted by members of the public. In San Bernardino County, complaints must be submitted in writing using the Grand Jury’s standard complaint form. As the Grand Jury has no assigned staff of investigators, public input is of vital importance if government oversight is to be effective. The identity of the complainant, the actions taken by the complainant to solve the problem, the subject and target of the complaint, and supporting data and information
Page 30
Findings & Recommendations 40 findings
F1: Many roads in the area were not identified by street signs or addresses. h No firebreaks were visible in the area. h Roads in many areas lacked proper maintenance. h Some standpipes were not easily located. The area observed varied from complete devastation to properties suffering little or no damage. Most of the dwellings spared by the fire had been cleared of debris surrounding the buildings, in accordance with local abatement programs. Some roads in the area were too narrow to allow safe passage of automobiles or fire engines, endangering firefighters and causing potential loss of equipment. Some of the strike teams were comprised of city fire engines designed primarily for use on paved roads. The engines with four-wheel drive and off- road capabilities were suited for mountain terrain. Water availability was a critical issue in this fire. A review of several areas revealed that their systems are 40 years old, with many having water access from standpipes, not fire hydrants. Standpipes have to be accessed through a street valve that is located in a main line several feet into the roadway. Water is released into the standpipe when a special long-handled tool is used to open a valve below the surface of the ground. In areas where hydrants have replaced standpipes, water is turned on at the top of the hydrant with a special standard wrench used by all fire departments. The out-of-area fire departments do not routinely carry the special tool used to turn on the standpipes. Some units could not access the water and replenish their tankers or engine tanks. Fifty percent (50%) of all County fire engines have exceeded the recommended operational life. Statements were made to the Grand Jury that the optimum operating life of engines is 15 to 20 years. Some vehicles in the County have been in operation for 30 years.
F2: There is no Countywide information technology plan that addresses the County’s requirements for equipment, software, and technical personnel for the next three to five years.
F3: There is no Countywide computer training program, facility, or staff to train County personnel in basic computer systems and/or departmental software systems.
F4: There is no Countywide standardized equipment-purchasing plan to ensure the lowest price per unit costs are obtained when purchasing equipment and/or software.
F5: There is no Countywide data information access security plan. Most departments have their own computer personnel that have no direct reporting responsibility to the Information Services Department. They do participate with ISD technical personnel on a given project. Of the 40-plus County departments, there are three that are mostly independent of ISD – the Sheriff’s Department, Arrowhead Regional Medical Center and Human Services System.
F6: The suggestion form is date stamped.
F7: A letter is sent to the suggestor acknowledging receipt of the suggestion.
F8: Pertinent data is entered into a self-developed computer- tracking program by the staff support person.
F9: The suggestion is sent to the affected department for evaluation, analysis, and comment. The bylaws say the suggestion is to be evaluated within three months, but this isn’t always followed.
F10: The affected department evaluates the suggestion and, if it is recommended for approval, the Suggestion Awards Committee meets and takes an action. If not recommended for approval, action will be postponed until there are other matters for consideration. Sometimes the Suggestion Awards Committee will request that the suggestion be sent back to the department for further evaluation.
F11: Meetings of the Suggestion Awards Committee are to be held on a quarterly basis (currently calendared monthly) to determine the suggestion’s eligibility/ awards based on their evaluation, and/or to hear appeals of suggestion award decisions. The amount of awards in fiscal year 1999 totaled between $20,000 and $25,000; one of the awards was for $5,000. The bylaws state that the award for a suggestion is ten percent (10%) of the total net savings and/or revenue of County, State and/or Federal funds for the first year’s projection, with a minimum award of $100 and a maximum of $5,000. A random selection of Suggestion Award files was reviewed to observe how the program was being administered. Three files from fiscal year 1997 and three files from fiscal year 1999 were selected. The program was under different staff support during these two periods. Each of the six files demonstrated serious weaknesses in program administration. The findings can be summarized as follows:
F12: A suggestion was received on May 5, 1997. Requests for evaluations were sent to two separate departments on May 13 and responses were received on June 13 and June 19. The letter to the suggestor notifying him that the suggestion was not going to be implemented was dated August 24, 1998. This was 14 months after the departments had responded.
F13: A suggestion was received August 13, 1997. Requests for evaluations to two separate departments were sent on August 19. One evaluator returned the completed form on September 11, 1997 but the other department never completed the evaluation. No suggestion was awarded because the estimated annual tangible savings was less than $1,000 so the award would have been less than the minimum $100. There is no evidence in the file to indicate that the suggestor was ever informed of the final disposition.
F14: A suggestion was received on March 4, 1998. A request for evaluation was sent on May 29, nearly three months later. The evaluator completed the form on June 9, but the department head did not sign off until October 26, four and one-half months later. The letter from the department head to the Suggestion Awards Program staff support person stating the reasons for not recommending approval, was inappropriately sent to the suggestor directly by the department head. On February 18, 1999 the program staff support person notified the suggestor by letter that his suggestion had not been recommended and on February 17, 1999, the suggestor appealed the decision. In light of the appeal, on February 23, 1999 the staff support person requested the department head complete a reevaluation of the suggestion no later than March 23, 1999. More than 12 months had passed without a response from the department head. The program staff support person sent a follow-up request on March 1, 2000. A response from the department was received on March 22, 2000 and the suggestor was notified on April 7, 2000 that the appeal was denied.
F15: A suggestion was received on February 3, 1999. The suggestor was notified of receipt of the suggestion on February 9 and the evaluation by the department head was requested on the same date. The department head responded with a negative
F16: A suggestion was received on June 28, 1999. The suggestor was notified of receipt of the suggestion on June 28 and the evaluation by the department head was requested on the same date. Nine months later the department head still has not responded, in violation of the written procedures.
F17: A suggestion was received September 23, 1999. The suggestor was notified of receipt of the suggestion on September 27, and the evaluation by the department head was requested on the same date. Six months later the department head still has not responded, in violation of the written procedures. In addition to the above examples, it was reported that many old files lack sufficient documentation to accurately determine the final disposition. Some files dating back to 1994 have never been closed out. In the past, some requests to department heads for evaluations were never answered and any follow-up by support staff was sporadic, if at all. Currently the program receives only 50 to 60 suggestions per year, which means less than 0.5 percent of the approximate 15,000 County employees submit suggestions. The Suggestion Awards Program has sound written procedures that were last updated in March, 1994, but program management has failed to comply with these procedures. Without adequate staff support, routine tasks such as timely responses and follow up to suggestions are often left undone.
F18: A teacher position became vacant in September 1999 and was filled in March 2000. Requests to fill the position were made by telephone and through personal conversation with the area coordinator.
F19: One site was short one clerk and one teacher and in October another teacher resigned. The clerk position was filled in November and both teaching positions were filled in January. The site supervisor notified her supervisor of the vacancy three times – once by phone and twice with written memos.
F20: At another site a teaching position had been vacant since January and was not filled as of March 31, 2000. Applicants who live in outlying areas can apply for positions by mail. However, they must report to San Bernardino for testing and interview.
F21: EW Trainee - Approximate monthly salary of $1,387. Requires high school diploma or GED, plus 2 years full- time public contact employment. Following completion of an 8-week orientation/training class, the entry level Trainee advances to the next level.
F22: EW I - Approximate monthly salary of $1,726. Requires completion of a 6-month, closely supervised on-the-job training program, and requires a passing satisfactory performance evaluation before being eligible for advancement.
F23: EW II - Approximate monthly salary of $2,047 to $2,616. Requires completion of additional six month probationary period before becoming “regular status” and being eligible to apply for EW III level.
F24: EW III - Approximate monthly salary of $2,207 to $2,815. Requires bidding, applying, testing, and qualifying. Approximately 80 new Eligibility Worker Trainees are hired each quarter. Newly hired EWs cannot transfer until after completion of the 8- week orientation/training class and a one-year probationary period. After the investment of training newly hired EWs in the multiple programs criteria, eligibility, and regulations for a period of 14 months, a significant number of these employees transfer to other departments/positions within the County at a higher rate of pay. The turnover rate has been running 15 to 22 percent over the past several years. The file notes that Eligibility Workers provide to SIU Fraud Investigators are not always up-to-date at the time of field investigations. Unnecessary visitations are often made due to the inadequate or outdated information provided in the Fraud Investigators’ files. This situation was verified by ride-a- longs of Grand Jury members with Fraud Investigators. In several instances, information reported by the recipient to an Eligibility Worker was not in the file. The field investigators indicated that this situation occurs repeatedly. Development of the new Consortium IV Welfare Computer System (counties of San Bernardino, Merced, Riverside and Stanislaus) is expected to ultimately resolve the aforementioned issue. This new system will provide all- encompassing paperless records that will be viewable on-screen to all involved agencies. Field investigators, case managers, and eligibility workers would all have access to view each other’s notes up-to-the minute, eliminating the time- lag problem of written notes being in the Field Investigators’ field files. It is anticipated that the development and implementation phases of this computer system will not be completed for four years (year 2004). The SIU is currently budgeted for 49 fraud investigators and five supervisors. Of these positions, there are four investigator vacancies, two are currently on “light duty,” and the retirement of 4 or 5 is expected this year. This creates an extreme hardship in the unit because of a backlog of investigations to be completed.
F25: One employee with 1,232 hours and a direct cost of $56,114 in 1999
F26: One employee with 1,690 hours and a direct cost of $36,485 in 1998
F27: One employee with 1,946 hours and a direct cost of $22,093 in 1997 There is no consolidated reporting process by the various County departments to a central location showing the number of employees on paid administrative leave, the length of time on this leave, the reason, the cumulative cost, nor the current status. According to several appointing authorities, the trend, cost, and reasons for placing employees on paid administrative leave has not been a matter of importance to the County. Additionally, training in Standards of Conduct to emphasize the expected ethical behavior of employees has not been a priority item. The appointing authority is a term used in the Personnel Rules and the Memorandum of Understanding. An appointing authority refers to a department head. It includes any person who is designated as acting department head, employees acting for the department head during absence, and/or an employee delegated all authority to act on behalf of the appointing authority on a regular basis. The appointing authority has unlimited authority to handle all personnel actions within County guidelines, civil service rules, and state’s rights, even if the appointing authority and the employee are personal friends. The appointing authority can grant paid administrative leave without any oversight or monitoring. The length of time an employee may be on paid administrative leave also is without oversight or monitoring, as evidenced by an instance where an employee remained on paid administrative leave after pleading guilty, being sentenced by the court, and while serving a portion of the jail time. The appointing authority also decides the extent of any disciplinary action against an employee and makes the interpretation of violations of Rule X of the Personnel Rules regarding disciplinary action, subject to the employee’s appeal rights.
F28: A Capital Improvement Program Request form outlining the requirements is to be submitted to the CAO’s Administrative Analyst who acts as a “traffic director”. If the RFP process is to be waived, the need must be justified on the request form. The CAO’s Administrative Analyst logs in the request, reviews it, and sends it to the CAO Budget Analyst who handles budget matters for the requesting department.
F29: The Budget Analyst has to sign off on the request as to the need for the space, availability of funds, program needs, staffing levels, etc.
F30: Copies of the request, together with the assessment from the CAO’s office, are then to be circulated to the Board of Supervisors’ office for a 10-day comment period. Procedures do not require Real Estate Services to be officially involved and they may be unaware of a space need request.
F31: At the end of the 10-day period, the CAO’s Administrative Analyst is to review the Supervisors’ comments and either: (a) Direct the Real Estate Services Department to prepare an RFP and a Board agenda item to approve the RFP, or (b) If the RFP process is to be waived, the requesting department (perhaps in conjunction with Real Estate Services) is to prepare a Board agenda item requesting approval of the waiver of the RFP process.
F32: At this point Real Estate Services is made aware of the need for office space.
F33: If the RFP is approved by the Board, Real Estate Services is to advertise the RFP in newspapers and contact the general public, brokers and others to reasonably generate sufficient interest in leasing facilities in the County.
F34: A 5-7 person Review Committee is to be formed to review the proposals, typically with representation from the requesting department, Architecture and Engineering, Real Estate Services, the CAO’s office, the Board of Supervisors’ office, and the Supervisor’s office in whose district the building is to be located.
F35: The results of the RFP, together with Real Estate Services’
F36: When asked if the cost of repairs was known, the clients responded no.
F37: Work completed was based upon immediate needs and/or safety issues.
F38: Most clients surveyed requested additional work.
F39: One client did make note of the excessive time it took from processing the request to the actual start of the work. It should be noted that all persons contacted by the Grand Jury had praise for the employees they dealt with.
F40: RCL-14 36 There is no classification for RCL-13 There are twelve RCL-11 providers, more than 20 RCL-12 providers, and one RCL-14 provider. Only one-third of the total group home beds in San Bernardino County are filled by children from this County and children from other counties fill two- thirds. An average of 540 San Bernardino County youth, at any given time, are placed out of the County or out of the state. The approval process for new group homes can take up to two years to satisfy all requirements. After approval, a provider can open additional facilities without another application. With a sole contractor providing RCL-14 beds, there is no alternative placement for level 14 children. With additional support services, lower level homes could be upgraded to accommodate the need for additional RCL-14 beds. The State of California publishes a pamphlet containing guidelines for staff workers of group homes concerning inappropriate physical and sexual contact with clients. Group homes have used and adapted these guidelines. There is no comparable educational material directed toward the parents or guardians of clients to alert them to potential abuse or exploitation situations. Daily interactions among disturbed children in group settings frequently exacerbate their behavioral problems. In seeking alternatives to RCL-14 placements, social workers have stated that early intervention and support services to troubled families may divert some high-risk children from the need for placement, or allow them to be placed in lower level facilities. Social workers visiting some facilities have complained that they are routinely denied unannounced access to their clients. Explanation given is that unannounced visits from social workers disrupt the activities of the home. There is a computer database that is used to track the locations of children in placements. Reports are regularly generated by this system that identify the clients in a particular home. This information is easily available to the directors, deputy directors, and managers. Social workers and supervisors, who might need this information immediately, cannot as easily access it even though it falls within their area of responsibility. A crisis situation necessitated the potential alternate placement of 36 seriously disturbed juveniles. That crisis was averted, but no contingency plan was available for emergency placements of this number of clients.
Additional Recommendations 101

Not linked to specific findings.

R00-01: BUDGET ADDITIONAL FUNDS FOR THE ASSESSOR’S OFFICE TO REPLACE MONIES EXPECTED TO BE LOST BY THE EXPIRATION OF THE PROPERTY TAX ADMINISTRATION PROGRAM (PTAP).
R00-02: AGGRESSIVELY UPDATE THE ASSESSOR’S ENTIRE COMPUTER SYSTEM TO REDUCE DELAYS IN THE ASSESSMENT PROCESS.
R2: a review of all aspects of department operations, based on a variety of information sources; 3) review of survey data gathered by the Grand Jury on vehicle user department vehicle policies and practices; 4) interviews of ten County departments identified by Vehicle Services as its largest customers; 5) preparation of a draft report; 6) an exit conference with the Vehicle Services Department and reviews of selected issues with some user departments, and;
R00-03: REDUCE THE TIME IT TAKES FOR THE ASSESSMENT EVALUATION PROCESS.
R00-04: FUND AND IMPLEMENT A PLAN TO PROMPTLY AND ACCURATELY ESTABLISH THE ASSESSED VALUE OF ELECTRIC GENERATING PLANTS WITHIN THE COUNTY. COUNTY FIRE DEPARTMENT BACKGROUND The San Bernardino County Fire Department is responsible for fire protection and suppression in various County areas encompassing all unincorporated land within the County. In addition, 64 communities that have no independent fire departments contract with the County for their fire protection services. These entities are charged a fee for the services provided, which is negotiated between the city and County. The “Fire-Rescue Service Contract” shall provide for services that include fire prevention, fire investigation, fire suppression, and rescue services. The department may provide fire suppression to other areas of the County or state when there is an emergency condition. All fire departments within the County have reciprocal agreements for assistance if the fire cannot be suppressed by one entity. California law mandates the conditions that provide for the reciprocal agreement. On August 28, 1999 the County experienced a major fire which started in the San Bernardino National Forest. This fire was named the Willow Fire. At the time the fire began many of the fire-fighting resources in the area had already been committed to assist with fires in Northern California. Some of the remaining resources in Southern California were committed to numerous other fires that also occurred on the same day. FINDINGS Agencies involved in fighting the Willow Fire were the California Department of Forestry, Bureau of Land Management, San Bernardino County Fire Department, and other Southern California county and city departments. All agencies were supported by the Southern California Operations Coordination Center. Fire officials have stated their fire fighting objectives were to give priority to humans and structures first and other property second. Fire fighting resources, including aircraft, tank engines, and fire crews were used. The Grand Jury made a partial inspection of the Willow Fire area to ascertain the conditions and results of fire suppression. Observations made were: ● Many roads in the area were not identified by street signs or addresses. h No firebreaks were visible in the area. h Roads in many areas lacked proper maintenance. h Some standpipes were not easily located. The area observed varied from complete devastation to properties suffering little or no damage. Most of the dwellings spared by the fire had been cleared of debris surrounding the buildings, in accordance with local abatement programs. Some roads in the area were too narrow to allow safe passage of automobiles or fire engines, endangering firefighters and causing potential loss of equipment. Some of the strike teams were comprised of city fire engines designed primarily for use on paved roads. The engines with four-wheel drive and off- road capabilities were suited for mountain terrain. Water availability was a critical issue in this fire. A review of several areas revealed that their systems are 40 years old, with many having water access from standpipes, not fire hydrants. Standpipes have to be accessed through a street valve that is located in a main line several feet into the roadway. Water is released into the standpipe when a special long-handled tool is used to open a valve below the surface of the ground. In areas where hydrants have replaced standpipes, water is turned on at the top of the hydrant with a special standard wrench used by all fire departments. The out-of-area fire departments do not routinely carry the special tool used to turn on the standpipes. Some units could not access the water and replenish their tankers or engine tanks. Fifty percent (50%) of all County fire engines have exceeded the recommended operational life. Statements were made to the Grand Jury that the optimum operating life of engines is 15 to 20 years. Some vehicles in the County have been in operation for 30 years. RECOMMENDATIONS
R00-05: MARK OR PAINT ALL COUNTY HYDRANTS AND STANDPIPES WITH FLUORESCENT REFLECTIVE MATERIALS FOR EASIER IDENTIFICATION.
R00-06: DEVELOP A PLAN TO ASSURE ALL FIRE UNITS RESPONDING TO A FIRE HAVE ACCESS TO ALL NON-STANDARD FIRE SUPPRESSION WATER SOURCES.
R00-07: STRONGLY ENFORCE COMPLIANCE WITH THE PROPERTY ABATEMENT PROGRAMS.
R7: preparation of the final report. Based on these steps, nine findings and 36 recommendations were developed which we believe will improve user departments’ management of their vehicles, improve oversight of vehicle use by the Board of Supervisors, and improve operations of the Vehicle Services Department. Summaries of these findings and recommendations follow.
R00-08: GRADE ALL COUNTY ROADS IN HIGH FIRE-RISK AREAS PRIOR TO THE FIRE HAZARD SEASON.
R00-09: INSTALL ROAD SIGNS AT CORNERS OF COUNTY ROAD INTERSECTIONS.
R00-10: BUDGET FOR TIMELY REPLACEMENT OF FIRE ENGINES IN EXCESS OF THEIR USEFUL OPERATIONAL LIFE. INFORMATION SERVICES DEPARTMENT BACKGROUND The Information Services Department (ISD) provides computer services, local area network (LAN), wide area network (WAN), radio communication systems, and telephone systems for the 40-plus departments and the approximately 15,000 employees of the County of San Bernardino. ISD provides all or some of the following computer systems services to all or some of the County departments: support of computer hardware and software, central computer room operation and support on a 24-hour basis, “Help Desk” support, desktop support, database management, application development and maintenance, computer systems security, and a number of related services. The 1999-2000 County Budget and a departmental survey conducted by the Grand Jury indicates ISD is staffed with approximately 355 personnel. Most departments also have their own computer technical personnel. FINDINGS Not all County departments use the technical services of ISD. Most departments use LAN, WAN, and the central computer room services. Many departments may, and do, purchase software directly from the vendor. While most departments utilize Microsoft Windows as their basic operating system, numerous other software systems are installed on departmental equipment. ISD technical personnel may not be familiar with these systems and do not maintain them. There is no standardized time schedule for computer equipment upgrades or purchases. Budgetary considerations appear to be the controlling factor for such expenditures. Many departments upgrade or purchase computer equipment without input from the Information Services Department. There is a wide variety of computer hardware equipment within the County departments due to the absence of a centralized purchasing policy. Many departments purchase hardware from a selection of three or four computer manufacturers that have been recommended by the County Purchasing Department. The above findings indicate an overall lack of Countywide policy direction and technical requirement needs for computer systems utilized in County departments. Some departments use outside contractors, on long-term contracts, to maintain their computer equipment/software systems, without utilizing the Request for Proposal (RFP) process. • There is no Countywide information technology plan that addresses the County’s requirements for equipment, software, and technical personnel for the next three to five years. • There is no Countywide computer training program, facility, or staff to train County personnel in basic computer systems and/or departmental software systems. • There is no Countywide standardized equipment-purchasing plan to ensure the lowest price per unit costs are obtained when purchasing equipment and/or software. • There is no Countywide data information access security plan. Most departments have their own computer personnel that have no direct reporting responsibility to the Information Services Department. They do participate with ISD technical personnel on a given project. Of the 40-plus County departments, there are three that are mostly independent of ISD – the Sheriff’s Department, Arrowhead Regional Medical Center and Human Services System. RECOMMENDATIONS
R00-11: ESTABLISH AN INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY POLICY BOARD, COMPOSED OF SENIOR COUNTY MANAGERS AND ONE REPRESENTATIVE FROM THE BOARD OF SUPERVISORS TO DEVELOP STANDARDS APPLICABLE TO ALL DEPARTMENTS, FOR THE CURRENT AND FUTURE USE OF THE COUNTY GOVERNMENT.
R00-12: ESTABLISH A TECHNICAL POLICY COMMITTEE COMPOSED OF SENIOR TECHNICAL MEMBERS FROM THE MAJOR DEPARTMENTS AND THE INFORMATION SERVICES DEPARTMENT. THIS COMMITTEE WILL DETERMINE AND RECOMMEND TO THE TECHNOLOGY POLICY BOARD, THE REQUIREMENTS REGARDING HARDWARE AND SOFTWARE ACQUISITIONS, SYSTEMS DEVELOPMENT NEEDS, AND MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTS AND OTHER RELATED MATTERS.
R00-13: DEVELOP A THREE TO FIVE YEAR INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY PLAN FOR EQUIPMENT, SOFTWARE AND PERSONNEL REQUIREMENTS TO BE USED BY THE COUNTY GOVERNMENT.
R00-14: ESTABLISH A PROCUREMENT POLICY FOR THE ACQUISITION OF COMPUTER EQUIPMENT HARDWARE AND SOFTWARE TO ENABLE THE COUNTY’S BUYING POWER TO EFFECT COST REDUCTIONS.
R00-15: ESTABLISH A REQUEST FOR PROPOSAL (RFP) PROCESS FOR THE USE OF OUTSIDE VENDORS THAT PROVIDE COMPUTER SYSTEMS DEVELOPMENT OR MAINTENANCE.
R00-16: DEVELOP AND IMPLEMENT A COUNTYWIDE DATA INFORMATION ACCESS SECURITY PLAN.
R00-17: ESTABLISH A COUNTYWIDE TRAINING PROGRAM FOR BASIC SOFTWARE AND DEPARTMENT-SPECIFIC SOFTWARE PROGRAMS.
R00-18: ESTABLISH A WORKING RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN THE INFORMATION SERVICES DEPARTMENT AND EACH DEPARTMENT’S TECHNICAL PERSONNEL TO PROVIDE ISD WITH THE KNOWLEDGE OF DEPARTMENT-SPECIFIC PROGRAMS.
R00-19: INCORPORATE ALL DEPARTMENTS INTO THE SCOPE OF THE POLICY BOARD AND TECHNICAL COMMITTEE RECOMMENDATIONS, REGARDLESS OF FUNDING SOURCE OR SPECIALIZED NATURE OF THEIR OPERATIONS (I.E., SHERIFF’S DEPARTMENT, ARROWHEAD REGIONAL MEDICAL CENTER, AND THE HUMAN SERVICES SYSTEM). INLAND VALLEY DEVELOPMENT AGENCY SAN BERNARDINO INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT AUTHORITY BACKGROUND The Inland Valley Development Agency (IVDA) was created in 1989 and the San Bernardino International Airport Authority (SBIAA) was created in 1992 in anticipation of the closing of Norton Air Force Base. SBIAA is a joint powers authority and is made up of San Bernardino County and the cities of San Bernardino, Colton, Highland, and Loma Linda. Each agency gets one vote on the governing board, with the exception of the City of San Bernardino, which gets two votes. SBIAA was established to operate, maintain, and develop the economic use of the airport. SBIAA operates the airport under the jurisdiction of the Federal Aviation Administration. Seventy-five percent (75%) of the former base is part of the current airport. The boundaries under the SBIAA include the airport facility itself and some adjacent base property. Under the terms of the agreement with the Air Force, the airport itself can only be used as an airport. Only the United States Department of Justice can modify this original agreement. IVDA is also a joint powers authority and is made up of the above agencies, with the exception of Highland. Each agency gets two votes on the governing board, with the exception of the City of San Bernardino, which gets three votes. The IVDA was established to develop and redevelop the closed Norton Air Force Base, and to create jobs and an economic base for the community. This agency has a specific life of 40 years. The IVDA has jurisdiction over all the land that is not part of SBIAA. The boundaries of the IVDA extend three miles from the perimeter of Norton Air Force Base and include approximately 14,000 acres of land in the member agencies. FINDINGS Many of the IVDA structures are unusable and roads are obsolete, and they do not meet state or local codes. Portions of the property have been transferred to the San Manuel Indians, some to San Bernardino Valley College, the City of San Bernardino, and Loma Linda University Medical Center. The chapel building was given to a local church that provides services to the homeless. All of these were public benefit transfers. The U.S. Forest Service has a fire-fighting base on the airport property and pays landing fees comparable to surrounding areas. Since the inception of IVDA and SBIAA, the two agencies have been having financial problems and have had to request that their participating members advance them monies to meet their operating costs, including payroll. There has been little increase in the value of the IVDA properties, resulting in little increase in the tax increment. There has been no new building, and the old buildings continue to decay. Prior years of financial performance have indicated SBIAA’s inability to obtain sufficient operating revenues to cover its operating expenses. Funding has been limited to lease revenues, Federal grants, and loans from the IVDA/Authority members. As of June 30, 1999 the accumulated deficit was $9,935,437. The Authority plans to recoup this deficit by projected increased income from the rents and leases of buildings, and aircraft-related fees. Of the total expenses of $1,731,008 for the year ending June 30, 1999, a major provision for bad debts of $382,723 was taken. This amount was the result of accrued unpaid rent due from a previous tenant. Estimated projections provided by the Authority indicated substantial increases in revenues and decreases in operating expenses as noted below: Actual Projected Projected FY 98-99 FY 99-00 FY 00-01 Total Revenues $1,913,359 $2,526,400 $3,081,196 Total Expenses 3,007,072 2,443,354 2,032,622 Net Deficit/Income ($1,093,713) $83,046 $1,048,574 The primary increases in revenues between FY 1998-1999 and 1999-2000 are in two areas: leases of hangars and leases of warehouse/offices. Lease income has primarily come from one major tenant at a time. Loss of that tenant precipitated major financial difficulties. The second time this happened it resulted in member cities and the County being assessed to cover the shortfalls. As of the end of FY 1998-1999, approximately 40 percent of the operational income is from one tenant. If the premises were vacated, it would again put the operational budget in a negative position. In the past, there has been no in-depth financial investigations done of applying lessees to insure long-term stability of the applicants. There is presently no marketing director involved in promoting IVDA and SBIAA resources on a full-time basis. There has been no organized active marketing program in place since the inception of the agencies. Marketing efforts have been hampered by the lack of a unified focus between the governing boards of the two agencies. There is no long-range overall marketing strategy. Through March 31, 2000 a small business incubator program has reported expenses of $144,353 and revenue of $62,982. This resulted in a loss of $81,371, which is absorbed by IVDA. No comprehensive analysis of this program has ever been done to determine if it is cost-effective. There is adequate space for expanded storage, manufacturing, or commercial activities. There are no commercial airline carriers currently using the airport facilities. Although there has been interest in passenger and/or cargo service that could increase the income for the facility, there have been no objective studies done that would support this activity. Inland Valley Development Agency Tax Allocation Bonds (issue of 1997 for $44,485,000) were issued to enable the IVDA to refund their Redevelopment Tax Allocation Notes (Issue of 1993) and its $15,000,000 School Districts Tax Allocation Notes (Issue of 1993). The Redevelopment Notes and the School District Notes were used to finance a portion of its costs of the redevelopment within the Project Area. The bonds have the following redemption dates: (March 1) (March 1) Year Amount Year Amount 2002 980,000 2015 1,665,000 2003 l,020,000 2016 1,735,000 2004 1,060,000 2017 1,805,000 2005 1,105,000 2018 1,885,000 2006 1,150,000 2019 1,965,000 2007 1,195,000 2020 2,045,000 2008 1,250,000 2021 2,135,000 2009 1,300,000 2022 2,225,000 2010 1,355,000 2023 2,315,000 2011 1,415,000 2024 2,410,000 2012 1,470,000 2025 2,515,000 2013 1,535,000 2026 2,620,000 2014 1,600,000 2027 2,730,000 The above figures are principal only and do not reflect interest on the bonds. IVDA made a series of loans totaling $6.2 million (including unpaid accrued interest) to SBIAA to fund the operations of the SBIAA and to meet certain matching fund requirements. The ultimate collectibility of the loans to the SBIAA is dependent upon the ability of the SBIAA to generate income from its leasing and other operations of the airport. During 1997-98, SBIAA reported expenditures in excess of income and no funds were available to meet debt service payments on these notes. A reasonable uncertainty existed at the balance sheet date of June 30, 1998 as to the ability of SBIAA to generate adequate income to amortize these notes. The two agencies employ the services of a lobbyist in Washington, D.C. at a cost of $79,000 a year. Because of the final transition of the properties from the Air Force to the two agencies, most Air Force involvement in the airport, other than FAA, has been phased out. RECOMMENDATIONS
R00-20: ANALYZE PAST FINANCIAL PLANS TO IDENTIFY ACTIVITIES THAT WERE NOT SUCCESSFUL. ESTABLISH A LONG-RANGE REALISTIC FINANCIAL AND OPERATIONAL PLAN, CONSISTENT WITH THE AVAILABILITY OF CAPITAL.
R00-21: ANALYZE PAST PERFORMANCE OF THE INCUBATOR PROGRAM TO DETERMINE IF IT MEETS THE ORIGINAL CONCEPT. REVIEW THEIR LONG-RANGE PLANS TO MAXIMIZE ECONOMIC POTENTIAL FOR THE INLAND VALLEY DEVELOPMENT AGENCY.
R00-22: ESTABLISH AN AGGRESSIVE MARKETING PLAN, WHICH INCLUDES HIRING A QUALIFIED MARKETING DIRECTOR OR CONTRACTING WITH A PROFESSIONAL MARKETING FIRM. THIS POSITION WOULD BE RESPONSIBLE FOR MARKETING BOTH INLAND VALLEY DEVELOPMENT AGENCY AND SAN BERNARDINO INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT AUTHORITY PROPERTIES.
R00-23: ACTIVELY SOLICIT THE TENANCY OF MORE ESTABLISHED SMALL AND MEDIUM BUSINESSES TO BETTER UTILIZE UNOCCUPIED SPACE THAT WOULD ENSURE A MORE DEPENDABLE CASH FLOW, MINIMIZING RELIANCE ON A SINGLE TENANT.
R00-24: DEVELOP A DEFINED PROGRAM TO ANALYZE ANY POTENTIAL LESSEES AS TO THEIR ECONOMIC ABILITY TO PERFORM LONG- TERM UNDER THE LEASE TERMS.
R00-25: DEVELOP AN OBJECTIVE PLAN TO ESTABLISH FREIGHT AND/OR PASSENGER SERVICE AT THE SAN BERNARDINO INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT.
R00-26: DEVELOP A PLAN TO SET ASIDE ADEQUATE FUNDING TO RETIRE THE BOND INDEBTEDNESS.
R00-27: ELIMINATE THE POSITION OF LOBBYIST FOR THE INLAND VALLEY DEVELOPMENT AGENCY (IVDA) AND THE SAN BERNARDINO INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT AUTHORITY (SBIAA) IN WASHINGTON, D.C. SUGGESTION AWARDS PROGRAM BACKGROUND The investigation of the County’s Suggestion Awards Program was prompted by a former employee who complained that he had not received proper treatment for suggestions he had submitted. The current program responsibility and staff support for the Suggestion Awards Program is part of the Human Resources Department. The stated purpose of the program is that it “encourages employee participation in improving the efficiency and effectiveness of County operations. It is intended to motivate employees toward problem identification, and to stimulate creativity in problem solution. The program demonstrates, through employer recognition and reward, the high value County management places on constructive ideas.” The bylaws for the Suggestion Awards Program were first adopted on September 2, 1958. There are written roles and responsibilities that describe the duties of administrators and department heads, committee members, and staff support. The eleven (11) person Suggestion Awards Committee consists of representatives from the Board of Supervisors, County Administrative Office, and many of the major departments. There are also written descriptions for the Terms and Conditions of Awards, Eligibility of Suggestions and Suggestors, and Resubmission and Appeals. FINDINGS The Suggestion Awards Program has been assigned to an employee who handles the program in addition to his regular assignment. When a suggestion is received, the current procedure is as follows: • The suggestion form is date stamped. • A letter is sent to the suggestor acknowledging receipt of the suggestion. • Pertinent data is entered into a self-developed computer- tracking program by the staff support person. • The suggestion is sent to the affected department for evaluation, analysis, and comment. The bylaws say the suggestion is to be evaluated within three months, but this isn’t always followed. • The affected department evaluates the suggestion and, if it is recommended for approval, the Suggestion Awards Committee meets and takes an action. If not recommended for approval, action will be postponed until there are other matters for consideration. Sometimes the Suggestion Awards Committee will request that the suggestion be sent back to the department for further evaluation. • Meetings of the Suggestion Awards Committee are to be held on a quarterly basis (currently calendared monthly) to determine the suggestion’s eligibility/ awards based on their evaluation, and/or to hear appeals of suggestion award decisions. The amount of awards in fiscal year 1999 totaled between $20,000 and $25,000; one of the awards was for $5,000. The bylaws state that the award for a suggestion is ten percent (10%) of the total net savings and/or revenue of County, State and/or Federal funds for the first year’s projection, with a minimum award of $100 and a maximum of $5,000. A random selection of Suggestion Award files was reviewed to observe how the program was being administered. Three files from fiscal year 1997 and three files from fiscal year 1999 were selected. The program was under different staff support during these two periods. Each of the six files demonstrated serious weaknesses in program administration. The findings can be summarized as follows: • A suggestion was received on May 5, 1997. Requests for evaluations were sent to two separate departments on May 13 and responses were received on June 13 and June 19. The letter to the suggestor notifying him that the suggestion was not going to be implemented was dated August 24, 1998. This was 14 months after the departments had responded. • A suggestion was received August 13, 1997. Requests for evaluations to two separate departments were sent on August 19. One evaluator returned the completed form on September 11, 1997 but the other department never completed the evaluation. No suggestion was awarded because the estimated annual tangible savings was less than $1,000 so the award would have been less than the minimum $100. There is no evidence in the file to indicate that the suggestor was ever informed of the final disposition. • A suggestion was received on March 4, 1998. A request for evaluation was sent on May 29, nearly three months later. The evaluator completed the form on June 9, but the department head did not sign off until October 26, four and one-half months later. The letter from the department head to the Suggestion Awards Program staff support person stating the reasons for not recommending approval, was inappropriately sent to the suggestor directly by the department head. On February 18, 1999 the program staff support person notified the suggestor by letter that his suggestion had not been recommended and on February 17, 1999, the suggestor appealed the decision. In light of the appeal, on February 23, 1999 the staff support person requested the department head complete a reevaluation of the suggestion no later than March 23, 1999. More than 12 months had passed without a response from the department head. The program staff support person sent a follow-up request on March 1, 2000. A response from the department was received on March 22, 2000 and the suggestor was notified on April 7, 2000 that the appeal was denied. • A suggestion was received on February 3, 1999. The suggestor was notified of receipt of the suggestion on February 9 and the evaluation by the department head was requested on the same date. The department head responded with a negative recommendation on April 6, 1999 but the suggestor was not notified of the rejection until February 24, 2000. No explanation was evident in the file for the ten-month delay. • A suggestion was received on June 28, 1999. The suggestor was notified of receipt of the suggestion on June 28 and the evaluation by the department head was requested on the same date. Nine months later the department head still has not responded, in violation of the written procedures. • A suggestion was received September 23, 1999. The suggestor was notified of receipt of the suggestion on September 27, and the evaluation by the department head was requested on the same date. Six months later the department head still has not responded, in violation of the written procedures. In addition to the above examples, it was reported that many old files lack sufficient documentation to accurately determine the final disposition. Some files dating back to 1994 have never been closed out. In the past, some requests to department heads for evaluations were never answered and any follow-up by support staff was sporadic, if at all. Currently the program receives only 50 to 60 suggestions per year, which means less than 0.5 percent of the approximate 15,000 County employees submit suggestions. The Suggestion Awards Program has sound written procedures that were last updated in March, 1994, but program management has failed to comply with these procedures. Without adequate staff support, routine tasks such as timely responses and follow up to suggestions are often left undone. RECOMMENDATIONS
R00-28: COMMIT ADEQUATE MANPOWER, FUNDING, ENCOURAGE- MENT, AND OVERSIGHT TO THE SUGGESTION AWARDS PROGRAM SO THAT IT IS MANAGED IN THE MANNER INTENDED.
R00-29: PLACE RENEWED PROGRAM EMPHASIS ON ALL DEPARTMENT HEADS SO THAT THEY ENCOURAGE PARTICIPATION AND ENDORSE AND SUPPORT THE PROGRAM THROUGH TIMELY RESPONSES TO REQUESTS FOR EVALUATION OF ANY SUGGESTION SUBMITTED.
R00-30: REVAMP THE SUGGESTION AWARDS COMMITTEE WITH NEW, FRESH FACES THAT WILL BE UNHINDERED BY PAST HABITS AND PRACTICES, AND ESTABLISH A MAXIMUM NUMBER OF TWO-YEAR TERMS THAT A PERSON CAN SERVE.
R00-31: PROVIDE SUFFICIENT MANPOWER FOR THE STAFF SUPPORT SO THAT SUGGESTORS RECEIVE A TIMELY RESPONSE TO THEIR SUGGESTIONS.
R00-32: ENCOURAGE EXPANDED EMPLOYEE PARTICIPATION THROUGH A NEW COUNTYWIDE PUBLICITY EFFORT, PROFESSIONAL ADMINISTRATION BY ALL PARTIES TO THE PROGRAM, TIMELY DECISIONS BASED ON THE MERITS OF THE SUGGESTIONS, AND A MORE LIBERAL INTER- PRETATION OF THE TANGIBLE SAVINGS TO BE GAINED. TREASURER-TAX COLLECTOR BACKGROUND The Treasurer-Tax Collector is an elected position that heads up a department consisting of three divisions. The Treasurer-Tax Collector functions are: • Tax Collection Division is responsible for the collection and accounting of taxes for all taxing entities of the County. The division collects secured taxes, unsecured taxes, transient occupancy taxes, and racehorse taxes, and also conducts tax sales and processes senior citizen applications for postponement of real estate taxes. • The Treasurer Division provides banking services, including payment of all warrants and depositing of receipts for all County departments, school districts, and special districts. The division also invests these agencies funds, which total more than $1.5 billion. Other functions of the division are to provide cash management for County funds and issuance of temporary borrowing, when necessary. • The Central Collections Division provides Countywide collection service, which reduces bad debts to the County and thereby increases revenue. Central Collections handles court ordered fines, fees, victim restitution, Public Defender fees and juvenile maintenance, some County hospital debts and various debts for other County departments. Beginning in 2000, Central Collections will also handle the Court collections, including traffic fines. FINDINGS The Tax Collection Division is the most visible part of the Treasurer-Tax Collector function because it has a financial impact on each County citizen who owns property. About 774,000 secured and unsecured tax bills are sent out annually, with tax collections of about $989 million. The tax bill asks that checks for payment be made out to Dick Larsen, Treasurer-Tax Collector. There is no regulatory reason to include the name of the Treasurer-Tax Collector. The public may infer that a check made payable to an individual is less secure than a check made payable to the Treasurer-Tax Collector. A sophisticated remittance processing system capable of processing 32,000 transactions per hour handles the processing of tax collections. This system enables payments to be processed the same day, “images” the check received and the billing statement, compares the amount received to the amount owed, credits payment to the proper taxpayer, and deposits the funds in the County bank account. The system also records the correct allocation of the funds received to any of the numerous separate taxing agencies. A June 30, 1999 Report of Delinquencies by County for Fiscal Year 1998- 1999 Tax Collections shows San Bernardino County has a 5.0% delinquency rate ($45.4 million) on its secured tax collections. Only six other counties in California have a higher delinquency rate: Sierra at 7.5%, Yuba at 7.2%, Calaveras at 6.4%, Lake at 6.3%, Mariposa at 5.2% and Modoc at 5.1%. The median for all counties is 3.1%. The state of the economy affects the rate of delinquency. Also, many of the parcels in San Bernardino County with delinquent taxes are small mountain or desert pieces of land and/or small parcels in rough terrain, as well as parcels within special districts with water or sewer bonded indebtedness. The same report shows San Bernardino County has a 7.7% delinquency rate ($5.1 million) on its unsecured tax collections. Only four other counties have a higher rate: Sierra at 16.7%, Los Angeles at 13.7%, Mariposa at 10.0% and El Dorado at 9.5%. The median for all counties is 4.0%. San Bernardino has set an overall delinquency goal for the future of 4.0% or less. If taxes are not paid on a timely basis, penalties are imposed as follows: If paid after Dec. If paid after Apr. If paid after June 30 Dec. 10 10% of the tax owed 10% of the tax owed 10% of the tax owed Installment $10.00 fee $10.00 fee 1.5% per month of tax owed $15.00 redemption fee April 10 n/a 10% of the tax owed 10% of the tax owed Installment $10.00 fee $10.00 fee 1.5% per month of tax owed $15.00 redemption fee The first notice of delinquent unpaid taxes for both December 10 and April 10 installments is not mailed until May. Once the December 10 installment is missed there is no incentive to paying the past due taxes until June 30 (except for the additional $10 fee after April 10). After a property tax has been delinquent for five years, the property is listed for tax sale sometime within the following two years. Tax sales are held once a year. There were about 8,500 parcels for tax sale in March 2000. In 1999 there were 4,500 parcels eligible, but only 3,500 were ready for sale and only 442 were sold. Currently, when taxes are delinquent on a parcel, the procedure is to print on the tax bill the message “There are unpaid taxes on this parcel.” As this statement is inconspicuous, it is easy to miss. Presently the Tax Collector does not accept partial payments of taxes. A change in the policy to accept partial payments requires approval by the Board of Supervisors. This request for approval will be submitted when the computer and accounting system is set up to handle partial payments. In July 1999 a $348,000 embezzlement by an employee was uncovered in the tax sale function. An outside audit firm was immediately brought in to conduct an audit and to review all department policies and procedures. Numerous operational recommendations were made, including a recommendation to create an ethics policy and require each employee to understand and sign such a document as a condition of employment. The County Sheriff is expected to turn the embezzlement matter over to the U.S. Attorney for prosecution. Another outside audit is finishing its work to develop and recommend revised department policies and procedures. The County Auditor/Controller is required to conduct an audit of the Treasurer’s function once a year. A complete audit has not been done for 6-8 years, except for periodic surprise cash audits. An annual audit by the Auditor, or by staffing an internal audit function within the department, would likely have picked up or prevented the recent embezzlement in the Tax Collector function. The cash management and investment function maintains an investment pool of about $1.5 billion for the County, school districts, Board-governed districts, special districts and other members of the pool. The portfolio obtained the highest rating available from Standard and Poors, Moody’s, and Fitch Investor Service. There is monthly monitoring by these agencies to insure continuation of the AAA rating. The County utilizes various advisory services to assist with investment decisions. By law the County is restricted to investments with less than five years maturity. Allowable investments include U.S. Treasury notes, U.S. agency bonds, high quality commercial borrowing, Certificates of Deposit, and Repurchase Agreements. Central Collections was established in fiscal year 1996-97 following the merger of the Division of Collections, San Bernardino County Medical Center, and Probation Accounting. Central Collections collects all past due accounts with the exception of past due property taxes and District Attorney’s child support collections. It functions in the same manner as a collection agency in the private sector, except it has broader investigative powers. In fiscal year 1998-99 a total of $18.6 million was collected. Reports show that a substantial amount of debt to the County is charged off for a variety of reasons, including weaknesses in the billing process. Central Collections uses a commercially developed computer program called Columbia Ultimate Business System (CUBS) to manage and process collection information. An automated call system is used by the collection officers to increase the number of calls made. Management can adjust the parameters to concentrate calls to a selected group of payees. A Computerized Automatic Dialing (CAD) system is also used to monitor all calls being made and to evaluate the productivity of the collection officers. The State Controller’s office audited Central Collections in January 1998 for the period July 1, 1993 through June 30, 1996 to determine if remittances to the State were accurate and timely. The audit has not yet been finalized. RECOMMENDATIONS
R00-33: MAIL A NOTIFICATION OF TAX DELINQUENCY WITHIN 30 DAYS OF MISSING THE DECEMBER 10 INSTALLMENT, IN ADDITION TO MAILING THE NOTIFICATION OF TAX DELINQUENCY IN MAY.
R00-34: REDUCE THE APPROXIMATELY $50 MILLION IN DELINQUENT TAXES BY DEVELOPING MORE AGGRESSIVE COLLECTION AND TAX SALE PRACTICES.
R00-35: ENLARGE, COLOR, MAKE BOLD AND PROMINENTLY DISPLAY THE NOTICE “THERE ARE PRIOR YEAR TAXES DUE” ON ANY TAX BILL WHERE THERE IS A DELINQUENT TAX OWING.
R00-36: CONTINUE WITH THE REQUIRED COMPUTER PROGRAM DEVELOPMENT AND BOARD OF SUPERVISORS’ APPROVAL THAT WOULD PERMIT THE COUNTY TO ACCEPT PARTIAL PAYMENTS FOR TAXES DUE.
R00-37: IMPLEMENT THE CODE OF ETHICS AS RECOMMENDED IN THE 1999 OUTSIDE AUDIT CONDUCTED AS A RESULT OF THE EMBEZZLEMENT OF FUNDS.
R00-38: DEVELOP AND IMPLEMENT A NEW SET OF DEPARTMENT POLICIES AND PROCEDURES TO INSURE A SYSTEM OF INTERNAL CONTROLS ARE IN PLACE TO ACHIEVE CONSISTENT AND PROFESSIONAL PERFORMANCE OF THE DEPARTMENT RESPONSIBILITIES.
R00-39: REQUIRE THE COUNTY AUDITOR/CONTROLLER, OR AN OUTSIDE AUDIT FIRM, TO CONDUCT A FULL-SCALE PERFORMANCE AND FISCAL AUDIT OF THE ENTIRE TREASURER-TAX COLLECTOR DEPARTMENT ONCE A YEAR, AS A ROUTINE BUSINESS PRACTICE.
R00-40: CHANGE THE PRACTICE OF HAVING TAX PAYMENT CHECKS MADE PAYABLE TO “DICK LARSEN, TREASURER-TAX COLLECTOR”, AND HAVE THEM MADE PAYABLE TO “TREASURER-TAX COLLECTOR”.
R00-41: DEVELOP A MORE DETAILED AND SOPHISTICATED REPORTING SYSTEM, USING DOLLAR CRITERIA TO JUSTIFY THE DECISION, TO BE USED WHENEVER MAJOR DEBTS OWING THE COUNTY ARE TO BE CHARGED OFF.
R00-42: ESTABLISH A FOLLOW-UP SYSTEM TO ASSURE THAT ANY AUDIT REPORT FROM THE STATE CONTROLLER’S OFFICE BE RECEIVED IN A TIMELY MANNER SO THAT PREVENTATIVE OR CORRECTIVE ACTION CAN BE TAKEN. UNCLAIMED PROPERTY TAX REFUND PROGRAM BACKGROUND The collection of taxes in San Bernardino County involves a three-step process: • County Assessor is responsible for creating the Assessment Roll. • County Auditor/Controller-Recorder is responsible for assigning all of the tax rates for the numerous taxing agencies, and thereby creates the Tax Roll. • County Treasurer-Tax Collector sends out all of the tax bills and receives the tax payments. As funds are received, the Auditor/Controller distributes the funds to the various taxing agencies. The County Assessor is responsible for the assessment of all taxable property within the County, except State-assessed property. It is largely the changes made to the assessed value and the Assessment Roll that creates the Unclaimed Property Tax Refund Program. FINDINGS When the Assessor changes the assessed value on a property, a notice is sent to the taxpayer. This notification is a standard form that shows either a positive or negative number. If the value is a negative number, the taxpayer is entitled to a tax refund. In small print on the reverse side of the form it states “If the supplemental assessment results in a negative amount, the auditor shall make a refund of a portion of taxes paid on assessments made on the current roll or the roll being prepared or both”. This statement does not call attention to the full significance of a tax refund. The Assessor also sends a Roll Correction to the manager of the Property Tax Division in the Auditor’s office, where a calculation is made as to the amount of tax refund that is potentially owed by the County. The Property Tax Division sends out a form to the property owner if the refund is less than $1,000 (if the amount of the refund is less than $10 there is no notification form sent). If the amount of refund is $1,000 or more, the Property Tax Division researches who actually paid the tax, i.e., bank through an escrow account, etc., and then the form is mailed to the party who actually made the payment. Only one notification of a tax refund due is normally sent to the taxpayer. The notice is a simple one-page form that identifies the parcel number, tax year, amount and address of the property. It states the reason for the refund and the person named is to sign the form and return it to the Property Tax Division. Frequently the form is returned due to addressee unknown. In that case research is done through the Assessor’s system, to re- mail to a better address. In many cases the form is just not returned by the taxpayer. Sometimes a form will be received several years after it was mailed – presumably it was laid aside and finally found by someone who signed it and sent it back to the Property Tax Division. The following chart shows amounts in the Unclaimed Tax Refund Program. All Unclaimed Refunds Unclaimed Refunds Over $1,000 As of February 24, 2000 As of March 8, 2000 1984 $29,376 $ 1,403 1985 40,939 7,051 1990 256 0 1991 1,251 0 1992 338,825 141,582 1993 637,020 355,692 1994 1,679,995 1,274,231 1995 1,379,226 789,226 1996 1,451,963 821,286 1997 1,865,983 997,753 1998 2,199,447 982,668 1999 2,307,384 968,567 2000 1,850,534 1,380,996 TOTAL $13,782,198 $7,720,456 The vast majority of refunds are for relatively small dollar amounts. In total, there are approximately 29,000 unclaimed tax refunds, of which about 1,500 are for amounts of $1,000 or more. Some of these represent large dollar amounts owed to businesses. In the $1,000 or larger category, unclaimed tax refunds to a person or business ranged from $1,000 to as high as $350,000. Many banks and savings and loans in Southern California are on the list, as well as numerous real estate developers and major businesses. Some city, County, and Federal government agencies are also listed, including departments of San Bernardino County. A study made of the 1998-1999 fiscal year showed that the Property Tax Division sent out about 46,700 form notices that year. Thirty-two thousand four hundred (32,400) forms were signed and returned and refunds were sent; 5,000 were returned as the addressees were unknown; and 8,300 had not responded at the time of the study. The reasons taxpayers do not respond are varied: people sell property; people move to a different address or out of state; people don’t understand the workings of the tax process; large commercial businesses give the form to an employee who doesn’t understand it so it is not returned; businesses hire another firm to handle business matters, so the form gets lost in the shuffle; and some just think it is too much trouble to research it. The State Revenue and Taxation Code provides that if a refund is not claimed by the taxpayer within four years, it may be claimed for the County General Fund on order of the Board of Supervisors. The last Board approved transfer to the General Fund was about $1,200,000 in June 1998 for fiscal years 1984-85 to 1991-92. Through 1995 there is now about $4,100,000 eligible for transfer, if the request is made to the Board of Supervisors. The same notification is given to each taxpayer because the County makes every effort to treat all taxpayers equally. The fact that so many taxpayers (including many major businesses) fail to sign the form and return it indicates the present system is not effective. The current process may comply with the Revenue and Taxation Code, but the transfer into the General Fund of such a large dollar amount of unclaimed tax refunds would demonstrate a lack of conscientious pursuit to reach the taxpayer due the refund. RECOMMENDATIONS
R00-43: INCLUDE A SEPARATE SHEET WHEN THE ASSESSOR MAILS THE NOTICE OF REDUCTION IN ASSESSED VALUE THAT CLEARLY AND SIMPLY STATES IN LARGE, “EYE-CATCHING” PRINT ”THIS IS A REDUCTION IN ASSESSED VALUE AND YOU MAY BE ELIGIBLE FOR A REFUND OF TAXES PAID. THE TAXPAYER WILL RECEIVE A FORM IN THE NEAR FUTURE FROM THE COUNTY PROPERTY TAX DIVISION”.
R00-44: INCLUDE A SEPARATE SHEET WHEN THE PROPERTY TAX DIVISION MAILS THE CLAIM FOR REFUND FORM, THAT CLEARLY AND SIMPLY STATES IN LARGE, “EYE-CATCHING” PRINT “THIS IS A FORM TO FILE FOR A REFUND OF TAXES ALREADY PAID. NO REFUND WILL BE PAID UNTIL THIS FORM IS COMPLETED, SIGNED, AND RETURNED TO THE PROPERTY TAX DIVISION”.
R00-45: ADD WORDING TO THE TAX BILL THAT IS MAILED ANNUALLY BY THE TREASURER-TAX COLLECTOR STATING THAT AN UNCLAIMED TAX REFUND IS DUE UNDER THIS PARCEL NUMBER.
R00-46: MAKE A CONSCIENTIOUS SEARCH BY THE PROPERTY TAX DIVISION OF BUSINESSES AND INDIVIDUALS OWED TAX REFUNDS AND MAKE A SECOND MAILING TO NOTIFY THOSE TAXPAYERS THEY ARE ELIGIBLE FOR AN UNCLAIMED TAX REFUND.
R00-47: PLACE A NOTICE IN ALL OF THE MAJOR COUNTY NEWSPAPERS BY THE PROPERTY TAX DIVISION ALERTING THE PUBLIC THAT THERE ARE ONLY 30 DAYS REMAINING TO CLAIM THEIR TAX REFUND, PRIOR TO REQUESTING TRANSFER TO THE GENERAL FUND.
R00-48: REQUEST THE AUDITOR ANNUALLY SUBMIT TO THE BOARD OF SUPERVISORS FOR APPROVAL THE TIMELY TRANSFER OF THE ELIGIBLE UNCLAIMED TAX REFUNDS TO THE GENERAL FUND. COMPLAINTS COMMITTEE An important function of California Grand Juries is to consider bona fide complaints concerning local government operations submitted by members of the public. In San Bernardino County, complaints must be submitted in writing using the Grand Jury’s standard complaint form. As the Grand Jury has no assigned staff of investigators, public input is of vital importance if government oversight is to be effective. The identity of the complainant, the actions taken by the complainant to solve the problem, the subject and target of the complaint, and supporting data and information are essential if the Grand Jury is to investigate properly and recommend appropriate actions. All complaints are handled in the strictest confidence as required by the law. The 1999-2000 Grand Jury received 21 complaints. Each complaint was reviewed by the Complaints Committee for the appropriate action to be taken by the Grand Jury. There were nine complaints that were determined not to be within the jurisdiction of the Grand Jury. A letter was sent to each complainant informing him or her of that fact. There were five complaints that fell within the jurisdiction of the Grand Jury and those complaints were forwarded to the appropriate committee for action. The assigned Grand Jury committee investigated each complaint received from the Complaints Committee and may have included the results of its investigation in its final report. The fact that the investigation was based on a complaint will remain confidential, as well as the source of the complaint. There were seven complaints that were returned to the complainants stating that the Grand Jury would take no action; usually this was because the complainants may not have provided enough supporting data. HEALTH CARE SERVICES COMMITTEE As the 1999-2000 Grand Jury began its term of service, the Health Care Services Committee had three departments within its scope of responsibility: Arrowhead Regional Medical Center (ARMC) Department of Behavioral Health (DBH) Public Health Department (PHD) During the structural reorganization by the County Administrative Office, the latter two departments (DBH and PHD) became a responsibility of the Human Services System. For the purpose of this Grand Jury’s investigating and reporting, all were retained within the Health Care Services Committee. The Health Care Services Committee submits the following findings and recommendations. ARROWHEAD REGIONAL MEDICAL CENTER PHYSICAL PLANT BACKGROUND The Arrowhead Regional Medical Center (ARMC) was opened to the public on approximately March 1, 1999. It has been criticized by many as being too expensive. One reason given for the high cost is that it will withstand an earthquake of 8.2 magnitude. An inspection of the physical facility was made by the Grand Jury. FINDINGS Base isolation bearings separate the building from the foundation. After a significant earthquake two or three bearings are torn down and inspected for damage. Results of the inspection could trigger the replacement of the rest of the bearings. In addition to the bearings, there is a viscous damper device. This apparatus acts like a huge shock absorber, dampening the effects of an earthquake and keeping the buildings from moving too quickly or too far. The device shown to the Grand Jury had attaching pin(s) installed with the shoulder of the pin on the bottom side, facing the ground. There are tabs at the top and bottom of the pins, which provide the primary means of securing the pins in the device. A special tool is required to remove the pins. The hospital has its own electrical substation. The main feed is 12,000 kilovolts, provided by the City of Colton. Colton provides a preferred and emergency circuit for the hospital. If the preferred circuit fails, an automatic reclosure changes to the other circuit in seconds. At the request of the hospital staff, the city alternates the preferred circuit to assure the hospital of the reliability of both circuits. In the event of both circuits failing, the hospital has seven back-up diesel generators. Each of these 2,000 Kilovolt amps units is tested weekly at 5:30 a.m. The test is conducted with a full load from the hospital. Change over to the emergency generator can be made within 10 seconds. While these generators are equipped with huge muffler systems, there has never been a test of the noise output. Water is pumped from a well owned by the County, which is located on the hospital property. There is a large tank that holds a three-day supply of water. While the water is considered good, it is very “hard”. This condition is causing rust, scale, and other problems with plumbing equipment. There is a separate system for the water used for plants, grounds, and other agricultural uses. Again, the City of Colton provides backup with a “standby” valve. Three natural gas boilers provide heat and hot water for the hospital. The rate provided by the Gas Company was negotiated and is considered very reasonable. The Gas Company bases this rate upon ARMC’s back-up system being available in case of shut down. There is a liquid propane storage tank for emergency use. The liquid is turned into a gas and mixed with oxygen for use in the boilers. The boilers also operate a vacuum system. There is a waste separator within the process, which incinerates all particles not caught in the vacuum. Problems exist in the boiler/heat systems where modifications of the equipment placement were made during installation, causing extreme heat. Last summer the fire sprinkler system activated due to heat within a confined area. An air conditioning duct was opened to blow cool air on the equipment in the room. Hard water causes the corrosive property of return steam, water, or other byproducts after use. Current piping may need replacement within the next five years. There is a sewage holding tank on the property. It is for emergency use in case of a sewer failure. The existing tank is designed to hold a three-day supply of effluent. At the rear of the property is an industrial microwave oven that converts bio-medical hazardous waste into common household waste. It was noted by the Grand Jury during its inspection that there was a lack of signs for fire extinguishers and eye wash stations. RECOMMENDATIONS
R00-49: PROVIDE WATER SOFTENING EQUIPMENT TO ELIMINATE OR REDUCE CORROSIVE PROBLEMS WITH PIPING AND PLUMBING EQUIPMENT.
R00-50: UPDATE ENGINEERING SPECIFICATIONS REGARDING THE CORROSIVE EFFECTS OF UNTREATED WATER AND THE NEED TO REPLACE PIPING AHEAD OF SCHEDULE.
R00-51: REVIEW EQUIPMENT IN HEAT-PRONE AREAS FOR RELOCATION, IMPROVE VENTILATION, OR PROVIDE COOLING SYSTEMS FOR EACH PIECE OF EQUIPMENT TO ELIMINATE FIRE SPRINKLER SYSTEMS BEING ACTIVATED.
R00-52: CONTACT APPROPRIATE COUNTY SAFETY AGENCY FOR PROPER TYPE/KIND OF FIRE EXTINGUISHER AND EYEWASH STATION SIGNS. ARMC CASH COLLECTIONS BACKGROUND As a result of a major embezzlement of cash receipts from the County Medical Center (CMC), the 1996-97 San Bernardino County Grand Jury investigated the Fiscal Services Division and found the management practices, policies, and procedures were not in compliance with County standards. The Grand Jury recommended the County take numerous steps to eliminate future non-compliance and possible embezzlement of funds. In response, the Board of Supervisors and CMC administrators established new and revised management policies and procedures. The 1999-2000 Grand Jury wanted to know if these practices, procedures, and policies were being followed at the new Arrowhead Regional Medical Center (ARMC) and, if so, what steps are being taken to insure their continued compliance. FINDINGS Administrators and supervisors in the ARMC Finance Department stated that their cash collection system at the time of the embezzlement was good but, since then, they have improved procedures to prevent a reoccurrence. At the same time, they commented that a very intelligent person, bent on embezzling, could find a way. A ten-page narrative outlines a step-by-step procedure for the collection, posting, and deposit of receipts, including cash, from all ARMC departments, cafeteria and vending machines. Grand Jury members observed all steps in these procedures from collection to deposit in the safe within the vault. The segregation of duties prohibits any one person from having access to both patient accounts and processing of cash receipts. This was a major factor in the aforementioned embezzlement. New procedures give only four (4) individuals access to the safe. The safe and vault are locked at all times. ARMC’s banking procedure is part of the County’s Consolidated Banking System. When ARMC deposits daily receipts, a coded deposit slip identifying the department is prepared. Receipts are taken by Brink’s Armored Carrier to a Bank of America specialized vault in Ontario. The Ontario location is designed to accommodate armored carriers with maximum security. Deposits start earning interest immediately. County departments are notified and have access to their funds in two (2) days. The Auditor/Controller-Recorder’s office (Supervising Accountant) has ultimate responsibility for reconciling all discrepancies. At the present time ARMC cannot accept credit card payments on accounts. The accountant stated that it could be beneficial and cost effective to do so. RECOMMENDATIONS
R00-53: CONTINUE TO CLOSELY MONITOR ARMC COLLECTION POLICIES AND PROCEDURES, ESPECIALLY IN THE AREA OF CASH RECEIPTS. REMAIN CONSTANTLY ALERT FOR IMPROVEMENT IN INTERNAL CONTROLS TO PREVENT ANY POSSIBILITY OF EMBEZZLEMENT.
R00-54: CONDUCT A STUDY AND, IF FEASIBLE, IMPLEMENT A SYSTEM TO ACCEPT CREDIT CARD PAYMENTS AT THE ARROWHEAD REGIONAL MEDICAL CENTER AND ITS AFFILIATED CLINICS. PUBLIC HEALTH DEPARTMENT DIVISION OF ENVIRONMENTAL HEALTH SERVICES FOOD PROTECTION PROGRAM BACKGROUND The mission of the Division of Environmental Health Services (DEHS) is to prevent, eliminate, or reduce environmental hazards that could harm the health, safety, and quality of life of the citizens of this County. The Retail Food Protection Program consists of activities required to ensure food provided for human consumption is of good quality, safe, free of adulteration, wholesome, and properly labeled and advertised. The program also strives to ensure food has been produced, stored, and transported under conditions and practices that are safe, clean, and sanitary. The program is responsible for the inspection of all places where food is eaten, processed, sold, or stored (restaurants, markets, food stands, carnivals, schools, nursing homes, etc.) for sanitation and food safety, including manufacturers and wholesalers. The program investigates complaints of suspected food poisoning, unsanitary conditions, and other problems. The program also provides education and training in proper sanitation and food safety techniques to the food workers/servers, operators/managers, and owners of food facilities. The DEHS issues public health permits to all food facilities. The 1997-98 Grand Jury recommended a return to public posting using the “A-B-C” rating system or to a simple placard of certification. Neither of these systems has been implemented. In the response from the Board of Supervisors, it states: “The department is planning to require posting a card or placard at the entry to restaurants that will state that the facility has been inspected and has been issued a permit to operate consistent with Health and Safety Code requirements.” FINDINGS In meetings with the Division Chief and Food Program Manager, the Grand Jury learned that the DEHS has 60 employees to cover over 10,000 establishments in the County. The Food Protection Program has 39 inspectors and each is responsible for about 350 accounts. An inspection usually takes from one to one and one-half hours. A written report is left at the facility. If there are minor violations, the owner is to correct them in a specified length of time, and a re-inspection is required. Any facility receiving less than 60 out of 100 points could be temporarily shut down, depending on the nature of the violation. The DEHS cannot levy a fine to an establishment for repeated noncompliance. Only the environmental court in Redlands can levy monetary fines. If a facility is closed by DEHS, the owner can sue in court. In 1999 DEHS closed 586 miscellaneous facilities. They included restaurants, supermarkets, drug stores, recreational facilities, etc., and a large number of unpermitted establishments (no license or health permit). Two teams of two Grand Jurors each accompanied DEHS inspectors – one team to a restaurant and one to a grocery market. The inspections were unannounced and the owners did not know in advance of the visits. The restaurant was a very busy coffee shop-style facility located near a freeway offramp and catered to truckers and law enforcement personnel. The inspector very carefully and thoroughly inspected all areas of the facility, inside and out, with special attention given to those items that needed follow- up from the previous inspection. He noted much improvement in pest control procedures. The inspection file on this restaurant dated from 1983 and the single-most ongoing problem, repeatedly, has been with maintaining adequate temperature control of both hot and cold foods. This visit was no exception. A worker was asked to adjust temperature controls on food warmers and also refrigerated units. Numerous minor violations were found in the kitchen area, dry storage area, exterior dumpster area, and leaky plumbing. Both restrooms were clean and bright. This restaurant received a score of 56 and was reinspected two weeks later, at which time very good compliance was observed by the inspector. A copy of this re-inspection report was provided to the Grand Jury. No inspection certificate or placard was issued for display. The grocery market was a recently opened independent store in a building that formerly housed a chain supermarket. There were three separate health permits: one each for the deli, bakery, and meat/grocery department. This facility had many violations in all areas, that involved improper temperature control (no thermometers), condemned food that had to be discarded due to contamination, inadequate vector control of flies, improper food storage containers, galvanized cooking utensils, inadequate floor drains, electrical hazards, plumbing problems, etc. The deli scored 36 points, the meat department scored 43, and the bakery scored 87 of a possible 100 points each. None of the employees, including the on-site manager, had the required food handler cards. The inspector gave the owner information for obtaining the cards through the Food Handlers class at San Bernardino Valley College. There was an occasional language problem, and a Grand Jury member acted as an interpreter. The inspection was thorough, in spite of the language barrier. At reinspection, some compliance of previous violations was observed, but the inspector noted new violations. A third inspection was required. A copy of the subsequent inspection report was sent to the Grand Jury. When the Grand Jury questioned why the facilities were not shut down because of their low scores (below 60), the DEHS program manager stated that closure comes only in the event of an immediate and dangerous threat to public health and safety, or when a violation cannot be corrected within a reasonable length of time. RECOMMENDATIONS
R00-55: ESTABLISH A PUBLIC NOTIFICATION DISPLAY PLACARD THAT CERTIFIES A FACILITY HAS BEEN INSPECTED AND MEETS COUNTY HEALTH AND SAFETY CODES. SHOW THE DATE OF INSPECTION, EXPIRATION DATE AND SIGNATURE OF THE INSPECTOR. PLACARDS SHOULD ONLY BE ISSUED TO FACILITIES THAT ARE IN COMPLIANCE. THIS RECOMMENDATION IS A MODIFICATION OF THE RECOMMENDATION BY THE 1997-98 GRAND JURY WHICH, TO DATE, HAS NOT BEEN IMPLEMENTED.
R00-56: MONITOR FACILITIES WITH A HISTORY OF REPEATED VIOLATIONS MORE FREQUENTLY. ESTABLISHMENTS THAT ARE CONSISTENTLY IN COMPLIANCE MAY REQUIRE AN ANNUAL INSPECTION ONLY.
R00-57: REQUIRE FOOD HANDLER CARDS FOR ON-SITE FOOD ESTABLISHMENT OWNERS AND MANAGERS, AS WELL AS WORKERS AND SERVERS. VERIFY NAMES ON FOOD HANDLER CARDS AGAINST CURRENT PAYROLL RECORDS.
R00-58: MAKE AVAILABLE BILINGUAL INSPECTORS, OR INTERPRETERS, AT ALL FACILITIES WHERE ENGLISH IS NOT THE PRIMARY LANGUAGE OR CANNOT BE SPOKEN AND CLEARLY UNDERSTOOD. FULL COMPLIANCE WITH HEALTH CODES CANNOT BE OBTAINED WITHOUT COMPLETE COMPREHENSION IN THEIR LANGUAGE. MEDICAL CARE AVAILABILITY BACKGROUND Within the County’s organizational structure, the Public Health Department and the Department of Behavioral Health are under the administration of the Human Services System, and the Arrowhead Regional Medical Center (ARMC) is directly under the County Administrative Officer. The ARMC opened its new Colton location in early spring 1999 with a license for 373 beds. The ARMC has within its facility a number of “specialty clinics,” with the primary care or Family Practice Clinics being located offsite at multiple locations. With concern for this County’s growing population of medically indigent, homeless, uninsured and under-insured working poor, the Grand Jury researched the availability of free or low-cost medical services. Special focus was on the availability of services for walk-in, urgent-care, and immediate needs. FINDINGS ARMC has been averaging 91 percent of bed capacity. The departments responsible for the delivery of medical care, mental health care, and public health care services are under different administrations and management, expressing different philosophies, and at totally different locations throughout the County. There is duplication of clinic-type facilities, nursing staff, patient appointment staff, and possible lab, x-ray or pharmacy services. There are no “free” or “low-cost” outpatient County clinic services available for the uninsured or under-insured “working poor”. Services available at ARMC’s affiliated Family Practice Clinics are by “pre-scheduled” appointments at a usual and customary fee. While payment schedules can be arranged, a $20 deposit is expected at the time of appointments, with the balance to be billed in approximately 45 days. Currently, when a patient seeks a medical appointment for a particular immediate medical need, a pre-scheduled daytime appointment is made for an amount of time that allows for a full evaluation. Scheduling of lengthy appointments limits the number of patients that can be seen on any given day. There is no “walk-in” or “urgent-care” type of service available daytime or evening, other than the Emergency Room. ARMC Administration advised that this would be the available source for services for an uninsured individual with an immediate need. Emergency Room services are a costly method of delivering walk-in care. RECOMMENDATIONS
R00-59: BRING ALL DEPARTMENTS DELIVERING HEALTH CARE SERVICES UNDER ONE ADMINISTRATION AND LEADER- SHIP, FOR A TOTAL PACKAGE OF HEALTH CARE DELIVERY.
R00-60: CENTRALIZE CLINIC LOCATIONS WHERE POSSIBLE, WITH THE SHARING OF CLINIC FACILITIES, NURSING STAFF, PATIENT APPOINTMENT STAFF, EQUIPMENT, LABS, X-RAY, AND PHARMACY SERVICES.
R00-61: OPEN ADDITIONAL OUTPATIENT CLINICS TO PROVIDE SERVICES FOR PATIENTS WITH “WALK-IN,” “URGENT,” OR “IMMEDIATE” NEED, ESPECIALLY IN MORE REMOTE AREAS OF THE COUNTY.
R00-62: PROVIDE WALK-IN “SHORT APPOINTMENTS” TO FOCUS ON THE PATIENTS’ CHIEF MEDICAL COMPLAINT, RESERVING FULL EVALUATIONS FOR PRE-SCHEDULED EXAM APPOINTMENTS.
R00-63: UTILIZE EXISTING CLINIC FACILITIES FOR “AFTER HOURS” SERVICES.
R00-64: DEVELOP PUBLIC INFORMATION PACKETS, NEWSPAPER ARTICLES, AND ADVERTISEMENTS TO ALERT THE PUBLIC TO THE AVAILABILITY OF SERVICES OTHER THAN THE MORE COSTLY EMERGENCY ROOM FOR WALK-IN SERVICES, INCLUDING CLINIC LOCATIONS AND HOURS AVAILABLE. MENTAL HEALTH SERVICES BACKGROUND San Bernardino County provides mental health services through two distinctly separate departments. They work in a collaborative partnership to provide full mental health services to County residents. This Grand Jury has combined the investigation into one report. ● Inpatient Mental Health care is provided at the Arrowhead Regional Medical Center (ARMC) in a separate building on the grounds of the ARMC. The director and his staff are under the ARMC administration. ● Outpatient Mental Health care, including substance abuse services, is provided by the Department of Behavioral Health (DBH) in multiple clinic locations throughout the County. The director of DBH and his staff are under the administration of the Human Services System.
R00-65: OPEN A MENTAL HEALTH CRISIS STABILIZATION UNIT (WALK-IN CLINIC) AT THE ARROWHEAD REGIONAL MEDICAL CENTER TO PROVIDE IMMEDIATE PRESCRIPTION RENEWALS AND OTHER EMERGENCY SERVICES NECESSARY TO MAINTAIN AND/OR STABILIZE A CLIENT’S CONDITION.
R00-66: UPGRADE OR REBUILD THE GILBERT STREET DEPART- MENT OF BEHAVIORAL HEALTH FACILITIES TO PROVIDE A SAFER, MORE WORKER-FRIENDLY ENVIRONMENT.
R00-67: CONTINUE SUPPORTING THE PERINATAL SUBSTANCE ABUSE TREATMENT PROGRAM, PLACING GREATER EMPHASIS IN REDUCING THE PERCENTAGE OF WOMEN FAILING TO REMAIN SUBSTANCE-FREE AND RETURNING TO THE PROGRAM.
R00-68: CONTINUE TO ALLOW THE DEPARTMENT OF BEHAVIORAL HEALTH TO CONTROL ITS TRUST FUNDS. THESE FUNDS SHOULD BE HELD IN RESERVE TO PROVIDE NEEDED SERVICES FOR WHICH NO OTHER FUNDING SOURCE IS AVAILABLE.
R00-69: IMPLEMENT MORE COST-EFFECTIVE AND EFFICIENT PROCEDURES TO FACILITATE REPAIR, PURCHASE, AND INSTALLATION OF NEEDED ITEMS AT THE RIALTO BEHAVIORAL HEALTH RESOURCE CENTER (BHRC). HUMAN SERVICES COMMITTEE The Human Services Committee reviewed the functional and operational procedures of all departments within the Human Services System, with the exception of the departments of Behavioral Health and Public Health. These two departments were a part of Health Care Services during the early part of our term, and were reviewed by that committee. The Human Services System coordinates the activities of the following County departments: Aging and Adult Services Children’s Services Community Services Jobs and Employment Services Preschool Services Transitional Assistance Veterans Affairs The Human Services System also provides fiscal and technical support to both the Children’s Network and the Children’s Fund. The Human Services Committee established subcommittees to review the function of each of the above departments. All department heads were interviewed. Further interviews were held to investigate compliance with County policies. Suggested areas of concern by previous Grand Juries were considered. Grand Jurors went on ride-alongs with welfare fraud field investigators, attended the Homeless Coalition Faire and the grand opening of the Children’s Assessment Center, observed the functioning of the Child Abuse Hotline, and went on visits to Head Start sites. The Human Services Committee makes the following findings and recommendations. DEPARTMENT OF AGING AND ADULT SERVICES IN-HOME SUPPORTIVE SERVICES PROGRAM BACKGROUND The In-Home Supportive Services Program (IHSS) within the Department of Aging and Adult Services (DAAS) allows low income elderly, blind, and disabled persons to remain in their own homes when they become unable to care for themselves. Program recipients receive services that are less expensive for the County than out-of-home care. Because of this program, recipients avoid institutionalization. Under this program care providers come into the recipient’s home, providing domestic, personal, and protective care on an assigned basis. The 1998-99 Grand Jury, in its final report, made recommenda- tions to improve the personal security of the recipients. The Board of Supervisors’ official response was brief and appeared to summarily dismiss the Grand Jury’s recommendations. For that reason, this Grand Jury reviewed the IHSS program. The Grand Jury’s primary concern was for the health and well being of the recipient, as well as possible County liability in the event of abuse at the hands of a County-recommended provider. FINDINGS The IHSS program is federally, state, and county funded. It is administered by County DAAS and governed by the California Welfare and Institutions Code and directives of the State Department of Social Services. Care providers are selected and hired by the care recipient. Approximately 62 percent of care providers are either a relative or friend of the recipient. When the recipient has no relative or friend available to act as his/her care provider, a County-recommended and maintained list of providers is given to the recipient from whom a selection is made. Not being a friend or relative, the providers on this list are relatively unknown to both the County and recipient. To be placed on this list, potential providers must only submit positive identification, pass an interview by a County social worker, and sign a declaration vouching for their past and present legal compliance. The governing statutes do not provide the County with the authority to request background fingerprint checks on care providers from the Department of Justice. A local public records background check is permissible. The recipient may, at his/her own expense, obtain a Department of Justice background check on a potential or existing care provider. County Counsel provided the following legal opinion on this state- directed program. Under the new statutes (Assembly Bill 1682 and Senate Bill 710), effective January 1, 2000, pertaining to the establishment of an employer of record, the County is held harmless in an abuse situation of a recipient by a care provider if the County has followed all governing statutes/directives in its administration of the program. Specifically, the governing Welfare and Institutions Code (affected by the new legislation) now provides immunity for the state and counties from liability resulting from their implementation of the Code. When initially contacted by the Grand Jury, DAAS understood that the new legislation required background checks of care providers. The following information was obtained from a legal opinion requested of County Counsel. The new legislation does not alter the current inability of counties to require a Department of Justice background check of IHSS providers. This legislation added Section 12302.25 to the Welfare and Institutions Code and requires each county to be in conformance by January 1, 2003. It effectively requires each county to act as, or establish, an employer of record for care providers for the purpose of establishing a collective bargaining agency for providers. This agency will be responsible for investigating the background or qualifications of potential providers. In the Foster Parents Program, foster parents are required to undergo a criminal background investigation. In the IHSS program, care providers are not investigated. There are thousands of cases of elder abuse reported in San Bernardino County each year. Currently, about 200,000 seniors reside in the County. DAAS projects 369,000 seniors by the year 2010 and 500,000 by the year 2020. DAAS also estimates that one-fourth of the County’s population will be seniors in 2020. Currently, there are approximately 9,200 recipients in the program and 38 percent of their providers came from the County provided list. If the population grows by the above estimates, by the year 2020 there will be approximately 23,000 recipients in the program and about 8,700 of this number will come from the County’s list of providers. With no background checks of care providers, these numbers are reason for alarm today and present increased concern for the future. Findings support the primary concern of the Grand Jury. More can be done to ensure the health and well being of IHSS recipients. County liability is tempered by the legislation, but not forgotten. If the County has not followed the Welfare and Institutions Code to the letter and an abusive care provider surfaces, the County stands to lose. RECOMMENDATIONS
R00-70: PROVIDE LOCAL PUBLIC RECORDS CHECKS OF ALL PROSPECTIVE CARE PROVIDERS AT COUNTY EXPENSE.
R00-71: SPONSOR A LEGISLATIVE CHANGE/AMENDMENT TO THE CALIFORNIA WELFARE AND INSTITUTIONS CODE REQUIRING DEPARTMENT OF JUSTICE BACKGROUND CHECKS BE CONDUCTED ON ALL PROSPECTIVE CARE PROVIDERS. THE RIGHT TO HIRE, FIRE, AND SUPERVISE THE CARE PROVIDER WOULD REMAIN WITH THE RECIPIENT. THE EXPENSE OF THE BACKGROUND CHECK WOULD BE BORNE BY THE STATE AND COUNTY.
R00-72: INFORM RECIPIENTS OF THEIR RIGHT TO REQUEST A DEPARTMENT OF JUSTICE BACKGROUND CHECK ON ANY POTENTIAL OR EXISTING CARE PROVIDER. IF RECIPIENTS DECLINE THIS OPPORTUNITY TO BE INFORMED AS TO WHOM THEY ARE ENTRUSTING THEIR FUTURE WELL-BEING, REQUIRE RECIPIENTS TO SIGN A DISCLAIMER. IF THE RECIPIENT ELECTS TO ORDER THIS BACKGROUND CHECK, HE/SHE MUST SIGN A STATEMENT TO THAT EFFECT. PRESCHOOL SERVICES DEPARTMENT BACKGROUND The Head Start program is funded by the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services’ Administration for Children and Families (ACF). The Preschool Services Department (PSD) and its employees operate under Federal guidelines. In April 1996 the ACF conducted an on-site review of Head Start and found non-compliance of the regulatory and policy requirements governing the program. The County acts as the grantee and was found to have under- expended the grant by over two million dollars in each of the last two budget periods, despite the need for classroom materials, facilities, equipment, and expansion. The program was reviewed again in January 1999 by ACF and several areas of serious concern were found. The 1998-99 Grand Jury investigated the Federal findings, but was unable to make recommendations at that time due to non-jurisdiction. In March 1999 the Preschool Services Department and 105 administrative and support staff became County employees, under the Human Services System. Personnel at the Head Start sites work under contracts ranging from 9 to 12 months in duration. FINDINGS During routine visits to some Head Start sites, the Grand Jury was made aware of deficiencies in the hiring process. A letter was sent to the rest of the sites requesting information regarding vacancies since September 1999, how and when requests were made, and when vacancies were filled, if they were. Twenty-two (22) responses were received out of the 30 sites contacted, and this information was combined with information received during three site visits. Many sites reported having long-standing vacancies. Vacancies included teachers, teacher’s aides, custodians, food service workers, and clerical. Teachers and aides were performing custodial and clerical chores in addition to their teaching responsibilities, causing extremely low morale over the long-term at some sites. No temporary or substitute employees were available to cover the vacancies. Vacancies in staff positions occurred at 21 of the 25 Head Start sites from which we have data. These vacancies were unfilled for periods of time ranging from two weeks to six months. At the time this report was written, there were 46 vacancies unfilled. Personnel requests by site supervisors to fill vacancies were made in a number of different ways: by telephone, written memos, personal conversations with administrators, field visits, area manager visits, weekly reports, letters, written lists, area meetings, requisitions, and field reports. Here are three randomly selected examples: ● A teacher position became vacant in September 1999 and was filled in March 2000. Requests to fill the position were made by telephone and through personal conversation with the area coordinator. ● One site was short one clerk and one teacher and in October another teacher resigned. The clerk position was filled in November and both teaching positions were filled in January. The site supervisor notified her supervisor of the vacancy three times – once by phone and twice with written memos. ● At another site a teaching position had been vacant since January and was not filled as of March 31, 2000. Applicants who live in outlying areas can apply for positions by mail. However, they must report to San Bernardino for testing and interview. RECOMMENDATIONS
R00-73: CREATE A STANDARD PROCEDURE FOR HEAD START SITE SUPERVISORS TO USE WHEN REQUESTING PERSONNEL, TO INCLUDE DOCUMENTATION OF WHEN THE REQUEST IS MADE, TO WHOM, AND THE DATE THE VACANCY IS FILLED.
R00-74: EDUCATE ALL SITE SUPERVISORS IN THE NEED TO FOLLOW THE PROCEDURE FOR REQUESTING PERSONNEL, AND TO DOCUMENT THEIR REQUESTS.
R00-75: BEGIN RECRUITING NEW PERSONNEL DURING THE SUMMER MONTHS IN ORDER TO CREATE A POOL FROM WHICH TO FILL VACANCIES THAT WILL OCCUR WHEN THE NEW SCHOOL YEAR BEGINS AND THROUGHOUT THE YEAR.
R00-76: ESTABLISH A POOL OF AVAILABLE SUBSTITUTE EMPLOYEES FOR ALL POSITIONS.
R00-77: FILL VACANCIES AT HEAD START SITES AS SOON AS THEY OCCUR.
R00-78: CONDUCT TESTING AND INTERVIEWING AT SITES CLOSE TO THE LOCAL COMMUNITIES WHERE THE JOBS WILL BE PERFORMED. TRANSITIONAL ASSISTANCE DEPARTMENT BACKGROUND Under the Human Services System, the Transitional Assistance Department (TAD), with an annual budget of $124.3 million, is responsible for the administration of the financial support programs that assist the needy with basic services. Of this appropriated budget, $113.9 million is from Federal and State revenue, with a local cost share of $10.4 million. The TAD is budgeted for a staff of 1,914. The primary services provided include Transitional Assistance to Needy Families, food stamps, Medi-Cal, childcare, and general assistance. The goals of TAD are to meet the basic needs of families and individuals while working to help them attain self-sufficiency, and to promote work and personal responsibility. One program within TAD is the Fraud Prevention Bureau (FPB). The mission of the FPB’s Special Investigations Unit (SIU) is to detect and deter incidents of welfare fraud by persons deemed ineligible by law for public assistance. This mission is accomplished by thorough investigation of allegations, false claims, or misrepresentation of fact in compliance with due process of law without infringing upon the constitutional rights of applicants or recipients. This report focuses on the overall Transitional Assistance Department and the Special Investigations Unit of the Fraud Prevention Bureau and their coordinated efforts in providing services to applicants and recipients. FINDINGS The classifications of the approximately 1,000 Eligibility Workers (EW) within TAD are as follows: ● EW Trainee - Approximate monthly salary of $1,387. Requires high school diploma or GED, plus 2 years full- time public contact employment. Following completion of an 8-week orientation/training class, the entry level Trainee advances to the next level. ● EW I - Approximate monthly salary of $1,726. Requires completion of a 6-month, closely supervised on-the-job training program, and requires a passing satisfactory performance evaluation before being eligible for advancement. ● EW II - Approximate monthly salary of $2,047 to $2,616. Requires completion of additional six month probationary period before becoming “regular status” and being eligible to apply for EW III level. ● EW III - Approximate monthly salary of $2,207 to $2,815. Requires bidding, applying, testing, and qualifying. Approximately 80 new Eligibility Worker Trainees are hired each quarter. Newly hired EWs cannot transfer until after completion of the 8- week orientation/training class and a one-year probationary period. After the investment of training newly hired EWs in the multiple programs criteria, eligibility, and regulations for a period of 14 months, a significant number of these employees transfer to other departments/positions within the County at a higher rate of pay. The turnover rate has been running 15 to 22 percent over the past several years. The file notes that Eligibility Workers provide to SIU Fraud Investigators are not always up-to-date at the time of field investigations. Unnecessary visitations are often made due to the inadequate or outdated information provided in the Fraud Investigators’ files. This situation was verified by ride-a- longs of Grand Jury members with Fraud Investigators. In several instances, information reported by the recipient to an Eligibility Worker was not in the file. The field investigators indicated that this situation occurs repeatedly. Development of the new Consortium IV Welfare Computer System (counties of San Bernardino, Merced, Riverside and Stanislaus) is expected to ultimately resolve the aforementioned issue. This new system will provide all- encompassing paperless records that will be viewable on-screen to all involved agencies. Field investigators, case managers, and eligibility workers would all have access to view each other’s notes up-to-the minute, eliminating the time- lag problem of written notes being in the Field Investigators’ field files. It is anticipated that the development and implementation phases of this computer system will not be completed for four years (year 2004). The SIU is currently budgeted for 49 fraud investigators and five supervisors. Of these positions, there are four investigator vacancies, two are currently on “light duty,” and the retirement of 4 or 5 is expected this year. This creates an extreme hardship in the unit because of a backlog of investigations to be completed. RECOMMENDATIONS
R00-79: DEVELOP A STRATEGY FOR RETAINING ENTRY-LEVEL ELIGIBILITY WORKERS WITHIN THE TRANSITIONAL ASSISTANCE DEPARTMENT THROUGH RETENTION INCENTIVES TO REDUCE TURNOVER AND LOSS OF TRAINING COSTS.
R00-80: DEVELOP AND IMPLEMENT AN INTERIM SYSTEM TO ASSURE TIMELY PROCESSING OF PERTINENT INFORMATION FROM ELIGIBILITY WORKERS INTO RECIPIENTS’ FILES FOR USE BY FRAUD INVESTIGATORS.
R00-81: IMPLEMENT AN AGGRESSIVE AND TIMELY RECRUITMENT PROCESS TO FILL CURRENT AND ANTICIPATED VACANCIES OF FRAUD INVESTIGATORS IN THE FRAUD PREVENTION BUREAU’S SPECIAL INVESTIGATIONS UNIT. INTERNAL SERVICES COMMITTEE The Internal Services Committee reviewed the operations and functions of the County’s Internal Services Group, which included the following departments: Architecture and Engineering Facilities Management Human Resources (now under County Administrative Office) Purchasing Real Estate Services Vehicle Services Subcommittees were formed based on perceived investigative needs. All County departments within this group were investigated by subcommittees, except Architecture and Engineering. The Purchasing and Vehicle Services subcommittees joined forces to produce a single report under Vehicle Services (Central Stores). The Facilities Management subcommittee’s findings and recommendations were absorbed by the Ad Hoc Committee on Public Safety. A separate outside audit of Vehicle Services and user departments was completed under the direction of an ad hoc committee. Subcommittee efforts led to the following final reports. PERSONNEL POLICIES
R00-82: IMPLEMENT A SPECIAL PAYROLL CODING SYSTEM THAT WILL IDENTIFY AND TRACK ALL INSTANCES OF PAID ADMINISTRATIVE LEAVE FOR DISCIPLINARY REASONS, MEDICAL EVALUATIONS ETC. TO INCLUDE START DATE, DATE ENDED, DIRECT COST, AND REASON FOR BEING PLACED ON PAID LEAVE. RE-CATEGORIZE TRAVEL AND CONFERENCE TIME TO REFLECT ITS PROPER USE AS WORK TIME.
R00-83: DEVELOP COUNTYWIDE, WRITTEN PROCEDURES FOR USE BY THE APPOINTING AUTHORITY WHENEVER CONSIDERATION IS BEING GIVEN TO USING PAID ADMINISTRATIVE LEAVE.
R00-84: DEVELOP A CONSOLIDATED, MONTHLY REPORTING SYSTEM BY ALL DEPARTMENTS FOR THE COUNTY ADMINISTRATIVE OFFICER, HUMAN RESOURCES, COUNTY COUNSEL, AND THE AUDITOR/CONTROLLER-RECORDER THAT WOULD LIST ALL EMPLOYEES (OR POSITIONS) ON PAID ADMINISTRATIVE LEAVE, START DATE, DATE ENDED, CUMULATIVE DIRECT COST, AND REASONS FOR BEING PLACED ON PAID ADMINISTRATIVE LEAVE.
R00-85: PROVIDE A QUARTERLY AND AN ANNUAL CONSOLIDATED SUMMARY REPORT BY DEPARTMENT TO THE BOARD OF SUPERVISORS SHOWING THE NUMBER OF EMPLOYEE HOURS ON PAID ADMINISTRATIVE LEAVE AND THE TOTAL DEPARTMENTAL DIRECT COST.
R00-86: ESTABLISH AN OVERSIGHT PROCESS CONSISTING OF REPRESENTATIVES FROM HUMAN RESOURCES, COUNTY COUNSEL, AND AUDITOR/CONTROLLER DEPARTMENTS WHEN GRANTING PAID ADMINISTRATIVE LEAVE AND ANY DISCIPLINARY ACTION BY THE APPOINTING AUTHORITY.
R00-87: ASSIGN A DEFINITE RESPONSIBILITY TO THE APPOINTING AUTHORITY TO PURSUE PROMPT COMPLETION OF ANY NECESSARY INVESTIGATION SO AS TO QUICKLY RESOLVE THE MATTER THAT CREATED THE NEED FOR PAID ADMINISTRATIVE LEAVE, THEREBY SHORTENING THE LENGTH OF PAID ADMINISTRATIVE LEAVE.
R00-88: REQUIRE APPOINTING AUTHORITIES TO FREELY SELECT ANOTHER PERSON TO ACT IN THEIR BEHALF AFTER CONSIDERING WHETHER THEIR RELATIONSHIP WITH THE EMPLOYEE UNDER CONSIDERATION FOR PAID ADMINISTRATIVE LEAVE CAN BE HANDLED WITHOUT A REAL OR PERCEIVED BIAS.
R00-89: REQUIRE WRITTEN JUSTIFICATION AND DOCUMENTATION TO BECOME PART OF THE EMPLOYEE’S PERMANENT PERSONNEL FILE, WHENEVER PAID ADMINISTRATIVE LEAVE IS GRANTED AND AN EMPLOYEE IS GIVEN ANY DISCIPLINARY ACTION.
R00-90: PUBLISH ADDITIONAL WRITTEN EXPLANATION REGARDING RULE X OF THE PERSONNEL RULES THAT DESCRIBES THE REASONS WHY AN EMPLOYEE MAY BE SUBJECT TO DISCIPLINARY ACTION.
R00-91: REQUIRE STANDARDS OF CONDUCT TRAINING BE PROVIDED FOR ALL EMPLOYEES ONCE EACH YEAR COVERING TOPICS IN RULE I OF THE PERSONNEL RULES.
R00-92: PROHIBIT PAID ADMINISTRATIVE LEAVE AFTER ANY EMPLOYEE IS CONVICTED FOR ANY BREACH OF COUNTY EMPLOYMENT RULES. REAL ESTATE SERVICES DEPARTMENT BACKGROUND The Real Estate Services Department is one of several functions under the Internal Services Group. Its mission statement is “To provide the most professionally responsive and highest quality real estate services enabling our clients to deliver the needed facilities and services to the citizens of San Bernardino County that will enhance their quality of life.” Real Estate Services consists of two main functions: • The Property Management Division is responsible for all County leasing functions with the exception of some special districts and the Superintendent of Schools. It also handles surplus property sales and some revenue leases. • The Right-of-Way Division is responsible for the acquisition of property, appraisal of both owned and leased property, and relocation assistance. The acquisition work is primarily for the Transportation Department, Flood Control, special districts, San Bernardino Associated Governments (SANBAG), etc. FINDINGS The County has about 15,000 employees that require office space or work facilities so as to efficiently accomplish their jobs. There is need for long- range planning because the staffing level this fiscal year is projected to increase about 1,000 employees, requiring an estimated 100,000 to 125,000 square feet of added space. Today most of the office space needs are leased instead of purchased. The County has been criticized in past Grand Jury reports because of charges of political cronyism or intervention involving leasing of office space and appropriate facilities to conduct its business operations (1998-99 Grand Jury Final Report). A County work group is currently studying the whole Real Estate function. Presently, the array of functions comprising the overall management of office space and facilities is spread over numerous departments and staff within the County. The Real Estate Services Department has certain responsibilities as noted above. In addition, an Administrative Analyst in the County Administrative Office has been delegated the responsibility for administering buildings that are owned by the County. Facilities Management is a separate department that provides the building maintenance and custodial care for these buildings. The Community and Cultural Resources Department, within the County’s Public Services Group, is another department that provides grounds and maintenance care. The inventory of County-owned or leased buildings is monitored through two software programs titled Building Inventory Data System (BIDS) and Land Inventory Data System (LIDS). When leased building information was requested by the Grand Jury, reports were received from two different sources using the BIDS program. The two reports were not the same even though they were both covering properties leased by the County (possibly because different query parameters were used). A change was made to the County policy on March 30, 1999 when the Board of Supervisors adopted a new Policy and Standard Practice for Leasing Space for County Use. A Request for Proposal (RFP) is now required for leases of 5,000 square feet or more with a term of five (5) years or more, unless it is waived because it would “unreasonably interfere with the financial and programmatic needs of the County”. The RFP process has been waived 10-12 times in the first five months since the policy was adopted. Only the Board of Supervisors can approve waiving the RFP process. When a department makes a request for leased space, the following steps are to be followed: • A Capital Improvement Program Request form outlining the requirements is to be submitted to the CAO’s Administrative Analyst who acts as a “traffic director”. If the RFP process is to be waived, the need must be justified on the request form. The CAO’s Administrative Analyst logs in the request, reviews it, and sends it to the CAO Budget Analyst who handles budget matters for the requesting department. • The Budget Analyst has to sign off on the request as to the need for the space, availability of funds, program needs, staffing levels, etc. • Copies of the request, together with the assessment from the CAO’s office, are then to be circulated to the Board of Supervisors’ office for a 10-day comment period. Procedures do not require Real Estate Services to be officially involved and they may be unaware of a space need request. • At the end of the 10-day period, the CAO’s Administrative Analyst is to review the Supervisors’ comments and either: (a) Direct the Real Estate Services Department to prepare an RFP and a Board agenda item to approve the RFP, or (b) If the RFP process is to be waived, the requesting department (perhaps in conjunction with Real Estate Services) is to prepare a Board agenda item requesting approval of the waiver of the RFP process. • At this point Real Estate Services is made aware of the need for office space. • If the RFP is approved by the Board, Real Estate Services is to advertise the RFP in newspapers and contact the general public, brokers and others to reasonably generate sufficient interest in leasing facilities in the County. • A 5-7 person Review Committee is to be formed to review the proposals, typically with representation from the requesting department, Architecture and Engineering, Real Estate Services, the CAO’s office, the Board of Supervisors’ office, and the Supervisor’s office in whose district the building is to be located. • The results of the RFP, together with Real Estate Services’ recommendation, are to be reported to the Board of Supervisors for approval. If the Board approves a waiver of the RFP process, the Real Estate Services Department is then to be instructed to locate and initiate lease negotiations for suitable space. However, someone from the requesting department may have already identified the desired space and started negotiating the terms of the lease. If the RFP process is waived, the lease negotiations are to be conducted by Real Estate Services and the recommendation is to be submitted to the Board of Supervisors for approval. The County is one of the largest tenants in San Bernardino County. Presently there are an estimated 202 leases for land and facilities. The monthly lease payments total approximately $2,220,000 or about $26.6 million annually. The five departments with the most leases and leasing the largest amount of space are shown as follows, together with the average cost per square foot. Human and Social Services* 49 leases 806,000 sq. ft. $1.39 / sq. ft. Behavioral Health Department 18 leases 219,200 sq. ft. $1.14 / sq. ft. Preschool Services Department 27 leases 179,700 sq. ft. $0.68 / sq. ft. District Attorney 11 leases 171,100 sq. ft. $1.22 / sq. ft. Public Health Department 22 leases 117,600 sq. ft. $1.30 / sq. ft. * Currently Human Services Human Services is the largest lessee of County office space, with 49 leases covering 806,000 square feet. The County has 65 leases in excess of $1.25 per square foot, and 34 of these leases are in Human Services. Human Services typically pays a higher monthly lease rate and, as a result, its $1.39 per square foot is the highest cost of any of the County departments. Of the 65 leases at rates of $1.25 or greater, 18 of them are on facilities located in the High Desert portion of the County where land values are generally lower compared to the valley area. RECOMMENDATIONS
R00-93: DEVELOP A COUNTYWIDE 2 TO 4-YEAR LONG-RANGE PLAN TO IDENTIFY AND ASSESS THE MOST LIKELY SPACE NEEDS BY DEPARTMENTAL AND GEOGRAPHICAL LOCATION.
R00-94: ASSIGN REAL ESTATE SERVICES DEPARTMENT TO BE THE FOCAL POINT FOR ALL REQUESTS FOR LEASED AND OWNED SPACE AND ALSO TO BE RESPONSIBLE FOR HANDLING ALL PHASES OF NEGOTIATIONS FOR LEASING OUT PROPERTY THAT IS OWNED BY THE COUNTY.
R00-95: REMOVE THE BOARD OF SUPERVISORS AND THEIR STAFFS FROM ALL MANAGEMENT FACETS IN THE REAL ESTATE LEASING, PURCHASING OR MAINTENANCE PROCESSES, BUT CONTINUE THE REQUIREMENT FOR FINAL APPROVAL BY THE BOARD OF SUPERVISORS.
R00-96: COMBINE ALL RELATED REAL ESTATE FUNCTIONS, INCLUDING CAO ADMINISTRATIVE ANALYST OVERSIGHT, INTO A REORGANIZED REAL ESTATE SERVICES DEPARTMENT. THIS DEPARTMENT WOULD COVER NEW LEASED BUILDINGS, SPACE PLANNING, OWNED BUILDING ADMINISTRATION, FACILITIES MANAGEMENT, GROUNDS AND MAINTENANCE, AND LEASING OF COUNTY-OWNED PROPERTY. THE CURRENT FACILITIES MANAGEMENT HOME IMPROVEMENT PROGRAM SHOULD BE TRANSFERRED TO A MORE APPROPRIATE DEPARTMENT.
R00-97: INSURE THAT REAL ESTATE SERVICES IS INVOLVED IN ALL LEASE ARRANGEMENTS FROM INCEPTION TO AVOID PAYING ABOVE-MARKET LEASE RATES AND/OR UNFAVORABLE LEASE TERMS. TRANSACTIONS MUST BE CAREFULLY AND COMPLETELY HANDLED BY PERSONS WHO ARE QUALIFIED REAL ESTATE PROFESSIONALS.
R00-98: ASSIGN SOLE RESPONSIBILITY FOR MAINTAINING AN ACCURATE LIST OF COUNTY-OWNED AND LEASED PROPERTIES TO THE REAL ESTATE SERVICES DEPARTMENT THROUGH ITS “BIDS” AND “LIDS” COMPUTER PROGRAMS.
R00-99: DEVELOP AN ADDENDUM AND AN EXHIBIT (SIMILAR TO CHILD SUPPORT COMPLIANCE) TO THE STANDARD LEASE AGREEMENT TO REQUIRE LANDLORDS TO DISCLOSE ALL RELATIONSHIPS AND CONFLICTS OF INTEREST (BOTH INDIVIDUAL OWNER AND CORPORATE) WITH THE BOARD OF SUPERVISORS, COUNTY MANAGERIAL STAFF, AND COUNTY EMPLOYEES. FAILURE OF LANDLORDS TO FULLY DISCLOSE SHALL CONSTITUTE A DEFAULT OR WARRANT A MONETARY PENALTY AT THE DISCRETION OF THE COUNTY. 00-100 DEVELOP A COUNTYWIDE STANDARD FOR A SIMPLIFIED REQUEST FOR PROPOSAL (RFP) PROCESS FOR INTERMEDIATE SIZE OR DURATION LEASES THAT REDUCES THE AMOUNT OF TIME AND EFFORT NEEDED TO ACHIEVE A FUNCTIONING LEASE. ALSO, DEVELOP A COUNTYWIDE STANDARD FOR A STRUCTURED REQUEST FOR QUOTES (RFQ) PROCESS FOR THOSE LEASE REQUESTS THAT ARE OF A SMALL SIZE OR SHORT DURATION. THESE STEPS WOULD SHORTEN THE TIME REQUIRED TO COMPLETE A LEASE AND THEREBY REDUCE THE LIKELIHOOD OF DEPARTMENTS SEEKING SHORTCUTS OR BYPASSING COUNTY POLICY. 00-101 REQUIRE ALL DEPARTMENTS TO ADHERE TO THE COUNTY’S LEASE PROCEDURES REGARDLESS OF THE FUNDING SOURCE, I.E. STATE OR FEDERAL FUNDING. VEHICLE SERVICES DEPARTMENT CENTRAL STORES BACKGROUND The Central Stores function was placed under the Vehicle Services Department in January of 1995. Prior to that it had been the responsibility of the Purchasing Department. This is the most traditional of warehouse functions. Items are purchased in bulk at the best possible price, warehoused, and then “resold” to the user departments, with a mark-up for overhead costs. Central Stores stocks supplies and delivers stationery, forms, janitorial, and other high volume items used by County departments for daily operations. Current inventory includes 1,200 items valued at approximately $650,000. A Request for Proposal (RFP) was issued by the Purchasing Department to secure an auctioneer to dispose of surplus medical equipment and furniture from the County Medical Center complex on Gilbert Street in San Bernardino. At the same time, a separate flyer announcing the sale of surplus material was distributed from County Surplus Property. One of the features listed was “medical equipment”. To be sure that the RFP was not being bypassed, a review of the medical equipment mentioned in the flyer was to be observed as to quantity and type. FINDINGS There is a contract between Central Stores and Office Depot, which offers a limited number of office supply items that can be ordered by County departments, through the Central Stores warehouse, from Office Depot, which delivers the items directly to the customer. This service is referred to as “Pack Wrap.” The Central Stores warehouse processes about 150 requisitions a day, of which about 35 to 50 are “Pack Wrap” requisitions for Office Depot. The central warehouse has a Central Stores Catalog listing assets in both the warehouse and from Office Depot. The catalog is published every two years and updated in quarterly newsletters generated by Central Stores. This catalog does not include current cost information and is not totally descriptive of the items listed. A catalog is published by Office Depot on an annual basis and includes retail cost information and a picture or clear description of the items listed. Customers fill out a standard requisition form based on what is available in the Central Stores catalog. Once received by Central Stores, the requisition is processed and items are pulled from the warehouse and prepared for delivery the next day. Evaporative coolers that service the Central Stores warehouse building were noted as being non-operational. Stores personnel stated the coolers had not been in operation for several years and personnel in the work area complained about the heat during the summer. Surplus material is stored both indoors and outdoors. Because of insufficient space, electronic equipment has to be stored outdoors and is susceptible to weather conditions. The number of medical items on the bid line listed in the flyer was minimal, not of great value, and not part of the RFP. An inquiry was made as to how departments within the County could find out about any surplus property available for reuse. The response was that there are no procedures in place that would let departments know what is in the surplus area, other than a telephone call from a department looking for a specific item. The Board of Supervisors developed a policy to allow community-based organizations access to surplus materials valued at less than $1,000. Guidelines were not developed at the time the policy was approved. No input or feedback on written procedures, policies, or processes was requested from the employees currently doing this job. Concerns were expressed about establishment of priorities, who would have access, how much could they have, and could they take anything even if the material requested was not associated within their mission statement. When asked who makes the determination of a successful bid, the Grand Jury was informed that Purchasing handles all questions, awards, and money. Purchasing provides the expertise in assigning values to material for sale. A point of contention was noted: Surplus is associated with Central Stores, which is a part of Vehicle Services, yet Purchasing provides all the support for this operation. Some items of surplus are sent to Surplus Property from County departments without proper documentation. Inventory tag numbers are the only link for salvage credits to be applied to the originating department. A user department may not miss an item until an inventory is conducted. Without identification tags, Surplus Property is usually unable to locate missing items. RECOMMENDATIONS 00-102 ELIMINATE DUPLICATION OF OFFICE SUPPLIES AVAILABLE IN THE CENTRAL STORES WAREHOUSE AND FROM THE CONTRACT VENDOR. OBTAIN ALL OFFICE SUPPLIES FROM THE CONTRACT VENDOR. 00-103 DEVELOP A COMPUTER PROGRAM TO ORDER OFFICE SUPPLIES USING THE SAME FORMAT AS THE CONTRACT VENDOR REQUISITION. PROVIDE COMPUTERIZED ORDER FORMS TO ALL DEPARTMENTS ON THE COUNTY INTRANET. 00-104 PROVIDE A COPY OF THE CENTRAL STORES CATALOG ON THE COUNTY INTRANET, TO INCLUDE CURRENT PRICES AND BETTER DESCRIPTIVE INFORMATION. 00-105 EXPAND THE SURPLUS STORAGE AREA TO THE WEST OF THE EXISTING AREA. USE THIS AREA TO STORE ELECTRONIC EQUIPMENT INDOORS. 00-106 REPAIR OR REPLACE THE EXISTING EVAPORATIVE COOLERS TO PROVIDE A HEALTHIER AND MORE COMFORTABLE WORK AREA FOR EMPLOYEES AND VISITORS. 00-107 ESTABLISH A SITE ON THE COUNTY INTRANET FOR THE POSTING OF AVAILABLE SURPLUS PROPERTY. 00-108 ESTABLISH WRITTEN DETAILED INSTRUCTIONS TO COVER SURPLUS PROPERTY DISPOSAL. COUNTY DEPARTMENTS SHOULD HAVE FIRST OPPORTUNITY TO ACQUIRE THIS PROPERTY, FOLLOWED BY SALES TO THE GENERAL PUBLIC. THEN, COMMUNITY-BASED ORGANIZATIONS MAY ACQUIRE PROPERTY IN LINE WITH THEIR ESTABLISHED PURPOSE OF EXISTENCE. 00-109 TRANSFER SURPLUS AND CENTRAL STORES TO THE PURCHASING DEPARTMENT. 00-110 EMPOWER STORES PERSONNEL TO REFUSE SHIPMENT OF SURPLUS PROPERTY WITHOUT THE APPROPRIATE DOCUMENTATION. LAW AND JUSTICE COMMITTEE The Law and Justice Committee had responsibility for functional oversight of the following County departments: District Attorney Probation Sheriff/Marshal Public Administrator/Coroner/Public Guardian Public Defender / Indigent Defense The committee reviewed each department’s current activities and looked at the Grand Jury reports for the previous three years to help determine the areas in which inquiries should be directed. The committee decided the District Attorney’s department did not warrant any investigative time. During the period of this report, the Sheriff’s Department absorbed the County Marshal’s Department. Subcommittees were formed to make inquiry into the operations of each department to ensure adherence to the applicable laws, ordinances, and procedures. The following reports encompass a brief background, address findings and offer recommendations that, if accepted, will allow these departments to operate more efficiently and effectively. CONSERVATORSHIPS BACKGROUND Section 2340 of the California Probate Code states, “No superior court may appoint a private professional conservator or private professional guardian, or permit any person to continue to serve as a private professional conservator or private professional guardian … unless the conservator or guardian has filed the information required by Section 2342 and 2343 with the county clerk.” As a result of the State Probate Code, the County Clerk’s office has the responsibility of keeping up-to-date the annual filing fees paid by private conservators and guardians. FINDINGS The 1997-98 Grand Jury made a recommendation that all conservators and guardians who do not have current filings be notified and given 30 days to bring their annual filings up-to-date to comply with the State Probate Code. Of the 34 listed conservators, only 19 have current filings and of 19 guardians, only nine (9) have current filings. With the passing of AB 925, effective January 1, 2000, the California Attorney General’s Office requires a current monthly listing of conservators and guardians filing within the State of California. It is the responsibility of the County Clerk’s office to send to the Attorney General the information on a monthly basis. All records and filings pertaining to conservators and guardians within the County are now on a computer program at the County Clerk’s office. Some of the conservator and guardian files are lacking required documentation such as fingerprint cards and receipts of fees paid. RECOMMENDATIONS 00-111 REQUIRE THE COUNTY CLERK’S OFFICE TO NOTIFY CONSERVATORS AND GUARDIANS, IN WRITING, AT LEAST 30 DAYS IN ADVANCE OF THE EXPIRATION DATE OF THEIR FILINGS. 00-112 REQUIRE THE COUNTY CLERK’S OFFICE TO PROVIDE THE COURTS WITH A MONTHLY LISTING OF CONSERVATORS AND GUARDIANS WHO HAVE VALID FILINGS AND FEES PAID. 00-113 REQUIRE THE COUNTY CLERK’S OFFICE TO BRING ALL DELINQUENT FILES UP-TO-DATE AND DROP FROM THE LISTING ALL THOSE CONSERVATORS AND GUARDIANS WHOSE STATUS IS NOT CURRENT. PROBATION DEPARTMENT BACKGROUND The County Probation Department is comprised of an Administrative Services Bureau, Detention Corrections Bureau, and the Community Corrections Bureau (which provides juvenile and adult court related services in the area of investigations and probation supervision). The mission statement of the department is “To protect the community through assessment, treatment and control of adult and juvenile offenders by providing a range of effective services based on legal requirements and recognized professional standards.” The Probation Department is currently staffed with 394 full-time employees in the Administrative Services and Community Corrections Bureaus, and 430 full-time employees in the Detention Corrections Bureau. There are presently seven (7) probation officers in the Pre-Trial Unit. An increase of 88 personnel was requested for Fiscal Year 1999-2000. There are over 100 part-time employees in the Probation Department. FINDINGS Currently, the emphasis for funding and for the allocation of probation officers to the number of “clients” has been strongly directed to the juvenile probationer. Most grant funding at the State or Federal level is devoted to the juvenile side of probation. As a result, the County Probation Department emphasizes the juvenile programs. The County written reporting system requires only quarterly submissions by the adult probationer. This is not consistent with the monthly reporting requirements of adjacent counties. The Adult Probation program is badly understaffed. There are over 14,000 adults in the probation program at this time. The activities of these adults are monitored by 24 field probation officers, plus seven (7) probation officers, and five (5) clerks in the General Services Unit (GSU). The GSU monitors over 13,000 adult probationers via computer tracking of the probationers’ submission of written reports. It is estimated that 80 percent of those in Adult Probation had one or more criminal convictions prior to the one for which they are currently on probation. An estimated 45 percent of those presently on adult probation will commit additional crimes before their present probation term has been completed. In the Adult Probation program there is the opportunity for educational programs that can qualify the probationer for a GED high school certificate and a junior college program that is tuition free. Both programs are intended to prepare the probationer for job placement opportunities. The County has located employment for 80 percent of those that participate in these programs. There is a direct correlation between those probationers that take advantage of these educational programs and the incidents of repeat offenses, i.e., education and jobs significantly reduce repeat offenses. Only ten percent (10%) of the total probation officers are devoted to Adult Probation supervision. The caseload is about 550 cases per probation officer, exclusive of those tracked by the GSU personnel. The Probation Department has a need for additional personnel and funding from the County for the Adult Probation programs. There is an urgent need to develop grant funds for adult probation programs at the State and Federal levels. RECOMMENDATIONS 00-114 SUBMIT AN IMMEDIATE REQUEST TO THE BOARD OF SUPERVISORS FOR THE FUNDING AND HIRING OF A MINIMUM OF 75 PROBATION OFFICERS DEDICATED TO THE ADULT PROBATION PROGRAM. 00-115 RESEARCH ALL SOURCES OF FUNDING TO DETERMINE IF GRANT FUNDS ARE AVAILABLE FOR ADULT PROBATION PROGRAMS. 00-116 UNDERTAKE AN AGGRESSIVE PROGRAM THROUGH PROFESSIONAL ORGANIZATION AFFILIATES AND POLITICAL CHANNELS, AT THE STATE AND FEDERAL LEVELS, TO DEVELOP GRANTS FOR ADULT PROBATION PROGRAMS. 00-117 ESTABLISH A MONTHLY REPORTING PROCEDURE FOR ALL ADULT PROBATIONERS TO KEEP BETTER TRACK OF THEIR ACTIVITIES. 00-118 ENCOURAGE GREATER PARTICIPATION BY PROBATIONERS TO ENROLL IN THE ADULT EDUCATIONAL PROGRAMS THAT QUALIFY THEM FOR JOBS. PUBLIC ADMINISTRATOR/ CORONER BACKGROUND The Public Administrator’s office has the responsibility to investigate and to administer estates of decedents placed under its jurisdiction. As part of this responsibility, the Public Administrator inventories the deceased’s property and locates heirs, if any. It also inventories personal and real property, checks property ownership, supervises business affairs, manages rented property, pays expenses, and collects estate income, benefits, and insurance due to the estate. FINDINGS Two deputy public administrators take initial inventory of personal property at the residence of the deceased. Two County warehouse employees take a second inventory after the personal property has been transported to the Public Administrator’s Warehouse in San Bernardino. A random check of several Public Administrator files showed that the inventory sheets written by the warehouse personnel had only one signature instead of the required two. All unclaimed personal property of a decedent is taken to the County warehouse for storage. Only about 50 percent of the total warehouse space is available for use by the Public Administrator, which is inadequate for the storage of these goods. Currently, all personal property is stacked in lots and identified by signs that are nailed to the warehouse walls. At the present time there is no computer program to help identify personal effects of the deceased. RECOMMENDATIONS 00-119 REQUIRE TWO SIGNATURES ON ALL INVENTORY SHEETS TO INSURE TOTAL ACCOUNTABILITY OF DECEDENT’S PROPERTY. 00-120 SEEK ADDITIONAL SPACE TO HOLD PERSONAL PROPERTY TO ENSURE THE SEPARATION OF EACH LOT. 00-121 DEVELOP A COMPUTER PROGRAM TO LINK PERSONAL EFFECTS BY LOT NUMBERS FOR EASIER IDENTIFICATION. PUBLIC DEFENDER / INDIGENT DEFENSE BACKGROUND The Public Defender’s office provides legal representation for persons who are charged with a criminal offense and whom the Courts have found to be financially unable to employ private counsel. The County Administrative Office established the County Indigent Defense Program as a County function independent from the Court. The program consists of a staff analyst and a fiscal clerk who is responsible for accounts payable for appointed private attorneys and their staff of investigators and experts. FINDINGS Contract and/or ad hoc attorneys are appointed for a client as the result of either a conflict of interest or an excessive caseload on the part of the Public Defender’s office. Contract attorneys are under contract to the Court and ad hoc attorneys are hired on a case-by-case basis when the case is beyond the capabilities of the Public Defender or the private attorney. In the last three years in the San Bernardino District, the average cost of a contract attorney is $950 per case and an ad hoc attorney $4,000 to $5,000 per case. The cost of a case to the Public Defender’s office is $534 per case. There are no reporting requirements to the County Administrative Office or the Board of Supervisors for expenditures incurred by the Public Defender’s office or the Indigent Defense office. The Public Defender’s central office in San Bernardino tried 38 felony and misdemeanor jury trials in 1999. The Indigent Defense Program of private attorneys tried 93 felony and misdemeanor jury trials in the San Bernardino district. In 1999 the Public Defender’s central office was assigned 3,839 felony cases, of which 938 had conflicts of interest. Conflict cases accounted for 24.43 percent of all assigned felony cases. This percentage is more than double the 11.40 percent of conflicted cases over the past five years. The Public Defender’s office and the County Indigent Defense Program have different computer programs for collecting data and cost figures. As a consequence, there is no consistent method of collecting caseload data and cost information for all providers of indigent defense in San Bernardino County. There is no one in the County to provide overall leadership in coordinating indigent defense services or in evaluating and implementing measures to control costs between the Public Defender’s office and the Indigent Defense Program. The Public Defender’s office does not have a written policy that outlines what constitutes a conflict of interest and what situations would require withdrawing from a case. The Court determines if a client is eligible for the services of a Public Defender. The Court does not require a financial background report on the client to determine the client’s ability to pay. RECOMMENDATIONS 00-122 DEVELOP A WRITTEN POLICY THAT OUTLINES THE CONFLICT OF INTEREST PROCESS AND THE SITUATIONS THAT WOULD REQUIRE WITHDRAWING FROM A CASE. 00-123 DEVELOP A COMPUTER-BASED PROGRAM FOR COMPILING DATA ON COST INFORMATION AND CASELOAD FACTS THAT ENCOMPASSES BOTH THE PUBLIC DEFENDER’S OFFICE AND THE COUNTY INDIGENT DEFENSE PROGRAM. 00-124 PROVIDE THE COURTS WITH A WRITTEN FINANCIAL BACKGROUND CHECK ON THE CLIENT’S ABILITY TO PAY PRIOR TO THEIR COURT APPEARANCE. 00-125 ESTABLISH SEMI-ANNUAL REPORTS TO THE BOARD OF SUPERVISORS THAT DOCUMENT THE PRODUCTIVITY OF THE PUBLIC DEFENDER’S OFFICE. THE REPORTS ARE TO INCLUDE TOTAL NUMBER OF CASES BROUGHT TO TRIAL (MISDEMEANOR AND FELONY), NUMBER HANDLED BY THE PUBLIC DEFENDER’S OFFICE, NUMBER HANDLED BY PRIVATE ATTORNEYS, AND THE TOTAL COST OF THESE TRIALS BY BOTH THE PUBLIC DEFENDER’S OFFICE AND THE INDIGENT DEFENSE OFFICE. 00-126 ESTABLISH A STAFF POSITION THAT HAS THE RESPONSIBILITY TO COORDINATE AND EVALUATE SERVICES AND COSTS BETWEEN THE PUBLIC DEFENDER’S OFFICE AND THE INDIGENT DEFENSE PROGRAM. SHERIFF’S DEPARTMENT BACKGROUND According to the Sheriff’s Department, their mission is “to provide prevention, protection, and public safety services with their partners, to diverse communities in the nation’s largest county. The cornerstones of their service are commitment, innovation, and pride. Their vision is to be a high performance, inclusive department with high professional standards of integrity, ethics, and behavior guided by the letter and spirit of the law, and the law enforcement code of ethics. The department will relentlessly investigate criminal acts and arrest those guilty of violating the law, while building positive relationships with those they serve.” At present, the Sheriff’s Department has contracts to provide law enforcement for 13 cities. The department has many patrol vehicles, of which a number are unmarked. The unmarked vehicles are used for investigations. The Sheriff’s Department serves half of the incorporated cities and all of the unincorporated communities in the County, resulting in a regional approach to crime fighting and public safety. FINDINGS San Bernardino County uses a competitive sealed bidding system when purchasing new vehicles for various departments. Proposals are referred to as Requests for Proposal (RFP). A committee of six County departments, including a representative of the Sheriff’s Department, evaluates competitive sealed proposals. At the public bid opening, only the vendor name is read aloud. Neither price nor other information is made public until after a notice of intent to award is given. Used vehicles are included in the department’s budget for the purchase of vehicles, which requires the Board of Supervisors’ approval. After the approval, the Sheriff’s Department determines the number, models, and types of vehicles to purchase. The department’s Automotive Supervisor, who has the final decision as to ultimate price, purchases all used vehicles at auctions. These vehicles are purchased primarily for undercover law enforcement activities. Identity may place the safety of officers in jeopardy. All used vehicles are purchased through the same agency with a fee of $400 on each unit. Dealer used auto auctions require bidders to have a current auto sales license. This license allows the holder to purchase or sell vehicles. The Automotive Supervisor has established his relationship through a dealership located in Barstow. He acts as the vendor’s agent in all transactions, in addition to being a Sheriff’s Department employee. This supervisor offers services as a “fleet” sales agent to employees of the County. As a salesman for the dealership, he has sold vehicles and received commissions from the agency. Contemporaneous employment is noted in San Bernardino County’s purchasing manual (Section 4, ) as “… an employee cannot be employed or perform services for a vendor that sells goods or services to that employee’s department. Such vendors are barred from submitting bids or proposals to that department.” RECOMMENDATIONS 00-127 AVOID ANY TRANSACTION BETWEEN A COUNTY EMPLOYEE AND A VENDOR THAT CONFLICTS WITH COUNTY POLICY OR ANY OTHER CIRCUMSTANCE CAUSING A BREACH OF CONFIDENCE IN THE ACQUISITION PROCESS. 00-128 DEVELOP DEFINED GUIDELINES FOR THE PURCHASE OF USED VEHICLES AT AUCTIONS, AVOIDING POSSIBLE IMPLICATIONS OF CONFLICT OF INTEREST. 00-129 ESTABLISH A RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN VENDORS AND THE COUNTY PURCHASING DEPARTMENT, WHICH ACTS INDEPENDENTLY OF THE SHERIFF’S DEPARTMENT PERSONNEL WHEN PURCHASING USED VEHICLES. 00-130 PROVIDE A WRITTEN CONTRACT BETWEEN THE COUNTY AND VENDOR THAT COVERS THE RESPONSIBILITIES OF PURCHASING USED VEHICLES. PUBLIC SERVICES COMMITTEE Fiscal year 1999-2000 brought several changes to the organizational structure for San Bernardino County employees. During the last year the Public Services Group was renamed Economic Development/Public Services Group and several departments were added that cover many services to the public. Departments carried over from the Public Services Group include: Agriculture/Weights and Measures Airports Community and Cultural Resources Economic and Community Development Land Use Services Library Registrar of Voters Transportation/Flood Control/GIMS/Surveyor Waste System Division As a result of reorganization, the following departments were added to the Group: County Fire Redevelopment Agency Special Districts While subcommittees were established to review limited aspects of selected departments, only the original nine departments were included in this report. AGRICULTURE/ WEIGHTS AND MEASURES DEPARTMENT WEIGHTS AND MEASURES DIVISION BACKGROUND It has been several years since any Grand Jury looked into the operations of the Agriculture/Weights and Measures Department. A subcommittee was formed to look into several areas of the department. The Agriculture group and the Weights and Measures group recently were combined, and they are in the process of merging the job classifications of both groups into one journeyman classification. The Agriculture personnel can operate within the Weights and Measures group without any problems. The Weights and Measures personnel have to be licensed, and have five levels of State test certifications. FINDINGS Fees are collected from businesses based on the number and type of measuring devices installed. Typical devices include grocery scales, gasoline pumps, taximeters, and mobile home electric, gas, and water meters. Some fees are billed on an annual basis and others are a one-time initial inspection charge. Any callbacks due to failure may or may not be billed. The Weights and Measures inspector whom the Grand Jury accompanied conducts about 1,000 inspections annually. Inspections are done on a rotating basis. The inspector relies on information from the administrative group, which tracks new applicants, to keep files updated. The inspector uses his personal home computer to develop a database of clients for the annual inspections. If the inspector is not available and someone else does an initial inspection, a client could “fall through the cracks” and not be checked again. The inspector said when inspectors drive to and from assignments they watch for openings of new gas stations and stores. If not given data on the new operation, an inspector makes a call on the facility to be sure that all permits, inspections, and approvals have been obtained. A ride-along stop was made at a gas station. This stop was the result of a complaint. The process of sealing and what happens when a seal is broken for repairs, maintenance, or tampering was explained. These require verification and have to be resealed. A pump was found to be out of tolerance. It was shut down, red tagged (sealed off and declared out of service), and the employee on duty was notified. Another dispenser from this cluster was tested and found to be within tolerance. There is a fee for re-inspection. If not notified that the infraction has been repaired within 30 days, a second visit is made and a warning is issued. If not repaired within 60 days, an order can be issued to take legal action, which could result in administrative, civil, or criminal actions. The second stop on the ride-along was a routine inspection and testing of a scale at a grocery outlet. Weights were put on the scale in various combinations. The scale was the type that calculates the dollar amount to be charged when a price per pound was entered. Variances allowed were based on weight amounts being tested; the smaller the weight, the smaller the allowable variance. Equipment exceeding tolerances is immediately taken out of service. All calculations were correct. There are two County inspectors who test grocery store scanners in the valley. Each inspector has about 700-750 clients. The inspector involved in the ride-along relies on a manual 4 x 6-card system for the data listing on his clients. Grand Jurors accompanied an inspector on a review of a large chain grocery store. At least two items were taken from each aisle. In a large store this would amount to about 40 items. The selection of items was made on a 50/50 basis – sale priced and regular priced items. Of particular interest were displays at the end of aisles and items that were labeled by hand. A device that scans Universal Product Codes (UPC) was used. It tracks descriptions and prices and produces a tape of the data, item by item, including a bar code. The tape was passed over the scanner at the checkout stand and the information was recorded on the register tape. An item-by-item comparison was made. Deviations were reviewed with the store manager and verified at the shelf. No violations were found and the manager was given a copy of the Scanner Sales Price Report. Penalties for a violation are based on the severity of the problem. Taken into account are the number of items reviewed, the number of errors, and the dollar amount as a percent of the total over and under charges of the correct total price. There are three levels of penalties: serious, moderate, and minor. It was noted during both ride-along visits that each of the inspectors had their own record-keeping system. There is yet another system, which is used by administration for billing purposes for annual fees. When the Grand Jury inquired about using one database, we were advised that there is a database, but some in the office felt that it was old and hard to maintain. Others felt comfortable with it as opposed to getting something new and having to learn a new system. RECOMMENDATIONS 00-131 CONSULT WITH THE INFORMATION SERVICES DEPARTMENT ON A DATABASE PROGRAM THAT COULD BE USED FOR AGRICULTURE/WEIGHTS AND MEASURES, ALONG WITH THE ADMINISTRATIVE PROCESS OF ANNUAL BILLINGS. MERGE AND COMPARE EXISTING FILES FOR REVIEW BY MANAGEMENT FOR APPROPRIATE STAFFING LEVELS, WORK ASSIGNMENTS, AND WORK LOCATIONS. 00-132 INITIATE A PROGRAM WITH ALL AGENCIES THAT ISSUE BUSINESS LICENSES OR FINAL PERMITS TO NOTIFY THE COUNTY AGRICULTURE/WEIGHTS AND MEASURES DEPARTMENT BEFORE FINAL PERMITS OR APPROVALS TO OPEN A NEW BUSINESS ARE GIVEN. 00-133 PROHIBIT COUNTY FILES AND DATA FROM BEING PLACED ONLY ON PERSONAL HOME COMPUTERS. PESTICIDE REGULATORY DIVISION BACKGROUND A review of reports from previous Grand Juries noted that it had been some time since the Agriculture/Weights and Measures Department had been reviewed. Since there are diverse groups within the department, reviews were made of several major areas of activities. The Pesticide Regulatory Division is responsible for pest management/eradication and pesticide enforcement, and has a pesticide formulation program that has been in existence since 1966. Regulations over environmental concerns about both animals and poisons have reduced the overall mission of this group. FINDINGS Current pesticide production includes two rodent baits and the sale of “gas bombs” to eradicate ground squirrels. Annually, 35,000 to 45,000 pounds of bait is produced based on the weather patterns. Rainfall increases rodent population, while dry weather maintains “normal” population. Last year 42,278 pounds of bait were sold. Bait is available in 2½, 5, and 25-pound bags. The smaller size bags are usually sold to homeowners. There are many warnings covering the use of bait and the types of animals to watch for because of the potential affect on endangered species. Anyone purchasing 100 pounds or more must prove they are in the agricultural business. Cost to make the bait was broken down into package size. A 50 cent ($.50) per pound fee is sent to the State for the use of the State seal on the product, and is included in the price. The fee covers testing for standard adherence to State mandated formulas. An “overhead” dollar amount calculated by the Auditor/Controller for the Pesticide Group is also included in the price. 2½ lb. bag 5 lb. bag 25 lb. bag Product Cost $1.27 $2.34 $10.19 Administration $ .80 $1.49 $ 6.43 State Surcharge $1.25 $2.50 $16.50 Total Cost $3.32 $6.33 $29.12 Sales Price $3.25 $6.25 $29.00 The Agricultural Commissioner’s office calculates the amount owed to the Franchise Tax Board. The sales price includes the tax amount. Selling amounts have been rounded off for simplicity. The Auditor/Controller has accepted this practice. Baits and gas bombs are stored in a building at the rear of the Agriculture Department at the Rialto Avenue complex in San Bernardino. The baits are controlled substances and access to the storage area is limited. Keys to the storage facility are logged out to the employees. A physical count of the inventory is made every month and is verified by using the formula and the amount of product used. The main ingredient in the pesticide bait is oat groats (whole grain without hulls). This mill product is purchased in 50-pound bags under a Request for Proposal (RFP). Due to limited availability, the same supplier has been used over the last several years. These products are usually sold to farmers and ranchers. There are no commercial products they can procure as economically. This provides a benefit to an industry within the County. Most counties no longer make these products. Due to environmental problems, other counties have planned no new facilities. In addition to sales to other counties and cities, the department has a contract with Caltrans to perform their rodent control program on the freeway corridors in Riverside and San Bernardino counties. Since the formulation of the bait is based on a State mandate, there are no commercial products available with the same formulation. Any commercial package that is similar in composition could cost 4-5 times more than prices charged by the County. Increased costs of development, research, and testing would have to be passed along to consumers. Drivers of weed control equipment along County highways are assigned to mix the product on days they cannot work on the roads. These are the people who apply the product. As a condition of employment they must have a certificate for “pesticide application.” The County does not pay for these certificates. The storage building is divided into four main areas. Three areas are accessible from a main entry. Mixing of poisons and groats is performed in the first area. Masks, gloves and other safety equipment are provided for use by the employees. A sewing machine used to seal paper sacks is in this area, along with a scale used to measure the product (calibrated by Weights and Measures). Sheets of cardboard placed over the mixer act as a curtain to capture dust and fumes to be exhausted to the outside. The other two areas are for storage. A small room contains the smaller packages of product and baits formed into blocks. The larger storage area contains the 50-pound bags of groats and 25-pound bags of bait. The area must be fumigated every other month. There are damage holes in the ceiling. Due to risks related to poisons and fumigation, Facilities Management responds to requests very quickly. When necessary, Risk Management is called upon for assistance. Neither exterior nor interior doors have warning signs regarding poisons. The fourth storage area is on the south end of the building and has a separate entrance. Gas bombs are placed in this area. Each carton has a warning label that the product is an explosive (Class 1.4). The passage door does not have any warning signs regarding poisons or explosives, and an overhead garage-type door does not fit tightly. RECOMMENDATIONS 00-134 INCREASE PRICING TO COVER ALL COSTS, INCLUDING AMOUNTS PAID TO THE STATE FRANCHISE TAX BOARD, FOR ALL ITEMS BEING SOLD BELOW COST. 00-135 INSTALL CLEAR PLASTIC SHEETING AT THE MIXING MACHINE, FOR GREATER VISIBILITY AND FOR CONTROL OVER DUST AND FUMES IN THE WORK AREA. 00-136 POST BILINGUAL SIGNS ON ALL EXTERIOR AND INTERIOR DOORS ANNOUNCING THE PRESENCE OF POISONS AND EXPLOSIVES FOR THE SAFETY OF ALL EMPLOYEES, ESPECIALLY EMERGENCY RESPONSE PERSONNEL. 00-137 ASSURE REQUIREMENTS FOR THE STORAGE OF EXPLOSIVES ARE FOLLOWED. CHINO AIRPORT WASTE MANAGEMENT BOND BACKGROUND In June 1996 San Bernardino County issued two revenue bonds (Series A for $25,390,000 and Series B for $90,000,000). The bonds were waste management bonds and the funds were to be used for completion of landfill site closures and the expansion of landfills. Security for the two issues was the Chino Airport. The 1998-99 Grand Jury noted that “Federally funded portions of the airport, such as runways, taxiways and control towers are inappropriately included in the encumbrance.” FINDINGS In July 1999 a letter was sent to the Federal Aviation Administration (FAA) requesting that it review the documents relating to the bond issues as to the County’s compliance with Federal Assurances, and requested any corrective action needed in the event the County may have failed to comply with those Assurances. The FAA responded that to remedy the compliance problem, the County must unencumber the airport. In August 1999 the County considered several alternatives to resolve the matter. Subsequently, it was concluded that the best alternative was a combination of collateral substitution for the Series A issue and a refinancing of the debt using different collateral for the Series B issue. In September 1999 approval by the Board of Supervisors resolved the matter as to the remaining $17,020,000 of Series A bonds by releasing the Chino Airport property and substituting certain County-owned property, identified as the Glen Helen Rehabilitation Center, the Glen Helen Academy, and 469 acres. All other terms remained unchanged, including the maturity in the year 2003. The only cost to the County was the policy of title insurance, estimated to be no more than $25,000. In November 1999 approval by the Board of Supervisors was given to refinance the entire $92,000,000 Series B tax-exempt, fixed-rate bond with a new taxable, variable-rate issue with the same year 2016 maturity, using the Mid-Valley Landfill as the security, and releasing the Chino Airport property. The reason given for refinancing a tax-exempt issue with a taxable issue is to meet current Internal Revenue Service requirements. Because interest rates have declined since 1996, the new taxable, variable-rate is projected to reduce the total principal and interest outlay over the life of the bond, thereby saving the County an estimated $10,000,000. In addition, the taxable issue series is approximately $92 million compared to $107 million for a tax-exempt issue and by using a taxable issue, the proceeds can now be used by Solid Waste for any project within the system. The estimated costs associated with the refinancing are shown below. None of the providers of services shown below were involved in the original bond issue, except for Seidler-Fitzgerald Public Finance, which is the County’s financial advisor. Payee Name Purpose of Obligation Est. Cost Letter of Credit Bank (HVB) Expenses $10,000 Letter of Credit Bank (HVB) Legal Expenses 35,000 Standard & Poor’s Rating Agency Fee 30,000 Moody’s Rating Agency Fee 30,000 U.S. Trust Trustee 6,000 Quint & Thimmig Disclosure Counsel Fee 25,000 Quint & Thimmig Special Counsel Fee 154,000 Seidler-Fitzgerald Public Finance Financial Advisor 95,000 Merrill Corporation POS and NOS Printing 30,000 California Municipal Statistics Overlapping Debt Statement 500 Lawyer’s Title Title Insurance 40,000 Appraiser Appraisal 32,000 Grant Thornton Verification 8,000 TOTAL $495,500 Because interest rates have declined since 1996, the County expects to save an estimated $10 million over the life of the Series B bond. Even though the costs to refinance the Series B bond are less than normal, the whole matter of improperly using airport property as bond collateral raises the question of accountability. It was reported that the original plan was to use the landfills as collateral for the bonds, but at the last minute Financial Securities Assurance didn’t want to use the landfill as collateral. At no place in the original bond issue documentation presented to the Board of Supervisors was the collateral identified by name. This allowed the collateral to be switched without the Board of Supervisors, County staff or the public being made aware of the conflict. That was when the former County Administrative Officer (CAO) decided to use the Chino Airport property. A representative from the CAO’s office was clearly informed that airport properties had Federal Assurances which restricted placing a lien on it. In fact, the Director of Airports was unaware that a lien had ever been placed on Chino Airport until mid-1999. As a matter of sound business practice, the lien on collateral should always tie to the purpose or use of the borrowed funds. There were no recorded FAA deed restrictions on the Chino Airport property. The County Counsel reviews the documents as to form; the financial advisor looks at it from a financial perspective; bond counsel is there to provide a tax opinion only; and the underwriter’s counsel is there to protect the bondholders. The policy of title insurance did not note any restrictions as a result of it being airport property. RECOMMENDATIONS 00-138 REQUIRE COUNTY COUNSEL TO HAVE GREATER ACCOUNTABILITY FOR THE TERMS, CONDITIONS, COLLATERAL AND DOCUMENTA- TION OF ANY FUTURE BOND OFFERINGS. 00-139 RECORD A DOCUMENT WHEREIN THE FEDERAL ASSURANCES, WHICH PLACE RESTRICTIONS ON EACH COUNTY AIRPORT PROPERTY, ARE ACKNOWLEDGED AS A MATTER OF PUBLIC RECORD. 00-140 REQUIRE THAT COLLATERAL PLEDGED FOR FUTURE BOND ISSUES BE DIRECTLY RELATED TO THE USES OF THOSE BORROWED FUNDS. 00-141 RESEARCH WHETHER ANY OF THE PARTIES INVOLVED IN THE INITIAL BOND ISSUE HAVE A RESPONSIBILITY UNDER THEIR PROFESSIONAL LIABILITY INSURANCE TO REIMBURSE THE COUNTY FOR THE COSTS OF REFINANCING. 00-142 IDENTIFY THE PROPERTY BEING PLEDGED AS SECURITY FOR ALL BOND ISSUES WHEN DOCUMENTATION IS SENT TO THE BOARD OF SUPERVISORS FOR THEIR APPROVAL. COMMUNITY AND CULTURAL RESOURCES DEPARTMENT GLEN HELEN BLOCKBUSTER PAVILION
Findings & Recommendations 40 findings
F1: Many roads in the area were not identified by street signs or addresses. h No firebreaks were visible in the area. h Roads in many areas lacked proper maintenance. h Some standpipes were not easily located. The area observed varied from complete devastation to properties suffering little or no damage. Most of the dwellings spared by the fire had been cleared of debris surrounding the buildings, in accordance with local abatement programs. Some roads in the area were too narrow to allow safe passage of automobiles or fire engines, endangering firefighters and causing potential loss of equipment. Some of the strike teams were comprised of city fire engines designed primarily for use on paved roads. The engines with four-wheel drive and off- road capabilities were suited for mountain terrain. Water availability was a critical issue in this fire. A review of several areas revealed that their systems are 40 years old, with many having water access from standpipes, not fire hydrants. Standpipes have to be accessed through a street valve that is located in a main line several feet into the roadway. Water is released into the standpipe when a special long-handled tool is used to open a valve below the surface of the ground. In areas where hydrants have replaced standpipes, water is turned on at the top of the hydrant with a special standard wrench used by all fire departments. The out-of-area fire departments do not routinely carry the special tool used to turn on the standpipes. Some units could not access the water and replenish their tankers or engine tanks. Fifty percent (50%) of all County fire engines have exceeded the recommended operational life. Statements were made to the Grand Jury that the optimum operating life of engines is 15 to 20 years. Some vehicles in the County have been in operation for 30 years.
F2: There is no Countywide information technology plan that addresses the County’s requirements for equipment, software, and technical personnel for the next three to five years.
F3: There is no Countywide computer training program, facility, or staff to train County personnel in basic computer systems and/or departmental software systems.
F4: There is no Countywide standardized equipment-purchasing plan to ensure the lowest price per unit costs are obtained when purchasing equipment and/or software.
F5: There is no Countywide data information access security plan. Most departments have their own computer personnel that have no direct reporting responsibility to the Information Services Department. They do participate with ISD technical personnel on a given project. Of the 40-plus County departments, there are three that are mostly independent of ISD – the Sheriff’s Department, Arrowhead Regional Medical Center and Human Services System.
F6: The suggestion form is date stamped.
F7: A letter is sent to the suggestor acknowledging receipt of the suggestion.
F8: Pertinent data is entered into a self-developed computer- tracking program by the staff support person.
F9: The suggestion is sent to the affected department for evaluation, analysis, and comment. The bylaws say the suggestion is to be evaluated within three months, but this isn’t always followed.
F10: The affected department evaluates the suggestion and, if it is recommended for approval, the Suggestion Awards Committee meets and takes an action. If not recommended for approval, action will be postponed until there are other matters for consideration. Sometimes the Suggestion Awards Committee will request that the suggestion be sent back to the department for further evaluation.
F11: Meetings of the Suggestion Awards Committee are to be held on a quarterly basis (currently calendared monthly) to determine the suggestion’s eligibility/ awards based on their evaluation, and/or to hear appeals of suggestion award decisions. The amount of awards in fiscal year 1999 totaled between $20,000 and $25,000; one of the awards was for $5,000. The bylaws state that the award for a suggestion is ten percent (10%) of the total net savings and/or revenue of County, State and/or Federal funds for the first year’s projection, with a minimum award of $100 and a maximum of $5,000. A random selection of Suggestion Award files was reviewed to observe how the program was being administered. Three files from fiscal year 1997 and three files from fiscal year 1999 were selected. The program was under different staff support during these two periods. Each of the six files demonstrated serious weaknesses in program administration. The findings can be summarized as follows:
F12: A suggestion was received on May 5, 1997. Requests for evaluations were sent to two separate departments on May 13 and responses were received on June 13 and June 19. The letter to the suggestor notifying him that the suggestion was not going to be implemented was dated August 24, 1998. This was 14 months after the departments had responded.
F13: A suggestion was received August 13, 1997. Requests for evaluations to two separate departments were sent on August 19. One evaluator returned the completed form on September 11, 1997 but the other department never completed the evaluation. No suggestion was awarded because the estimated annual tangible savings was less than $1,000 so the award would have been less than the minimum $100. There is no evidence in the file to indicate that the suggestor was ever informed of the final disposition.
F14: A suggestion was received on March 4, 1998. A request for evaluation was sent on May 29, nearly three months later. The evaluator completed the form on June 9, but the department head did not sign off until October 26, four and one-half months later. The letter from the department head to the Suggestion Awards Program staff support person stating the reasons for not recommending approval, was inappropriately sent to the suggestor directly by the department head. On February 18, 1999 the program staff support person notified the suggestor by letter that his suggestion had not been recommended and on February 17, 1999, the suggestor appealed the decision. In light of the appeal, on February 23, 1999 the staff support person requested the department head complete a reevaluation of the suggestion no later than March 23, 1999. More than 12 months had passed without a response from the department head. The program staff support person sent a follow-up request on March 1, 2000. A response from the department was received on March 22, 2000 and the suggestor was notified on April 7, 2000 that the appeal was denied.
F15: A suggestion was received on February 3, 1999. The suggestor was notified of receipt of the suggestion on February 9 and the evaluation by the department head was requested on the same date. The department head responded with a negative
F16: A suggestion was received on June 28, 1999. The suggestor was notified of receipt of the suggestion on June 28 and the evaluation by the department head was requested on the same date. Nine months later the department head still has not responded, in violation of the written procedures.
F17: A suggestion was received September 23, 1999. The suggestor was notified of receipt of the suggestion on September 27, and the evaluation by the department head was requested on the same date. Six months later the department head still has not responded, in violation of the written procedures. In addition to the above examples, it was reported that many old files lack sufficient documentation to accurately determine the final disposition. Some files dating back to 1994 have never been closed out. In the past, some requests to department heads for evaluations were never answered and any follow-up by support staff was sporadic, if at all. Currently the program receives only 50 to 60 suggestions per year, which means less than 0.5 percent of the approximate 15,000 County employees submit suggestions. The Suggestion Awards Program has sound written procedures that were last updated in March, 1994, but program management has failed to comply with these procedures. Without adequate staff support, routine tasks such as timely responses and follow up to suggestions are often left undone.
F18: A teacher position became vacant in September 1999 and was filled in March 2000. Requests to fill the position were made by telephone and through personal conversation with the area coordinator.
F19: One site was short one clerk and one teacher and in October another teacher resigned. The clerk position was filled in November and both teaching positions were filled in January. The site supervisor notified her supervisor of the vacancy three times – once by phone and twice with written memos.
F20: At another site a teaching position had been vacant since January and was not filled as of March 31, 2000. Applicants who live in outlying areas can apply for positions by mail. However, they must report to San Bernardino for testing and interview.
F21: EW Trainee - Approximate monthly salary of $1,387. Requires high school diploma or GED, plus 2 years full- time public contact employment. Following completion of an 8-week orientation/training class, the entry level Trainee advances to the next level.
F22: EW I - Approximate monthly salary of $1,726. Requires completion of a 6-month, closely supervised on-the-job training program, and requires a passing satisfactory performance evaluation before being eligible for advancement.
F23: EW II - Approximate monthly salary of $2,047 to $2,616. Requires completion of additional six month probationary period before becoming “regular status” and being eligible to apply for EW III level.
F24: EW III - Approximate monthly salary of $2,207 to $2,815. Requires bidding, applying, testing, and qualifying. Approximately 80 new Eligibility Worker Trainees are hired each quarter. Newly hired EWs cannot transfer until after completion of the 8- week orientation/training class and a one-year probationary period. After the investment of training newly hired EWs in the multiple programs criteria, eligibility, and regulations for a period of 14 months, a significant number of these employees transfer to other departments/positions within the County at a higher rate of pay. The turnover rate has been running 15 to 22 percent over the past several years. The file notes that Eligibility Workers provide to SIU Fraud Investigators are not always up-to-date at the time of field investigations. Unnecessary visitations are often made due to the inadequate or outdated information provided in the Fraud Investigators’ files. This situation was verified by ride-a- longs of Grand Jury members with Fraud Investigators. In several instances, information reported by the recipient to an Eligibility Worker was not in the file. The field investigators indicated that this situation occurs repeatedly. Development of the new Consortium IV Welfare Computer System (counties of San Bernardino, Merced, Riverside and Stanislaus) is expected to ultimately resolve the aforementioned issue. This new system will provide all- encompassing paperless records that will be viewable on-screen to all involved agencies. Field investigators, case managers, and eligibility workers would all have access to view each other’s notes up-to-the minute, eliminating the time- lag problem of written notes being in the Field Investigators’ field files. It is anticipated that the development and implementation phases of this computer system will not be completed for four years (year 2004). The SIU is currently budgeted for 49 fraud investigators and five supervisors. Of these positions, there are four investigator vacancies, two are currently on “light duty,” and the retirement of 4 or 5 is expected this year. This creates an extreme hardship in the unit because of a backlog of investigations to be completed.
F25: One employee with 1,232 hours and a direct cost of $56,114 in 1999
F26: One employee with 1,690 hours and a direct cost of $36,485 in 1998
F27: One employee with 1,946 hours and a direct cost of $22,093 in 1997 There is no consolidated reporting process by the various County departments to a central location showing the number of employees on paid administrative leave, the length of time on this leave, the reason, the cumulative cost, nor the current status. According to several appointing authorities, the trend, cost, and reasons for placing employees on paid administrative leave has not been a matter of importance to the County. Additionally, training in Standards of Conduct to emphasize the expected ethical behavior of employees has not been a priority item. The appointing authority is a term used in the Personnel Rules and the Memorandum of Understanding. An appointing authority refers to a department head. It includes any person who is designated as acting department head, employees acting for the department head during absence, and/or an employee delegated all authority to act on behalf of the appointing authority on a regular basis. The appointing authority has unlimited authority to handle all personnel actions within County guidelines, civil service rules, and state’s rights, even if the appointing authority and the employee are personal friends. The appointing authority can grant paid administrative leave without any oversight or monitoring. The length of time an employee may be on paid administrative leave also is without oversight or monitoring, as evidenced by an instance where an employee remained on paid administrative leave after pleading guilty, being sentenced by the court, and while serving a portion of the jail time. The appointing authority also decides the extent of any disciplinary action against an employee and makes the interpretation of violations of Rule X of the Personnel Rules regarding disciplinary action, subject to the employee’s appeal rights.
F28: A Capital Improvement Program Request form outlining the requirements is to be submitted to the CAO’s Administrative Analyst who acts as a “traffic director”. If the RFP process is to be waived, the need must be justified on the request form. The CAO’s Administrative Analyst logs in the request, reviews it, and sends it to the CAO Budget Analyst who handles budget matters for the requesting department.
F29: The Budget Analyst has to sign off on the request as to the need for the space, availability of funds, program needs, staffing levels, etc.
F30: Copies of the request, together with the assessment from the CAO’s office, are then to be circulated to the Board of Supervisors’ office for a 10-day comment period. Procedures do not require Real Estate Services to be officially involved and they may be unaware of a space need request.
F31: At the end of the 10-day period, the CAO’s Administrative Analyst is to review the Supervisors’ comments and either: (a) Direct the Real Estate Services Department to prepare an RFP and a Board agenda item to approve the RFP, or (b) If the RFP process is to be waived, the requesting department (perhaps in conjunction with Real Estate Services) is to prepare a Board agenda item requesting approval of the waiver of the RFP process.
F32: At this point Real Estate Services is made aware of the need for office space.
F33: If the RFP is approved by the Board, Real Estate Services is to advertise the RFP in newspapers and contact the general public, brokers and others to reasonably generate sufficient interest in leasing facilities in the County.
F34: A 5-7 person Review Committee is to be formed to review the proposals, typically with representation from the requesting department, Architecture and Engineering, Real Estate Services, the CAO’s office, the Board of Supervisors’ office, and the Supervisor’s office in whose district the building is to be located.
F35: The results of the RFP, together with Real Estate Services’
F36: When asked if the cost of repairs was known, the clients responded no.
F37: Work completed was based upon immediate needs and/or safety issues.
F38: Most clients surveyed requested additional work.
F39: One client did make note of the excessive time it took from processing the request to the actual start of the work. It should be noted that all persons contacted by the Grand Jury had praise for the employees they dealt with.
F40: RCL-14 36 There is no classification for RCL-13 There are twelve RCL-11 providers, more than 20 RCL-12 providers, and one RCL-14 provider. Only one-third of the total group home beds in San Bernardino County are filled by children from this County and children from other counties fill two- thirds. An average of 540 San Bernardino County youth, at any given time, are placed out of the County or out of the state. The approval process for new group homes can take up to two years to satisfy all requirements. After approval, a provider can open additional facilities without another application. With a sole contractor providing RCL-14 beds, there is no alternative placement for level 14 children. With additional support services, lower level homes could be upgraded to accommodate the need for additional RCL-14 beds. The State of California publishes a pamphlet containing guidelines for staff workers of group homes concerning inappropriate physical and sexual contact with clients. Group homes have used and adapted these guidelines. There is no comparable educational material directed toward the parents or guardians of clients to alert them to potential abuse or exploitation situations. Daily interactions among disturbed children in group settings frequently exacerbate their behavioral problems. In seeking alternatives to RCL-14 placements, social workers have stated that early intervention and support services to troubled families may divert some high-risk children from the need for placement, or allow them to be placed in lower level facilities. Social workers visiting some facilities have complained that they are routinely denied unannounced access to their clients. Explanation given is that unannounced visits from social workers disrupt the activities of the home. There is a computer database that is used to track the locations of children in placements. Reports are regularly generated by this system that identify the clients in a particular home. This information is easily available to the directors, deputy directors, and managers. Social workers and supervisors, who might need this information immediately, cannot as easily access it even though it falls within their area of responsibility. A crisis situation necessitated the potential alternate placement of 36 seriously disturbed juveniles. That crisis was averted, but no contingency plan was available for emergency placements of this number of clients.
Additional Recommendations 101

Not linked to specific findings.

R00-01: BUDGET ADDITIONAL FUNDS FOR THE ASSESSOR’S OFFICE TO REPLACE MONIES EXPECTED TO BE LOST BY THE EXPIRATION OF THE PROPERTY TAX ADMINISTRATION PROGRAM (PTAP).
R00-02: AGGRESSIVELY UPDATE THE ASSESSOR’S ENTIRE COMPUTER SYSTEM TO REDUCE DELAYS IN THE ASSESSMENT PROCESS.
R2: a review of all aspects of department operations, based on a variety of information sources; 3) review of survey data gathered by the Grand Jury on vehicle user department vehicle policies and practices; 4) interviews of ten County departments identified by Vehicle Services as its largest customers; 5) preparation of a draft report; 6) an exit conference with the Vehicle Services Department and reviews of selected issues with some user departments, and;
R00-03: REDUCE THE TIME IT TAKES FOR THE ASSESSMENT EVALUATION PROCESS.
R00-04: FUND AND IMPLEMENT A PLAN TO PROMPTLY AND ACCURATELY ESTABLISH THE ASSESSED VALUE OF ELECTRIC GENERATING PLANTS WITHIN THE COUNTY. COUNTY FIRE DEPARTMENT BACKGROUND The San Bernardino County Fire Department is responsible for fire protection and suppression in various County areas encompassing all unincorporated land within the County. In addition, 64 communities that have no independent fire departments contract with the County for their fire protection services. These entities are charged a fee for the services provided, which is negotiated between the city and County. The “Fire-Rescue Service Contract” shall provide for services that include fire prevention, fire investigation, fire suppression, and rescue services. The department may provide fire suppression to other areas of the County or state when there is an emergency condition. All fire departments within the County have reciprocal agreements for assistance if the fire cannot be suppressed by one entity. California law mandates the conditions that provide for the reciprocal agreement. On August 28, 1999 the County experienced a major fire which started in the San Bernardino National Forest. This fire was named the Willow Fire. At the time the fire began many of the fire-fighting resources in the area had already been committed to assist with fires in Northern California. Some of the remaining resources in Southern California were committed to numerous other fires that also occurred on the same day. FINDINGS Agencies involved in fighting the Willow Fire were the California Department of Forestry, Bureau of Land Management, San Bernardino County Fire Department, and other Southern California county and city departments. All agencies were supported by the Southern California Operations Coordination Center. Fire officials have stated their fire fighting objectives were to give priority to humans and structures first and other property second. Fire fighting resources, including aircraft, tank engines, and fire crews were used. The Grand Jury made a partial inspection of the Willow Fire area to ascertain the conditions and results of fire suppression. Observations made were: ● Many roads in the area were not identified by street signs or addresses. h No firebreaks were visible in the area. h Roads in many areas lacked proper maintenance. h Some standpipes were not easily located. The area observed varied from complete devastation to properties suffering little or no damage. Most of the dwellings spared by the fire had been cleared of debris surrounding the buildings, in accordance with local abatement programs. Some roads in the area were too narrow to allow safe passage of automobiles or fire engines, endangering firefighters and causing potential loss of equipment. Some of the strike teams were comprised of city fire engines designed primarily for use on paved roads. The engines with four-wheel drive and off- road capabilities were suited for mountain terrain. Water availability was a critical issue in this fire. A review of several areas revealed that their systems are 40 years old, with many having water access from standpipes, not fire hydrants. Standpipes have to be accessed through a street valve that is located in a main line several feet into the roadway. Water is released into the standpipe when a special long-handled tool is used to open a valve below the surface of the ground. In areas where hydrants have replaced standpipes, water is turned on at the top of the hydrant with a special standard wrench used by all fire departments. The out-of-area fire departments do not routinely carry the special tool used to turn on the standpipes. Some units could not access the water and replenish their tankers or engine tanks. Fifty percent (50%) of all County fire engines have exceeded the recommended operational life. Statements were made to the Grand Jury that the optimum operating life of engines is 15 to 20 years. Some vehicles in the County have been in operation for 30 years. RECOMMENDATIONS
R00-05: MARK OR PAINT ALL COUNTY HYDRANTS AND STANDPIPES WITH FLUORESCENT REFLECTIVE MATERIALS FOR EASIER IDENTIFICATION.
R00-06: DEVELOP A PLAN TO ASSURE ALL FIRE UNITS RESPONDING TO A FIRE HAVE ACCESS TO ALL NON-STANDARD FIRE SUPPRESSION WATER SOURCES.
R00-07: STRONGLY ENFORCE COMPLIANCE WITH THE PROPERTY ABATEMENT PROGRAMS.
R7: preparation of the final report. Based on these steps, nine findings and 36 recommendations were developed which we believe will improve user departments’ management of their vehicles, improve oversight of vehicle use by the Board of Supervisors, and improve operations of the Vehicle Services Department. Summaries of these findings and recommendations follow.
R00-08: GRADE ALL COUNTY ROADS IN HIGH FIRE-RISK AREAS PRIOR TO THE FIRE HAZARD SEASON.
R00-09: INSTALL ROAD SIGNS AT CORNERS OF COUNTY ROAD INTERSECTIONS.
R00-10: BUDGET FOR TIMELY REPLACEMENT OF FIRE ENGINES IN EXCESS OF THEIR USEFUL OPERATIONAL LIFE. INFORMATION SERVICES DEPARTMENT BACKGROUND The Information Services Department (ISD) provides computer services, local area network (LAN), wide area network (WAN), radio communication systems, and telephone systems for the 40-plus departments and the approximately 15,000 employees of the County of San Bernardino. ISD provides all or some of the following computer systems services to all or some of the County departments: support of computer hardware and software, central computer room operation and support on a 24-hour basis, “Help Desk” support, desktop support, database management, application development and maintenance, computer systems security, and a number of related services. The 1999-2000 County Budget and a departmental survey conducted by the Grand Jury indicates ISD is staffed with approximately 355 personnel. Most departments also have their own computer technical personnel. FINDINGS Not all County departments use the technical services of ISD. Most departments use LAN, WAN, and the central computer room services. Many departments may, and do, purchase software directly from the vendor. While most departments utilize Microsoft Windows as their basic operating system, numerous other software systems are installed on departmental equipment. ISD technical personnel may not be familiar with these systems and do not maintain them. There is no standardized time schedule for computer equipment upgrades or purchases. Budgetary considerations appear to be the controlling factor for such expenditures. Many departments upgrade or purchase computer equipment without input from the Information Services Department. There is a wide variety of computer hardware equipment within the County departments due to the absence of a centralized purchasing policy. Many departments purchase hardware from a selection of three or four computer manufacturers that have been recommended by the County Purchasing Department. The above findings indicate an overall lack of Countywide policy direction and technical requirement needs for computer systems utilized in County departments. Some departments use outside contractors, on long-term contracts, to maintain their computer equipment/software systems, without utilizing the Request for Proposal (RFP) process. • There is no Countywide information technology plan that addresses the County’s requirements for equipment, software, and technical personnel for the next three to five years. • There is no Countywide computer training program, facility, or staff to train County personnel in basic computer systems and/or departmental software systems. • There is no Countywide standardized equipment-purchasing plan to ensure the lowest price per unit costs are obtained when purchasing equipment and/or software. • There is no Countywide data information access security plan. Most departments have their own computer personnel that have no direct reporting responsibility to the Information Services Department. They do participate with ISD technical personnel on a given project. Of the 40-plus County departments, there are three that are mostly independent of ISD – the Sheriff’s Department, Arrowhead Regional Medical Center and Human Services System. RECOMMENDATIONS
R00-11: ESTABLISH AN INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY POLICY BOARD, COMPOSED OF SENIOR COUNTY MANAGERS AND ONE REPRESENTATIVE FROM THE BOARD OF SUPERVISORS TO DEVELOP STANDARDS APPLICABLE TO ALL DEPARTMENTS, FOR THE CURRENT AND FUTURE USE OF THE COUNTY GOVERNMENT.
R00-12: ESTABLISH A TECHNICAL POLICY COMMITTEE COMPOSED OF SENIOR TECHNICAL MEMBERS FROM THE MAJOR DEPARTMENTS AND THE INFORMATION SERVICES DEPARTMENT. THIS COMMITTEE WILL DETERMINE AND RECOMMEND TO THE TECHNOLOGY POLICY BOARD, THE REQUIREMENTS REGARDING HARDWARE AND SOFTWARE ACQUISITIONS, SYSTEMS DEVELOPMENT NEEDS, AND MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTS AND OTHER RELATED MATTERS.
R00-13: DEVELOP A THREE TO FIVE YEAR INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY PLAN FOR EQUIPMENT, SOFTWARE AND PERSONNEL REQUIREMENTS TO BE USED BY THE COUNTY GOVERNMENT.
R00-14: ESTABLISH A PROCUREMENT POLICY FOR THE ACQUISITION OF COMPUTER EQUIPMENT HARDWARE AND SOFTWARE TO ENABLE THE COUNTY’S BUYING POWER TO EFFECT COST REDUCTIONS.
R00-15: ESTABLISH A REQUEST FOR PROPOSAL (RFP) PROCESS FOR THE USE OF OUTSIDE VENDORS THAT PROVIDE COMPUTER SYSTEMS DEVELOPMENT OR MAINTENANCE.
R00-16: DEVELOP AND IMPLEMENT A COUNTYWIDE DATA INFORMATION ACCESS SECURITY PLAN.
R00-17: ESTABLISH A COUNTYWIDE TRAINING PROGRAM FOR BASIC SOFTWARE AND DEPARTMENT-SPECIFIC SOFTWARE PROGRAMS.
R00-18: ESTABLISH A WORKING RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN THE INFORMATION SERVICES DEPARTMENT AND EACH DEPARTMENT’S TECHNICAL PERSONNEL TO PROVIDE ISD WITH THE KNOWLEDGE OF DEPARTMENT-SPECIFIC PROGRAMS.
R00-19: INCORPORATE ALL DEPARTMENTS INTO THE SCOPE OF THE POLICY BOARD AND TECHNICAL COMMITTEE RECOMMENDATIONS, REGARDLESS OF FUNDING SOURCE OR SPECIALIZED NATURE OF THEIR OPERATIONS (I.E., SHERIFF’S DEPARTMENT, ARROWHEAD REGIONAL MEDICAL CENTER, AND THE HUMAN SERVICES SYSTEM). INLAND VALLEY DEVELOPMENT AGENCY SAN BERNARDINO INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT AUTHORITY BACKGROUND The Inland Valley Development Agency (IVDA) was created in 1989 and the San Bernardino International Airport Authority (SBIAA) was created in 1992 in anticipation of the closing of Norton Air Force Base. SBIAA is a joint powers authority and is made up of San Bernardino County and the cities of San Bernardino, Colton, Highland, and Loma Linda. Each agency gets one vote on the governing board, with the exception of the City of San Bernardino, which gets two votes. SBIAA was established to operate, maintain, and develop the economic use of the airport. SBIAA operates the airport under the jurisdiction of the Federal Aviation Administration. Seventy-five percent (75%) of the former base is part of the current airport. The boundaries under the SBIAA include the airport facility itself and some adjacent base property. Under the terms of the agreement with the Air Force, the airport itself can only be used as an airport. Only the United States Department of Justice can modify this original agreement. IVDA is also a joint powers authority and is made up of the above agencies, with the exception of Highland. Each agency gets two votes on the governing board, with the exception of the City of San Bernardino, which gets three votes. The IVDA was established to develop and redevelop the closed Norton Air Force Base, and to create jobs and an economic base for the community. This agency has a specific life of 40 years. The IVDA has jurisdiction over all the land that is not part of SBIAA. The boundaries of the IVDA extend three miles from the perimeter of Norton Air Force Base and include approximately 14,000 acres of land in the member agencies. FINDINGS Many of the IVDA structures are unusable and roads are obsolete, and they do not meet state or local codes. Portions of the property have been transferred to the San Manuel Indians, some to San Bernardino Valley College, the City of San Bernardino, and Loma Linda University Medical Center. The chapel building was given to a local church that provides services to the homeless. All of these were public benefit transfers. The U.S. Forest Service has a fire-fighting base on the airport property and pays landing fees comparable to surrounding areas. Since the inception of IVDA and SBIAA, the two agencies have been having financial problems and have had to request that their participating members advance them monies to meet their operating costs, including payroll. There has been little increase in the value of the IVDA properties, resulting in little increase in the tax increment. There has been no new building, and the old buildings continue to decay. Prior years of financial performance have indicated SBIAA’s inability to obtain sufficient operating revenues to cover its operating expenses. Funding has been limited to lease revenues, Federal grants, and loans from the IVDA/Authority members. As of June 30, 1999 the accumulated deficit was $9,935,437. The Authority plans to recoup this deficit by projected increased income from the rents and leases of buildings, and aircraft-related fees. Of the total expenses of $1,731,008 for the year ending June 30, 1999, a major provision for bad debts of $382,723 was taken. This amount was the result of accrued unpaid rent due from a previous tenant. Estimated projections provided by the Authority indicated substantial increases in revenues and decreases in operating expenses as noted below: Actual Projected Projected FY 98-99 FY 99-00 FY 00-01 Total Revenues $1,913,359 $2,526,400 $3,081,196 Total Expenses 3,007,072 2,443,354 2,032,622 Net Deficit/Income ($1,093,713) $83,046 $1,048,574 The primary increases in revenues between FY 1998-1999 and 1999-2000 are in two areas: leases of hangars and leases of warehouse/offices. Lease income has primarily come from one major tenant at a time. Loss of that tenant precipitated major financial difficulties. The second time this happened it resulted in member cities and the County being assessed to cover the shortfalls. As of the end of FY 1998-1999, approximately 40 percent of the operational income is from one tenant. If the premises were vacated, it would again put the operational budget in a negative position. In the past, there has been no in-depth financial investigations done of applying lessees to insure long-term stability of the applicants. There is presently no marketing director involved in promoting IVDA and SBIAA resources on a full-time basis. There has been no organized active marketing program in place since the inception of the agencies. Marketing efforts have been hampered by the lack of a unified focus between the governing boards of the two agencies. There is no long-range overall marketing strategy. Through March 31, 2000 a small business incubator program has reported expenses of $144,353 and revenue of $62,982. This resulted in a loss of $81,371, which is absorbed by IVDA. No comprehensive analysis of this program has ever been done to determine if it is cost-effective. There is adequate space for expanded storage, manufacturing, or commercial activities. There are no commercial airline carriers currently using the airport facilities. Although there has been interest in passenger and/or cargo service that could increase the income for the facility, there have been no objective studies done that would support this activity. Inland Valley Development Agency Tax Allocation Bonds (issue of 1997 for $44,485,000) were issued to enable the IVDA to refund their Redevelopment Tax Allocation Notes (Issue of 1993) and its $15,000,000 School Districts Tax Allocation Notes (Issue of 1993). The Redevelopment Notes and the School District Notes were used to finance a portion of its costs of the redevelopment within the Project Area. The bonds have the following redemption dates: (March 1) (March 1) Year Amount Year Amount 2002 980,000 2015 1,665,000 2003 l,020,000 2016 1,735,000 2004 1,060,000 2017 1,805,000 2005 1,105,000 2018 1,885,000 2006 1,150,000 2019 1,965,000 2007 1,195,000 2020 2,045,000 2008 1,250,000 2021 2,135,000 2009 1,300,000 2022 2,225,000 2010 1,355,000 2023 2,315,000 2011 1,415,000 2024 2,410,000 2012 1,470,000 2025 2,515,000 2013 1,535,000 2026 2,620,000 2014 1,600,000 2027 2,730,000 The above figures are principal only and do not reflect interest on the bonds. IVDA made a series of loans totaling $6.2 million (including unpaid accrued interest) to SBIAA to fund the operations of the SBIAA and to meet certain matching fund requirements. The ultimate collectibility of the loans to the SBIAA is dependent upon the ability of the SBIAA to generate income from its leasing and other operations of the airport. During 1997-98, SBIAA reported expenditures in excess of income and no funds were available to meet debt service payments on these notes. A reasonable uncertainty existed at the balance sheet date of June 30, 1998 as to the ability of SBIAA to generate adequate income to amortize these notes. The two agencies employ the services of a lobbyist in Washington, D.C. at a cost of $79,000 a year. Because of the final transition of the properties from the Air Force to the two agencies, most Air Force involvement in the airport, other than FAA, has been phased out. RECOMMENDATIONS
R00-20: ANALYZE PAST FINANCIAL PLANS TO IDENTIFY ACTIVITIES THAT WERE NOT SUCCESSFUL. ESTABLISH A LONG-RANGE REALISTIC FINANCIAL AND OPERATIONAL PLAN, CONSISTENT WITH THE AVAILABILITY OF CAPITAL.
R00-21: ANALYZE PAST PERFORMANCE OF THE INCUBATOR PROGRAM TO DETERMINE IF IT MEETS THE ORIGINAL CONCEPT. REVIEW THEIR LONG-RANGE PLANS TO MAXIMIZE ECONOMIC POTENTIAL FOR THE INLAND VALLEY DEVELOPMENT AGENCY.
R00-22: ESTABLISH AN AGGRESSIVE MARKETING PLAN, WHICH INCLUDES HIRING A QUALIFIED MARKETING DIRECTOR OR CONTRACTING WITH A PROFESSIONAL MARKETING FIRM. THIS POSITION WOULD BE RESPONSIBLE FOR MARKETING BOTH INLAND VALLEY DEVELOPMENT AGENCY AND SAN BERNARDINO INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT AUTHORITY PROPERTIES.
R00-23: ACTIVELY SOLICIT THE TENANCY OF MORE ESTABLISHED SMALL AND MEDIUM BUSINESSES TO BETTER UTILIZE UNOCCUPIED SPACE THAT WOULD ENSURE A MORE DEPENDABLE CASH FLOW, MINIMIZING RELIANCE ON A SINGLE TENANT.
R00-24: DEVELOP A DEFINED PROGRAM TO ANALYZE ANY POTENTIAL LESSEES AS TO THEIR ECONOMIC ABILITY TO PERFORM LONG- TERM UNDER THE LEASE TERMS.
R00-25: DEVELOP AN OBJECTIVE PLAN TO ESTABLISH FREIGHT AND/OR PASSENGER SERVICE AT THE SAN BERNARDINO INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT.
R00-26: DEVELOP A PLAN TO SET ASIDE ADEQUATE FUNDING TO RETIRE THE BOND INDEBTEDNESS.
R00-27: ELIMINATE THE POSITION OF LOBBYIST FOR THE INLAND VALLEY DEVELOPMENT AGENCY (IVDA) AND THE SAN BERNARDINO INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT AUTHORITY (SBIAA) IN WASHINGTON, D.C. SUGGESTION AWARDS PROGRAM BACKGROUND The investigation of the County’s Suggestion Awards Program was prompted by a former employee who complained that he had not received proper treatment for suggestions he had submitted. The current program responsibility and staff support for the Suggestion Awards Program is part of the Human Resources Department. The stated purpose of the program is that it “encourages employee participation in improving the efficiency and effectiveness of County operations. It is intended to motivate employees toward problem identification, and to stimulate creativity in problem solution. The program demonstrates, through employer recognition and reward, the high value County management places on constructive ideas.” The bylaws for the Suggestion Awards Program were first adopted on September 2, 1958. There are written roles and responsibilities that describe the duties of administrators and department heads, committee members, and staff support. The eleven (11) person Suggestion Awards Committee consists of representatives from the Board of Supervisors, County Administrative Office, and many of the major departments. There are also written descriptions for the Terms and Conditions of Awards, Eligibility of Suggestions and Suggestors, and Resubmission and Appeals. FINDINGS The Suggestion Awards Program has been assigned to an employee who handles the program in addition to his regular assignment. When a suggestion is received, the current procedure is as follows: • The suggestion form is date stamped. • A letter is sent to the suggestor acknowledging receipt of the suggestion. • Pertinent data is entered into a self-developed computer- tracking program by the staff support person. • The suggestion is sent to the affected department for evaluation, analysis, and comment. The bylaws say the suggestion is to be evaluated within three months, but this isn’t always followed. • The affected department evaluates the suggestion and, if it is recommended for approval, the Suggestion Awards Committee meets and takes an action. If not recommended for approval, action will be postponed until there are other matters for consideration. Sometimes the Suggestion Awards Committee will request that the suggestion be sent back to the department for further evaluation. • Meetings of the Suggestion Awards Committee are to be held on a quarterly basis (currently calendared monthly) to determine the suggestion’s eligibility/ awards based on their evaluation, and/or to hear appeals of suggestion award decisions. The amount of awards in fiscal year 1999 totaled between $20,000 and $25,000; one of the awards was for $5,000. The bylaws state that the award for a suggestion is ten percent (10%) of the total net savings and/or revenue of County, State and/or Federal funds for the first year’s projection, with a minimum award of $100 and a maximum of $5,000. A random selection of Suggestion Award files was reviewed to observe how the program was being administered. Three files from fiscal year 1997 and three files from fiscal year 1999 were selected. The program was under different staff support during these two periods. Each of the six files demonstrated serious weaknesses in program administration. The findings can be summarized as follows: • A suggestion was received on May 5, 1997. Requests for evaluations were sent to two separate departments on May 13 and responses were received on June 13 and June 19. The letter to the suggestor notifying him that the suggestion was not going to be implemented was dated August 24, 1998. This was 14 months after the departments had responded. • A suggestion was received August 13, 1997. Requests for evaluations to two separate departments were sent on August 19. One evaluator returned the completed form on September 11, 1997 but the other department never completed the evaluation. No suggestion was awarded because the estimated annual tangible savings was less than $1,000 so the award would have been less than the minimum $100. There is no evidence in the file to indicate that the suggestor was ever informed of the final disposition. • A suggestion was received on March 4, 1998. A request for evaluation was sent on May 29, nearly three months later. The evaluator completed the form on June 9, but the department head did not sign off until October 26, four and one-half months later. The letter from the department head to the Suggestion Awards Program staff support person stating the reasons for not recommending approval, was inappropriately sent to the suggestor directly by the department head. On February 18, 1999 the program staff support person notified the suggestor by letter that his suggestion had not been recommended and on February 17, 1999, the suggestor appealed the decision. In light of the appeal, on February 23, 1999 the staff support person requested the department head complete a reevaluation of the suggestion no later than March 23, 1999. More than 12 months had passed without a response from the department head. The program staff support person sent a follow-up request on March 1, 2000. A response from the department was received on March 22, 2000 and the suggestor was notified on April 7, 2000 that the appeal was denied. • A suggestion was received on February 3, 1999. The suggestor was notified of receipt of the suggestion on February 9 and the evaluation by the department head was requested on the same date. The department head responded with a negative recommendation on April 6, 1999 but the suggestor was not notified of the rejection until February 24, 2000. No explanation was evident in the file for the ten-month delay. • A suggestion was received on June 28, 1999. The suggestor was notified of receipt of the suggestion on June 28 and the evaluation by the department head was requested on the same date. Nine months later the department head still has not responded, in violation of the written procedures. • A suggestion was received September 23, 1999. The suggestor was notified of receipt of the suggestion on September 27, and the evaluation by the department head was requested on the same date. Six months later the department head still has not responded, in violation of the written procedures. In addition to the above examples, it was reported that many old files lack sufficient documentation to accurately determine the final disposition. Some files dating back to 1994 have never been closed out. In the past, some requests to department heads for evaluations were never answered and any follow-up by support staff was sporadic, if at all. Currently the program receives only 50 to 60 suggestions per year, which means less than 0.5 percent of the approximate 15,000 County employees submit suggestions. The Suggestion Awards Program has sound written procedures that were last updated in March, 1994, but program management has failed to comply with these procedures. Without adequate staff support, routine tasks such as timely responses and follow up to suggestions are often left undone. RECOMMENDATIONS
R00-28: COMMIT ADEQUATE MANPOWER, FUNDING, ENCOURAGE- MENT, AND OVERSIGHT TO THE SUGGESTION AWARDS PROGRAM SO THAT IT IS MANAGED IN THE MANNER INTENDED.
R00-29: PLACE RENEWED PROGRAM EMPHASIS ON ALL DEPARTMENT HEADS SO THAT THEY ENCOURAGE PARTICIPATION AND ENDORSE AND SUPPORT THE PROGRAM THROUGH TIMELY RESPONSES TO REQUESTS FOR EVALUATION OF ANY SUGGESTION SUBMITTED.
R00-30: REVAMP THE SUGGESTION AWARDS COMMITTEE WITH NEW, FRESH FACES THAT WILL BE UNHINDERED BY PAST HABITS AND PRACTICES, AND ESTABLISH A MAXIMUM NUMBER OF TWO-YEAR TERMS THAT A PERSON CAN SERVE.
R00-31: PROVIDE SUFFICIENT MANPOWER FOR THE STAFF SUPPORT SO THAT SUGGESTORS RECEIVE A TIMELY RESPONSE TO THEIR SUGGESTIONS.
R00-32: ENCOURAGE EXPANDED EMPLOYEE PARTICIPATION THROUGH A NEW COUNTYWIDE PUBLICITY EFFORT, PROFESSIONAL ADMINISTRATION BY ALL PARTIES TO THE PROGRAM, TIMELY DECISIONS BASED ON THE MERITS OF THE SUGGESTIONS, AND A MORE LIBERAL INTER- PRETATION OF THE TANGIBLE SAVINGS TO BE GAINED. TREASURER-TAX COLLECTOR BACKGROUND The Treasurer-Tax Collector is an elected position that heads up a department consisting of three divisions. The Treasurer-Tax Collector functions are: • Tax Collection Division is responsible for the collection and accounting of taxes for all taxing entities of the County. The division collects secured taxes, unsecured taxes, transient occupancy taxes, and racehorse taxes, and also conducts tax sales and processes senior citizen applications for postponement of real estate taxes. • The Treasurer Division provides banking services, including payment of all warrants and depositing of receipts for all County departments, school districts, and special districts. The division also invests these agencies funds, which total more than $1.5 billion. Other functions of the division are to provide cash management for County funds and issuance of temporary borrowing, when necessary. • The Central Collections Division provides Countywide collection service, which reduces bad debts to the County and thereby increases revenue. Central Collections handles court ordered fines, fees, victim restitution, Public Defender fees and juvenile maintenance, some County hospital debts and various debts for other County departments. Beginning in 2000, Central Collections will also handle the Court collections, including traffic fines. FINDINGS The Tax Collection Division is the most visible part of the Treasurer-Tax Collector function because it has a financial impact on each County citizen who owns property. About 774,000 secured and unsecured tax bills are sent out annually, with tax collections of about $989 million. The tax bill asks that checks for payment be made out to Dick Larsen, Treasurer-Tax Collector. There is no regulatory reason to include the name of the Treasurer-Tax Collector. The public may infer that a check made payable to an individual is less secure than a check made payable to the Treasurer-Tax Collector. A sophisticated remittance processing system capable of processing 32,000 transactions per hour handles the processing of tax collections. This system enables payments to be processed the same day, “images” the check received and the billing statement, compares the amount received to the amount owed, credits payment to the proper taxpayer, and deposits the funds in the County bank account. The system also records the correct allocation of the funds received to any of the numerous separate taxing agencies. A June 30, 1999 Report of Delinquencies by County for Fiscal Year 1998- 1999 Tax Collections shows San Bernardino County has a 5.0% delinquency rate ($45.4 million) on its secured tax collections. Only six other counties in California have a higher delinquency rate: Sierra at 7.5%, Yuba at 7.2%, Calaveras at 6.4%, Lake at 6.3%, Mariposa at 5.2% and Modoc at 5.1%. The median for all counties is 3.1%. The state of the economy affects the rate of delinquency. Also, many of the parcels in San Bernardino County with delinquent taxes are small mountain or desert pieces of land and/or small parcels in rough terrain, as well as parcels within special districts with water or sewer bonded indebtedness. The same report shows San Bernardino County has a 7.7% delinquency rate ($5.1 million) on its unsecured tax collections. Only four other counties have a higher rate: Sierra at 16.7%, Los Angeles at 13.7%, Mariposa at 10.0% and El Dorado at 9.5%. The median for all counties is 4.0%. San Bernardino has set an overall delinquency goal for the future of 4.0% or less. If taxes are not paid on a timely basis, penalties are imposed as follows: If paid after Dec. If paid after Apr. If paid after June 30 Dec. 10 10% of the tax owed 10% of the tax owed 10% of the tax owed Installment $10.00 fee $10.00 fee 1.5% per month of tax owed $15.00 redemption fee April 10 n/a 10% of the tax owed 10% of the tax owed Installment $10.00 fee $10.00 fee 1.5% per month of tax owed $15.00 redemption fee The first notice of delinquent unpaid taxes for both December 10 and April 10 installments is not mailed until May. Once the December 10 installment is missed there is no incentive to paying the past due taxes until June 30 (except for the additional $10 fee after April 10). After a property tax has been delinquent for five years, the property is listed for tax sale sometime within the following two years. Tax sales are held once a year. There were about 8,500 parcels for tax sale in March 2000. In 1999 there were 4,500 parcels eligible, but only 3,500 were ready for sale and only 442 were sold. Currently, when taxes are delinquent on a parcel, the procedure is to print on the tax bill the message “There are unpaid taxes on this parcel.” As this statement is inconspicuous, it is easy to miss. Presently the Tax Collector does not accept partial payments of taxes. A change in the policy to accept partial payments requires approval by the Board of Supervisors. This request for approval will be submitted when the computer and accounting system is set up to handle partial payments. In July 1999 a $348,000 embezzlement by an employee was uncovered in the tax sale function. An outside audit firm was immediately brought in to conduct an audit and to review all department policies and procedures. Numerous operational recommendations were made, including a recommendation to create an ethics policy and require each employee to understand and sign such a document as a condition of employment. The County Sheriff is expected to turn the embezzlement matter over to the U.S. Attorney for prosecution. Another outside audit is finishing its work to develop and recommend revised department policies and procedures. The County Auditor/Controller is required to conduct an audit of the Treasurer’s function once a year. A complete audit has not been done for 6-8 years, except for periodic surprise cash audits. An annual audit by the Auditor, or by staffing an internal audit function within the department, would likely have picked up or prevented the recent embezzlement in the Tax Collector function. The cash management and investment function maintains an investment pool of about $1.5 billion for the County, school districts, Board-governed districts, special districts and other members of the pool. The portfolio obtained the highest rating available from Standard and Poors, Moody’s, and Fitch Investor Service. There is monthly monitoring by these agencies to insure continuation of the AAA rating. The County utilizes various advisory services to assist with investment decisions. By law the County is restricted to investments with less than five years maturity. Allowable investments include U.S. Treasury notes, U.S. agency bonds, high quality commercial borrowing, Certificates of Deposit, and Repurchase Agreements. Central Collections was established in fiscal year 1996-97 following the merger of the Division of Collections, San Bernardino County Medical Center, and Probation Accounting. Central Collections collects all past due accounts with the exception of past due property taxes and District Attorney’s child support collections. It functions in the same manner as a collection agency in the private sector, except it has broader investigative powers. In fiscal year 1998-99 a total of $18.6 million was collected. Reports show that a substantial amount of debt to the County is charged off for a variety of reasons, including weaknesses in the billing process. Central Collections uses a commercially developed computer program called Columbia Ultimate Business System (CUBS) to manage and process collection information. An automated call system is used by the collection officers to increase the number of calls made. Management can adjust the parameters to concentrate calls to a selected group of payees. A Computerized Automatic Dialing (CAD) system is also used to monitor all calls being made and to evaluate the productivity of the collection officers. The State Controller’s office audited Central Collections in January 1998 for the period July 1, 1993 through June 30, 1996 to determine if remittances to the State were accurate and timely. The audit has not yet been finalized. RECOMMENDATIONS
R00-33: MAIL A NOTIFICATION OF TAX DELINQUENCY WITHIN 30 DAYS OF MISSING THE DECEMBER 10 INSTALLMENT, IN ADDITION TO MAILING THE NOTIFICATION OF TAX DELINQUENCY IN MAY.
R00-34: REDUCE THE APPROXIMATELY $50 MILLION IN DELINQUENT TAXES BY DEVELOPING MORE AGGRESSIVE COLLECTION AND TAX SALE PRACTICES.
R00-35: ENLARGE, COLOR, MAKE BOLD AND PROMINENTLY DISPLAY THE NOTICE “THERE ARE PRIOR YEAR TAXES DUE” ON ANY TAX BILL WHERE THERE IS A DELINQUENT TAX OWING.
R00-36: CONTINUE WITH THE REQUIRED COMPUTER PROGRAM DEVELOPMENT AND BOARD OF SUPERVISORS’ APPROVAL THAT WOULD PERMIT THE COUNTY TO ACCEPT PARTIAL PAYMENTS FOR TAXES DUE.
R00-37: IMPLEMENT THE CODE OF ETHICS AS RECOMMENDED IN THE 1999 OUTSIDE AUDIT CONDUCTED AS A RESULT OF THE EMBEZZLEMENT OF FUNDS.
R00-38: DEVELOP AND IMPLEMENT A NEW SET OF DEPARTMENT POLICIES AND PROCEDURES TO INSURE A SYSTEM OF INTERNAL CONTROLS ARE IN PLACE TO ACHIEVE CONSISTENT AND PROFESSIONAL PERFORMANCE OF THE DEPARTMENT RESPONSIBILITIES.
R00-39: REQUIRE THE COUNTY AUDITOR/CONTROLLER, OR AN OUTSIDE AUDIT FIRM, TO CONDUCT A FULL-SCALE PERFORMANCE AND FISCAL AUDIT OF THE ENTIRE TREASURER-TAX COLLECTOR DEPARTMENT ONCE A YEAR, AS A ROUTINE BUSINESS PRACTICE.
R00-40: CHANGE THE PRACTICE OF HAVING TAX PAYMENT CHECKS MADE PAYABLE TO “DICK LARSEN, TREASURER-TAX COLLECTOR”, AND HAVE THEM MADE PAYABLE TO “TREASURER-TAX COLLECTOR”.
R00-41: DEVELOP A MORE DETAILED AND SOPHISTICATED REPORTING SYSTEM, USING DOLLAR CRITERIA TO JUSTIFY THE DECISION, TO BE USED WHENEVER MAJOR DEBTS OWING THE COUNTY ARE TO BE CHARGED OFF.
R00-42: ESTABLISH A FOLLOW-UP SYSTEM TO ASSURE THAT ANY AUDIT REPORT FROM THE STATE CONTROLLER’S OFFICE BE RECEIVED IN A TIMELY MANNER SO THAT PREVENTATIVE OR CORRECTIVE ACTION CAN BE TAKEN. UNCLAIMED PROPERTY TAX REFUND PROGRAM BACKGROUND The collection of taxes in San Bernardino County involves a three-step process: • County Assessor is responsible for creating the Assessment Roll. • County Auditor/Controller-Recorder is responsible for assigning all of the tax rates for the numerous taxing agencies, and thereby creates the Tax Roll. • County Treasurer-Tax Collector sends out all of the tax bills and receives the tax payments. As funds are received, the Auditor/Controller distributes the funds to the various taxing agencies. The County Assessor is responsible for the assessment of all taxable property within the County, except State-assessed property. It is largely the changes made to the assessed value and the Assessment Roll that creates the Unclaimed Property Tax Refund Program. FINDINGS When the Assessor changes the assessed value on a property, a notice is sent to the taxpayer. This notification is a standard form that shows either a positive or negative number. If the value is a negative number, the taxpayer is entitled to a tax refund. In small print on the reverse side of the form it states “If the supplemental assessment results in a negative amount, the auditor shall make a refund of a portion of taxes paid on assessments made on the current roll or the roll being prepared or both”. This statement does not call attention to the full significance of a tax refund. The Assessor also sends a Roll Correction to the manager of the Property Tax Division in the Auditor’s office, where a calculation is made as to the amount of tax refund that is potentially owed by the County. The Property Tax Division sends out a form to the property owner if the refund is less than $1,000 (if the amount of the refund is less than $10 there is no notification form sent). If the amount of refund is $1,000 or more, the Property Tax Division researches who actually paid the tax, i.e., bank through an escrow account, etc., and then the form is mailed to the party who actually made the payment. Only one notification of a tax refund due is normally sent to the taxpayer. The notice is a simple one-page form that identifies the parcel number, tax year, amount and address of the property. It states the reason for the refund and the person named is to sign the form and return it to the Property Tax Division. Frequently the form is returned due to addressee unknown. In that case research is done through the Assessor’s system, to re- mail to a better address. In many cases the form is just not returned by the taxpayer. Sometimes a form will be received several years after it was mailed – presumably it was laid aside and finally found by someone who signed it and sent it back to the Property Tax Division. The following chart shows amounts in the Unclaimed Tax Refund Program. All Unclaimed Refunds Unclaimed Refunds Over $1,000 As of February 24, 2000 As of March 8, 2000 1984 $29,376 $ 1,403 1985 40,939 7,051 1990 256 0 1991 1,251 0 1992 338,825 141,582 1993 637,020 355,692 1994 1,679,995 1,274,231 1995 1,379,226 789,226 1996 1,451,963 821,286 1997 1,865,983 997,753 1998 2,199,447 982,668 1999 2,307,384 968,567 2000 1,850,534 1,380,996 TOTAL $13,782,198 $7,720,456 The vast majority of refunds are for relatively small dollar amounts. In total, there are approximately 29,000 unclaimed tax refunds, of which about 1,500 are for amounts of $1,000 or more. Some of these represent large dollar amounts owed to businesses. In the $1,000 or larger category, unclaimed tax refunds to a person or business ranged from $1,000 to as high as $350,000. Many banks and savings and loans in Southern California are on the list, as well as numerous real estate developers and major businesses. Some city, County, and Federal government agencies are also listed, including departments of San Bernardino County. A study made of the 1998-1999 fiscal year showed that the Property Tax Division sent out about 46,700 form notices that year. Thirty-two thousand four hundred (32,400) forms were signed and returned and refunds were sent; 5,000 were returned as the addressees were unknown; and 8,300 had not responded at the time of the study. The reasons taxpayers do not respond are varied: people sell property; people move to a different address or out of state; people don’t understand the workings of the tax process; large commercial businesses give the form to an employee who doesn’t understand it so it is not returned; businesses hire another firm to handle business matters, so the form gets lost in the shuffle; and some just think it is too much trouble to research it. The State Revenue and Taxation Code provides that if a refund is not claimed by the taxpayer within four years, it may be claimed for the County General Fund on order of the Board of Supervisors. The last Board approved transfer to the General Fund was about $1,200,000 in June 1998 for fiscal years 1984-85 to 1991-92. Through 1995 there is now about $4,100,000 eligible for transfer, if the request is made to the Board of Supervisors. The same notification is given to each taxpayer because the County makes every effort to treat all taxpayers equally. The fact that so many taxpayers (including many major businesses) fail to sign the form and return it indicates the present system is not effective. The current process may comply with the Revenue and Taxation Code, but the transfer into the General Fund of such a large dollar amount of unclaimed tax refunds would demonstrate a lack of conscientious pursuit to reach the taxpayer due the refund. RECOMMENDATIONS
R00-43: INCLUDE A SEPARATE SHEET WHEN THE ASSESSOR MAILS THE NOTICE OF REDUCTION IN ASSESSED VALUE THAT CLEARLY AND SIMPLY STATES IN LARGE, “EYE-CATCHING” PRINT ”THIS IS A REDUCTION IN ASSESSED VALUE AND YOU MAY BE ELIGIBLE FOR A REFUND OF TAXES PAID. THE TAXPAYER WILL RECEIVE A FORM IN THE NEAR FUTURE FROM THE COUNTY PROPERTY TAX DIVISION”.
R00-44: INCLUDE A SEPARATE SHEET WHEN THE PROPERTY TAX DIVISION MAILS THE CLAIM FOR REFUND FORM, THAT CLEARLY AND SIMPLY STATES IN LARGE, “EYE-CATCHING” PRINT “THIS IS A FORM TO FILE FOR A REFUND OF TAXES ALREADY PAID. NO REFUND WILL BE PAID UNTIL THIS FORM IS COMPLETED, SIGNED, AND RETURNED TO THE PROPERTY TAX DIVISION”.
R00-45: ADD WORDING TO THE TAX BILL THAT IS MAILED ANNUALLY BY THE TREASURER-TAX COLLECTOR STATING THAT AN UNCLAIMED TAX REFUND IS DUE UNDER THIS PARCEL NUMBER.
R00-46: MAKE A CONSCIENTIOUS SEARCH BY THE PROPERTY TAX DIVISION OF BUSINESSES AND INDIVIDUALS OWED TAX REFUNDS AND MAKE A SECOND MAILING TO NOTIFY THOSE TAXPAYERS THEY ARE ELIGIBLE FOR AN UNCLAIMED TAX REFUND.
R00-47: PLACE A NOTICE IN ALL OF THE MAJOR COUNTY NEWSPAPERS BY THE PROPERTY TAX DIVISION ALERTING THE PUBLIC THAT THERE ARE ONLY 30 DAYS REMAINING TO CLAIM THEIR TAX REFUND, PRIOR TO REQUESTING TRANSFER TO THE GENERAL FUND.
R00-48: REQUEST THE AUDITOR ANNUALLY SUBMIT TO THE BOARD OF SUPERVISORS FOR APPROVAL THE TIMELY TRANSFER OF THE ELIGIBLE UNCLAIMED TAX REFUNDS TO THE GENERAL FUND. COMPLAINTS COMMITTEE An important function of California Grand Juries is to consider bona fide complaints concerning local government operations submitted by members of the public. In San Bernardino County, complaints must be submitted in writing using the Grand Jury’s standard complaint form. As the Grand Jury has no assigned staff of investigators, public input is of vital importance if government oversight is to be effective. The identity of the complainant, the actions taken by the complainant to solve the problem, the subject and target of the complaint, and supporting data and information are essential if the Grand Jury is to investigate properly and recommend appropriate actions. All complaints are handled in the strictest confidence as required by the law. The 1999-2000 Grand Jury received 21 complaints. Each complaint was reviewed by the Complaints Committee for the appropriate action to be taken by the Grand Jury. There were nine complaints that were determined not to be within the jurisdiction of the Grand Jury. A letter was sent to each complainant informing him or her of that fact. There were five complaints that fell within the jurisdiction of the Grand Jury and those complaints were forwarded to the appropriate committee for action. The assigned Grand Jury committee investigated each complaint received from the Complaints Committee and may have included the results of its investigation in its final report. The fact that the investigation was based on a complaint will remain confidential, as well as the source of the complaint. There were seven complaints that were returned to the complainants stating that the Grand Jury would take no action; usually this was because the complainants may not have provided enough supporting data. HEALTH CARE SERVICES COMMITTEE As the 1999-2000 Grand Jury began its term of service, the Health Care Services Committee had three departments within its scope of responsibility: Arrowhead Regional Medical Center (ARMC) Department of Behavioral Health (DBH) Public Health Department (PHD) During the structural reorganization by the County Administrative Office, the latter two departments (DBH and PHD) became a responsibility of the Human Services System. For the purpose of this Grand Jury’s investigating and reporting, all were retained within the Health Care Services Committee. The Health Care Services Committee submits the following findings and recommendations. ARROWHEAD REGIONAL MEDICAL CENTER PHYSICAL PLANT BACKGROUND The Arrowhead Regional Medical Center (ARMC) was opened to the public on approximately March 1, 1999. It has been criticized by many as being too expensive. One reason given for the high cost is that it will withstand an earthquake of 8.2 magnitude. An inspection of the physical facility was made by the Grand Jury. FINDINGS Base isolation bearings separate the building from the foundation. After a significant earthquake two or three bearings are torn down and inspected for damage. Results of the inspection could trigger the replacement of the rest of the bearings. In addition to the bearings, there is a viscous damper device. This apparatus acts like a huge shock absorber, dampening the effects of an earthquake and keeping the buildings from moving too quickly or too far. The device shown to the Grand Jury had attaching pin(s) installed with the shoulder of the pin on the bottom side, facing the ground. There are tabs at the top and bottom of the pins, which provide the primary means of securing the pins in the device. A special tool is required to remove the pins. The hospital has its own electrical substation. The main feed is 12,000 kilovolts, provided by the City of Colton. Colton provides a preferred and emergency circuit for the hospital. If the preferred circuit fails, an automatic reclosure changes to the other circuit in seconds. At the request of the hospital staff, the city alternates the preferred circuit to assure the hospital of the reliability of both circuits. In the event of both circuits failing, the hospital has seven back-up diesel generators. Each of these 2,000 Kilovolt amps units is tested weekly at 5:30 a.m. The test is conducted with a full load from the hospital. Change over to the emergency generator can be made within 10 seconds. While these generators are equipped with huge muffler systems, there has never been a test of the noise output. Water is pumped from a well owned by the County, which is located on the hospital property. There is a large tank that holds a three-day supply of water. While the water is considered good, it is very “hard”. This condition is causing rust, scale, and other problems with plumbing equipment. There is a separate system for the water used for plants, grounds, and other agricultural uses. Again, the City of Colton provides backup with a “standby” valve. Three natural gas boilers provide heat and hot water for the hospital. The rate provided by the Gas Company was negotiated and is considered very reasonable. The Gas Company bases this rate upon ARMC’s back-up system being available in case of shut down. There is a liquid propane storage tank for emergency use. The liquid is turned into a gas and mixed with oxygen for use in the boilers. The boilers also operate a vacuum system. There is a waste separator within the process, which incinerates all particles not caught in the vacuum. Problems exist in the boiler/heat systems where modifications of the equipment placement were made during installation, causing extreme heat. Last summer the fire sprinkler system activated due to heat within a confined area. An air conditioning duct was opened to blow cool air on the equipment in the room. Hard water causes the corrosive property of return steam, water, or other byproducts after use. Current piping may need replacement within the next five years. There is a sewage holding tank on the property. It is for emergency use in case of a sewer failure. The existing tank is designed to hold a three-day supply of effluent. At the rear of the property is an industrial microwave oven that converts bio-medical hazardous waste into common household waste. It was noted by the Grand Jury during its inspection that there was a lack of signs for fire extinguishers and eye wash stations. RECOMMENDATIONS
R00-49: PROVIDE WATER SOFTENING EQUIPMENT TO ELIMINATE OR REDUCE CORROSIVE PROBLEMS WITH PIPING AND PLUMBING EQUIPMENT.
R00-50: UPDATE ENGINEERING SPECIFICATIONS REGARDING THE CORROSIVE EFFECTS OF UNTREATED WATER AND THE NEED TO REPLACE PIPING AHEAD OF SCHEDULE.
R00-51: REVIEW EQUIPMENT IN HEAT-PRONE AREAS FOR RELOCATION, IMPROVE VENTILATION, OR PROVIDE COOLING SYSTEMS FOR EACH PIECE OF EQUIPMENT TO ELIMINATE FIRE SPRINKLER SYSTEMS BEING ACTIVATED.
R00-52: CONTACT APPROPRIATE COUNTY SAFETY AGENCY FOR PROPER TYPE/KIND OF FIRE EXTINGUISHER AND EYEWASH STATION SIGNS. ARMC CASH COLLECTIONS BACKGROUND As a result of a major embezzlement of cash receipts from the County Medical Center (CMC), the 1996-97 San Bernardino County Grand Jury investigated the Fiscal Services Division and found the management practices, policies, and procedures were not in compliance with County standards. The Grand Jury recommended the County take numerous steps to eliminate future non-compliance and possible embezzlement of funds. In response, the Board of Supervisors and CMC administrators established new and revised management policies and procedures. The 1999-2000 Grand Jury wanted to know if these practices, procedures, and policies were being followed at the new Arrowhead Regional Medical Center (ARMC) and, if so, what steps are being taken to insure their continued compliance. FINDINGS Administrators and supervisors in the ARMC Finance Department stated that their cash collection system at the time of the embezzlement was good but, since then, they have improved procedures to prevent a reoccurrence. At the same time, they commented that a very intelligent person, bent on embezzling, could find a way. A ten-page narrative outlines a step-by-step procedure for the collection, posting, and deposit of receipts, including cash, from all ARMC departments, cafeteria and vending machines. Grand Jury members observed all steps in these procedures from collection to deposit in the safe within the vault. The segregation of duties prohibits any one person from having access to both patient accounts and processing of cash receipts. This was a major factor in the aforementioned embezzlement. New procedures give only four (4) individuals access to the safe. The safe and vault are locked at all times. ARMC’s banking procedure is part of the County’s Consolidated Banking System. When ARMC deposits daily receipts, a coded deposit slip identifying the department is prepared. Receipts are taken by Brink’s Armored Carrier to a Bank of America specialized vault in Ontario. The Ontario location is designed to accommodate armored carriers with maximum security. Deposits start earning interest immediately. County departments are notified and have access to their funds in two (2) days. The Auditor/Controller-Recorder’s office (Supervising Accountant) has ultimate responsibility for reconciling all discrepancies. At the present time ARMC cannot accept credit card payments on accounts. The accountant stated that it could be beneficial and cost effective to do so. RECOMMENDATIONS
R00-53: CONTINUE TO CLOSELY MONITOR ARMC COLLECTION POLICIES AND PROCEDURES, ESPECIALLY IN THE AREA OF CASH RECEIPTS. REMAIN CONSTANTLY ALERT FOR IMPROVEMENT IN INTERNAL CONTROLS TO PREVENT ANY POSSIBILITY OF EMBEZZLEMENT.
R00-54: CONDUCT A STUDY AND, IF FEASIBLE, IMPLEMENT A SYSTEM TO ACCEPT CREDIT CARD PAYMENTS AT THE ARROWHEAD REGIONAL MEDICAL CENTER AND ITS AFFILIATED CLINICS. PUBLIC HEALTH DEPARTMENT DIVISION OF ENVIRONMENTAL HEALTH SERVICES FOOD PROTECTION PROGRAM BACKGROUND The mission of the Division of Environmental Health Services (DEHS) is to prevent, eliminate, or reduce environmental hazards that could harm the health, safety, and quality of life of the citizens of this County. The Retail Food Protection Program consists of activities required to ensure food provided for human consumption is of good quality, safe, free of adulteration, wholesome, and properly labeled and advertised. The program also strives to ensure food has been produced, stored, and transported under conditions and practices that are safe, clean, and sanitary. The program is responsible for the inspection of all places where food is eaten, processed, sold, or stored (restaurants, markets, food stands, carnivals, schools, nursing homes, etc.) for sanitation and food safety, including manufacturers and wholesalers. The program investigates complaints of suspected food poisoning, unsanitary conditions, and other problems. The program also provides education and training in proper sanitation and food safety techniques to the food workers/servers, operators/managers, and owners of food facilities. The DEHS issues public health permits to all food facilities. The 1997-98 Grand Jury recommended a return to public posting using the “A-B-C” rating system or to a simple placard of certification. Neither of these systems has been implemented. In the response from the Board of Supervisors, it states: “The department is planning to require posting a card or placard at the entry to restaurants that will state that the facility has been inspected and has been issued a permit to operate consistent with Health and Safety Code requirements.” FINDINGS In meetings with the Division Chief and Food Program Manager, the Grand Jury learned that the DEHS has 60 employees to cover over 10,000 establishments in the County. The Food Protection Program has 39 inspectors and each is responsible for about 350 accounts. An inspection usually takes from one to one and one-half hours. A written report is left at the facility. If there are minor violations, the owner is to correct them in a specified length of time, and a re-inspection is required. Any facility receiving less than 60 out of 100 points could be temporarily shut down, depending on the nature of the violation. The DEHS cannot levy a fine to an establishment for repeated noncompliance. Only the environmental court in Redlands can levy monetary fines. If a facility is closed by DEHS, the owner can sue in court. In 1999 DEHS closed 586 miscellaneous facilities. They included restaurants, supermarkets, drug stores, recreational facilities, etc., and a large number of unpermitted establishments (no license or health permit). Two teams of two Grand Jurors each accompanied DEHS inspectors – one team to a restaurant and one to a grocery market. The inspections were unannounced and the owners did not know in advance of the visits. The restaurant was a very busy coffee shop-style facility located near a freeway offramp and catered to truckers and law enforcement personnel. The inspector very carefully and thoroughly inspected all areas of the facility, inside and out, with special attention given to those items that needed follow- up from the previous inspection. He noted much improvement in pest control procedures. The inspection file on this restaurant dated from 1983 and the single-most ongoing problem, repeatedly, has been with maintaining adequate temperature control of both hot and cold foods. This visit was no exception. A worker was asked to adjust temperature controls on food warmers and also refrigerated units. Numerous minor violations were found in the kitchen area, dry storage area, exterior dumpster area, and leaky plumbing. Both restrooms were clean and bright. This restaurant received a score of 56 and was reinspected two weeks later, at which time very good compliance was observed by the inspector. A copy of this re-inspection report was provided to the Grand Jury. No inspection certificate or placard was issued for display. The grocery market was a recently opened independent store in a building that formerly housed a chain supermarket. There were three separate health permits: one each for the deli, bakery, and meat/grocery department. This facility had many violations in all areas, that involved improper temperature control (no thermometers), condemned food that had to be discarded due to contamination, inadequate vector control of flies, improper food storage containers, galvanized cooking utensils, inadequate floor drains, electrical hazards, plumbing problems, etc. The deli scored 36 points, the meat department scored 43, and the bakery scored 87 of a possible 100 points each. None of the employees, including the on-site manager, had the required food handler cards. The inspector gave the owner information for obtaining the cards through the Food Handlers class at San Bernardino Valley College. There was an occasional language problem, and a Grand Jury member acted as an interpreter. The inspection was thorough, in spite of the language barrier. At reinspection, some compliance of previous violations was observed, but the inspector noted new violations. A third inspection was required. A copy of the subsequent inspection report was sent to the Grand Jury. When the Grand Jury questioned why the facilities were not shut down because of their low scores (below 60), the DEHS program manager stated that closure comes only in the event of an immediate and dangerous threat to public health and safety, or when a violation cannot be corrected within a reasonable length of time. RECOMMENDATIONS
R00-55: ESTABLISH A PUBLIC NOTIFICATION DISPLAY PLACARD THAT CERTIFIES A FACILITY HAS BEEN INSPECTED AND MEETS COUNTY HEALTH AND SAFETY CODES. SHOW THE DATE OF INSPECTION, EXPIRATION DATE AND SIGNATURE OF THE INSPECTOR. PLACARDS SHOULD ONLY BE ISSUED TO FACILITIES THAT ARE IN COMPLIANCE. THIS RECOMMENDATION IS A MODIFICATION OF THE RECOMMENDATION BY THE 1997-98 GRAND JURY WHICH, TO DATE, HAS NOT BEEN IMPLEMENTED.
R00-56: MONITOR FACILITIES WITH A HISTORY OF REPEATED VIOLATIONS MORE FREQUENTLY. ESTABLISHMENTS THAT ARE CONSISTENTLY IN COMPLIANCE MAY REQUIRE AN ANNUAL INSPECTION ONLY.
R00-57: REQUIRE FOOD HANDLER CARDS FOR ON-SITE FOOD ESTABLISHMENT OWNERS AND MANAGERS, AS WELL AS WORKERS AND SERVERS. VERIFY NAMES ON FOOD HANDLER CARDS AGAINST CURRENT PAYROLL RECORDS.
R00-58: MAKE AVAILABLE BILINGUAL INSPECTORS, OR INTERPRETERS, AT ALL FACILITIES WHERE ENGLISH IS NOT THE PRIMARY LANGUAGE OR CANNOT BE SPOKEN AND CLEARLY UNDERSTOOD. FULL COMPLIANCE WITH HEALTH CODES CANNOT BE OBTAINED WITHOUT COMPLETE COMPREHENSION IN THEIR LANGUAGE. MEDICAL CARE AVAILABILITY BACKGROUND Within the County’s organizational structure, the Public Health Department and the Department of Behavioral Health are under the administration of the Human Services System, and the Arrowhead Regional Medical Center (ARMC) is directly under the County Administrative Officer. The ARMC opened its new Colton location in early spring 1999 with a license for 373 beds. The ARMC has within its facility a number of “specialty clinics,” with the primary care or Family Practice Clinics being located offsite at multiple locations. With concern for this County’s growing population of medically indigent, homeless, uninsured and under-insured working poor, the Grand Jury researched the availability of free or low-cost medical services. Special focus was on the availability of services for walk-in, urgent-care, and immediate needs. FINDINGS ARMC has been averaging 91 percent of bed capacity. The departments responsible for the delivery of medical care, mental health care, and public health care services are under different administrations and management, expressing different philosophies, and at totally different locations throughout the County. There is duplication of clinic-type facilities, nursing staff, patient appointment staff, and possible lab, x-ray or pharmacy services. There are no “free” or “low-cost” outpatient County clinic services available for the uninsured or under-insured “working poor”. Services available at ARMC’s affiliated Family Practice Clinics are by “pre-scheduled” appointments at a usual and customary fee. While payment schedules can be arranged, a $20 deposit is expected at the time of appointments, with the balance to be billed in approximately 45 days. Currently, when a patient seeks a medical appointment for a particular immediate medical need, a pre-scheduled daytime appointment is made for an amount of time that allows for a full evaluation. Scheduling of lengthy appointments limits the number of patients that can be seen on any given day. There is no “walk-in” or “urgent-care” type of service available daytime or evening, other than the Emergency Room. ARMC Administration advised that this would be the available source for services for an uninsured individual with an immediate need. Emergency Room services are a costly method of delivering walk-in care. RECOMMENDATIONS
R00-59: BRING ALL DEPARTMENTS DELIVERING HEALTH CARE SERVICES UNDER ONE ADMINISTRATION AND LEADER- SHIP, FOR A TOTAL PACKAGE OF HEALTH CARE DELIVERY.
R00-60: CENTRALIZE CLINIC LOCATIONS WHERE POSSIBLE, WITH THE SHARING OF CLINIC FACILITIES, NURSING STAFF, PATIENT APPOINTMENT STAFF, EQUIPMENT, LABS, X-RAY, AND PHARMACY SERVICES.
R00-61: OPEN ADDITIONAL OUTPATIENT CLINICS TO PROVIDE SERVICES FOR PATIENTS WITH “WALK-IN,” “URGENT,” OR “IMMEDIATE” NEED, ESPECIALLY IN MORE REMOTE AREAS OF THE COUNTY.
R00-62: PROVIDE WALK-IN “SHORT APPOINTMENTS” TO FOCUS ON THE PATIENTS’ CHIEF MEDICAL COMPLAINT, RESERVING FULL EVALUATIONS FOR PRE-SCHEDULED EXAM APPOINTMENTS.
R00-63: UTILIZE EXISTING CLINIC FACILITIES FOR “AFTER HOURS” SERVICES.
R00-64: DEVELOP PUBLIC INFORMATION PACKETS, NEWSPAPER ARTICLES, AND ADVERTISEMENTS TO ALERT THE PUBLIC TO THE AVAILABILITY OF SERVICES OTHER THAN THE MORE COSTLY EMERGENCY ROOM FOR WALK-IN SERVICES, INCLUDING CLINIC LOCATIONS AND HOURS AVAILABLE. MENTAL HEALTH SERVICES BACKGROUND San Bernardino County provides mental health services through two distinctly separate departments. They work in a collaborative partnership to provide full mental health services to County residents. This Grand Jury has combined the investigation into one report. ● Inpatient Mental Health care is provided at the Arrowhead Regional Medical Center (ARMC) in a separate building on the grounds of the ARMC. The director and his staff are under the ARMC administration. ● Outpatient Mental Health care, including substance abuse services, is provided by the Department of Behavioral Health (DBH) in multiple clinic locations throughout the County. The director of DBH and his staff are under the administration of the Human Services System.
R00-65: OPEN A MENTAL HEALTH CRISIS STABILIZATION UNIT (WALK-IN CLINIC) AT THE ARROWHEAD REGIONAL MEDICAL CENTER TO PROVIDE IMMEDIATE PRESCRIPTION RENEWALS AND OTHER EMERGENCY SERVICES NECESSARY TO MAINTAIN AND/OR STABILIZE A CLIENT’S CONDITION.
R00-66: UPGRADE OR REBUILD THE GILBERT STREET DEPART- MENT OF BEHAVIORAL HEALTH FACILITIES TO PROVIDE A SAFER, MORE WORKER-FRIENDLY ENVIRONMENT.
R00-67: CONTINUE SUPPORTING THE PERINATAL SUBSTANCE ABUSE TREATMENT PROGRAM, PLACING GREATER EMPHASIS IN REDUCING THE PERCENTAGE OF WOMEN FAILING TO REMAIN SUBSTANCE-FREE AND RETURNING TO THE PROGRAM.
R00-68: CONTINUE TO ALLOW THE DEPARTMENT OF BEHAVIORAL HEALTH TO CONTROL ITS TRUST FUNDS. THESE FUNDS SHOULD BE HELD IN RESERVE TO PROVIDE NEEDED SERVICES FOR WHICH NO OTHER FUNDING SOURCE IS AVAILABLE.
R00-69: IMPLEMENT MORE COST-EFFECTIVE AND EFFICIENT PROCEDURES TO FACILITATE REPAIR, PURCHASE, AND INSTALLATION OF NEEDED ITEMS AT THE RIALTO BEHAVIORAL HEALTH RESOURCE CENTER (BHRC). HUMAN SERVICES COMMITTEE The Human Services Committee reviewed the functional and operational procedures of all departments within the Human Services System, with the exception of the departments of Behavioral Health and Public Health. These two departments were a part of Health Care Services during the early part of our term, and were reviewed by that committee. The Human Services System coordinates the activities of the following County departments: Aging and Adult Services Children’s Services Community Services Jobs and Employment Services Preschool Services Transitional Assistance Veterans Affairs The Human Services System also provides fiscal and technical support to both the Children’s Network and the Children’s Fund. The Human Services Committee established subcommittees to review the function of each of the above departments. All department heads were interviewed. Further interviews were held to investigate compliance with County policies. Suggested areas of concern by previous Grand Juries were considered. Grand Jurors went on ride-alongs with welfare fraud field investigators, attended the Homeless Coalition Faire and the grand opening of the Children’s Assessment Center, observed the functioning of the Child Abuse Hotline, and went on visits to Head Start sites. The Human Services Committee makes the following findings and recommendations. DEPARTMENT OF AGING AND ADULT SERVICES IN-HOME SUPPORTIVE SERVICES PROGRAM BACKGROUND The In-Home Supportive Services Program (IHSS) within the Department of Aging and Adult Services (DAAS) allows low income elderly, blind, and disabled persons to remain in their own homes when they become unable to care for themselves. Program recipients receive services that are less expensive for the County than out-of-home care. Because of this program, recipients avoid institutionalization. Under this program care providers come into the recipient’s home, providing domestic, personal, and protective care on an assigned basis. The 1998-99 Grand Jury, in its final report, made recommenda- tions to improve the personal security of the recipients. The Board of Supervisors’ official response was brief and appeared to summarily dismiss the Grand Jury’s recommendations. For that reason, this Grand Jury reviewed the IHSS program. The Grand Jury’s primary concern was for the health and well being of the recipient, as well as possible County liability in the event of abuse at the hands of a County-recommended provider. FINDINGS The IHSS program is federally, state, and county funded. It is administered by County DAAS and governed by the California Welfare and Institutions Code and directives of the State Department of Social Services. Care providers are selected and hired by the care recipient. Approximately 62 percent of care providers are either a relative or friend of the recipient. When the recipient has no relative or friend available to act as his/her care provider, a County-recommended and maintained list of providers is given to the recipient from whom a selection is made. Not being a friend or relative, the providers on this list are relatively unknown to both the County and recipient. To be placed on this list, potential providers must only submit positive identification, pass an interview by a County social worker, and sign a declaration vouching for their past and present legal compliance. The governing statutes do not provide the County with the authority to request background fingerprint checks on care providers from the Department of Justice. A local public records background check is permissible. The recipient may, at his/her own expense, obtain a Department of Justice background check on a potential or existing care provider. County Counsel provided the following legal opinion on this state- directed program. Under the new statutes (Assembly Bill 1682 and Senate Bill 710), effective January 1, 2000, pertaining to the establishment of an employer of record, the County is held harmless in an abuse situation of a recipient by a care provider if the County has followed all governing statutes/directives in its administration of the program. Specifically, the governing Welfare and Institutions Code (affected by the new legislation) now provides immunity for the state and counties from liability resulting from their implementation of the Code. When initially contacted by the Grand Jury, DAAS understood that the new legislation required background checks of care providers. The following information was obtained from a legal opinion requested of County Counsel. The new legislation does not alter the current inability of counties to require a Department of Justice background check of IHSS providers. This legislation added Section 12302.25 to the Welfare and Institutions Code and requires each county to be in conformance by January 1, 2003. It effectively requires each county to act as, or establish, an employer of record for care providers for the purpose of establishing a collective bargaining agency for providers. This agency will be responsible for investigating the background or qualifications of potential providers. In the Foster Parents Program, foster parents are required to undergo a criminal background investigation. In the IHSS program, care providers are not investigated. There are thousands of cases of elder abuse reported in San Bernardino County each year. Currently, about 200,000 seniors reside in the County. DAAS projects 369,000 seniors by the year 2010 and 500,000 by the year 2020. DAAS also estimates that one-fourth of the County’s population will be seniors in 2020. Currently, there are approximately 9,200 recipients in the program and 38 percent of their providers came from the County provided list. If the population grows by the above estimates, by the year 2020 there will be approximately 23,000 recipients in the program and about 8,700 of this number will come from the County’s list of providers. With no background checks of care providers, these numbers are reason for alarm today and present increased concern for the future. Findings support the primary concern of the Grand Jury. More can be done to ensure the health and well being of IHSS recipients. County liability is tempered by the legislation, but not forgotten. If the County has not followed the Welfare and Institutions Code to the letter and an abusive care provider surfaces, the County stands to lose. RECOMMENDATIONS
R00-70: PROVIDE LOCAL PUBLIC RECORDS CHECKS OF ALL PROSPECTIVE CARE PROVIDERS AT COUNTY EXPENSE.
R00-71: SPONSOR A LEGISLATIVE CHANGE/AMENDMENT TO THE CALIFORNIA WELFARE AND INSTITUTIONS CODE REQUIRING DEPARTMENT OF JUSTICE BACKGROUND CHECKS BE CONDUCTED ON ALL PROSPECTIVE CARE PROVIDERS. THE RIGHT TO HIRE, FIRE, AND SUPERVISE THE CARE PROVIDER WOULD REMAIN WITH THE RECIPIENT. THE EXPENSE OF THE BACKGROUND CHECK WOULD BE BORNE BY THE STATE AND COUNTY.
R00-72: INFORM RECIPIENTS OF THEIR RIGHT TO REQUEST A DEPARTMENT OF JUSTICE BACKGROUND CHECK ON ANY POTENTIAL OR EXISTING CARE PROVIDER. IF RECIPIENTS DECLINE THIS OPPORTUNITY TO BE INFORMED AS TO WHOM THEY ARE ENTRUSTING THEIR FUTURE WELL-BEING, REQUIRE RECIPIENTS TO SIGN A DISCLAIMER. IF THE RECIPIENT ELECTS TO ORDER THIS BACKGROUND CHECK, HE/SHE MUST SIGN A STATEMENT TO THAT EFFECT. PRESCHOOL SERVICES DEPARTMENT BACKGROUND The Head Start program is funded by the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services’ Administration for Children and Families (ACF). The Preschool Services Department (PSD) and its employees operate under Federal guidelines. In April 1996 the ACF conducted an on-site review of Head Start and found non-compliance of the regulatory and policy requirements governing the program. The County acts as the grantee and was found to have under- expended the grant by over two million dollars in each of the last two budget periods, despite the need for classroom materials, facilities, equipment, and expansion. The program was reviewed again in January 1999 by ACF and several areas of serious concern were found. The 1998-99 Grand Jury investigated the Federal findings, but was unable to make recommendations at that time due to non-jurisdiction. In March 1999 the Preschool Services Department and 105 administrative and support staff became County employees, under the Human Services System. Personnel at the Head Start sites work under contracts ranging from 9 to 12 months in duration. FINDINGS During routine visits to some Head Start sites, the Grand Jury was made aware of deficiencies in the hiring process. A letter was sent to the rest of the sites requesting information regarding vacancies since September 1999, how and when requests were made, and when vacancies were filled, if they were. Twenty-two (22) responses were received out of the 30 sites contacted, and this information was combined with information received during three site visits. Many sites reported having long-standing vacancies. Vacancies included teachers, teacher’s aides, custodians, food service workers, and clerical. Teachers and aides were performing custodial and clerical chores in addition to their teaching responsibilities, causing extremely low morale over the long-term at some sites. No temporary or substitute employees were available to cover the vacancies. Vacancies in staff positions occurred at 21 of the 25 Head Start sites from which we have data. These vacancies were unfilled for periods of time ranging from two weeks to six months. At the time this report was written, there were 46 vacancies unfilled. Personnel requests by site supervisors to fill vacancies were made in a number of different ways: by telephone, written memos, personal conversations with administrators, field visits, area manager visits, weekly reports, letters, written lists, area meetings, requisitions, and field reports. Here are three randomly selected examples: ● A teacher position became vacant in September 1999 and was filled in March 2000. Requests to fill the position were made by telephone and through personal conversation with the area coordinator. ● One site was short one clerk and one teacher and in October another teacher resigned. The clerk position was filled in November and both teaching positions were filled in January. The site supervisor notified her supervisor of the vacancy three times – once by phone and twice with written memos. ● At another site a teaching position had been vacant since January and was not filled as of March 31, 2000. Applicants who live in outlying areas can apply for positions by mail. However, they must report to San Bernardino for testing and interview. RECOMMENDATIONS
R00-73: CREATE A STANDARD PROCEDURE FOR HEAD START SITE SUPERVISORS TO USE WHEN REQUESTING PERSONNEL, TO INCLUDE DOCUMENTATION OF WHEN THE REQUEST IS MADE, TO WHOM, AND THE DATE THE VACANCY IS FILLED.
R00-74: EDUCATE ALL SITE SUPERVISORS IN THE NEED TO FOLLOW THE PROCEDURE FOR REQUESTING PERSONNEL, AND TO DOCUMENT THEIR REQUESTS.
R00-75: BEGIN RECRUITING NEW PERSONNEL DURING THE SUMMER MONTHS IN ORDER TO CREATE A POOL FROM WHICH TO FILL VACANCIES THAT WILL OCCUR WHEN THE NEW SCHOOL YEAR BEGINS AND THROUGHOUT THE YEAR.
R00-76: ESTABLISH A POOL OF AVAILABLE SUBSTITUTE EMPLOYEES FOR ALL POSITIONS.
R00-77: FILL VACANCIES AT HEAD START SITES AS SOON AS THEY OCCUR.
R00-78: CONDUCT TESTING AND INTERVIEWING AT SITES CLOSE TO THE LOCAL COMMUNITIES WHERE THE JOBS WILL BE PERFORMED. TRANSITIONAL ASSISTANCE DEPARTMENT BACKGROUND Under the Human Services System, the Transitional Assistance Department (TAD), with an annual budget of $124.3 million, is responsible for the administration of the financial support programs that assist the needy with basic services. Of this appropriated budget, $113.9 million is from Federal and State revenue, with a local cost share of $10.4 million. The TAD is budgeted for a staff of 1,914. The primary services provided include Transitional Assistance to Needy Families, food stamps, Medi-Cal, childcare, and general assistance. The goals of TAD are to meet the basic needs of families and individuals while working to help them attain self-sufficiency, and to promote work and personal responsibility. One program within TAD is the Fraud Prevention Bureau (FPB). The mission of the FPB’s Special Investigations Unit (SIU) is to detect and deter incidents of welfare fraud by persons deemed ineligible by law for public assistance. This mission is accomplished by thorough investigation of allegations, false claims, or misrepresentation of fact in compliance with due process of law without infringing upon the constitutional rights of applicants or recipients. This report focuses on the overall Transitional Assistance Department and the Special Investigations Unit of the Fraud Prevention Bureau and their coordinated efforts in providing services to applicants and recipients. FINDINGS The classifications of the approximately 1,000 Eligibility Workers (EW) within TAD are as follows: ● EW Trainee - Approximate monthly salary of $1,387. Requires high school diploma or GED, plus 2 years full- time public contact employment. Following completion of an 8-week orientation/training class, the entry level Trainee advances to the next level. ● EW I - Approximate monthly salary of $1,726. Requires completion of a 6-month, closely supervised on-the-job training program, and requires a passing satisfactory performance evaluation before being eligible for advancement. ● EW II - Approximate monthly salary of $2,047 to $2,616. Requires completion of additional six month probationary period before becoming “regular status” and being eligible to apply for EW III level. ● EW III - Approximate monthly salary of $2,207 to $2,815. Requires bidding, applying, testing, and qualifying. Approximately 80 new Eligibility Worker Trainees are hired each quarter. Newly hired EWs cannot transfer until after completion of the 8- week orientation/training class and a one-year probationary period. After the investment of training newly hired EWs in the multiple programs criteria, eligibility, and regulations for a period of 14 months, a significant number of these employees transfer to other departments/positions within the County at a higher rate of pay. The turnover rate has been running 15 to 22 percent over the past several years. The file notes that Eligibility Workers provide to SIU Fraud Investigators are not always up-to-date at the time of field investigations. Unnecessary visitations are often made due to the inadequate or outdated information provided in the Fraud Investigators’ files. This situation was verified by ride-a- longs of Grand Jury members with Fraud Investigators. In several instances, information reported by the recipient to an Eligibility Worker was not in the file. The field investigators indicated that this situation occurs repeatedly. Development of the new Consortium IV Welfare Computer System (counties of San Bernardino, Merced, Riverside and Stanislaus) is expected to ultimately resolve the aforementioned issue. This new system will provide all- encompassing paperless records that will be viewable on-screen to all involved agencies. Field investigators, case managers, and eligibility workers would all have access to view each other’s notes up-to-the minute, eliminating the time- lag problem of written notes being in the Field Investigators’ field files. It is anticipated that the development and implementation phases of this computer system will not be completed for four years (year 2004). The SIU is currently budgeted for 49 fraud investigators and five supervisors. Of these positions, there are four investigator vacancies, two are currently on “light duty,” and the retirement of 4 or 5 is expected this year. This creates an extreme hardship in the unit because of a backlog of investigations to be completed. RECOMMENDATIONS
R00-79: DEVELOP A STRATEGY FOR RETAINING ENTRY-LEVEL ELIGIBILITY WORKERS WITHIN THE TRANSITIONAL ASSISTANCE DEPARTMENT THROUGH RETENTION INCENTIVES TO REDUCE TURNOVER AND LOSS OF TRAINING COSTS.
R00-80: DEVELOP AND IMPLEMENT AN INTERIM SYSTEM TO ASSURE TIMELY PROCESSING OF PERTINENT INFORMATION FROM ELIGIBILITY WORKERS INTO RECIPIENTS’ FILES FOR USE BY FRAUD INVESTIGATORS.
R00-81: IMPLEMENT AN AGGRESSIVE AND TIMELY RECRUITMENT PROCESS TO FILL CURRENT AND ANTICIPATED VACANCIES OF FRAUD INVESTIGATORS IN THE FRAUD PREVENTION BUREAU’S SPECIAL INVESTIGATIONS UNIT. INTERNAL SERVICES COMMITTEE The Internal Services Committee reviewed the operations and functions of the County’s Internal Services Group, which included the following departments: Architecture and Engineering Facilities Management Human Resources (now under County Administrative Office) Purchasing Real Estate Services Vehicle Services Subcommittees were formed based on perceived investigative needs. All County departments within this group were investigated by subcommittees, except Architecture and Engineering. The Purchasing and Vehicle Services subcommittees joined forces to produce a single report under Vehicle Services (Central Stores). The Facilities Management subcommittee’s findings and recommendations were absorbed by the Ad Hoc Committee on Public Safety. A separate outside audit of Vehicle Services and user departments was completed under the direction of an ad hoc committee. Subcommittee efforts led to the following final reports. PERSONNEL POLICIES
R00-82: IMPLEMENT A SPECIAL PAYROLL CODING SYSTEM THAT WILL IDENTIFY AND TRACK ALL INSTANCES OF PAID ADMINISTRATIVE LEAVE FOR DISCIPLINARY REASONS, MEDICAL EVALUATIONS ETC. TO INCLUDE START DATE, DATE ENDED, DIRECT COST, AND REASON FOR BEING PLACED ON PAID LEAVE. RE-CATEGORIZE TRAVEL AND CONFERENCE TIME TO REFLECT ITS PROPER USE AS WORK TIME.
R00-83: DEVELOP COUNTYWIDE, WRITTEN PROCEDURES FOR USE BY THE APPOINTING AUTHORITY WHENEVER CONSIDERATION IS BEING GIVEN TO USING PAID ADMINISTRATIVE LEAVE.
R00-84: DEVELOP A CONSOLIDATED, MONTHLY REPORTING SYSTEM BY ALL DEPARTMENTS FOR THE COUNTY ADMINISTRATIVE OFFICER, HUMAN RESOURCES, COUNTY COUNSEL, AND THE AUDITOR/CONTROLLER-RECORDER THAT WOULD LIST ALL EMPLOYEES (OR POSITIONS) ON PAID ADMINISTRATIVE LEAVE, START DATE, DATE ENDED, CUMULATIVE DIRECT COST, AND REASONS FOR BEING PLACED ON PAID ADMINISTRATIVE LEAVE.
R00-85: PROVIDE A QUARTERLY AND AN ANNUAL CONSOLIDATED SUMMARY REPORT BY DEPARTMENT TO THE BOARD OF SUPERVISORS SHOWING THE NUMBER OF EMPLOYEE HOURS ON PAID ADMINISTRATIVE LEAVE AND THE TOTAL DEPARTMENTAL DIRECT COST.
R00-86: ESTABLISH AN OVERSIGHT PROCESS CONSISTING OF REPRESENTATIVES FROM HUMAN RESOURCES, COUNTY COUNSEL, AND AUDITOR/CONTROLLER DEPARTMENTS WHEN GRANTING PAID ADMINISTRATIVE LEAVE AND ANY DISCIPLINARY ACTION BY THE APPOINTING AUTHORITY.
R00-87: ASSIGN A DEFINITE RESPONSIBILITY TO THE APPOINTING AUTHORITY TO PURSUE PROMPT COMPLETION OF ANY NECESSARY INVESTIGATION SO AS TO QUICKLY RESOLVE THE MATTER THAT CREATED THE NEED FOR PAID ADMINISTRATIVE LEAVE, THEREBY SHORTENING THE LENGTH OF PAID ADMINISTRATIVE LEAVE.
R00-88: REQUIRE APPOINTING AUTHORITIES TO FREELY SELECT ANOTHER PERSON TO ACT IN THEIR BEHALF AFTER CONSIDERING WHETHER THEIR RELATIONSHIP WITH THE EMPLOYEE UNDER CONSIDERATION FOR PAID ADMINISTRATIVE LEAVE CAN BE HANDLED WITHOUT A REAL OR PERCEIVED BIAS.
R00-89: REQUIRE WRITTEN JUSTIFICATION AND DOCUMENTATION TO BECOME PART OF THE EMPLOYEE’S PERMANENT PERSONNEL FILE, WHENEVER PAID ADMINISTRATIVE LEAVE IS GRANTED AND AN EMPLOYEE IS GIVEN ANY DISCIPLINARY ACTION.
R00-90: PUBLISH ADDITIONAL WRITTEN EXPLANATION REGARDING RULE X OF THE PERSONNEL RULES THAT DESCRIBES THE REASONS WHY AN EMPLOYEE MAY BE SUBJECT TO DISCIPLINARY ACTION.
R00-91: REQUIRE STANDARDS OF CONDUCT TRAINING BE PROVIDED FOR ALL EMPLOYEES ONCE EACH YEAR COVERING TOPICS IN RULE I OF THE PERSONNEL RULES.
R00-92: PROHIBIT PAID ADMINISTRATIVE LEAVE AFTER ANY EMPLOYEE IS CONVICTED FOR ANY BREACH OF COUNTY EMPLOYMENT RULES. REAL ESTATE SERVICES DEPARTMENT BACKGROUND The Real Estate Services Department is one of several functions under the Internal Services Group. Its mission statement is “To provide the most professionally responsive and highest quality real estate services enabling our clients to deliver the needed facilities and services to the citizens of San Bernardino County that will enhance their quality of life.” Real Estate Services consists of two main functions: • The Property Management Division is responsible for all County leasing functions with the exception of some special districts and the Superintendent of Schools. It also handles surplus property sales and some revenue leases. • The Right-of-Way Division is responsible for the acquisition of property, appraisal of both owned and leased property, and relocation assistance. The acquisition work is primarily for the Transportation Department, Flood Control, special districts, San Bernardino Associated Governments (SANBAG), etc. FINDINGS The County has about 15,000 employees that require office space or work facilities so as to efficiently accomplish their jobs. There is need for long- range planning because the staffing level this fiscal year is projected to increase about 1,000 employees, requiring an estimated 100,000 to 125,000 square feet of added space. Today most of the office space needs are leased instead of purchased. The County has been criticized in past Grand Jury reports because of charges of political cronyism or intervention involving leasing of office space and appropriate facilities to conduct its business operations (1998-99 Grand Jury Final Report). A County work group is currently studying the whole Real Estate function. Presently, the array of functions comprising the overall management of office space and facilities is spread over numerous departments and staff within the County. The Real Estate Services Department has certain responsibilities as noted above. In addition, an Administrative Analyst in the County Administrative Office has been delegated the responsibility for administering buildings that are owned by the County. Facilities Management is a separate department that provides the building maintenance and custodial care for these buildings. The Community and Cultural Resources Department, within the County’s Public Services Group, is another department that provides grounds and maintenance care. The inventory of County-owned or leased buildings is monitored through two software programs titled Building Inventory Data System (BIDS) and Land Inventory Data System (LIDS). When leased building information was requested by the Grand Jury, reports were received from two different sources using the BIDS program. The two reports were not the same even though they were both covering properties leased by the County (possibly because different query parameters were used). A change was made to the County policy on March 30, 1999 when the Board of Supervisors adopted a new Policy and Standard Practice for Leasing Space for County Use. A Request for Proposal (RFP) is now required for leases of 5,000 square feet or more with a term of five (5) years or more, unless it is waived because it would “unreasonably interfere with the financial and programmatic needs of the County”. The RFP process has been waived 10-12 times in the first five months since the policy was adopted. Only the Board of Supervisors can approve waiving the RFP process. When a department makes a request for leased space, the following steps are to be followed: • A Capital Improvement Program Request form outlining the requirements is to be submitted to the CAO’s Administrative Analyst who acts as a “traffic director”. If the RFP process is to be waived, the need must be justified on the request form. The CAO’s Administrative Analyst logs in the request, reviews it, and sends it to the CAO Budget Analyst who handles budget matters for the requesting department. • The Budget Analyst has to sign off on the request as to the need for the space, availability of funds, program needs, staffing levels, etc. • Copies of the request, together with the assessment from the CAO’s office, are then to be circulated to the Board of Supervisors’ office for a 10-day comment period. Procedures do not require Real Estate Services to be officially involved and they may be unaware of a space need request. • At the end of the 10-day period, the CAO’s Administrative Analyst is to review the Supervisors’ comments and either: (a) Direct the Real Estate Services Department to prepare an RFP and a Board agenda item to approve the RFP, or (b) If the RFP process is to be waived, the requesting department (perhaps in conjunction with Real Estate Services) is to prepare a Board agenda item requesting approval of the waiver of the RFP process. • At this point Real Estate Services is made aware of the need for office space. • If the RFP is approved by the Board, Real Estate Services is to advertise the RFP in newspapers and contact the general public, brokers and others to reasonably generate sufficient interest in leasing facilities in the County. • A 5-7 person Review Committee is to be formed to review the proposals, typically with representation from the requesting department, Architecture and Engineering, Real Estate Services, the CAO’s office, the Board of Supervisors’ office, and the Supervisor’s office in whose district the building is to be located. • The results of the RFP, together with Real Estate Services’ recommendation, are to be reported to the Board of Supervisors for approval. If the Board approves a waiver of the RFP process, the Real Estate Services Department is then to be instructed to locate and initiate lease negotiations for suitable space. However, someone from the requesting department may have already identified the desired space and started negotiating the terms of the lease. If the RFP process is waived, the lease negotiations are to be conducted by Real Estate Services and the recommendation is to be submitted to the Board of Supervisors for approval. The County is one of the largest tenants in San Bernardino County. Presently there are an estimated 202 leases for land and facilities. The monthly lease payments total approximately $2,220,000 or about $26.6 million annually. The five departments with the most leases and leasing the largest amount of space are shown as follows, together with the average cost per square foot. Human and Social Services* 49 leases 806,000 sq. ft. $1.39 / sq. ft. Behavioral Health Department 18 leases 219,200 sq. ft. $1.14 / sq. ft. Preschool Services Department 27 leases 179,700 sq. ft. $0.68 / sq. ft. District Attorney 11 leases 171,100 sq. ft. $1.22 / sq. ft. Public Health Department 22 leases 117,600 sq. ft. $1.30 / sq. ft. * Currently Human Services Human Services is the largest lessee of County office space, with 49 leases covering 806,000 square feet. The County has 65 leases in excess of $1.25 per square foot, and 34 of these leases are in Human Services. Human Services typically pays a higher monthly lease rate and, as a result, its $1.39 per square foot is the highest cost of any of the County departments. Of the 65 leases at rates of $1.25 or greater, 18 of them are on facilities located in the High Desert portion of the County where land values are generally lower compared to the valley area. RECOMMENDATIONS
R00-93: DEVELOP A COUNTYWIDE 2 TO 4-YEAR LONG-RANGE PLAN TO IDENTIFY AND ASSESS THE MOST LIKELY SPACE NEEDS BY DEPARTMENTAL AND GEOGRAPHICAL LOCATION.
R00-94: ASSIGN REAL ESTATE SERVICES DEPARTMENT TO BE THE FOCAL POINT FOR ALL REQUESTS FOR LEASED AND OWNED SPACE AND ALSO TO BE RESPONSIBLE FOR HANDLING ALL PHASES OF NEGOTIATIONS FOR LEASING OUT PROPERTY THAT IS OWNED BY THE COUNTY.
R00-95: REMOVE THE BOARD OF SUPERVISORS AND THEIR STAFFS FROM ALL MANAGEMENT FACETS IN THE REAL ESTATE LEASING, PURCHASING OR MAINTENANCE PROCESSES, BUT CONTINUE THE REQUIREMENT FOR FINAL APPROVAL BY THE BOARD OF SUPERVISORS.
R00-96: COMBINE ALL RELATED REAL ESTATE FUNCTIONS, INCLUDING CAO ADMINISTRATIVE ANALYST OVERSIGHT, INTO A REORGANIZED REAL ESTATE SERVICES DEPARTMENT. THIS DEPARTMENT WOULD COVER NEW LEASED BUILDINGS, SPACE PLANNING, OWNED BUILDING ADMINISTRATION, FACILITIES MANAGEMENT, GROUNDS AND MAINTENANCE, AND LEASING OF COUNTY-OWNED PROPERTY. THE CURRENT FACILITIES MANAGEMENT HOME IMPROVEMENT PROGRAM SHOULD BE TRANSFERRED TO A MORE APPROPRIATE DEPARTMENT.
R00-97: INSURE THAT REAL ESTATE SERVICES IS INVOLVED IN ALL LEASE ARRANGEMENTS FROM INCEPTION TO AVOID PAYING ABOVE-MARKET LEASE RATES AND/OR UNFAVORABLE LEASE TERMS. TRANSACTIONS MUST BE CAREFULLY AND COMPLETELY HANDLED BY PERSONS WHO ARE QUALIFIED REAL ESTATE PROFESSIONALS.
R00-98: ASSIGN SOLE RESPONSIBILITY FOR MAINTAINING AN ACCURATE LIST OF COUNTY-OWNED AND LEASED PROPERTIES TO THE REAL ESTATE SERVICES DEPARTMENT THROUGH ITS “BIDS” AND “LIDS” COMPUTER PROGRAMS.
R00-99: DEVELOP AN ADDENDUM AND AN EXHIBIT (SIMILAR TO CHILD SUPPORT COMPLIANCE) TO THE STANDARD LEASE AGREEMENT TO REQUIRE LANDLORDS TO DISCLOSE ALL RELATIONSHIPS AND CONFLICTS OF INTEREST (BOTH INDIVIDUAL OWNER AND CORPORATE) WITH THE BOARD OF SUPERVISORS, COUNTY MANAGERIAL STAFF, AND COUNTY EMPLOYEES. FAILURE OF LANDLORDS TO FULLY DISCLOSE SHALL CONSTITUTE A DEFAULT OR WARRANT A MONETARY PENALTY AT THE DISCRETION OF THE COUNTY. 00-100 DEVELOP A COUNTYWIDE STANDARD FOR A SIMPLIFIED REQUEST FOR PROPOSAL (RFP) PROCESS FOR INTERMEDIATE SIZE OR DURATION LEASES THAT REDUCES THE AMOUNT OF TIME AND EFFORT NEEDED TO ACHIEVE A FUNCTIONING LEASE. ALSO, DEVELOP A COUNTYWIDE STANDARD FOR A STRUCTURED REQUEST FOR QUOTES (RFQ) PROCESS FOR THOSE LEASE REQUESTS THAT ARE OF A SMALL SIZE OR SHORT DURATION. THESE STEPS WOULD SHORTEN THE TIME REQUIRED TO COMPLETE A LEASE AND THEREBY REDUCE THE LIKELIHOOD OF DEPARTMENTS SEEKING SHORTCUTS OR BYPASSING COUNTY POLICY. 00-101 REQUIRE ALL DEPARTMENTS TO ADHERE TO THE COUNTY’S LEASE PROCEDURES REGARDLESS OF THE FUNDING SOURCE, I.E. STATE OR FEDERAL FUNDING. VEHICLE SERVICES DEPARTMENT CENTRAL STORES BACKGROUND The Central Stores function was placed under the Vehicle Services Department in January of 1995. Prior to that it had been the responsibility of the Purchasing Department. This is the most traditional of warehouse functions. Items are purchased in bulk at the best possible price, warehoused, and then “resold” to the user departments, with a mark-up for overhead costs. Central Stores stocks supplies and delivers stationery, forms, janitorial, and other high volume items used by County departments for daily operations. Current inventory includes 1,200 items valued at approximately $650,000. A Request for Proposal (RFP) was issued by the Purchasing Department to secure an auctioneer to dispose of surplus medical equipment and furniture from the County Medical Center complex on Gilbert Street in San Bernardino. At the same time, a separate flyer announcing the sale of surplus material was distributed from County Surplus Property. One of the features listed was “medical equipment”. To be sure that the RFP was not being bypassed, a review of the medical equipment mentioned in the flyer was to be observed as to quantity and type. FINDINGS There is a contract between Central Stores and Office Depot, which offers a limited number of office supply items that can be ordered by County departments, through the Central Stores warehouse, from Office Depot, which delivers the items directly to the customer. This service is referred to as “Pack Wrap.” The Central Stores warehouse processes about 150 requisitions a day, of which about 35 to 50 are “Pack Wrap” requisitions for Office Depot. The central warehouse has a Central Stores Catalog listing assets in both the warehouse and from Office Depot. The catalog is published every two years and updated in quarterly newsletters generated by Central Stores. This catalog does not include current cost information and is not totally descriptive of the items listed. A catalog is published by Office Depot on an annual basis and includes retail cost information and a picture or clear description of the items listed. Customers fill out a standard requisition form based on what is available in the Central Stores catalog. Once received by Central Stores, the requisition is processed and items are pulled from the warehouse and prepared for delivery the next day. Evaporative coolers that service the Central Stores warehouse building were noted as being non-operational. Stores personnel stated the coolers had not been in operation for several years and personnel in the work area complained about the heat during the summer. Surplus material is stored both indoors and outdoors. Because of insufficient space, electronic equipment has to be stored outdoors and is susceptible to weather conditions. The number of medical items on the bid line listed in the flyer was minimal, not of great value, and not part of the RFP. An inquiry was made as to how departments within the County could find out about any surplus property available for reuse. The response was that there are no procedures in place that would let departments know what is in the surplus area, other than a telephone call from a department looking for a specific item. The Board of Supervisors developed a policy to allow community-based organizations access to surplus materials valued at less than $1,000. Guidelines were not developed at the time the policy was approved. No input or feedback on written procedures, policies, or processes was requested from the employees currently doing this job. Concerns were expressed about establishment of priorities, who would have access, how much could they have, and could they take anything even if the material requested was not associated within their mission statement. When asked who makes the determination of a successful bid, the Grand Jury was informed that Purchasing handles all questions, awards, and money. Purchasing provides the expertise in assigning values to material for sale. A point of contention was noted: Surplus is associated with Central Stores, which is a part of Vehicle Services, yet Purchasing provides all the support for this operation. Some items of surplus are sent to Surplus Property from County departments without proper documentation. Inventory tag numbers are the only link for salvage credits to be applied to the originating department. A user department may not miss an item until an inventory is conducted. Without identification tags, Surplus Property is usually unable to locate missing items. RECOMMENDATIONS 00-102 ELIMINATE DUPLICATION OF OFFICE SUPPLIES AVAILABLE IN THE CENTRAL STORES WAREHOUSE AND FROM THE CONTRACT VENDOR. OBTAIN ALL OFFICE SUPPLIES FROM THE CONTRACT VENDOR. 00-103 DEVELOP A COMPUTER PROGRAM TO ORDER OFFICE SUPPLIES USING THE SAME FORMAT AS THE CONTRACT VENDOR REQUISITION. PROVIDE COMPUTERIZED ORDER FORMS TO ALL DEPARTMENTS ON THE COUNTY INTRANET. 00-104 PROVIDE A COPY OF THE CENTRAL STORES CATALOG ON THE COUNTY INTRANET, TO INCLUDE CURRENT PRICES AND BETTER DESCRIPTIVE INFORMATION. 00-105 EXPAND THE SURPLUS STORAGE AREA TO THE WEST OF THE EXISTING AREA. USE THIS AREA TO STORE ELECTRONIC EQUIPMENT INDOORS. 00-106 REPAIR OR REPLACE THE EXISTING EVAPORATIVE COOLERS TO PROVIDE A HEALTHIER AND MORE COMFORTABLE WORK AREA FOR EMPLOYEES AND VISITORS. 00-107 ESTABLISH A SITE ON THE COUNTY INTRANET FOR THE POSTING OF AVAILABLE SURPLUS PROPERTY. 00-108 ESTABLISH WRITTEN DETAILED INSTRUCTIONS TO COVER SURPLUS PROPERTY DISPOSAL. COUNTY DEPARTMENTS SHOULD HAVE FIRST OPPORTUNITY TO ACQUIRE THIS PROPERTY, FOLLOWED BY SALES TO THE GENERAL PUBLIC. THEN, COMMUNITY-BASED ORGANIZATIONS MAY ACQUIRE PROPERTY IN LINE WITH THEIR ESTABLISHED PURPOSE OF EXISTENCE. 00-109 TRANSFER SURPLUS AND CENTRAL STORES TO THE PURCHASING DEPARTMENT. 00-110 EMPOWER STORES PERSONNEL TO REFUSE SHIPMENT OF SURPLUS PROPERTY WITHOUT THE APPROPRIATE DOCUMENTATION. LAW AND JUSTICE COMMITTEE The Law and Justice Committee had responsibility for functional oversight of the following County departments: District Attorney Probation Sheriff/Marshal Public Administrator/Coroner/Public Guardian Public Defender / Indigent Defense The committee reviewed each department’s current activities and looked at the Grand Jury reports for the previous three years to help determine the areas in which inquiries should be directed. The committee decided the District Attorney’s department did not warrant any investigative time. During the period of this report, the Sheriff’s Department absorbed the County Marshal’s Department. Subcommittees were formed to make inquiry into the operations of each department to ensure adherence to the applicable laws, ordinances, and procedures. The following reports encompass a brief background, address findings and offer recommendations that, if accepted, will allow these departments to operate more efficiently and effectively. CONSERVATORSHIPS BACKGROUND Section 2340 of the California Probate Code states, “No superior court may appoint a private professional conservator or private professional guardian, or permit any person to continue to serve as a private professional conservator or private professional guardian … unless the conservator or guardian has filed the information required by Section 2342 and 2343 with the county clerk.” As a result of the State Probate Code, the County Clerk’s office has the responsibility of keeping up-to-date the annual filing fees paid by private conservators and guardians. FINDINGS The 1997-98 Grand Jury made a recommendation that all conservators and guardians who do not have current filings be notified and given 30 days to bring their annual filings up-to-date to comply with the State Probate Code. Of the 34 listed conservators, only 19 have current filings and of 19 guardians, only nine (9) have current filings. With the passing of AB 925, effective January 1, 2000, the California Attorney General’s Office requires a current monthly listing of conservators and guardians filing within the State of California. It is the responsibility of the County Clerk’s office to send to the Attorney General the information on a monthly basis. All records and filings pertaining to conservators and guardians within the County are now on a computer program at the County Clerk’s office. Some of the conservator and guardian files are lacking required documentation such as fingerprint cards and receipts of fees paid. RECOMMENDATIONS 00-111 REQUIRE THE COUNTY CLERK’S OFFICE TO NOTIFY CONSERVATORS AND GUARDIANS, IN WRITING, AT LEAST 30 DAYS IN ADVANCE OF THE EXPIRATION DATE OF THEIR FILINGS. 00-112 REQUIRE THE COUNTY CLERK’S OFFICE TO PROVIDE THE COURTS WITH A MONTHLY LISTING OF CONSERVATORS AND GUARDIANS WHO HAVE VALID FILINGS AND FEES PAID. 00-113 REQUIRE THE COUNTY CLERK’S OFFICE TO BRING ALL DELINQUENT FILES UP-TO-DATE AND DROP FROM THE LISTING ALL THOSE CONSERVATORS AND GUARDIANS WHOSE STATUS IS NOT CURRENT. PROBATION DEPARTMENT BACKGROUND The County Probation Department is comprised of an Administrative Services Bureau, Detention Corrections Bureau, and the Community Corrections Bureau (which provides juvenile and adult court related services in the area of investigations and probation supervision). The mission statement of the department is “To protect the community through assessment, treatment and control of adult and juvenile offenders by providing a range of effective services based on legal requirements and recognized professional standards.” The Probation Department is currently staffed with 394 full-time employees in the Administrative Services and Community Corrections Bureaus, and 430 full-time employees in the Detention Corrections Bureau. There are presently seven (7) probation officers in the Pre-Trial Unit. An increase of 88 personnel was requested for Fiscal Year 1999-2000. There are over 100 part-time employees in the Probation Department. FINDINGS Currently, the emphasis for funding and for the allocation of probation officers to the number of “clients” has been strongly directed to the juvenile probationer. Most grant funding at the State or Federal level is devoted to the juvenile side of probation. As a result, the County Probation Department emphasizes the juvenile programs. The County written reporting system requires only quarterly submissions by the adult probationer. This is not consistent with the monthly reporting requirements of adjacent counties. The Adult Probation program is badly understaffed. There are over 14,000 adults in the probation program at this time. The activities of these adults are monitored by 24 field probation officers, plus seven (7) probation officers, and five (5) clerks in the General Services Unit (GSU). The GSU monitors over 13,000 adult probationers via computer tracking of the probationers’ submission of written reports. It is estimated that 80 percent of those in Adult Probation had one or more criminal convictions prior to the one for which they are currently on probation. An estimated 45 percent of those presently on adult probation will commit additional crimes before their present probation term has been completed. In the Adult Probation program there is the opportunity for educational programs that can qualify the probationer for a GED high school certificate and a junior college program that is tuition free. Both programs are intended to prepare the probationer for job placement opportunities. The County has located employment for 80 percent of those that participate in these programs. There is a direct correlation between those probationers that take advantage of these educational programs and the incidents of repeat offenses, i.e., education and jobs significantly reduce repeat offenses. Only ten percent (10%) of the total probation officers are devoted to Adult Probation supervision. The caseload is about 550 cases per probation officer, exclusive of those tracked by the GSU personnel. The Probation Department has a need for additional personnel and funding from the County for the Adult Probation programs. There is an urgent need to develop grant funds for adult probation programs at the State and Federal levels. RECOMMENDATIONS 00-114 SUBMIT AN IMMEDIATE REQUEST TO THE BOARD OF SUPERVISORS FOR THE FUNDING AND HIRING OF A MINIMUM OF 75 PROBATION OFFICERS DEDICATED TO THE ADULT PROBATION PROGRAM. 00-115 RESEARCH ALL SOURCES OF FUNDING TO DETERMINE IF GRANT FUNDS ARE AVAILABLE FOR ADULT PROBATION PROGRAMS. 00-116 UNDERTAKE AN AGGRESSIVE PROGRAM THROUGH PROFESSIONAL ORGANIZATION AFFILIATES AND POLITICAL CHANNELS, AT THE STATE AND FEDERAL LEVELS, TO DEVELOP GRANTS FOR ADULT PROBATION PROGRAMS. 00-117 ESTABLISH A MONTHLY REPORTING PROCEDURE FOR ALL ADULT PROBATIONERS TO KEEP BETTER TRACK OF THEIR ACTIVITIES. 00-118 ENCOURAGE GREATER PARTICIPATION BY PROBATIONERS TO ENROLL IN THE ADULT EDUCATIONAL PROGRAMS THAT QUALIFY THEM FOR JOBS. PUBLIC ADMINISTRATOR/ CORONER BACKGROUND The Public Administrator’s office has the responsibility to investigate and to administer estates of decedents placed under its jurisdiction. As part of this responsibility, the Public Administrator inventories the deceased’s property and locates heirs, if any. It also inventories personal and real property, checks property ownership, supervises business affairs, manages rented property, pays expenses, and collects estate income, benefits, and insurance due to the estate. FINDINGS Two deputy public administrators take initial inventory of personal property at the residence of the deceased. Two County warehouse employees take a second inventory after the personal property has been transported to the Public Administrator’s Warehouse in San Bernardino. A random check of several Public Administrator files showed that the inventory sheets written by the warehouse personnel had only one signature instead of the required two. All unclaimed personal property of a decedent is taken to the County warehouse for storage. Only about 50 percent of the total warehouse space is available for use by the Public Administrator, which is inadequate for the storage of these goods. Currently, all personal property is stacked in lots and identified by signs that are nailed to the warehouse walls. At the present time there is no computer program to help identify personal effects of the deceased. RECOMMENDATIONS 00-119 REQUIRE TWO SIGNATURES ON ALL INVENTORY SHEETS TO INSURE TOTAL ACCOUNTABILITY OF DECEDENT’S PROPERTY. 00-120 SEEK ADDITIONAL SPACE TO HOLD PERSONAL PROPERTY TO ENSURE THE SEPARATION OF EACH LOT. 00-121 DEVELOP A COMPUTER PROGRAM TO LINK PERSONAL EFFECTS BY LOT NUMBERS FOR EASIER IDENTIFICATION. PUBLIC DEFENDER / INDIGENT DEFENSE BACKGROUND The Public Defender’s office provides legal representation for persons who are charged with a criminal offense and whom the Courts have found to be financially unable to employ private counsel. The County Administrative Office established the County Indigent Defense Program as a County function independent from the Court. The program consists of a staff analyst and a fiscal clerk who is responsible for accounts payable for appointed private attorneys and their staff of investigators and experts. FINDINGS Contract and/or ad hoc attorneys are appointed for a client as the result of either a conflict of interest or an excessive caseload on the part of the Public Defender’s office. Contract attorneys are under contract to the Court and ad hoc attorneys are hired on a case-by-case basis when the case is beyond the capabilities of the Public Defender or the private attorney. In the last three years in the San Bernardino District, the average cost of a contract attorney is $950 per case and an ad hoc attorney $4,000 to $5,000 per case. The cost of a case to the Public Defender’s office is $534 per case. There are no reporting requirements to the County Administrative Office or the Board of Supervisors for expenditures incurred by the Public Defender’s office or the Indigent Defense office. The Public Defender’s central office in San Bernardino tried 38 felony and misdemeanor jury trials in 1999. The Indigent Defense Program of private attorneys tried 93 felony and misdemeanor jury trials in the San Bernardino district. In 1999 the Public Defender’s central office was assigned 3,839 felony cases, of which 938 had conflicts of interest. Conflict cases accounted for 24.43 percent of all assigned felony cases. This percentage is more than double the 11.40 percent of conflicted cases over the past five years. The Public Defender’s office and the County Indigent Defense Program have different computer programs for collecting data and cost figures. As a consequence, there is no consistent method of collecting caseload data and cost information for all providers of indigent defense in San Bernardino County. There is no one in the County to provide overall leadership in coordinating indigent defense services or in evaluating and implementing measures to control costs between the Public Defender’s office and the Indigent Defense Program. The Public Defender’s office does not have a written policy that outlines what constitutes a conflict of interest and what situations would require withdrawing from a case. The Court determines if a client is eligible for the services of a Public Defender. The Court does not require a financial background report on the client to determine the client’s ability to pay. RECOMMENDATIONS 00-122 DEVELOP A WRITTEN POLICY THAT OUTLINES THE CONFLICT OF INTEREST PROCESS AND THE SITUATIONS THAT WOULD REQUIRE WITHDRAWING FROM A CASE. 00-123 DEVELOP A COMPUTER-BASED PROGRAM FOR COMPILING DATA ON COST INFORMATION AND CASELOAD FACTS THAT ENCOMPASSES BOTH THE PUBLIC DEFENDER’S OFFICE AND THE COUNTY INDIGENT DEFENSE PROGRAM. 00-124 PROVIDE THE COURTS WITH A WRITTEN FINANCIAL BACKGROUND CHECK ON THE CLIENT’S ABILITY TO PAY PRIOR TO THEIR COURT APPEARANCE. 00-125 ESTABLISH SEMI-ANNUAL REPORTS TO THE BOARD OF SUPERVISORS THAT DOCUMENT THE PRODUCTIVITY OF THE PUBLIC DEFENDER’S OFFICE. THE REPORTS ARE TO INCLUDE TOTAL NUMBER OF CASES BROUGHT TO TRIAL (MISDEMEANOR AND FELONY), NUMBER HANDLED BY THE PUBLIC DEFENDER’S OFFICE, NUMBER HANDLED BY PRIVATE ATTORNEYS, AND THE TOTAL COST OF THESE TRIALS BY BOTH THE PUBLIC DEFENDER’S OFFICE AND THE INDIGENT DEFENSE OFFICE. 00-126 ESTABLISH A STAFF POSITION THAT HAS THE RESPONSIBILITY TO COORDINATE AND EVALUATE SERVICES AND COSTS BETWEEN THE PUBLIC DEFENDER’S OFFICE AND THE INDIGENT DEFENSE PROGRAM. SHERIFF’S DEPARTMENT BACKGROUND According to the Sheriff’s Department, their mission is “to provide prevention, protection, and public safety services with their partners, to diverse communities in the nation’s largest county. The cornerstones of their service are commitment, innovation, and pride. Their vision is to be a high performance, inclusive department with high professional standards of integrity, ethics, and behavior guided by the letter and spirit of the law, and the law enforcement code of ethics. The department will relentlessly investigate criminal acts and arrest those guilty of violating the law, while building positive relationships with those they serve.” At present, the Sheriff’s Department has contracts to provide law enforcement for 13 cities. The department has many patrol vehicles, of which a number are unmarked. The unmarked vehicles are used for investigations. The Sheriff’s Department serves half of the incorporated cities and all of the unincorporated communities in the County, resulting in a regional approach to crime fighting and public safety. FINDINGS San Bernardino County uses a competitive sealed bidding system when purchasing new vehicles for various departments. Proposals are referred to as Requests for Proposal (RFP). A committee of six County departments, including a representative of the Sheriff’s Department, evaluates competitive sealed proposals. At the public bid opening, only the vendor name is read aloud. Neither price nor other information is made public until after a notice of intent to award is given. Used vehicles are included in the department’s budget for the purchase of vehicles, which requires the Board of Supervisors’ approval. After the approval, the Sheriff’s Department determines the number, models, and types of vehicles to purchase. The department’s Automotive Supervisor, who has the final decision as to ultimate price, purchases all used vehicles at auctions. These vehicles are purchased primarily for undercover law enforcement activities. Identity may place the safety of officers in jeopardy. All used vehicles are purchased through the same agency with a fee of $400 on each unit. Dealer used auto auctions require bidders to have a current auto sales license. This license allows the holder to purchase or sell vehicles. The Automotive Supervisor has established his relationship through a dealership located in Barstow. He acts as the vendor’s agent in all transactions, in addition to being a Sheriff’s Department employee. This supervisor offers services as a “fleet” sales agent to employees of the County. As a salesman for the dealership, he has sold vehicles and received commissions from the agency. Contemporaneous employment is noted in San Bernardino County’s purchasing manual (Section 4, ) as “… an employee cannot be employed or perform services for a vendor that sells goods or services to that employee’s department. Such vendors are barred from submitting bids or proposals to that department.” RECOMMENDATIONS 00-127 AVOID ANY TRANSACTION BETWEEN A COUNTY EMPLOYEE AND A VENDOR THAT CONFLICTS WITH COUNTY POLICY OR ANY OTHER CIRCUMSTANCE CAUSING A BREACH OF CONFIDENCE IN THE ACQUISITION PROCESS. 00-128 DEVELOP DEFINED GUIDELINES FOR THE PURCHASE OF USED VEHICLES AT AUCTIONS, AVOIDING POSSIBLE IMPLICATIONS OF CONFLICT OF INTEREST. 00-129 ESTABLISH A RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN VENDORS AND THE COUNTY PURCHASING DEPARTMENT, WHICH ACTS INDEPENDENTLY OF THE SHERIFF’S DEPARTMENT PERSONNEL WHEN PURCHASING USED VEHICLES. 00-130 PROVIDE A WRITTEN CONTRACT BETWEEN THE COUNTY AND VENDOR THAT COVERS THE RESPONSIBILITIES OF PURCHASING USED VEHICLES. PUBLIC SERVICES COMMITTEE Fiscal year 1999-2000 brought several changes to the organizational structure for San Bernardino County employees. During the last year the Public Services Group was renamed Economic Development/Public Services Group and several departments were added that cover many services to the public. Departments carried over from the Public Services Group include: Agriculture/Weights and Measures Airports Community and Cultural Resources Economic and Community Development Land Use Services Library Registrar of Voters Transportation/Flood Control/GIMS/Surveyor Waste System Division As a result of reorganization, the following departments were added to the Group: County Fire Redevelopment Agency Special Districts While subcommittees were established to review limited aspects of selected departments, only the original nine departments were included in this report. AGRICULTURE/ WEIGHTS AND MEASURES DEPARTMENT WEIGHTS AND MEASURES DIVISION BACKGROUND It has been several years since any Grand Jury looked into the operations of the Agriculture/Weights and Measures Department. A subcommittee was formed to look into several areas of the department. The Agriculture group and the Weights and Measures group recently were combined, and they are in the process of merging the job classifications of both groups into one journeyman classification. The Agriculture personnel can operate within the Weights and Measures group without any problems. The Weights and Measures personnel have to be licensed, and have five levels of State test certifications. FINDINGS Fees are collected from businesses based on the number and type of measuring devices installed. Typical devices include grocery scales, gasoline pumps, taximeters, and mobile home electric, gas, and water meters. Some fees are billed on an annual basis and others are a one-time initial inspection charge. Any callbacks due to failure may or may not be billed. The Weights and Measures inspector whom the Grand Jury accompanied conducts about 1,000 inspections annually. Inspections are done on a rotating basis. The inspector relies on information from the administrative group, which tracks new applicants, to keep files updated. The inspector uses his personal home computer to develop a database of clients for the annual inspections. If the inspector is not available and someone else does an initial inspection, a client could “fall through the cracks” and not be checked again. The inspector said when inspectors drive to and from assignments they watch for openings of new gas stations and stores. If not given data on the new operation, an inspector makes a call on the facility to be sure that all permits, inspections, and approvals have been obtained. A ride-along stop was made at a gas station. This stop was the result of a complaint. The process of sealing and what happens when a seal is broken for repairs, maintenance, or tampering was explained. These require verification and have to be resealed. A pump was found to be out of tolerance. It was shut down, red tagged (sealed off and declared out of service), and the employee on duty was notified. Another dispenser from this cluster was tested and found to be within tolerance. There is a fee for re-inspection. If not notified that the infraction has been repaired within 30 days, a second visit is made and a warning is issued. If not repaired within 60 days, an order can be issued to take legal action, which could result in administrative, civil, or criminal actions. The second stop on the ride-along was a routine inspection and testing of a scale at a grocery outlet. Weights were put on the scale in various combinations. The scale was the type that calculates the dollar amount to be charged when a price per pound was entered. Variances allowed were based on weight amounts being tested; the smaller the weight, the smaller the allowable variance. Equipment exceeding tolerances is immediately taken out of service. All calculations were correct. There are two County inspectors who test grocery store scanners in the valley. Each inspector has about 700-750 clients. The inspector involved in the ride-along relies on a manual 4 x 6-card system for the data listing on his clients. Grand Jurors accompanied an inspector on a review of a large chain grocery store. At least two items were taken from each aisle. In a large store this would amount to about 40 items. The selection of items was made on a 50/50 basis – sale priced and regular priced items. Of particular interest were displays at the end of aisles and items that were labeled by hand. A device that scans Universal Product Codes (UPC) was used. It tracks descriptions and prices and produces a tape of the data, item by item, including a bar code. The tape was passed over the scanner at the checkout stand and the information was recorded on the register tape. An item-by-item comparison was made. Deviations were reviewed with the store manager and verified at the shelf. No violations were found and the manager was given a copy of the Scanner Sales Price Report. Penalties for a violation are based on the severity of the problem. Taken into account are the number of items reviewed, the number of errors, and the dollar amount as a percent of the total over and under charges of the correct total price. There are three levels of penalties: serious, moderate, and minor. It was noted during both ride-along visits that each of the inspectors had their own record-keeping system. There is yet another system, which is used by administration for billing purposes for annual fees. When the Grand Jury inquired about using one database, we were advised that there is a database, but some in the office felt that it was old and hard to maintain. Others felt comfortable with it as opposed to getting something new and having to learn a new system. RECOMMENDATIONS 00-131 CONSULT WITH THE INFORMATION SERVICES DEPARTMENT ON A DATABASE PROGRAM THAT COULD BE USED FOR AGRICULTURE/WEIGHTS AND MEASURES, ALONG WITH THE ADMINISTRATIVE PROCESS OF ANNUAL BILLINGS. MERGE AND COMPARE EXISTING FILES FOR REVIEW BY MANAGEMENT FOR APPROPRIATE STAFFING LEVELS, WORK ASSIGNMENTS, AND WORK LOCATIONS. 00-132 INITIATE A PROGRAM WITH ALL AGENCIES THAT ISSUE BUSINESS LICENSES OR FINAL PERMITS TO NOTIFY THE COUNTY AGRICULTURE/WEIGHTS AND MEASURES DEPARTMENT BEFORE FINAL PERMITS OR APPROVALS TO OPEN A NEW BUSINESS ARE GIVEN. 00-133 PROHIBIT COUNTY FILES AND DATA FROM BEING PLACED ONLY ON PERSONAL HOME COMPUTERS. PESTICIDE REGULATORY DIVISION BACKGROUND A review of reports from previous Grand Juries noted that it had been some time since the Agriculture/Weights and Measures Department had been reviewed. Since there are diverse groups within the department, reviews were made of several major areas of activities. The Pesticide Regulatory Division is responsible for pest management/eradication and pesticide enforcement, and has a pesticide formulation program that has been in existence since 1966. Regulations over environmental concerns about both animals and poisons have reduced the overall mission of this group. FINDINGS Current pesticide production includes two rodent baits and the sale of “gas bombs” to eradicate ground squirrels. Annually, 35,000 to 45,000 pounds of bait is produced based on the weather patterns. Rainfall increases rodent population, while dry weather maintains “normal” population. Last year 42,278 pounds of bait were sold. Bait is available in 2½, 5, and 25-pound bags. The smaller size bags are usually sold to homeowners. There are many warnings covering the use of bait and the types of animals to watch for because of the potential affect on endangered species. Anyone purchasing 100 pounds or more must prove they are in the agricultural business. Cost to make the bait was broken down into package size. A 50 cent ($.50) per pound fee is sent to the State for the use of the State seal on the product, and is included in the price. The fee covers testing for standard adherence to State mandated formulas. An “overhead” dollar amount calculated by the Auditor/Controller for the Pesticide Group is also included in the price. 2½ lb. bag 5 lb. bag 25 lb. bag Product Cost $1.27 $2.34 $10.19 Administration $ .80 $1.49 $ 6.43 State Surcharge $1.25 $2.50 $16.50 Total Cost $3.32 $6.33 $29.12 Sales Price $3.25 $6.25 $29.00 The Agricultural Commissioner’s office calculates the amount owed to the Franchise Tax Board. The sales price includes the tax amount. Selling amounts have been rounded off for simplicity. The Auditor/Controller has accepted this practice. Baits and gas bombs are stored in a building at the rear of the Agriculture Department at the Rialto Avenue complex in San Bernardino. The baits are controlled substances and access to the storage area is limited. Keys to the storage facility are logged out to the employees. A physical count of the inventory is made every month and is verified by using the formula and the amount of product used. The main ingredient in the pesticide bait is oat groats (whole grain without hulls). This mill product is purchased in 50-pound bags under a Request for Proposal (RFP). Due to limited availability, the same supplier has been used over the last several years. These products are usually sold to farmers and ranchers. There are no commercial products they can procure as economically. This provides a benefit to an industry within the County. Most counties no longer make these products. Due to environmental problems, other counties have planned no new facilities. In addition to sales to other counties and cities, the department has a contract with Caltrans to perform their rodent control program on the freeway corridors in Riverside and San Bernardino counties. Since the formulation of the bait is based on a State mandate, there are no commercial products available with the same formulation. Any commercial package that is similar in composition could cost 4-5 times more than prices charged by the County. Increased costs of development, research, and testing would have to be passed along to consumers. Drivers of weed control equipment along County highways are assigned to mix the product on days they cannot work on the roads. These are the people who apply the product. As a condition of employment they must have a certificate for “pesticide application.” The County does not pay for these certificates. The storage building is divided into four main areas. Three areas are accessible from a main entry. Mixing of poisons and groats is performed in the first area. Masks, gloves and other safety equipment are provided for use by the employees. A sewing machine used to seal paper sacks is in this area, along with a scale used to measure the product (calibrated by Weights and Measures). Sheets of cardboard placed over the mixer act as a curtain to capture dust and fumes to be exhausted to the outside. The other two areas are for storage. A small room contains the smaller packages of product and baits formed into blocks. The larger storage area contains the 50-pound bags of groats and 25-pound bags of bait. The area must be fumigated every other month. There are damage holes in the ceiling. Due to risks related to poisons and fumigation, Facilities Management responds to requests very quickly. When necessary, Risk Management is called upon for assistance. Neither exterior nor interior doors have warning signs regarding poisons. The fourth storage area is on the south end of the building and has a separate entrance. Gas bombs are placed in this area. Each carton has a warning label that the product is an explosive (Class 1.4). The passage door does not have any warning signs regarding poisons or explosives, and an overhead garage-type door does not fit tightly. RECOMMENDATIONS 00-134 INCREASE PRICING TO COVER ALL COSTS, INCLUDING AMOUNTS PAID TO THE STATE FRANCHISE TAX BOARD, FOR ALL ITEMS BEING SOLD BELOW COST. 00-135 INSTALL CLEAR PLASTIC SHEETING AT THE MIXING MACHINE, FOR GREATER VISIBILITY AND FOR CONTROL OVER DUST AND FUMES IN THE WORK AREA. 00-136 POST BILINGUAL SIGNS ON ALL EXTERIOR AND INTERIOR DOORS ANNOUNCING THE PRESENCE OF POISONS AND EXPLOSIVES FOR THE SAFETY OF ALL EMPLOYEES, ESPECIALLY EMERGENCY RESPONSE PERSONNEL. 00-137 ASSURE REQUIREMENTS FOR THE STORAGE OF EXPLOSIVES ARE FOLLOWED. CHINO AIRPORT WASTE MANAGEMENT BOND BACKGROUND In June 1996 San Bernardino County issued two revenue bonds (Series A for $25,390,000 and Series B for $90,000,000). The bonds were waste management bonds and the funds were to be used for completion of landfill site closures and the expansion of landfills. Security for the two issues was the Chino Airport. The 1998-99 Grand Jury noted that “Federally funded portions of the airport, such as runways, taxiways and control towers are inappropriately included in the encumbrance.” FINDINGS In July 1999 a letter was sent to the Federal Aviation Administration (FAA) requesting that it review the documents relating to the bond issues as to the County’s compliance with Federal Assurances, and requested any corrective action needed in the event the County may have failed to comply with those Assurances. The FAA responded that to remedy the compliance problem, the County must unencumber the airport. In August 1999 the County considered several alternatives to resolve the matter. Subsequently, it was concluded that the best alternative was a combination of collateral substitution for the Series A issue and a refinancing of the debt using different collateral for the Series B issue. In September 1999 approval by the Board of Supervisors resolved the matter as to the remaining $17,020,000 of Series A bonds by releasing the Chino Airport property and substituting certain County-owned property, identified as the Glen Helen Rehabilitation Center, the Glen Helen Academy, and 469 acres. All other terms remained unchanged, including the maturity in the year 2003. The only cost to the County was the policy of title insurance, estimated to be no more than $25,000. In November 1999 approval by the Board of Supervisors was given to refinance the entire $92,000,000 Series B tax-exempt, fixed-rate bond with a new taxable, variable-rate issue with the same year 2016 maturity, using the Mid-Valley Landfill as the security, and releasing the Chino Airport property. The reason given for refinancing a tax-exempt issue with a taxable issue is to meet current Internal Revenue Service requirements. Because interest rates have declined since 1996, the new taxable, variable-rate is projected to reduce the total principal and interest outlay over the life of the bond, thereby saving the County an estimated $10,000,000. In addition, the taxable issue series is approximately $92 million compared to $107 million for a tax-exempt issue and by using a taxable issue, the proceeds can now be used by Solid Waste for any project within the system. The estimated costs associated with the refinancing are shown below. None of the providers of services shown below were involved in the original bond issue, except for Seidler-Fitzgerald Public Finance, which is the County’s financial advisor. Payee Name Purpose of Obligation Est. Cost Letter of Credit Bank (HVB) Expenses $10,000 Letter of Credit Bank (HVB) Legal Expenses 35,000 Standard & Poor’s Rating Agency Fee 30,000 Moody’s Rating Agency Fee 30,000 U.S. Trust Trustee 6,000 Quint & Thimmig Disclosure Counsel Fee 25,000 Quint & Thimmig Special Counsel Fee 154,000 Seidler-Fitzgerald Public Finance Financial Advisor 95,000 Merrill Corporation POS and NOS Printing 30,000 California Municipal Statistics Overlapping Debt Statement 500 Lawyer’s Title Title Insurance 40,000 Appraiser Appraisal 32,000 Grant Thornton Verification 8,000 TOTAL $495,500 Because interest rates have declined since 1996, the County expects to save an estimated $10 million over the life of the Series B bond. Even though the costs to refinance the Series B bond are less than normal, the whole matter of improperly using airport property as bond collateral raises the question of accountability. It was reported that the original plan was to use the landfills as collateral for the bonds, but at the last minute Financial Securities Assurance didn’t want to use the landfill as collateral. At no place in the original bond issue documentation presented to the Board of Supervisors was the collateral identified by name. This allowed the collateral to be switched without the Board of Supervisors, County staff or the public being made aware of the conflict. That was when the former County Administrative Officer (CAO) decided to use the Chino Airport property. A representative from the CAO’s office was clearly informed that airport properties had Federal Assurances which restricted placing a lien on it. In fact, the Director of Airports was unaware that a lien had ever been placed on Chino Airport until mid-1999. As a matter of sound business practice, the lien on collateral should always tie to the purpose or use of the borrowed funds. There were no recorded FAA deed restrictions on the Chino Airport property. The County Counsel reviews the documents as to form; the financial advisor looks at it from a financial perspective; bond counsel is there to provide a tax opinion only; and the underwriter’s counsel is there to protect the bondholders. The policy of title insurance did not note any restrictions as a result of it being airport property. RECOMMENDATIONS 00-138 REQUIRE COUNTY COUNSEL TO HAVE GREATER ACCOUNTABILITY FOR THE TERMS, CONDITIONS, COLLATERAL AND DOCUMENTA- TION OF ANY FUTURE BOND OFFERINGS. 00-139 RECORD A DOCUMENT WHEREIN THE FEDERAL ASSURANCES, WHICH PLACE RESTRICTIONS ON EACH COUNTY AIRPORT PROPERTY, ARE ACKNOWLEDGED AS A MATTER OF PUBLIC RECORD. 00-140 REQUIRE THAT COLLATERAL PLEDGED FOR FUTURE BOND ISSUES BE DIRECTLY RELATED TO THE USES OF THOSE BORROWED FUNDS. 00-141 RESEARCH WHETHER ANY OF THE PARTIES INVOLVED IN THE INITIAL BOND ISSUE HAVE A RESPONSIBILITY UNDER THEIR PROFESSIONAL LIABILITY INSURANCE TO REIMBURSE THE COUNTY FOR THE COSTS OF REFINANCING. 00-142 IDENTIFY THE PROPERTY BEING PLEDGED AS SECURITY FOR ALL BOND ISSUES WHEN DOCUMENTATION IS SENT TO THE BOARD OF SUPERVISORS FOR THEIR APPROVAL. COMMUNITY AND CULTURAL RESOURCES DEPARTMENT GLEN HELEN BLOCKBUSTER PAVILION
Additional Recommendations 2

Not linked to specific findings.

R2: a review of all aspects of department operations, based on a variety of information sources; 3) review of survey data gathered by the Grand Jury on vehicle user department vehicle policies and practices; 4) interviews of ten County departments identified by Vehicle Services as its largest customers; 5) preparation of a draft report; 6) an exit conference with the Vehicle Services Department and reviews of selected issues with some user departments, and;
Page 105
R7: preparation of the final report. Based on these steps, nine findings and 36 recommendations were developed which we believe will improve user departments’ management of their vehicles, improve oversight of vehicle use by the Board of Supervisors, and improve operations of the Vehicle Services Department. Summaries of these findings and recommendations follow.
Page 105
Findings & Recommendations 8 findings
F1: A Capital Improvement Program Request form outlining the requirements is to be submitted to the CAO’s Administrative Analyst who acts as a “traffic director”. If the RFP process is to be waived, the need must be justified on the request form. The CAO’s Administrative Analyst logs in the request, reviews it, and sends it to the CAO Budget Analyst who handles budget matters for the requesting department.
Page 59
F2: The Budget Analyst has to sign off on the request as to the need for the space, availability of funds, program needs, staffing levels, etc.
Page 59
F3: Copies of the request, together with the assessment from the CAO’s office, are then to be circulated to the Board of Supervisors’ office for a 10-day comment period. Procedures do not require Real Estate Services to be officially involved and they may be unaware of a space need request.
Page 59
F4: At the end of the 10-day period, the CAO’s Administrative Analyst is to review the Supervisors’ comments and either: (a) Direct the Real Estate Services Department to prepare an RFP and a Board agenda item to approve the RFP, or (b) If the RFP process is to be waived, the requesting department (perhaps in conjunction with Real Estate Services) is to prepare a Board agenda item requesting approval of the waiver of the RFP process.
Page 59
F5: At this point Real Estate Services is made aware of the need for office space.
Page 59
F6: If the RFP is approved by the Board, Real Estate Services is to advertise the RFP in newspapers and contact the general public, brokers and others to reasonably generate sufficient interest in leasing facilities in the County.
Page 59
F7: A 5-7 person Review Committee is to be formed to review the proposals, typically with representation from the requesting department, Architecture and Engineering, Real Estate Services, the CAO’s office, the Board of Supervisors’ office, and the Supervisor’s office in whose district the building is to be located.
Page 59
F8: The results of the RFP, together with Real Estate Services’
Page 60
Additional Recommendations 10

Not linked to specific findings.

R00-90: PUBLISH ADDITIONAL WRITTEN EXPLANATION REGARDING RULE X OF THE PERSONNEL RULES THAT DESCRIBES THE REASONS WHY AN EMPLOYEE MAY BE SUBJECT TO DISCIPLINARY ACTION.
Page 57
R00-91: REQUIRE STANDARDS OF CONDUCT TRAINING BE PROVIDED FOR ALL EMPLOYEES ONCE EACH YEAR COVERING TOPICS IN RULE I OF THE PERSONNEL RULES.
Page 57
R00-92: PROHIBIT PAID ADMINISTRATIVE LEAVE AFTER ANY EMPLOYEE IS CONVICTED FOR ANY BREACH OF COUNTY EMPLOYMENT RULES. REAL ESTATE SERVICES DEPARTMENT BACKGROUND The Real Estate Services Department is one of several functions under the Internal Services Group. Its mission statement is “To provide the most professionally responsive and highest quality real estate services enabling our clients to deliver the needed facilities and services to the citizens of San Bernardino County that will enhance their quality of life.” Real Estate Services consists of two main functions: • The Property Management Division is responsible for all County leasing functions with the exception of some special districts and the Superintendent of Schools. It also handles surplus property sales and some revenue leases. • The Right-of-Way Division is responsible for the acquisition of property, appraisal of both owned and leased property, and relocation assistance. The acquisition work is primarily for the Transportation Department, Flood Control, special districts, San Bernardino Associated Governments (SANBAG), etc.
Page 57
R00-93: DEVELOP A COUNTYWIDE 2 TO 4-YEAR LONG-RANGE PLAN TO IDENTIFY AND ASSESS THE MOST LIKELY SPACE NEEDS BY DEPARTMENTAL AND GEOGRAPHICAL LOCATION.
Page 60
R00-94: ASSIGN REAL ESTATE SERVICES DEPARTMENT TO BE THE FOCAL POINT FOR ALL REQUESTS FOR LEASED AND OWNED SPACE AND ALSO TO BE RESPONSIBLE FOR HANDLING ALL PHASES OF NEGOTIATIONS FOR LEASING OUT PROPERTY THAT IS OWNED BY THE COUNTY.
Page 61
R00-95: REMOVE THE BOARD OF SUPERVISORS AND THEIR STAFFS FROM ALL MANAGEMENT FACETS IN THE REAL ESTATE LEASING, PURCHASING OR MAINTENANCE PROCESSES, BUT CONTINUE THE REQUIREMENT FOR FINAL APPROVAL BY THE BOARD OF SUPERVISORS.
Page 61
R00-96: COMBINE ALL RELATED REAL ESTATE FUNCTIONS, INCLUDING CAO ADMINISTRATIVE ANALYST OVERSIGHT, INTO A REORGANIZED REAL ESTATE SERVICES DEPARTMENT. THIS DEPARTMENT WOULD COVER NEW LEASED BUILDINGS, SPACE PLANNING, OWNED BUILDING ADMINISTRATION, FACILITIES MANAGEMENT, GROUNDS AND MAINTENANCE, AND LEASING OF COUNTY-OWNED PROPERTY. THE CURRENT FACILITIES MANAGEMENT HOME IMPROVEMENT PROGRAM SHOULD BE TRANSFERRED TO A MORE APPROPRIATE DEPARTMENT.
Page 61
R00-97: INSURE THAT REAL ESTATE SERVICES IS INVOLVED IN ALL LEASE ARRANGEMENTS FROM INCEPTION TO AVOID PAYING ABOVE-MARKET LEASE RATES AND/OR UNFAVORABLE LEASE TERMS. TRANSACTIONS MUST BE CAREFULLY AND COMPLETELY HANDLED BY PERSONS WHO ARE QUALIFIED REAL ESTATE PROFESSIONALS.
Page 61
R00-98: ASSIGN SOLE RESPONSIBILITY FOR MAINTAINING AN ACCURATE LIST OF COUNTY-OWNED AND LEASED PROPERTIES TO THE REAL ESTATE SERVICES DEPARTMENT THROUGH ITS “BIDS” AND “LIDS” COMPUTER PROGRAMS.
Page 61
R00-99: DEVELOP AN ADDENDUM AND AN EXHIBIT (SIMILAR TO CHILD SUPPORT COMPLIANCE) TO THE STANDARD LEASE AGREEMENT TO REQUIRE LANDLORDS TO DISCLOSE ALL RELATIONSHIPS AND CONFLICTS OF INTEREST (BOTH INDIVIDUAL OWNER AND CORPORATE) WITH THE BOARD OF SUPERVISORS, COUNTY MANAGERIAL STAFF, AND COUNTY EMPLOYEES. FAILURE OF LANDLORDS TO FULLY DISCLOSE SHALL CONSTITUTE A DEFAULT OR WARRANT A MONETARY PENALTY AT THE DISCRETION OF THE COUNTY.
Page 61
Additional Recommendations 6

Not linked to specific findings.

R00-64: DEVELOP PUBLIC INFORMATION PACKETS, NEWSPAPER ARTICLES, AND ADVERTISEMENTS TO ALERT THE PUBLIC TO THE AVAILABILITY OF SERVICES OTHER THAN THE MORE COSTLY EMERGENCY ROOM FOR WALK-IN SERVICES, INCLUDING CLINIC LOCATIONS AND HOURS AVAILABLE. MENTAL HEALTH SERVICES BACKGROUND San Bernardino County provides mental health services through two distinctly separate departments. They work in a collaborative partnership to provide full mental health services to County residents. This Grand Jury has combined the investigation into one report. ● Inpatient Mental Health care is provided at the Arrowhead Regional Medical Center (ARMC) in a separate building on the grounds of the ARMC. The director and his staff are under the ARMC administration. ● Outpatient Mental Health care, including substance abuse services, is provided by the Department of Behavioral Health (DBH) in multiple clinic locations throughout the County. The director of DBH and his staff are under the administration of the Human Services System.
Page 41
R00-65: OPEN A MENTAL HEALTH CRISIS STABILIZATION UNIT (WALK-IN CLINIC) AT THE ARROWHEAD REGIONAL MEDICAL CENTER TO PROVIDE IMMEDIATE PRESCRIPTION RENEWALS AND OTHER EMERGENCY SERVICES NECESSARY TO MAINTAIN AND/OR STABILIZE A CLIENT’S CONDITION.
Page 43
R00-66: UPGRADE OR REBUILD THE GILBERT STREET DEPART- MENT OF BEHAVIORAL HEALTH FACILITIES TO PROVIDE A SAFER, MORE WORKER-FRIENDLY ENVIRONMENT.
Page 43
R00-67: CONTINUE SUPPORTING THE PERINATAL SUBSTANCE ABUSE TREATMENT PROGRAM, PLACING GREATER EMPHASIS IN REDUCING THE PERCENTAGE OF WOMEN FAILING TO REMAIN SUBSTANCE-FREE AND RETURNING TO THE PROGRAM.
Page 43
R00-68: CONTINUE TO ALLOW THE DEPARTMENT OF BEHAVIORAL HEALTH TO CONTROL ITS TRUST FUNDS. THESE FUNDS SHOULD BE
Page 43
R00-69: IMPLEMENT MORE COST-EFFECTIVE AND EFFICIENT PROCEDURES TO FACILITATE REPAIR, PURCHASE, AND INSTALLATION OF NEEDED ITEMS AT THE RIALTO BEHAVIORAL HEALTH RESOURCE CENTER (BHRC). HUMAN SERVICES COMMITTEE The Human Services Committee reviewed the functional and operational procedures of all departments within the Human Services System, with the exception of the departments of Behavioral Health and Public Health. These two departments were a part of Health Care Services during the early part of our term, and were reviewed by that committee. The Human Services System coordinates the activities of the following County departments: Aging and Adult Services Children’s Services Community Services Jobs and Employment Services Preschool Services Transitional Assistance Veterans Affairs The Human Services System also provides fiscal and technical support to both the Children’s Network and the Children’s Fund. The Human Services Committee established subcommittees to review the function of each of the above departments. All department heads were interviewed. Further interviews were held to investigate compliance with County policies. Suggested areas of concern by previous Grand Juries were considered.
Page 44
Findings & Recommendations 8 findings
F1: A teacher position became vacant in September 1999 and was filled in March 2000. Requests to fill the position were made by telephone and through personal conversation with the area coordinator.
F2: One site was short one clerk and one teacher and in October another teacher resigned. The clerk position was filled in November and both teaching positions were filled in January. The site supervisor notified her supervisor of the vacancy three times – once by phone and twice with written memos.
F3: At another site a teaching position had been vacant since January and was not filled as of March 31, 2000. Applicants who live in outlying areas can apply for positions by mail. However, they must report to San Bernardino for testing and interview.
F4: EW Trainee - Approximate monthly salary of $1,387. Requires high school diploma or GED, plus 2 years full- time public contact employment. Following completion of an 8-week orientation/training class, the entry level Trainee advances to the next level.
F5: EW I - Approximate monthly salary of $1,726. Requires completion of a 6-month, closely supervised on-the-job training program, and requires a passing satisfactory performance evaluation before being eligible for advancement.
F6: EW II - Approximate monthly salary of $2,047 to $2,616. Requires completion of additional six month probationary period before becoming “regular status” and being eligible to apply for EW III level.
F7: EW III - Approximate monthly salary of $2,207 to $2,815. Requires bidding, applying, testing, and qualifying. Approximately 80 new Eligibility Worker Trainees are hired each quarter. Newly hired EWs cannot transfer until after completion of the 8- week orientation/training class and a one-year probationary period. After the investment of training newly hired EWs in the multiple programs criteria, eligibility, and regulations for a period of 14 months, a significant number of these employees transfer to other departments/positions within the County at a higher rate of pay. The turnover rate has been running 15 to 22 percent over the past several years. The file notes that Eligibility Workers provide to SIU Fraud Investigators are not always up-to-date at the time of field investigations. Unnecessary visitations are often made due to the inadequate or outdated information provided in the Fraud Investigators’ files. This situation was verified by ride-a- longs of Grand Jury members with Fraud Investigators. In several instances, information reported by the recipient to an Eligibility Worker was not in the file. The field investigators indicated that this situation occurs repeatedly. Development of the new Consortium IV Welfare Computer System (counties of San Bernardino, Merced, Riverside and Stanislaus) is expected to ultimately resolve the aforementioned issue. This new system will provide all- encompassing paperless records that will be viewable on-screen to all involved agencies. Field investigators, case managers, and eligibility workers would all have access to view each other’s notes up-to-the minute, eliminating the time- lag problem of written notes being in the Field Investigators’ field files. It is anticipated that the development and implementation phases of this computer system will not be completed for four years (year 2004). The SIU is currently budgeted for 49 fraud investigators and five supervisors. Of these positions, there are four investigator vacancies, two are currently on “light duty,” and the retirement of 4 or 5 is expected this year. This creates an extreme hardship in the unit because of a backlog of investigations to be completed.
F2020: DAAS also estimates that one-fourth of the County(cid:146)s population will be seniors in 2020. Currently, there are approximately 9,200 recipients in the program and 38 percent of their providers came from the County provided list. If the population grows by the above estimates, by the year 2020 there will be approximately 23,000 recipients in the program and about 8,700 of this number will come from the County(cid:146)s list of providers. With no background checks of care providers, these numbers are reason for alarm today and present increased concern for the future. Findings support the primary concern of the Grand Jury. More can be done to ensure the health and well being of IHSS recipients. County liability is tempered by the legislation, but not forgotten. If the County has not followed the Welfare and Institutions Code to the letter and an abusive care provider surfaces, the County stands to lose.
Page 4
Additional Recommendations 13

Not linked to specific findings.

R00-69: IMPLEMENT MORE COST-EFFECTIVE AND EFFICIENT PROCEDURES TO FACILITATE REPAIR, PURCHASE, AND INSTALLATION OF NEEDED ITEMS AT THE RIALTO BEHAVIORAL HEALTH RESOURCE CENTER (BHRC). HUMAN SERVICES COMMITTEE The Human Services Committee reviewed the functional and operational procedures of all departments within the Human Services System, with the exception of the departments of Behavioral Health and Public Health. These two departments were a part of Health Care Services during the early part of our term, and were reviewed by that committee. The Human Services System coordinates the activities of the following County departments: Aging and Adult Services Children’s Services Community Services Jobs and Employment Services Preschool Services Transitional Assistance Veterans Affairs The Human Services System also provides fiscal and technical support to both the Children’s Network and the Children’s Fund. The Human Services Committee established subcommittees to review the function of each of the above departments. All department heads were interviewed. Further interviews were held to investigate compliance with County policies. Suggested areas of concern by previous Grand Juries were considered. Grand Jurors went on ride-alongs with welfare fraud field investigators, attended the Homeless Coalition Faire and the grand opening of the Children’s Assessment Center, observed the functioning of the Child Abuse Hotline, and went on visits to Head Start sites. The Human Services Committee makes the following findings and recommendations. DEPARTMENT OF AGING AND ADULT SERVICES IN-HOME SUPPORTIVE SERVICES PROGRAM BACKGROUND The In-Home Supportive Services Program (IHSS) within the Department of Aging and Adult Services (DAAS) allows low income elderly, blind, and disabled persons to remain in their own homes when they become unable to care for themselves. Program recipients receive services that are less expensive for the County than out-of-home care. Because of this program, recipients avoid institutionalization. Under this program care providers come into the recipient’s home, providing domestic, personal, and protective care on an assigned basis. The 1998-99 Grand Jury, in its final report, made recommenda- tions to improve the personal security of the recipients. The Board of Supervisors’ official response was brief and appeared to summarily dismiss the Grand Jury’s recommendations. For that reason, this Grand Jury reviewed the IHSS program. The Grand Jury’s primary concern was for the health and well being of the recipient, as well as possible County liability in the event of abuse at the hands of a County-recommended provider. FINDINGS The IHSS program is federally, state, and county funded. It is administered by County DAAS and governed by the California Welfare and Institutions Code and directives of the State Department of Social Services. Care providers are selected and hired by the care recipient. Approximately 62 percent of care providers are either a relative or friend of the recipient. When the recipient has no relative or friend available to act as his/her care provider, a County-recommended and maintained list of providers is given to the recipient from whom a selection is made. Not being a friend or relative, the providers on this list are relatively unknown to both the County and recipient. To be placed on this list, potential providers must only submit positive identification, pass an interview by a County social worker, and sign a declaration vouching for their past and present legal compliance. The governing statutes do not provide the County with the authority to request background fingerprint checks on care providers from the Department of Justice. A local public records background check is permissible. The recipient may, at his/her own expense, obtain a Department of Justice background check on a potential or existing care provider. County Counsel provided the following legal opinion on this state- directed program. Under the new statutes (Assembly Bill 1682 and Senate Bill 710), effective January 1, 2000, pertaining to the establishment of an employer of record, the County is held harmless in an abuse situation of a recipient by a care provider if the County has followed all governing statutes/directives in its administration of the program. Specifically, the governing Welfare and Institutions Code (affected by the new legislation) now provides immunity for the state and counties from liability resulting from their implementation of the Code. When initially contacted by the Grand Jury, DAAS understood that the new legislation required background checks of care providers. The following information was obtained from a legal opinion requested of County Counsel. The new legislation does not alter the current inability of counties to require a Department of Justice background check of IHSS providers. This legislation added Section 12302.25 to the Welfare and Institutions Code and requires each county to be in conformance by January 1, 2003. It effectively requires each county to act as, or establish, an employer of record for care providers for the purpose of establishing a collective bargaining agency for providers. This agency will be responsible for investigating the background or qualifications of potential providers. In the Foster Parents Program, foster parents are required to undergo a criminal background investigation. In the IHSS program, care providers are not investigated. There are thousands of cases of elder abuse reported in San Bernardino County each year. Currently, about 200,000 seniors reside in the County. DAAS projects 369,000 seniors by the year 2010 and 500,000 by the year 2020. DAAS also estimates that one-fourth of the County’s population will be seniors in 2020. Currently, there are approximately 9,200 recipients in the program and 38 percent of their providers came from the County provided list. If the population grows by the above estimates, by the year 2020 there will be approximately 23,000 recipients in the program and about 8,700 of this number will come from the County’s list of providers. With no background checks of care providers, these numbers are reason for alarm today and present increased concern for the future. Findings support the primary concern of the Grand Jury. More can be done to ensure the health and well being of IHSS recipients. County liability is tempered by the legislation, but not forgotten. If the County has not followed the Welfare and Institutions Code to the letter and an abusive care provider surfaces, the County stands to lose. RECOMMENDATIONS
R00-70: PROVIDE LOCAL PUBLIC RECORDS CHECKS OF ALL PROSPECTIVE CARE PROVIDERS AT COUNTY EXPENSE.
R00-71: SPONSOR A LEGISLATIVE CHANGE/AMENDMENT TO THE CALIFORNIA WELFARE AND INSTITUTIONS CODE REQUIRING DEPARTMENT OF JUSTICE BACKGROUND CHECKS BE CONDUCTED ON ALL PROSPECTIVE CARE PROVIDERS. THE RIGHT TO HIRE, FIRE, AND SUPERVISE THE CARE PROVIDER WOULD REMAIN WITH THE RECIPIENT. THE EXPENSE OF THE BACKGROUND CHECK WOULD BE BORNE BY THE STATE AND COUNTY.
R00-72: INFORM RECIPIENTS OF THEIR RIGHT TO REQUEST A DEPARTMENT OF JUSTICE BACKGROUND CHECK ON ANY POTENTIAL OR EXISTING CARE PROVIDER. IF RECIPIENTS DECLINE THIS OPPORTUNITY TO BE INFORMED AS TO WHOM THEY ARE ENTRUSTING THEIR FUTURE WELL-BEING, REQUIRE RECIPIENTS TO SIGN A DISCLAIMER. IF THE RECIPIENT ELECTS TO ORDER THIS BACKGROUND CHECK, HE/SHE MUST SIGN A STATEMENT TO THAT EFFECT. PRESCHOOL SERVICES DEPARTMENT BACKGROUND The Head Start program is funded by the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services’ Administration for Children and Families (ACF). The Preschool Services Department (PSD) and its employees operate under Federal guidelines. In April 1996 the ACF conducted an on-site review of Head Start and found non-compliance of the regulatory and policy requirements governing the program. The County acts as the grantee and was found to have under- expended the grant by over two million dollars in each of the last two budget periods, despite the need for classroom materials, facilities, equipment, and expansion. The program was reviewed again in January 1999 by ACF and several areas of serious concern were found. The 1998-99 Grand Jury investigated the Federal findings, but was unable to make recommendations at that time due to non-jurisdiction. In March 1999 the Preschool Services Department and 105 administrative and support staff became County employees, under the Human Services System. Personnel at the Head Start sites work under contracts ranging from 9 to 12 months in duration. FINDINGS During routine visits to some Head Start sites, the Grand Jury was made aware of deficiencies in the hiring process. A letter was sent to the rest of the sites requesting information regarding vacancies since September 1999, how and when requests were made, and when vacancies were filled, if they were. Twenty-two (22) responses were received out of the 30 sites contacted, and this information was combined with information received during three site visits. Many sites reported having long-standing vacancies. Vacancies included teachers, teacher’s aides, custodians, food service workers, and clerical. Teachers and aides were performing custodial and clerical chores in addition to their teaching responsibilities, causing extremely low morale over the long-term at some sites. No temporary or substitute employees were available to cover the vacancies. Vacancies in staff positions occurred at 21 of the 25 Head Start sites from which we have data. These vacancies were unfilled for periods of time ranging from two weeks to six months. At the time this report was written, there were 46 vacancies unfilled. Personnel requests by site supervisors to fill vacancies were made in a number of different ways: by telephone, written memos, personal conversations with administrators, field visits, area manager visits, weekly reports, letters, written lists, area meetings, requisitions, and field reports. Here are three randomly selected examples: ● A teacher position became vacant in September 1999 and was filled in March 2000. Requests to fill the position were made by telephone and through personal conversation with the area coordinator. ● One site was short one clerk and one teacher and in October another teacher resigned. The clerk position was filled in November and both teaching positions were filled in January. The site supervisor notified her supervisor of the vacancy three times – once by phone and twice with written memos. ● At another site a teaching position had been vacant since January and was not filled as of March 31, 2000. Applicants who live in outlying areas can apply for positions by mail. However, they must report to San Bernardino for testing and interview. RECOMMENDATIONS
R00-73: CREATE A STANDARD PROCEDURE FOR HEAD START SITE SUPERVISORS TO USE WHEN REQUESTING PERSONNEL, TO INCLUDE DOCUMENTATION OF WHEN THE REQUEST IS MADE, TO WHOM, AND THE DATE THE VACANCY IS FILLED.
R00-74: EDUCATE ALL SITE SUPERVISORS IN THE NEED TO FOLLOW THE PROCEDURE FOR REQUESTING PERSONNEL, AND TO DOCUMENT THEIR REQUESTS.
R00-75: BEGIN RECRUITING NEW PERSONNEL DURING THE SUMMER MONTHS IN ORDER TO CREATE A POOL FROM WHICH TO FILL VACANCIES THAT WILL OCCUR WHEN THE NEW SCHOOL YEAR BEGINS AND THROUGHOUT THE YEAR.
R00-76: ESTABLISH A POOL OF AVAILABLE SUBSTITUTE EMPLOYEES FOR ALL POSITIONS.
R00-77: FILL VACANCIES AT HEAD START SITES AS SOON AS THEY OCCUR.
R00-78: CONDUCT TESTING AND INTERVIEWING AT SITES CLOSE TO THE LOCAL COMMUNITIES WHERE THE JOBS WILL BE PERFORMED. TRANSITIONAL ASSISTANCE DEPARTMENT BACKGROUND Under the Human Services System, the Transitional Assistance Department (TAD), with an annual budget of $124.3 million, is responsible for the administration of the financial support programs that assist the needy with basic services. Of this appropriated budget, $113.9 million is from Federal and State revenue, with a local cost share of $10.4 million. The TAD is budgeted for a staff of 1,914. The primary services provided include Transitional Assistance to Needy Families, food stamps, Medi-Cal, childcare, and general assistance. The goals of TAD are to meet the basic needs of families and individuals while working to help them attain self-sufficiency, and to promote work and personal responsibility. One program within TAD is the Fraud Prevention Bureau (FPB). The mission of the FPB’s Special Investigations Unit (SIU) is to detect and deter incidents of welfare fraud by persons deemed ineligible by law for public assistance. This mission is accomplished by thorough investigation of allegations, false claims, or misrepresentation of fact in compliance with due process of law without infringing upon the constitutional rights of applicants or recipients. This report focuses on the overall Transitional Assistance Department and the Special Investigations Unit of the Fraud Prevention Bureau and their coordinated efforts in providing services to applicants and recipients. FINDINGS The classifications of the approximately 1,000 Eligibility Workers (EW) within TAD are as follows: ● EW Trainee - Approximate monthly salary of $1,387. Requires high school diploma or GED, plus 2 years full- time public contact employment. Following completion of an 8-week orientation/training class, the entry level Trainee advances to the next level. ● EW I - Approximate monthly salary of $1,726. Requires completion of a 6-month, closely supervised on-the-job training program, and requires a passing satisfactory performance evaluation before being eligible for advancement. ● EW II - Approximate monthly salary of $2,047 to $2,616. Requires completion of additional six month probationary period before becoming “regular status” and being eligible to apply for EW III level. ● EW III - Approximate monthly salary of $2,207 to $2,815. Requires bidding, applying, testing, and qualifying. Approximately 80 new Eligibility Worker Trainees are hired each quarter. Newly hired EWs cannot transfer until after completion of the 8- week orientation/training class and a one-year probationary period. After the investment of training newly hired EWs in the multiple programs criteria, eligibility, and regulations for a period of 14 months, a significant number of these employees transfer to other departments/positions within the County at a higher rate of pay. The turnover rate has been running 15 to 22 percent over the past several years. The file notes that Eligibility Workers provide to SIU Fraud Investigators are not always up-to-date at the time of field investigations. Unnecessary visitations are often made due to the inadequate or outdated information provided in the Fraud Investigators’ files. This situation was verified by ride-a- longs of Grand Jury members with Fraud Investigators. In several instances, information reported by the recipient to an Eligibility Worker was not in the file. The field investigators indicated that this situation occurs repeatedly. Development of the new Consortium IV Welfare Computer System (counties of San Bernardino, Merced, Riverside and Stanislaus) is expected to ultimately resolve the aforementioned issue. This new system will provide all- encompassing paperless records that will be viewable on-screen to all involved agencies. Field investigators, case managers, and eligibility workers would all have access to view each other’s notes up-to-the minute, eliminating the time- lag problem of written notes being in the Field Investigators’ field files. It is anticipated that the development and implementation phases of this computer system will not be completed for four years (year 2004). The SIU is currently budgeted for 49 fraud investigators and five supervisors. Of these positions, there are four investigator vacancies, two are currently on “light duty,” and the retirement of 4 or 5 is expected this year. This creates an extreme hardship in the unit because of a backlog of investigations to be completed. RECOMMENDATIONS
R00-79: DEVELOP A STRATEGY FOR RETAINING ENTRY-LEVEL ELIGIBILITY WORKERS WITHIN THE TRANSITIONAL ASSISTANCE DEPARTMENT THROUGH RETENTION INCENTIVES TO REDUCE TURNOVER AND LOSS OF TRAINING COSTS.
R00-80: DEVELOP AND IMPLEMENT AN INTERIM SYSTEM TO ASSURE TIMELY PROCESSING OF PERTINENT INFORMATION FROM ELIGIBILITY WORKERS INTO RECIPIENTS’ FILES FOR USE BY FRAUD INVESTIGATORS.
R00-81: IMPLEMENT AN AGGRESSIVE AND TIMELY RECRUITMENT PROCESS TO FILL CURRENT AND ANTICIPATED VACANCIES OF FRAUD INVESTIGATORS IN THE FRAUD PREVENTION BUREAU’S SPECIAL INVESTIGATIONS UNIT. INTERNAL SERVICES COMMITTEE The Internal Services Committee reviewed the operations and functions of the County’s Internal Services Group, which included the following departments: Architecture and Engineering Facilities Management Human Resources (now under County Administrative Office) Purchasing Real Estate Services Vehicle Services
Findings & Recommendations 5 findings
F1: Many roads in the area were not identified by street signs or addresses. h No firebreaks were visible in the area. h Roads in many areas lacked proper maintenance. h Some standpipes were not easily located. The area observed varied from complete devastation to properties suffering little or no damage. Most of the dwellings spared by the fire had been cleared of debris surrounding the buildings, in accordance with local abatement programs. Some roads in the area were too narrow to allow safe passage of automobiles or fire engines, endangering firefighters and causing potential loss of equipment. Some of the strike teams were comprised of city fire engines designed primarily for use on paved roads. The engines with four-wheel drive and off- road capabilities were suited for mountain terrain. Water availability was a critical issue in this fire. A review of several areas revealed that their systems are 40 years old, with many having water access from standpipes, not fire hydrants. Standpipes have to be accessed through a street valve that is located in a main line several feet into the roadway. Water is released into the standpipe when a special long-handled tool is used to open a valve below the surface of the ground. In areas where hydrants have replaced standpipes, water is turned on at the top of the hydrant with a special standard wrench used by all fire departments. The out-of-area fire departments do not routinely carry the special tool used to turn on the standpipes. Some units could not access the water and replenish their tankers or engine tanks. Fifty percent (50%) of all County fire engines have exceeded the recommended operational life. Statements were made to the Grand Jury that the optimum operating life of engines is 15 to 20 years. Some vehicles in the County have been in operation for 30 years.
Page 9
F2: There is no Countywide information technology plan that addresses the County’s requirements for equipment, software, and technical personnel for the next three to five years.
Page 12
F3: There is no Countywide computer training program, facility, or staff to train County personnel in basic computer systems and/or departmental software systems.
Page 12
F4: There is no Countywide standardized equipment-purchasing plan to ensure the lowest price per unit costs are obtained when purchasing equipment and/or software.
Page 12
F5: There is no Countywide data information access security plan. Most departments have their own computer personnel that have no direct reporting responsibility to the Information Services Department. They do participate with ISD technical personnel on a given project. Of the 40-plus County departments, there are three that are mostly independent of ISD – the Sheriff’s Department, Arrowhead Regional Medical Center and Human Services System.
Page 12
Additional Recommendations 23

Not linked to specific findings.

R00-01: BUDGET ADDITIONAL FUNDS FOR THE ASSESSOR’S OFFICE TO REPLACE MONIES EXPECTED TO BE LOST BY THE EXPIRATION OF THE PROPERTY TAX ADMINISTRATION PROGRAM (PTAP).
Page 8
R00-02: AGGRESSIVELY UPDATE THE ASSESSOR’S ENTIRE COMPUTER SYSTEM TO REDUCE DELAYS IN THE ASSESSMENT PROCESS.
Page 8
R00-03: REDUCE THE TIME IT TAKES FOR THE ASSESSMENT EVALUATION PROCESS.
Page 8
R00-04: FUND AND IMPLEMENT A PLAN TO PROMPTLY AND ACCURATELY ESTABLISH THE ASSESSED VALUE OF ELECTRIC GENERATING PLANTS WITHIN THE COUNTY. COUNTY FIRE DEPARTMENT BACKGROUND The San Bernardino County Fire Department is responsible for fire protection and suppression in various County areas encompassing all unincorporated land within the County. In addition, 64 communities that have no independent fire departments contract with the County for their fire protection services. These entities are charged a fee for the services provided, which is negotiated between the city and County. The “Fire-Rescue Service Contract” shall provide for services that include fire prevention, fire investigation, fire suppression, and rescue services. The department may provide fire suppression to other areas of the County or state when there is an emergency condition. All fire departments within the County have reciprocal agreements for assistance if the fire cannot be suppressed by one entity. California law mandates the conditions that provide for the reciprocal agreement. On August 28, 1999 the County experienced a major fire which started in the San Bernardino National Forest. This fire was named the Willow Fire.
Page 8
R00-05: MARK OR PAINT ALL COUNTY HYDRANTS AND STANDPIPES WITH FLUORESCENT REFLECTIVE MATERIALS FOR EASIER IDENTIFICATION.
Page 10
R00-06: DEVELOP A PLAN TO ASSURE ALL FIRE UNITS RESPONDING TO A FIRE HAVE ACCESS TO ALL NON-STANDARD FIRE SUPPRESSION WATER SOURCES.
Page 10
R00-07: STRONGLY ENFORCE COMPLIANCE WITH THE PROPERTY ABATEMENT PROGRAMS.
Page 10
R00-08: GRADE ALL COUNTY ROADS IN HIGH FIRE-RISK AREAS PRIOR TO THE FIRE HAZARD SEASON.
Page 10
R00-09: INSTALL ROAD SIGNS AT CORNERS OF COUNTY ROAD INTERSECTIONS.
Page 10
R00-10: BUDGET FOR TIMELY REPLACEMENT OF FIRE ENGINES IN EXCESS OF THEIR USEFUL OPERATIONAL LIFE. INFORMATION SERVICES
Page 10
R00-11: ESTABLISH AN INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY POLICY BOARD, COMPOSED OF SENIOR COUNTY MANAGERS AND ONE REPRESENTATIVE FROM THE BOARD OF SUPERVISORS TO DEVELOP STANDARDS APPLICABLE TO ALL DEPARTMENTS, FOR THE CURRENT AND FUTURE USE OF THE COUNTY GOVERNMENT.
Page 12
R00-12: ESTABLISH A TECHNICAL POLICY COMMITTEE COMPOSED OF SENIOR TECHNICAL MEMBERS FROM THE MAJOR DEPARTMENTS AND THE INFORMATION SERVICES DEPARTMENT. THIS COMMITTEE WILL DETERMINE AND RECOMMEND TO THE TECHNOLOGY POLICY BOARD, THE REQUIREMENTS REGARDING HARDWARE AND SOFTWARE ACQUISITIONS, SYSTEMS DEVELOPMENT NEEDS, AND MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTS AND OTHER RELATED MATTERS.
Page 13
R00-13: DEVELOP A THREE TO FIVE YEAR INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY PLAN FOR EQUIPMENT, SOFTWARE AND PERSONNEL REQUIREMENTS TO BE USED BY THE COUNTY GOVERNMENT.
Page 13
R00-14: ESTABLISH A PROCUREMENT POLICY FOR THE ACQUISITION OF COMPUTER EQUIPMENT HARDWARE AND SOFTWARE TO ENABLE THE COUNTY’S BUYING POWER TO EFFECT COST REDUCTIONS.
Page 13
R00-15: ESTABLISH A REQUEST FOR PROPOSAL (RFP) PROCESS FOR THE USE OF OUTSIDE VENDORS THAT PROVIDE COMPUTER SYSTEMS DEVELOPMENT OR MAINTENANCE.
Page 13
R00-16: DEVELOP AND IMPLEMENT A COUNTYWIDE DATA INFORMATION ACCESS SECURITY PLAN.
Page 13
R00-17: ESTABLISH A COUNTYWIDE TRAINING PROGRAM FOR BASIC SOFTWARE AND DEPARTMENT-SPECIFIC SOFTWARE PROGRAMS.
Page 13
R00-18: ESTABLISH A WORKING RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN THE INFORMATION SERVICES DEPARTMENT AND EACH DEPARTMENT’S TECHNICAL PERSONNEL TO PROVIDE ISD WITH THE KNOWLEDGE OF DEPARTMENT-SPECIFIC PROGRAMS.
Page 13
R00-19: INCORPORATE ALL DEPARTMENTS INTO THE SCOPE OF THE POLICY BOARD AND TECHNICAL COMMITTEE RECOMMENDATIONS, REGARDLESS OF FUNDING SOURCE OR SPECIALIZED NATURE OF THEIR OPERATIONS (I.E., SHERIFF’S DEPARTMENT, ARROWHEAD REGIONAL MEDICAL CENTER, AND THE HUMAN SERVICES SYSTEM).
Page 13
R00-20: ANALYZE PAST FINANCIAL PLANS TO IDENTIFY ACTIVITIES THAT WERE NOT SUCCESSFUL. ESTABLISH A LONG-RANGE REALISTIC FINANCIAL AND OPERATIONAL PLAN, CONSISTENT WITH THE AVAILABILITY OF CAPITAL.
Page 17
R00-21: ANALYZE PAST PERFORMANCE OF THE INCUBATOR PROGRAM TO DETERMINE IF IT MEETS THE ORIGINAL CONCEPT. REVIEW THEIR LONG-RANGE PLANS TO MAXIMIZE ECONOMIC POTENTIAL FOR THE INLAND VALLEY DEVELOPMENT AGENCY.
Page 17
R00-22: ESTABLISH AN AGGRESSIVE MARKETING PLAN, WHICH INCLUDES HIRING A QUALIFIED MARKETING DIRECTOR OR CONTRACTING WITH A PROFESSIONAL MARKETING FIRM. THIS POSITION WOULD BE RESPONSIBLE FOR MARKETING BOTH INLAND VALLEY DEVELOPMENT AGENCY AND SAN BERNARDINO INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT AUTHORITY PROPERTIES.
Page 17
R00-23: ACTIVELY SOLICIT THE TENANCY OF MORE ESTABLISHED SMALL AND MEDIUM BUSINESSES TO BETTER UTILIZE UNOCCUPIED SPACE THAT WOULD ENSURE A MORE DEPENDABLE CASH FLOW, MINIMIZING RELIANCE ON A SINGLE TENANT.
Page 17
Additional Recommendations 21

Not linked to specific findings.

R00-49: PROVIDE WATER SOFTENING EQUIPMENT TO ELIMINATE OR REDUCE CORROSIVE PROBLEMS WITH PIPING AND PLUMBING EQUIPMENT.
R00-50: UPDATE ENGINEERING SPECIFICATIONS REGARDING THE CORROSIVE EFFECTS OF UNTREATED WATER AND THE NEED TO REPLACE PIPING AHEAD OF SCHEDULE.
R00-51: REVIEW EQUIPMENT IN HEAT-PRONE AREAS FOR RELOCATION, IMPROVE VENTILATION, OR PROVIDE COOLING SYSTEMS FOR EACH PIECE OF EQUIPMENT TO ELIMINATE FIRE SPRINKLER SYSTEMS BEING ACTIVATED.
R00-52: CONTACT APPROPRIATE COUNTY SAFETY AGENCY FOR PROPER TYPE/KIND OF FIRE EXTINGUISHER AND EYEWASH STATION SIGNS. ARMC CASH COLLECTIONS BACKGROUND As a result of a major embezzlement of cash receipts from the County Medical Center (CMC), the 1996-97 San Bernardino County Grand Jury investigated the Fiscal Services Division and found the management practices, policies, and procedures were not in compliance with County standards. The Grand Jury recommended the County take numerous steps to eliminate future non-compliance and possible embezzlement of funds. In response, the Board of Supervisors and CMC administrators established new and revised management policies and procedures. The 1999-2000 Grand Jury wanted to know if these practices, procedures, and policies were being followed at the new Arrowhead Regional Medical Center (ARMC) and, if so, what steps are being taken to insure their continued compliance. FINDINGS Administrators and supervisors in the ARMC Finance Department stated that their cash collection system at the time of the embezzlement was good but, since then, they have improved procedures to prevent a reoccurrence. At the same time, they commented that a very intelligent person, bent on embezzling, could find a way. A ten-page narrative outlines a step-by-step procedure for the collection, posting, and deposit of receipts, including cash, from all ARMC departments, cafeteria and vending machines. Grand Jury members observed all steps in these procedures from collection to deposit in the safe within the vault. The segregation of duties prohibits any one person from having access to both patient accounts and processing of cash receipts. This was a major factor in the aforementioned embezzlement. New procedures give only four (4) individuals access to the safe. The safe and vault are locked at all times. ARMC’s banking procedure is part of the County’s Consolidated Banking System. When ARMC deposits daily receipts, a coded deposit slip identifying the department is prepared. Receipts are taken by Brink’s Armored Carrier to a Bank of America specialized vault in Ontario. The Ontario location is designed to accommodate armored carriers with maximum security. Deposits start earning interest immediately. County departments are notified and have access to their funds in two (2) days. The Auditor/Controller-Recorder’s office (Supervising Accountant) has ultimate responsibility for reconciling all discrepancies. At the present time ARMC cannot accept credit card payments on accounts. The accountant stated that it could be beneficial and cost effective to do so. RECOMMENDATIONS
R00-53: CONTINUE TO CLOSELY MONITOR ARMC COLLECTION POLICIES AND PROCEDURES, ESPECIALLY IN THE AREA OF CASH RECEIPTS. REMAIN CONSTANTLY ALERT FOR IMPROVEMENT IN INTERNAL CONTROLS TO PREVENT ANY POSSIBILITY OF EMBEZZLEMENT.
R00-54: CONDUCT A STUDY AND, IF FEASIBLE, IMPLEMENT A SYSTEM TO ACCEPT CREDIT CARD PAYMENTS AT THE ARROWHEAD REGIONAL MEDICAL CENTER AND ITS AFFILIATED CLINICS. PUBLIC HEALTH DEPARTMENT DIVISION OF ENVIRONMENTAL HEALTH SERVICES FOOD PROTECTION PROGRAM BACKGROUND The mission of the Division of Environmental Health Services (DEHS) is to prevent, eliminate, or reduce environmental hazards that could harm the health, safety, and quality of life of the citizens of this County. The Retail Food Protection Program consists of activities required to ensure food provided for human consumption is of good quality, safe, free of adulteration, wholesome, and properly labeled and advertised. The program also strives to ensure food has been produced, stored, and transported under conditions and practices that are safe, clean, and sanitary. The program is responsible for the inspection of all places where food is eaten, processed, sold, or stored (restaurants, markets, food stands, carnivals, schools, nursing homes, etc.) for sanitation and food safety, including manufacturers and wholesalers. The program investigates complaints of suspected food poisoning, unsanitary conditions, and other problems. The program also provides education and training in proper sanitation and food safety techniques to the food workers/servers, operators/managers, and owners of food facilities. The DEHS issues public health permits to all food facilities. The 1997-98 Grand Jury recommended a return to public posting using the “A-B-C” rating system or to a simple placard of certification. Neither of these systems has been implemented. In the response from the Board of Supervisors, it states: “The department is planning to require posting a card or placard at the entry to restaurants that will state that the facility has been inspected and has been issued a permit to operate consistent with Health and Safety Code requirements.” FINDINGS In meetings with the Division Chief and Food Program Manager, the Grand Jury learned that the DEHS has 60 employees to cover over 10,000 establishments in the County. The Food Protection Program has 39 inspectors and each is responsible for about 350 accounts. An inspection usually takes from one to one and one-half hours. A written report is left at the facility. If there are minor violations, the owner is to correct them in a specified length of time, and a re-inspection is required. Any facility receiving less than 60 out of 100 points could be temporarily shut down, depending on the nature of the violation. The DEHS cannot levy a fine to an establishment for repeated noncompliance. Only the environmental court in Redlands can levy monetary fines. If a facility is closed by DEHS, the owner can sue in court. In 1999 DEHS closed 586 miscellaneous facilities. They included restaurants, supermarkets, drug stores, recreational facilities, etc., and a large number of unpermitted establishments (no license or health permit). Two teams of two Grand Jurors each accompanied DEHS inspectors – one team to a restaurant and one to a grocery market. The inspections were unannounced and the owners did not know in advance of the visits. The restaurant was a very busy coffee shop-style facility located near a freeway offramp and catered to truckers and law enforcement personnel. The inspector very carefully and thoroughly inspected all areas of the facility, inside and out, with special attention given to those items that needed follow- up from the previous inspection. He noted much improvement in pest control procedures. The inspection file on this restaurant dated from 1983 and the single-most ongoing problem, repeatedly, has been with maintaining adequate temperature control of both hot and cold foods. This visit was no exception. A worker was asked to adjust temperature controls on food warmers and also refrigerated units. Numerous minor violations were found in the kitchen area, dry storage area, exterior dumpster area, and leaky plumbing. Both restrooms were clean and bright. This restaurant received a score of 56 and was reinspected two weeks later, at which time very good compliance was observed by the inspector. A copy of this re-inspection report was provided to the Grand Jury. No inspection certificate or placard was issued for display. The grocery market was a recently opened independent store in a building that formerly housed a chain supermarket. There were three separate health permits: one each for the deli, bakery, and meat/grocery department. This facility had many violations in all areas, that involved improper temperature control (no thermometers), condemned food that had to be discarded due to contamination, inadequate vector control of flies, improper food storage containers, galvanized cooking utensils, inadequate floor drains, electrical hazards, plumbing problems, etc. The deli scored 36 points, the meat department scored 43, and the bakery scored 87 of a possible 100 points each. None of the employees, including the on-site manager, had the required food handler cards. The inspector gave the owner information for obtaining the cards through the Food Handlers class at San Bernardino Valley College. There was an occasional language problem, and a Grand Jury member acted as an interpreter. The inspection was thorough, in spite of the language barrier. At reinspection, some compliance of previous violations was observed, but the inspector noted new violations. A third inspection was required. A copy of the subsequent inspection report was sent to the Grand Jury. When the Grand Jury questioned why the facilities were not shut down because of their low scores (below 60), the DEHS program manager stated that closure comes only in the event of an immediate and dangerous threat to public health and safety, or when a violation cannot be corrected within a reasonable length of time. RECOMMENDATIONS
R00-55: ESTABLISH A PUBLIC NOTIFICATION DISPLAY PLACARD THAT CERTIFIES A FACILITY HAS BEEN INSPECTED AND MEETS COUNTY HEALTH AND SAFETY CODES. SHOW THE DATE OF INSPECTION, EXPIRATION DATE AND SIGNATURE OF THE INSPECTOR. PLACARDS SHOULD ONLY BE ISSUED TO FACILITIES THAT ARE IN COMPLIANCE. THIS RECOMMENDATION IS A MODIFICATION OF THE RECOMMENDATION BY THE 1997-98 GRAND JURY WHICH, TO DATE, HAS NOT BEEN IMPLEMENTED.
R00-56: MONITOR FACILITIES WITH A HISTORY OF REPEATED VIOLATIONS MORE FREQUENTLY. ESTABLISHMENTS THAT ARE CONSISTENTLY IN COMPLIANCE MAY REQUIRE AN ANNUAL INSPECTION ONLY.
R00-57: REQUIRE FOOD HANDLER CARDS FOR ON-SITE FOOD ESTABLISHMENT OWNERS AND MANAGERS, AS WELL AS WORKERS AND SERVERS. VERIFY NAMES ON FOOD HANDLER CARDS AGAINST CURRENT PAYROLL RECORDS.
R00-58: MAKE AVAILABLE BILINGUAL INSPECTORS, OR INTERPRETERS, AT ALL FACILITIES WHERE ENGLISH IS NOT THE PRIMARY LANGUAGE OR CANNOT BE SPOKEN AND CLEARLY UNDERSTOOD. FULL COMPLIANCE WITH HEALTH CODES CANNOT BE OBTAINED WITHOUT COMPLETE COMPREHENSION IN THEIR LANGUAGE. MEDICAL CARE AVAILABILITY BACKGROUND Within the County’s organizational structure, the Public Health Department and the Department of Behavioral Health are under the administration of the Human Services System, and the Arrowhead Regional Medical Center (ARMC) is directly under the County Administrative Officer. The ARMC opened its new Colton location in early spring 1999 with a license for 373 beds. The ARMC has within its facility a number of “specialty clinics,” with the primary care or Family Practice Clinics being located offsite at multiple locations. With concern for this County’s growing population of medically indigent, homeless, uninsured and under-insured working poor, the Grand Jury researched the availability of free or low-cost medical services. Special focus was on the availability of services for walk-in, urgent-care, and immediate needs. FINDINGS ARMC has been averaging 91 percent of bed capacity. The departments responsible for the delivery of medical care, mental health care, and public health care services are under different administrations and management, expressing different philosophies, and at totally different locations throughout the County. There is duplication of clinic-type facilities, nursing staff, patient appointment staff, and possible lab, x-ray or pharmacy services. There are no “free” or “low-cost” outpatient County clinic services available for the uninsured or under-insured “working poor”. Services available at ARMC’s affiliated Family Practice Clinics are by “pre-scheduled” appointments at a usual and customary fee. While payment schedules can be arranged, a $20 deposit is expected at the time of appointments, with the balance to be billed in approximately 45 days. Currently, when a patient seeks a medical appointment for a particular immediate medical need, a pre-scheduled daytime appointment is made for an amount of time that allows for a full evaluation. Scheduling of lengthy appointments limits the number of patients that can be seen on any given day. There is no “walk-in” or “urgent-care” type of service available daytime or evening, other than the Emergency Room. ARMC Administration advised that this would be the available source for services for an uninsured individual with an immediate need. Emergency Room services are a costly method of delivering walk-in care. RECOMMENDATIONS
R00-59: BRING ALL DEPARTMENTS DELIVERING HEALTH CARE SERVICES UNDER ONE ADMINISTRATION AND LEADER- SHIP, FOR A TOTAL PACKAGE OF HEALTH CARE DELIVERY.
R00-60: CENTRALIZE CLINIC LOCATIONS WHERE POSSIBLE, WITH THE SHARING OF CLINIC FACILITIES, NURSING STAFF, PATIENT APPOINTMENT STAFF, EQUIPMENT, LABS, X-RAY, AND PHARMACY SERVICES.
R00-61: OPEN ADDITIONAL OUTPATIENT CLINICS TO PROVIDE SERVICES FOR PATIENTS WITH “WALK-IN,” “URGENT,” OR “IMMEDIATE” NEED, ESPECIALLY IN MORE REMOTE AREAS OF THE COUNTY.
R00-62: PROVIDE WALK-IN “SHORT APPOINTMENTS” TO FOCUS ON THE PATIENTS’ CHIEF MEDICAL COMPLAINT, RESERVING FULL EVALUATIONS FOR PRE-SCHEDULED EXAM APPOINTMENTS.
R00-63: UTILIZE EXISTING CLINIC FACILITIES FOR “AFTER HOURS” SERVICES.
R00-64: DEVELOP PUBLIC INFORMATION PACKETS, NEWSPAPER ARTICLES, AND ADVERTISEMENTS TO ALERT THE PUBLIC TO THE AVAILABILITY OF SERVICES OTHER THAN THE MORE COSTLY EMERGENCY ROOM FOR WALK-IN SERVICES, INCLUDING CLINIC LOCATIONS AND HOURS AVAILABLE. MENTAL HEALTH SERVICES BACKGROUND San Bernardino County provides mental health services through two distinctly separate departments. They work in a collaborative partnership to provide full mental health services to County residents. This Grand Jury has combined the investigation into one report. ● Inpatient Mental Health care is provided at the Arrowhead Regional Medical Center (ARMC) in a separate building on the grounds of the ARMC. The director and his staff are under the ARMC administration. ● Outpatient Mental Health care, including substance abuse services, is provided by the Department of Behavioral Health (DBH) in multiple clinic locations throughout the County. The director of DBH and his staff are under the administration of the Human Services System.
R00-65: OPEN A MENTAL HEALTH CRISIS STABILIZATION UNIT (WALK-IN CLINIC) AT THE ARROWHEAD REGIONAL MEDICAL CENTER TO PROVIDE IMMEDIATE PRESCRIPTION RENEWALS AND OTHER EMERGENCY SERVICES NECESSARY TO MAINTAIN AND/OR STABILIZE A CLIENT’S CONDITION.
R00-66: UPGRADE OR REBUILD THE GILBERT STREET DEPART- MENT OF BEHAVIORAL HEALTH FACILITIES TO PROVIDE A SAFER, MORE WORKER-FRIENDLY ENVIRONMENT.
R00-67: CONTINUE SUPPORTING THE PERINATAL SUBSTANCE ABUSE TREATMENT PROGRAM, PLACING GREATER EMPHASIS IN REDUCING THE PERCENTAGE OF WOMEN FAILING TO REMAIN SUBSTANCE-FREE AND RETURNING TO THE PROGRAM.
R00-68: CONTINUE TO ALLOW THE DEPARTMENT OF BEHAVIORAL HEALTH TO CONTROL ITS TRUST FUNDS. THESE FUNDS SHOULD BE HELD IN RESERVE TO PROVIDE NEEDED SERVICES FOR WHICH NO OTHER FUNDING SOURCE IS AVAILABLE.
R00-69: IMPLEMENT MORE COST-EFFECTIVE AND EFFICIENT PROCEDURES TO FACILITATE REPAIR, PURCHASE, AND INSTALLATION OF NEEDED ITEMS AT THE RIALTO BEHAVIORAL HEALTH RESOURCE CENTER (BHRC). HUMAN SERVICES COMMITTEE The Human Services Committee reviewed the functional and operational procedures of all departments within the Human Services System, with the exception of the departments of Behavioral Health and Public Health. These two departments were a part of Health Care Services during the early part of our term, and were reviewed by that committee. The Human Services System coordinates the activities of the following County departments: Aging and Adult Services Children’s Services Community Services Jobs and Employment Services Preschool Services Transitional Assistance Veterans Affairs The Human Services System also provides fiscal and technical support to both the Children’s Network and the Children’s Fund. The Human Services Committee established subcommittees to review the function of each of the above departments. All department heads were interviewed. Further interviews were held to investigate compliance with County policies. Suggested areas of concern by previous Grand Juries were considered.
Additional Recommendations 4

Not linked to specific findings.

R00-01: BUDGET ADDITIONAL FUNDS FOR THE ASSESSOR’S OFFICE TO REPLACE MONIES EXPECTED TO BE LOST BY THE EXPIRATION OF THE PROPERTY TAX ADMINISTRATION PROGRAM (PTAP).
Page 4
R00-02: AGGRESSIVELY UPDATE THE ASSESSOR’S ENTIRE COMPUTER SYSTEM TO REDUCE DELAYS IN THE ASSESSMENT PROCESS.
Page 4
R00-03: REDUCE THE TIME IT TAKES FOR THE ASSESSMENT EVALUATION PROCESS.
Page 4
R00-04: FUND AND IMPLEMENT A PLAN TO PROMPTLY AND ACCURATELY ESTABLISH THE ASSESSED VALUE OF ELECTRIC GENERATING PLANTS WITHIN THE COUNTY.
Page 4

Findings and recommendations not yet extracted.

Findings & Recommendations 1 findings
F1: Many roads in the area were not identified by street signs or addresses. h No firebreaks were visible in the area. h Roads in many areas lacked proper maintenance. h Some standpipes were not easily located. The area observed varied from complete devastation to properties suffering little or no damage. Most of the dwellings spared by the fire had been cleared of debris surrounding the buildings, in accordance with local abatement programs. Some roads in the area were too narrow to allow safe passage of automobiles or fire engines, endangering firefighters and causing potential loss of equipment. Some of the strike teams were comprised of city fire engines designed primarily for use on paved roads. The engines with four-wheel drive and off- road capabilities were suited for mountain terrain.
Page 5
Additional Recommendations 6

Not linked to specific findings.

R00-05: MARK OR PAINT ALL COUNTY HYDRANTS AND STANDPIPES WITH FLUORESCENT REFLECTIVE MATERIALS FOR EASIER IDENTIFICATION.
Page 6
R00-06: DEVELOP A PLAN TO ASSURE ALL FIRE UNITS RESPONDING TO A FIRE HAVE ACCESS TO ALL NON-STANDARD FIRE SUPPRESSION WATER SOURCES.
Page 6
R00-07: STRONGLY ENFORCE COMPLIANCE WITH THE PROPERTY ABATEMENT PROGRAMS.
Page 6
R00-08: GRADE ALL COUNTY ROADS IN HIGH FIRE-RISK AREAS PRIOR TO THE FIRE HAZARD SEASON.
Page 6
R00-09: INSTALL ROAD SIGNS AT CORNERS OF COUNTY ROAD INTERSECTIONS.
Page 6
R00-10: BUDGET FOR TIMELY REPLACEMENT OF FIRE ENGINES IN EXCESS OF THEIR USEFUL OPERATIONAL LIFE.
Page 6

Findings and recommendations not yet extracted.

Findings & Recommendations 4 findings
F1: When asked if the cost of repairs was known, the clients responded no.
Page 18
F2: Work completed was based upon immediate needs and/or safety issues.
Page 18
F3: Most clients surveyed requested additional work.
Page 18
F4: One client did make note of the excessive time it took from processing the request to the actual start of the work. It should be noted that all persons contacted by the Grand Jury had praise for the employees they dealt with.
Page 18
Findings & Recommendations 4 findings
F1: There is no Countywide information technology plan that addresses the County’s requirements for equipment, software, and technical personnel for the next three to five years.
Page 8
F2: There is no Countywide computer training program, facility, or staff to train County personnel in basic computer systems and/or departmental software systems.
Page 8
F3: There is no Countywide standardized equipment-purchasing plan to ensure the lowest price per unit costs are obtained when purchasing equipment and/or software.
Page 8
F4: There is no Countywide data information access security plan. Most departments have their own computer personnel that have no direct reporting responsibility to the Information Services Department. They do participate with ISD technical personnel on a given project. Of the 40-plus County departments, there are three that are mostly independent of ISD – the Sheriff’s Department, Arrowhead Regional Medical Center and Human Services System.
Page 8
Additional Recommendations 9

Not linked to specific findings.

R00-11: ESTABLISH AN INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY POLICY BOARD, COMPOSED OF SENIOR COUNTY MANAGERS AND ONE REPRESENTATIVE FROM THE BOARD OF SUPERVISORS TO DEVELOP STANDARDS APPLICABLE TO ALL DEPARTMENTS, FOR THE CURRENT AND FUTURE USE OF THE COUNTY GOVERNMENT.
Page 8
R00-12: ESTABLISH A TECHNICAL POLICY COMMITTEE COMPOSED OF SENIOR TECHNICAL MEMBERS FROM THE MAJOR DEPARTMENTS AND THE INFORMATION SERVICES DEPARTMENT.
Page 9
R00-13: DEVELOP A THREE TO FIVE YEAR INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY PLAN FOR EQUIPMENT, SOFTWARE AND PERSONNEL REQUIREMENTS TO BE USED BY THE COUNTY GOVERNMENT.
Page 9
R00-14: ESTABLISH A PROCUREMENT POLICY FOR THE ACQUISITION OF COMPUTER EQUIPMENT HARDWARE AND SOFTWARE TO ENABLE THE COUNTY’S BUYING POWER TO EFFECT COST REDUCTIONS.
Page 9
R00-15: ESTABLISH A REQUEST FOR PROPOSAL (RFP) PROCESS FOR THE USE OF OUTSIDE VENDORS THAT PROVIDE COMPUTER SYSTEMS DEVELOPMENT OR MAINTENANCE.
Page 9
R00-16: DEVELOP AND IMPLEMENT A COUNTYWIDE DATA INFORMATION ACCESS SECURITY PLAN.
Page 9
R00-17: ESTABLISH A COUNTYWIDE TRAINING PROGRAM FOR BASIC SOFTWARE AND DEPARTMENT-SPECIFIC SOFTWARE PROGRAMS.
Page 9
R00-18: ESTABLISH A WORKING RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN THE INFORMATION SERVICES DEPARTMENT AND EACH DEPARTMENT’S TECHNICAL PERSONNEL TO PROVIDE ISD WITH THE KNOWLEDGE OF DEPARTMENT-SPECIFIC PROGRAMS.
Page 9
R00-19: INCORPORATE ALL DEPARTMENTS INTO THE SCOPE OF THE POLICY BOARD AND TECHNICAL COMMITTEE RECOMMENDATIONS, REGARDLESS OF FUNDING SOURCE OR SPECIALIZED NATURE OF THEIR OPERATIONS (I.E., SHERIFF’S DEPARTMENT, ARROWHEAD REGIONAL MEDICAL CENTER, AND THE HUMAN SERVICES SYSTEM).
Page 9
Additional Recommendations 8

Not linked to specific findings.

R00-20: ANALYZE PAST FINANCIAL PLANS TO IDENTIFY ACTIVITIES THAT WERE NOT SUCCESSFUL. ESTABLISH A LONG-RANGE REALISTIC FINANCIAL AND OPERATIONAL PLAN, CONSISTENT WITH THE AVAILABILITY OF CAPITAL.
Page 13
R00-21: ANALYZE PAST PERFORMANCE OF THE INCUBATOR PROGRAM TO DETERMINE IF IT MEETS THE ORIGINAL CONCEPT. REVIEW THEIR LONG-RANGE PLANS TO MAXIMIZE ECONOMIC POTENTIAL FOR THE INLAND VALLEY DEVELOPMENT AGENCY.
Page 13
R00-22: ESTABLISH AN AGGRESSIVE MARKETING PLAN, WHICH INCLUDES HIRING A QUALIFIED MARKETING DIRECTOR OR CONTRACTING WITH A PROFESSIONAL MARKETING FIRM. THIS POSITION WOULD BE RESPONSIBLE FOR MARKETING BOTH INLAND VALLEY DEVELOPMENT AGENCY AND SAN BERNARDINO INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT AUTHORITY PROPERTIES.
Page 13
R00-23: ACTIVELY SOLICIT THE TENANCY OF MORE ESTABLISHED SMALL AND MEDIUM BUSINESSES TO BETTER UTILIZE UNOCCUPIED SPACE THAT WOULD ENSURE A MORE DEPENDABLE CASH FLOW, MINIMIZING RELIANCE ON A SINGLE TENANT.
Page 13
R00-24: DEVELOP A DEFINED PROGRAM TO ANALYZE ANY POTENTIAL LESSEES AS TO THEIR ECONOMIC ABILITY TO PERFORM LONG- TERM UNDER THE LEASE TERMS.
Page 14
R00-25: DEVELOP AN OBJECTIVE PLAN TO ESTABLISH FREIGHT AND/OR PASSENGER SERVICE AT THE SAN BERNARDINO INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT.
Page 14
R00-26: DEVELOP A PLAN TO SET ASIDE ADEQUATE FUNDING TO RETIRE THE BOND INDEBTEDNESS.
Page 14
R00-27: ELIMINATE THE POSITION OF LOBBYIST FOR THE INLAND VALLEY DEVELOPMENT AGENCY (IVDA) AND THE SAN BERNARDINO INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT AUTHORITY (SBIAA) IN WASHINGTON, D.C.
Page 14
Findings & Recommendations 3 findings
F1: One employee with 1,232 hours and a direct cost of $56,114 in 1999
Page 3
F2: One employee with 1,690 hours and a direct cost of $36,485 in 1998
Page 4
F3: One employee with 1,946 hours and a direct cost of $22,093 in 1997
Page 4
Additional Recommendations 11

Not linked to specific findings.

R00-82: IMPLEMENT A SPECIAL PAYROLL CODING SYSTEM THAT WILL IDENTIFY AND TRACK ALL INSTANCES OF PAID ADMINISTRATIVE LEAVE FOR DISCIPLINARY REASONS, MEDICAL EVALUATIONS ETC. TO INCLUDE START DATE, DATE ENDED, DIRECT COST, AND REASON FOR BEING PLACED ON PAID LEAVE. RE-CATEGORIZE
Page 4
R00-83: DEVELOP COUNTYWIDE, WRITTEN PROCEDURES FOR USE BY THE APPOINTING AUTHORITY WHENEVER CONSIDERATION IS BEING GIVEN TO USING PAID ADMINISTRATIVE LEAVE.
Page 5
R00-84: DEVELOP A CONSOLIDATED, MONTHLY REPORTING SYSTEM BY ALL DEPARTMENTS FOR THE COUNTY ADMINISTRATIVE OFFICER, HUMAN RESOURCES, COUNTY COUNSEL, AND THE AUDITOR/CONTROLLER-RECORDER THAT WOULD LIST ALL EMPLOYEES (OR POSITIONS) ON PAID ADMINISTRATIVE LEAVE, START DATE, DATE ENDED, CUMULATIVE DIRECT COST, AND REASONS FOR BEING PLACED ON PAID ADMINISTRATIVE LEAVE.
Page 5
R00-85: PROVIDE A QUARTERLY AND AN ANNUAL CONSOLIDATED SUMMARY REPORT BY DEPARTMENT TO THE BOARD OF SUPERVISORS SHOWING THE NUMBER OF EMPLOYEE HOURS ON PAID ADMINISTRATIVE LEAVE AND THE TOTAL DEPARTMENTAL DIRECT COST.
Page 5
R00-86: ESTABLISH AN OVERSIGHT PROCESS CONSISTING OF REPRESENTATIVES FROM HUMAN RESOURCES, COUNTY COUNSEL, AND AUDITOR/CONTROLLER DEPARTMENTS WHEN GRANTING PAID ADMINISTRATIVE LEAVE AND ANY DISCIPLINARY ACTION BY THE APPOINTING AUTHORITY.
Page 5
R00-87: ASSIGN A DEFINITE RESPONSIBILITY TO THE APPOINTING AUTHORITY TO PURSUE PROMPT COMPLETION OF ANY NECESSARY INVESTIGATION SO AS TO QUICKLY RESOLVE THE MATTER THAT CREATED THE NEED FOR PAID ADMINISTRATIVE LEAVE, THEREBY SHORTENING THE LENGTH OF PAID ADMINISTRATIVE LEAVE.
Page 5
R00-88: REQUIRE APPOINTING AUTHORITIES TO FREELY SELECT ANOTHER PERSON TO ACT IN THEIR BEHALF AFTER CONSIDERING WHETHER THEIR RELATIONSHIP WITH THE EMPLOYEE UNDER CONSIDERATION FOR PAID ADMINISTRATIVE LEAVE CAN BE HANDLED WITHOUT A REAL OR PERCEIVED BIAS.
Page 5
R00-89: REQUIRE WRITTEN JUSTIFICATION AND DOCUMENTATION TO BECOME PART OF THE EMPLOYEE’S PERMANENT PERSONNEL FILE, WHENEVER PAID ADMINISTRATIVE LEAVE IS GRANTED AND AN EMPLOYEE IS GIVEN ANY DISCIPLINARY ACTION.
Page 5
R00-90: PUBLISH ADDITIONAL WRITTEN EXPLANATION REGARDING RULE X OF THE PERSONNEL RULES THAT DESCRIBES THE REASONS WHY AN EMPLOYEE MAY BE SUBJECT TO DISCIPLINARY ACTION.
Page 6
R00-91: REQUIRE STANDARDS OF CONDUCT TRAINING BE PROVIDED FOR ALL EMPLOYEES ONCE EACH YEAR COVERING TOPICS IN RULE I OF THE PERSONNEL RULES.
Page 6
R00-92: PROHIBIT PAID ADMINISTRATIVE LEAVE AFTER ANY EMPLOYEE IS CONVICTED FOR ANY BREACH OF COUNTY EMPLOYMENT RULES.
Page 6
Findings & Recommendations 8 findings
F1: A Capital Improvement Program Request form outlining the requirements is to be submitted to the CAO’s Administrative Analyst who acts as a “traffic director”. If the RFP process is to be waived, the need must be justified on the request form. The CAO’s Administrative Analyst logs in the request, reviews it, and sends it to the CAO Budget Analyst who handles budget matters for the requesting department.
Page 8
F2: The Budget Analyst has to sign off on the request as to the need for the space, availability of funds, program needs, staffing levels, etc.
Page 8
F3: Copies of the request, together with the assessment from the CAO’s office, are then to be circulated to the Board of Supervisors’ office for a 10-day comment period. Procedures do not require Real Estate Services to be officially involved and they may be unaware of a space need request.
Page 8
F4: At the end of the 10-day period, the CAO’s Administrative Analyst is to review the Supervisors’ comments and either: (a) Direct the Real Estate Services Department to prepare an RFP and a Board agenda item to approve the RFP, or (b) If the RFP process is to be waived, the requesting department (perhaps in conjunction with Real Estate Services) is to prepare a Board agenda item requesting approval of the waiver of the RFP process.
Page 8
F5: At this point Real Estate Services is made aware of the need for office space.
Page 8
F6: If the RFP is approved by the Board, Real Estate Services is to advertise the RFP in newspapers and contact the general public, brokers and others to reasonably generate sufficient interest in leasing facilities in the County.
Page 8
F7: A 5-7 person Review Committee is to be formed to review the proposals, typically with representation from the requesting department, Architecture and Engineering, Real Estate Services, the CAO’s office, the Board of Supervisors’ office, and the Supervisor’s office in whose district the building is to be located.
Page 8
F8: The results of the RFP, together with Real Estate Services’
Page 9
Additional Recommendations 7

Not linked to specific findings.

R00-93: DEVELOP A COUNTYWIDE 2 TO 4-YEAR LONG-RANGE PLAN TO IDENTIFY AND ASSESS THE MOST LIKELY SPACE NEEDS BY DEPARTMENTAL AND GEOGRAPHICAL LOCATION.
Page 9
R00-94: ASSIGN REAL ESTATE SERVICES DEPARTMENT TO BE THE FOCAL POINT FOR ALL REQUESTS FOR LEASED AND OWNED SPACE AND ALSO TO BE RESPONSIBLE FOR HANDLING ALL PHASES OF NEGOTIATIONS FOR LEASING OUT PROPERTY THAT IS OWNED BY THE COUNTY.
Page 10
R00-95: REMOVE THE BOARD OF SUPERVISORS AND THEIR STAFFS FROM ALL MANAGEMENT FACETS IN THE REAL ESTATE LEASING, PURCHASING OR MAINTENANCE PROCESSES, BUT CONTINUE THE REQUIREMENT FOR FINAL APPROVAL BY THE BOARD OF SUPERVISORS.
Page 10
R00-96: COMBINE ALL RELATED REAL ESTATE FUNCTIONS, INCLUDING CAO ADMINISTRATIVE ANALYST OVERSIGHT, INTO A REORGANIZED REAL ESTATE SERVICES DEPARTMENT. THIS DEPARTMENT WOULD COVER NEW LEASED BUILDINGS, SPACE PLANNING, OWNED BUILDING ADMINISTRATION, FACILITIES MANAGEMENT, GROUNDS AND MAINTENANCE, AND LEASING OF COUNTY-OWNED PROPERTY.
Page 10
R00-97: INSURE THAT REAL ESTATE SERVICES IS INVOLVED IN ALL LEASE ARRANGEMENTS FROM INCEPTION TO AVOID PAYING ABOVE-MARKET LEASE RATES AND/OR UNFAVORABLE LEASE TERMS. TRANSACTIONS MUST BE CAREFULLY AND COMPLETELY HANDLED BY PERSONS WHO ARE QUALIFIED REAL ESTATE PROFESSIONALS.
Page 10
R00-98: ASSIGN SOLE RESPONSIBILITY FOR MAINTAINING AN ACCURATE LIST OF COUNTY-OWNED AND LEASED PROPERTIES TO THE REAL ESTATE SERVICES DEPARTMENT THROUGH ITS “BIDS” AND “LIDS” COMPUTER PROGRAMS.
Page 10
R00-99: DEVELOP AN ADDENDUM AND AN EXHIBIT (SIMILAR TO CHILD SUPPORT COMPLIANCE) TO THE STANDARD LEASE AGREEMENT TO REQUIRE LANDLORDS TO DISCLOSE ALL RELATIONSHIPS AND CONFLICTS OF INTEREST (BOTH INDIVIDUAL OWNER AND CORPORATE) WITH THE BOARD OF SUPERVISORS, COUNTY MANAGERIAL STAFF, AND COUNTY EMPLOYEES. FAILURE OF LANDLORDS TO FULLY DISCLOSE SHALL CONSTITUTE A DEFAULT OR WARRANT A MONETARY PENALTY AT THE DISCRETION OF THE COUNTY.
Page 10

Findings and recommendations not yet extracted.

Findings & Recommendations 12 findings
F1: The suggestion form is date stamped.
Page 15
F2: A letter is sent to the suggestor acknowledging receipt of the suggestion.
Page 15
F3: Pertinent data is entered into a self-developed computer- tracking program by the staff support person.
Page 15
F4: The suggestion is sent to the affected department for evaluation, analysis, and comment. The bylaws say the suggestion is to be evaluated within three months, but this isn’t always followed.
Page 15
F5: The affected department evaluates the suggestion and, if it is recommended for approval, the Suggestion Awards Committee meets and takes an action. If not recommended for approval, action will be postponed until there are other matters for consideration. Sometimes the Suggestion Awards Committee will request that the suggestion be sent back to the department for further evaluation.
Page 15
F6: Meetings of the Suggestion Awards Committee are to be held on a quarterly basis (currently calendared monthly) to determine the suggestion’s eligibility/ awards based on their evaluation, and/or to hear appeals of suggestion award decisions. The amount of awards in fiscal year 1999 totaled between $20,000 and $25,000; one of the awards was for $5,000. The bylaws state that the award for a suggestion is ten percent (10%) of the total net savings and/or revenue of County, State and/or Federal funds for the first year’s projection, with a minimum award of $100 and a maximum of $5,000. A random selection of Suggestion Award files was reviewed to observe how the program was being administered. Three files from fiscal year 1997 and three files from fiscal year 1999 were selected. The program was under different staff support during these two periods. Each of the six files demonstrated serious weaknesses in program administration. The findings can be summarized as follows:
Page 15
F7: A suggestion was received on May 5, 1997. Requests for evaluations were sent to two separate departments on May 13 and responses were received on June 13 and June 19. The letter to the suggestor notifying him that the suggestion was not going to be implemented was dated August 24, 1998. This was 14 months after the departments had responded.
F8: A suggestion was received August 13, 1997. Requests for evaluations to two separate departments were sent on August 19. One evaluator returned the completed form on September 11, 1997 but the other department never completed the evaluation. No suggestion was awarded because the estimated annual tangible savings was less than $1,000 so the award would have been less than the minimum $100. There is no evidence in the file to indicate that the suggestor was ever informed of the final disposition.
F9: A suggestion was received on March 4, 1998. A request for evaluation was sent on May 29, nearly three months later. The evaluator completed the form on June 9, but the department head did not sign off until October 26, four and one-half months later. The letter from the department head to the Suggestion Awards Program staff support person stating the reasons for not recommending approval, was inappropriately sent to the suggestor directly by the department head. On February 18, 1999 the program staff support person notified the suggestor by letter that his suggestion had not been recommended and on February 17, 1999, the suggestor appealed the decision. In light of the appeal, on February 23, 1999 the staff support person requested the department head complete a reevaluation of the suggestion no later than March 23, 1999. More than 12 months had passed without a response from the department head. The program staff support person sent a follow-up request on March 1, 2000. A response from the department was received on March 22, 2000 and the suggestor was notified on April 7, 2000 that the appeal was denied.
F10: A suggestion was received on February 3, 1999. The suggestor was notified of receipt of the suggestion on February 9 and the evaluation by the department head was requested on the same date. The department head responded with a negative
F11: A suggestion was received on June 28, 1999. The suggestor was notified of receipt of the suggestion on June 28 and the evaluation by the department head was requested on the same date. Nine months later the department head still has not responded, in violation of the written procedures.
F12: A suggestion was received September 23, 1999. The suggestor was notified of receipt of the suggestion on September 27, and the evaluation by the department head was requested on the same date. Six months later the department head still has not responded, in violation of the written procedures. In addition to the above examples, it was reported that many old files lack sufficient documentation to accurately determine the final disposition. Some files dating back to 1994 have never been closed out. In the past, some requests to department heads for evaluations were never answered and any follow-up by support staff was sporadic, if at all.
Additional Recommendations 5

Not linked to specific findings.

R00-28: COMMIT ADEQUATE MANPOWER, FUNDING, ENCOURAGE- MENT, AND OVERSIGHT TO THE SUGGESTION AWARDS PROGRAM SO THAT IT IS MANAGED IN THE MANNER INTENDED.
Page 17
R00-29: PLACE RENEWED PROGRAM EMPHASIS ON ALL DEPARTMENT HEADS SO THAT THEY ENCOURAGE PARTICIPATION AND ENDORSE AND SUPPORT THE PROGRAM THROUGH TIMELY
Page 17
R00-30: REVAMP THE SUGGESTION AWARDS COMMITTEE WITH NEW, FRESH FACES THAT WILL BE UNHINDERED BY PAST HABITS AND PRACTICES, AND ESTABLISH A MAXIMUM NUMBER OF TWO-YEAR TERMS THAT A PERSON CAN SERVE.
Page 18
R00-31: PROVIDE SUFFICIENT MANPOWER FOR THE STAFF SUPPORT SO THAT SUGGESTORS RECEIVE A TIMELY RESPONSE TO THEIR SUGGESTIONS.
Page 18
R00-32: ENCOURAGE EXPANDED EMPLOYEE PARTICIPATION THROUGH A NEW COUNTYWIDE PUBLICITY EFFORT, PROFESSIONAL ADMINISTRATION BY ALL PARTIES TO THE PROGRAM, TIMELY DECISIONS BASED ON THE MERITS OF THE SUGGESTIONS, AND A MORE LIBERAL INTER- PRETATION OF THE TANGIBLE SAVINGS TO BE GAINED.
Page 18
Additional Recommendations 10

Not linked to specific findings.

R00-33: MAIL A NOTIFICATION OF TAX DELINQUENCY WITHIN 30 DAYS OF MISSING THE DECEMBER 10 INSTALLMENT, IN ADDITION TO MAILING THE NOTIFICATION OF TAX DELINQUENCY IN MAY.
Page 21
R00-34: REDUCE THE APPROXIMATELY $50 MILLION IN DELINQUENT TAXES BY DEVELOPING MORE AGGRESSIVE COLLECTION AND TAX SALE PRACTICES.
Page 22
R00-35: ENLARGE, COLOR, MAKE BOLD AND PROMINENTLY DISPLAY THE NOTICE “THERE ARE PRIOR YEAR TAXES DUE” ON ANY TAX BILL WHERE THERE IS A DELINQUENT TAX OWING.
Page 22
R00-36: CONTINUE WITH THE REQUIRED COMPUTER PROGRAM DEVELOPMENT AND BOARD OF SUPERVISORS’ APPROVAL THAT WOULD PERMIT THE COUNTY TO ACCEPT PARTIAL PAYMENTS FOR TAXES DUE.
Page 22
R00-37: IMPLEMENT THE CODE OF ETHICS AS RECOMMENDED IN THE 1999 OUTSIDE AUDIT CONDUCTED AS A RESULT OF THE EMBEZZLEMENT OF FUNDS.
Page 22
R00-38: DEVELOP AND IMPLEMENT A NEW SET OF DEPARTMENT POLICIES AND PROCEDURES TO INSURE A SYSTEM OF INTERNAL CONTROLS ARE IN PLACE TO ACHIEVE CONSISTENT AND PROFESSIONAL PERFORMANCE OF THE DEPARTMENT RESPONSIBILITIES.
Page 22
R00-39: REQUIRE THE COUNTY AUDITOR/CONTROLLER, OR AN OUTSIDE AUDIT FIRM, TO CONDUCT A FULL-SCALE PERFORMANCE AND FISCAL AUDIT OF THE ENTIRE TREASURER-TAX COLLECTOR DEPARTMENT ONCE A YEAR, AS A ROUTINE BUSINESS PRACTICE.
Page 22
R00-40: CHANGE THE PRACTICE OF HAVING TAX PAYMENT CHECKS MADE PAYABLE TO “DICK LARSEN, TREASURER-TAX COLLECTOR”, AND HAVE THEM MADE PAYABLE TO “TREASURER-TAX COLLECTOR”.
Page 22
R00-41: DEVELOP A MORE DETAILED AND SOPHISTICATED REPORTING SYSTEM, USING DOLLAR CRITERIA TO JUSTIFY THE DECISION, TO BE USED WHENEVER MAJOR DEBTS OWING THE COUNTY ARE TO BE CHARGED OFF.
Page 22
R00-42: ESTABLISH A FOLLOW-UP SYSTEM TO ASSURE THAT ANY AUDIT REPORT FROM THE STATE CONTROLLER’S OFFICE BE RECEIVED IN A TIMELY MANNER SO THAT PREVENTATIVE OR CORRECTIVE ACTION CAN BE TAKEN.
Page 22
Additional Recommendations 6

Not linked to specific findings.

R00-43: INCLUDE A SEPARATE SHEET WHEN THE ASSESSOR MAILS THE NOTICE OF REDUCTION IN ASSESSED VALUE THAT CLEARLY AND SIMPLY STATES IN LARGE, “EYE-CATCHING” PRINT ”THIS IS A REDUCTION IN ASSESSED VALUE AND YOU MAY BE ELIGIBLE FOR A REFUND OF TAXES PAID. THE TAXPAYER WILL RECEIVE A FORM IN THE NEAR FUTURE FROM THE COUNTY PROPERTY TAX DIVISION”.
Page 25
R00-44: INCLUDE A SEPARATE SHEET WHEN THE PROPERTY TAX DIVISION MAILS THE CLAIM FOR REFUND FORM, THAT CLEARLY AND SIMPLY STATES IN LARGE, “EYE-CATCHING” PRINT “THIS
Page 25
R00-45: ADD WORDING TO THE TAX BILL THAT IS MAILED ANNUALLY BY THE TREASURER-TAX COLLECTOR STATING THAT AN UNCLAIMED TAX REFUND IS DUE UNDER THIS PARCEL NUMBER.
Page 26
R00-46: MAKE A CONSCIENTIOUS SEARCH BY THE PROPERTY TAX DIVISION OF BUSINESSES AND INDIVIDUALS OWED TAX REFUNDS AND MAKE A SECOND MAILING TO NOTIFY THOSE TAXPAYERS THEY ARE ELIGIBLE FOR AN UNCLAIMED TAX REFUND.
Page 26
R00-47: PLACE A NOTICE IN ALL OF THE MAJOR COUNTY NEWSPAPERS BY THE PROPERTY TAX DIVISION ALERTING THE PUBLIC THAT THERE ARE ONLY 30 DAYS REMAINING TO CLAIM THEIR TAX REFUND, PRIOR TO REQUESTING TRANSFER TO THE GENERAL FUND.
Page 26
R00-48: REQUEST THE AUDITOR ANNUALLY SUBMIT TO THE BOARD OF SUPERVISORS FOR APPROVAL THE TIMELY TRANSFER OF THE ELIGIBLE UNCLAIMED TAX REFUNDS TO THE GENERAL FUND.
Page 26

Findings and recommendations not yet extracted.

Findings and recommendations not yet extracted.

* This report's PDF did not contain easily extractable text and required Optical Character Recognition (OCR) for analysis. There may be minor errors in the extracted findings and recommendations due to OCR limitations with scanned documents.

Additional documents

Documents found alongside this year's reports, not grand jury reports or responses.